3

CESSNA CONGRATULATIONS
MODEL 206H

Cessna
ATextron Company

CONGRATULATIONS Pilot's Operating Handbook

( ~ • and
Congratulations on your purchase and w e l c o m e to Cessna ownership! Your FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
C e s s n a h a s b e e n d e s i g n e d a n d c o n s t r u c t e d t o g i v e y o u t h e m o s t in p e r f o r m a n c e ,
value and comfort.

T h i s P i l o t ' s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k h a s b e e n p r e p a r e d a s a g u i d e to h e l p y o u get
t h e m o s t utility f r o m y o u r a i r p l a n e . It c o n t a i n s i n f o r m a t i o n a b o u t y o u r a i r p l a n e ' s
equipment, operating procedures, perfomnance and suggested service and care.
P l e a s e s t u d y it c a r e f u l l y a n d u s e it a s a r e f e r e n c e .

The worldwide Cessna Organization and Cessna Customer Service are

prepared to serve you. The following s e r v i c e s a r e o f f e r e d by e a c h C e s s n a
Service Station:

• T H E C E S S N A A I R P L A N E W A R R A N T I E S , w h i c h p r o v i d e c o v e r a g e for p a r t s a n d
labor, are u p h e l d t h r o u g h C e s s n a Service Stations w o r l d w i d e . War^ranty
p r o v i s i o n s a n d o t h e r i m p o r t a n t i n f o r m a t i o n a r e c o n t a i n e d in t h e C u s t o m e r C a r e
Program Handbook supplied with your airplane. The Customer Care Card
a s s i g n e d t o y o u at d e l i v e r y will e s t a b l i s h y o u r eligibility u n d e r w a r r a n t y a n d
THIS DOCUMENT MUST BE
The Cessna Aircraft
s h o u l d b e p r e s e n t e d to y o u r local C e s s n a S e r v i c e S t a t i o n at t h e t i m e of
CARRIED IN THE AIRPLANE Company
warranty service.
AT ALL TIMES.
• FACTORY TRAINED PERSONNEL to provide you with courteous, expert
service. Model 206H
• FACTORY APPROVED SERVICE EQUIPMENT to provide you efficient and
accurate workmanship. Serial No. 206080n«

• A STOCK OF GENUINE CESSNA SERVICE PARTS are available when you Registration No. 715
need them.

• T H E L A T E S T A U T H O R I T A T I V E INFOFJMATION FOR SERVICING CESSNA T h i s publication includes t h e material required t o b e f u r n i s h e d to t h e pilot by F A R Part
AIRPLANES. C e s s n a S e r v i c e S t a t i o n s , h a v e all of t h e c u r r e n t M a i n t e n a n c e 2 3 a n d c o n s t i t u t e s the FAA A p p r o v e d Airplane Flight M a n u a l .
M a n u a l s , Illustrated Parts Catalogs a n d various other support publications
p r o d u c e d b y C e s s n a Aircraft C o m p a n y .
FAA APPROVAL
A current C e s s n a Service Station Directory a c c o m p a n i e s your n e w airplane. PAA APPf?OVED UNDER FAR 21 SUBPART J
T h e D i r e c t o r y is r e v i s e d f r e q u e n t l y , a n d a c u r r e n t c o p y c a n b e o b t a i n e d f r o m y o u r The Cessna Aircraft Co
nearest Cessna Service Station.
COPYRIGHT ® 1998
Delegation Option Manufacturer CE-1
The Cessna Aircraft Connpany
W e urge all C e s s n a o w n e r s / o p e r a t o r s t o utilize the b e n e f i t s a v a i l a b l e w i t h i n the ExecutryeEnginMc
Cessna Organization.
Wichita, Kansas USA
Date: 16 November 1998

M e m b e r of G A M A Original Issue - 5 October 1998

«

O c t 5/98
 PERFORMANCE- CESSNA
SPECIFICATIONS M O D E L 206H

PERFORMANCE - SPECIFICATIONS
THIS MANUAL WAS PROVIDED FOR T H E
AIRPLANE IDENTIFIED ON THE TITLE ^ * SPEED
- M a x i m u m at S e a Level 151 K T S
PAGE ON ^ ^ - ^ ' ^ y . • C r u i s e , 7 5 % P o w e r at 6 2 0 0 Ft 142 K T S
CRUISE: Recommended lean mixture with fuel a l l o w a n c e for
S U B S E Q U E N T REVISIONS SUPPLIED BY
engine start, taxit takeoff, climb and 45 minutes
THE CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY reserve.
7 5 % P o w e r at 6 2 0 0 Ft Range 605 NM
MUST BEJ>R0PERLY1RBERTED. 88 Gallons U s a b l e Fuel Time 4 . 3 MRS
M a x R a n g e at 6 5 0 0 Ft Range 730 NM
88 Gallons U s a b l e Fuel Time 6.8 MRS
RATE O F CLIMB AT SEA LEVEL 988 FPM
SERVICE CEILING 15,700 FT
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE:
T h e C e s s n a Aircraft C o m p a n y , Aircraft Division
G r o u n d Roll • 9 1 0 FT
Total Distance O v e r 5 0 Ft. O b s t a c l e 1 8 6 0 FT
LANDING PERFORMANCE:
G r o u n d Roll 735 FT
Total Distance O v e r 5 0 Ft. O b s t a c l e 1395 FT
^ STALL SPEED (KCAS):
Flaps U p , P o w e r Off 62 KCAS
Flaps D o w n , P o w e r Off 54 KCAS
- MAXIMUM WEIGHT:
Ramp 3614 LBS
Takeoff 3600 LBS
Landing 3600 LBS

I
STANDARD EMPTY WEIGHT 2176 LBS.

MAXIMUM USEFUL LOAD 1438 LBS

BAGGAGE ALLOWANCE 180 L B S

iv M a y 30/01
 CESSNA COVERAGE/REVISIONS
MODEL 206H

CESSNA PERFORMANCE-
MODEL 206H SPECIFICATIONS
It is t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of t h e o w n e r t o m a i n t a i n t h i s h a n d b o o l < in a
c u r r e n t s t a t u s w h e n it is b e i n g u s e d f o r o p e r a t i o n a l p u r p o s e s .
PERFORMANCE-SPECIFICATIONS Owners should contact their C e s s n a Service Station w h e n e v e r the
(Continued) r e v i s i o n s t a t u s o f t h e i r h a n d b o o k is in q u e s t i o n .

W I N G L O A D I N G : L b s / S q Ft 20.7 R e v i s i o n s a r e d i s t r i b u t e d to o w n e r s of U . S . R e g i s t e r e d a i r c r a f t
POWER LOADING Lbs/HP 12.0 a c c o r d i n g to F A A r e c o r d s at t h e t i m e of r e v i s i o n i s s u a n c e , a n d t o
FUEL CAPACITY 92 G A L I n t e r n a t i o n a l l y R e g i s t e r e d a i r c r a f t a c c o r d i n g to C e s s n a Owner
OIL C A P A C I T Y 11 Q T S A d v i s o r y r e c o r d s at t h e t i m e of i s s u a n c e . R e v i s i o n s s h o u l d b e r e a d
c a r e f u l l y u p o n r e c e i p t a n d i n c o r p o r a t e d in t h i s P O H .
ENGINE: Textron Lycoming IO-540-AC1A5
3 0 0 BMP at 2 7 0 0 R P M
P R O P E L L E R : 3 - B i a d e d , C o n s t a n t S p e e d , Diameter 79 IN. | REVISION FILING INSTRUCTIONS
The above performance figures are based on the indicated REGULAR REVISIONS
weights, s t a n d a r d a t m o s p h e r i c conditions, level, hard-surface dry
r u n w a y s a n d no w i n d . T h e y are calculated values derived f r o m flight
P a g e s to b e r e m o v e d or i n s e r t e d in t h e P i l o t s ' O p e r a t i n g
tests c o n d u c t e d by T h e C e s s n a Aircraft C o m p a n y under carefully
Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual are
d o c u m e n t e d c o n d i t i o n s a n d will vary with individual airplanes a n d d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e L o g of E f f e c t i v e P a g e s l o c a t e d in t h i s s e c t i o n .
n u m e r o u s factors affecting flight p e r f o r m a n c e . T h i s log c o n t a i n s t h e p a g e n u m b e r a n d d a t e of i s s u e f o r e a c h p a g e
w i t h i n t h e P O H . At o r i g i n a l i s s u e , all p a g e s w i l l c o n t a i n t h e - s a m e
date. A s revisions to the P O H o c c u r , t h e s e dates will c h a n g e on
effected pages. W h e n two pages display the s a m e p a g e n u m b e r ,
t h e p a g e with the latest date shall be inserted into the P O H . T h e
d a t e o n t h e L o g O f E f f e c t i v e P a g e s s h a l l a l s o a g r e e w i t h t h e latest
d a t e of t h e p a g e in q u e s t i o n .

TEMPORARY REVISIONS

U n d e r l i m i t e d c i r c u m s t a n c e s , t e m p o r a r y r e v i s i o n s to t h e P O H
m a y be i s s u e d . T h e s e t e m p o r a r y r e v i s i o n s a r e t o b e f i l e d in t h e
a p p l i c a b l e s e c t i o n in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h f i l i n g i n s t r u c t i o n s a p p e a r i n g
o n t h e first p a g e of t h e t e m p o r a r y r e v i s i o n .

T h e r e c e s s i o n of a t e m p o r a r y r e v i s i o n is a c c o m p l i s h e d b y '
i n c o r p o r a t i o n i n t o t h e P O H at r e v i s i o n t i m e o r b y a s u p e r s e d i n g
t e m p o r a r y r e v i s i o n . In o r d e r t o a c c u r a t e l y t r a c k t h e s t a t u s of
temporary revisions as they pertain to a P O H , a T e m p o r a r y Revision
List will b e l o c a t e d p r e v i o u s to t h i s s e c t i o n w h e n r e q u i r e d . T h i s list
will indicate the date t h e t e m p o r a r y revision w a s i n c o r p o r a t e d into
t h e P O H , t h u s a u t h o r i z i n g t h e r e c e s s i o n of t h e t e m p o r a r y r e v i s i o n .

M a y 30/01 O c t 5/98 vii

COVERAGE/REVISIONS CESSNA
MODEL 206H
IDENTIFYING REVISED MATERIAL
A d d i t i o n s o r r e v i s i o n s t o t h e t e x t in a n e x i s t i n g s e c t i o n w i l l b e
i d e n t i f i e d b y a v e r t i c a l line ( r e v i s i o n b a r ) a d j a c e n t to t h e a p p l i c a b l e
r e v i s e d a r e a o n t h e o u t e r m a r g i n of t h e p a g e .
W h e n t e c h n i c a l c h a n g e s c a u s e u n c h a n g e d text to a p p e a r o n a
d i f f e r e n t p a g e , a r e v i s i o n b a r w i l l b e p l a c e d in t h e o u t e r l o w e r
m a r g i n of t h e p a g e , o p p o s i t e t h e p a g e n u m b e r a n d d a t e of t h e
p a g e , providing no other revision bar a p p e a r s o n t h e p a g e . T h e s e
p a g e s w i l l d i s p l a y t h e c u r r e n t r e v i s i o n d a t e a s f o u n d in t h e O r i g i n a l
I s s u e a n d R e v i s i o n s p a r a g r a p h of t h i s s e c t i o n .
W h e n e x t e n s i v e t e c h n i c a l c h a n g e s a r e m a d e t o t e x t in a n
existing section that requires e x t e n s i v e revision, revision bars will
a p p e a r t h e full l e n g t h of t e x t .
N e w a r t a d d e d to a n e x i s t i n g s e c t i o n w i l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y a s i n g l e
p o i n t i n g h a n d i n d i c a t o r a d j a c e n t t o t h e f i g u r e title a n d f i g u r e
n u m b e r . E x i s t i n g a r t w h i c h is r e v i s e d w i l l h a v e a p o i n t i n g h a n d
a d j a c e n t t o t h e p o r t i o n of t h e a r t w h i c h h a s c h a n g e d .
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS AND NOTES
T h r o u g h o u t the text, w a r n i n g s , cautions a n d notes pertaining to
a i r p l a n e h a n d l i n g a n d o p e r a t i o n s a r e u t i l i z e d . T h e s e a d j u n c t s to t h e
text are u s e d to highlight or e m p h a s i z e important points.
W A R N I N G - C a l l s a t t e n t i o n t o u s e of m e t h o d s , p r o c e d u r e s o r
l i m i t s w h i c h m u s t b e f o l l o w e d p r e c i s e l y t o a v o i d i n j u r y or d e a t h t o
persons.
C A U T I O N - Calls attention to m e t h o d s , procedures or limits
w h i c h m u s t b e f o l l o w e d to a v o i d d a m a g e t o e q u i p m e n t .
N O T E - C a l l s a t t e n t i o n to a d d i t i o n a l p r o c e d u r e s o r information
p e r t a i n i n g to t h e t e x t .
viii Oct 5/98
COVERAGE/REVISIONS CESSNA
MODEL 206H
COVERAGE
T h e Pilot's Operating H a n d b o o k in the airplane at the time of
delivery f r o m T h e C e s s n a Aircraft C o m p a n y c o n t a i n s information
applicable to the Model 2 0 6 H airplane by serial n u m b e r a n d
registration n u m b e r s h o w n on the Title P a g e . T h i s h a n d b o o k is
applicable to airplane serial n u m b e r 2 0 6 0 8 0 0 1 a n d O n . All
information is b a s e d on data available at the time of publication.
This h a n d b o o k is c o m p r i s e d of nine sections that c o v e r all
operational aspects of a s t a n d a r d - e q u i p p e d airplane. F o l l o w i n g
Section 8 are the S u p p l e m e n t s , Section 9, w h i c h provide e x p a n d e d
operational procedures for the avionics e q u i p m e n t (both s t a n d a r d
and optional), and provides information o n special o p e r a t i o n s .
S u p p l e m e n t s are individual d o c u m e n t s , a n d m a y be issued or
revised without r e g a r d to revision d a t e s w h i c h apply to the P O H
itself. T h e s e s u p p l e m e n t s c o n t a i n a Log of Effective P a g e s , w h i c h
should be used to determine the status of e a c h s u p p l e m e n t .
ORIGINAL ISSUE AND REVISIONS
This Pilot's Operating H a n d b o o k a n d FAA A p p r o v e d A i r p l a n e
Flight Manual is c o m p r i s e d of the original issue a n d a n y s u b s e q u e n t
revisions. T o e n s u r e that information in this m a n u a l is current, the
revisions must be incorporated as they are i s s u e d . T h i s m a n u a l w a s
originally issued on October 5, 1998. As revisions are i s s u e d , t h e y
will be noted in the Log of Effective P a g e s t a b l e .
T h e part n u m b e r of this m a n u a l has also b e e n d e s i g n e d to fur-
ther aid the owner/operator in d e t e r m i n i n g the revision level of a n y
P O H . Refer to the e x a m p l e b e l o w for a b r e a k d o w n :
2 0 6 H P H U S 00
Revision Level (Revision 0, Original Issue)
M a n u a l (Pilot's O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k , U.S.)
Airplane M o d e l ( 2 0 6 H )
vi M a y 30/01
 CESSNA CONTENTS
MODEL 206H

CESSNA LOG OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

M O D E L 206H

LOG OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

TABLE OF CONTENTS
T h e following L o g of Effective P a g e s provides the d a t e of issue
for original a n d revised p a g e s , a s well as a listing of all p a g e s in the
P O H . Pages w h i c h a r e a f f e c t e d by the current revision will carry the
d a t e of that revision. SECTION

Revision Level D a t e of I s s u e Revision Level D a t e of I s s u e

Oct. 5, 1998 2 May 30, 2001

0 (Original Issue)
1 Dec. 30, 2000
GENERAL 1

PAGE DATE PAGE DATE LIMITATIONS 2

Title Oct 5/98 1-18 Oct 5/98
Assignment Record
i
May 30/01
May 30/01
1-19 Oct 5/98 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES 3
1-20 May 30/01
ii (Blank) Oct 5/98 1-21 •. . May 30/01
iii Oct 5/98 1-22 May 30/01 NORMAL PROCEDURES 4
Iv May 30/01 1-23 May 30/01
v May 30/01 1-24 Oct 5/98
vi May 30/01 1-25 May 30/01
vii Oct 5/98 1- 26 May 30/01
PERFORMANCE 5
viii Oct 5/98 2- 1 Oct 5/98
ix May 30/01 2-2 (Blank) Oct 5/98
X May 30/01 2-3 May 30/01 WEIGHT & BALANCE/EQUIPMENT LIST 6
xi . May 30/01 2-4 Oct 5/98
xii May 30/01 2-5 Oct 5/98
xiii Oct 5/98 2-6 May 30/01 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION ... 7
xiv (Blank) Oct 5/98 2-7 Oct 5/98
1-1 Oct 5/98 2-8 Oct 5/98
1-2 May 30/01 2-9 Oct 5/98 HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE 8
1-3 May 30/01 2-10 Oct 5/98
1-4 May 30/01 2-11 Oct 5/98
1-5
1-6
May 30/01
May 30/01
2-12
2- 13
May 30/01
Oct 5/98
SUPPLEMENTS 9
1-7 May 30/01 .2-14 (Blank) Oct 5/98
1-8 Oct 5/98 3- 1 Oct 5/98
1-9 Oct 5/98 3-2 Oct 5/98
1-10 Oct 5/98 3-3 May 30/01
1-11 Oct 5/98 3-4 Oct 5/98
1-12 Oct 5/98 3-5 Oct 5/98
1-13 May 30/01 3-6 Oct 5/98
1-14 Oct 5/98 3-7 Oct 5/98
1-15 Oct 5/98 3-8 May 30/01
1-16 Oct 5/98 3-9 Oct 5/98
1-17 Oct 5/98 3-10 Oct 5/98

Oct 5/98 xiii/(xiv b l a n k )

M a y 30/01 IX
LOG OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
CESSNA
MODEL 206H

LOG OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

' (Continued)
PAGE DATE PAGE DATE
3-11 May 30/01
3-12 May 30/01 4-29 May 30/01
3-13 May 30/01 4-30 May 30/01
3-14 Oct 5/98 4-31 May 30/01
3-15 Oct 5/98 4-32 May 30/01
3-16 May 30/01 4-33 May 30/01
3-17 May 30/01 4- 34 May 30/01
3-18 Oct 5/98 5- 1 Oct 5/98
3-19 Oct 5/98 5-2 (Blank) Oct 5/98
3-20 May 30/01 5-3 May 30/01
3-21 Oct 5/98 5-4 Oct 5/98
3-22 Oct 5/98 5-5 Oct 5/98
3-23 May 30/01 5-6 May 30/01
3- 24 May 30/01 5-7 Oct 5/98
4- 1 Oct 5/98 5-8 May 30/01
4-2 May 30/01 5-9 Oct 5/98
4-3 May 30/01 5-10 Oct 5/98
4-4 (Blank) Oct 5/98 5-11 -. Oct 5/98
4-5 May 30/01 5-12 Oct 5/98
4-6 May 30/01 5-13 Oct 5/98
4-7 May 30/01 5-14 Oct 5/98
4-8 May 30/01 5-15 May 30/01
4-9 May 30/01 5-16 Oct 5/98
4-10 May 30/01 5-17 Oct 5/98
4-11 May 30/01 5-18 Oct 5/98
4-12 May 30/01 5-19 Oct 5/98
4-13 May 30/01 5-20 Oct 5/98
4-14 May 30/01 5-21 Oct 5/98
4-15 May 30/01 5-22 Oct 5/98
4-16 May 30/01 5-23 Oct 5/98
4-17 May 30/01 5-24 Oct 5/98
4-18 Oct 5/98 5-25 Oct 5/98
4-19 Oct 5/98 5-26 Oct 5/98
4-20 May 30/01 5-27 Oct 5/98
4-21 May 30/01 5-28 Oct 5/98
4-22 May 30/01 5.29 Oct 5/98
4-23 May 30/01 5-30 Oct 5/98
4-24 Oct 5/98 5-31 Oct 5/98
4-25 Oct 5/98 5-32 Oct 5/98
4-26 Oct 5/98 5-33 Oct 5/98
4-27 Oct 5/98 5-34 Oct 5/98
4-28 May 30/01 5-35 Oct 5/98
5-36 Oct 5/98

M a y 30/01
 CESSNA LOG O F EFFECTIVE PAGES
MODEL 206H

LOG OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

(Continued)
PAGE DATE PAGE DATE
5-37 Oct 5/98 7-5 May 30/01
5-38 Oct 5/98 7-6 Oct 5/98
5-39 Oct 5/98 7-7 Oct 5/98
5-40 Oct 5/98 7-8 Oct 5/98
5-41 6ct 5/98 7-9 May 30/01
5- 42 Oct 5/98 7-10 May 30/01
6- 1 Oct 5/98 7-11 May 30/01
6-2 (Blank) Oct 5/98 7-12 Oct 5/98
6-3 May 30/01 7-13 Oct 5/98
6-4 May 30/01 7-14 Oct 5/98
6-5 Oct 5/98 7-15 May 30/01
6-6 Oct 5/98 7-16 May 30/01
6-7 May 30/01 7-17 May 30/01
6-8 May 30/01 7-18 May 30/01
6-9 May 30/01 7-19 :. May 30/01
6-10 May 30/01 7-20 May 30/01
6-11 Oct 5/98 7-21 May 30/01
6-12 Oct 5/98 7-22 May 30/01
6-13 May 30/01 7-23 May 30/01
6-14 Oct 5/98 7-24 May 30/01
6-15 May 30/01 7-25 May 30/01
6-16 Oct 5/98 7-26 Oct 5/98
6-17 Oct 5/98 7-27 May 30/01
6-18 May 30/01 7-28 Oct 5/98
6-19 May 30/01 7-29 Oct 5/98
6-20 May 30/01 7-30 Oct 5/98
6-21 May 30/01 7-31 May 30/01
6-22 May 30/01 7-32 Oct 5/98
6-23 May 30/01 7-33 Oct 5/98
6-24 May 30/01 7-34 Oct 5/98
6-25 May 30/01 7-35 May 30/01
6-26 May 30/01 7-36 May 30/01
6-27 May 30/01 7-37 May 30/01
6-28 May 30/01 7-38 May 30/01
6-29 May 30/01 7-39 May 30/01
6-30 May 30/01 7-40 May 30/01
6-31 May 90/01 7-41 May 30/01
6- 32 (Blank) May 30/01 7-42 May 30/01
7- 1 May 30/01 7-43 May 30/01
7-2 May 30/01 7-44 May 30/01
7-3 May 30/01 7-45 May 30/01
7-4 (Blank) Oct 5/98 7-46 May 30/01

M a y 30/01 XI
 LOG O F EFFECTIVE P A G E S

LOG OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

(Continued)
PAGE DATE

7-47 May 30/01

7-48 May 30/01
7-49 May 30/01
7-50 May 30/01 •
7-51 May 30/01 *
7-52 May 30/01
7-53 May 30/01
7-54 May 30/01
7-55 May 30/01
7-56 May 30/01
7-57 May 30/01
7- 58 May 30/01
8- 1 Oct 5/98
8-2 Oct 5/98
8-3 May 30/01
8-4 May 30/01
8-5 May 30/01
8-6 May 30/01
8-7 May 30/01 -
8-8 May 30/01
8-9 May 30/01
8-10 May 30/01
8-11 Oct 5/98
8-12 Oct 5/98
8-13 May 30/01
8-14 May 30/01
8-15 May 30/01
8-16 May 30/01
8-17 May 30/01
8-18 Oct 5/98
8-19 Oct 5/98
8-20 May 30/01
8-21 May 30/01 » ••• • .
8-22 May 30/01
8-23 . May 30/01
8- 24 May 30/01
9- 1- - May 30/01
9-2 (Blank) Oct 5/98

xii
M a y 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 1
MODEL 206H GENERAL CESSNA SECTION 1
MODEL 206H GENERAL

-28'-3"
SECTION 1
GENERAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page

T h r e e V i e w - N o r m a l G r o u n d Attitude 1-2
Introduction .- 1-4
Descriptive D a t a 1-4
Engine 1-4
NOTE 1: WING SPAN S H O W N WITH STROBE LIGHTS
Propeller 1-4
INSTALLED.
Fuel 1-5
N O T E 2: W H E E L B A S E L E N G T H IS 69 1/4". Oil 1-6
M a x i m u m Certificated W e i g h t s .' 1-7
... J T E 3 : P R O P E L L E R G R O U N D C L E A R A N C E IS 12". Standard Airplane Weights • 1-7
C a b i n A n d Entry D i m e n s i o n s 1-7
NOTE 4: W I N G A R E A IS 174 S Q U A R E F E E T .
B a g g a g e S p a c e a n d Entry D i m e n s i o n s 1-7
N O T E 5: M I N I M U M T U R N I N G R A D I U S (* P I V O T P O I N T T O Specific L o a d i n g s 1-7
O U T B O A R D W I N G TIP) IS 26'-3". Symbols, Abbreviations and Terminology 1-8
General Airspeed Terminology And Symbols 1-8
N O T E 6: N O R M A L G R O U N D A T T I T U D E IS S H O W N W I T H
Meteorological T e r m i n o l o g y 1-9
N O S E S T R U T S H O W I N G A P P R O X I M A T E L Y 2" O F
Engine P o w e r T e r m i n o l o g y , . 1-9
STRUT, A N D W I N G S LEVEL.
Airplane P e r f o r m a n c e A n d Flight Planning T e r m i n o l o g y 1-10
W e i g h t A n d Balance T e r m i n o l o g y 1-11
Metric / Imperial / U.S. C o n v e r s i o n C h a r t s 1-13
Weight Conversions .* 1-14
Length C o n v e r s i o n s .1-16
Distance C o n v e r s i o n s 1-20
Volume Conversions 1-21
Temperature Conversions 1-24
V o l u m e to W e i g h t C o n v e r s i o n s 1-25
^ t210T1002
Quick C o n v e r s i o n s 1-26
Figure 1 - 1 . T h r e e V i e w - N o r m a l G r o u n d Attitude ( S h e e t 2 of 2)

May 30/01 1-3

O c t 5/98 . • 1-1
SECTION 1 CESSNA
GENERAL MODEL 206H SECTION 1 CESSNA
GENERAL MODEL 206H

INTRODUCTION
I T h i s h a n d b o o k c o n t a i n s 9 s e c t i o n s , a n d i n c l u d e s the m a t e
r e q u i r e d to be f u r n i s h e d to t h e pilot by F A R Part 2 3 . It also c o n t a i n s
s u p p l e m e n t a l d a t a s u p p l i e d by T h e C e s s n a Aircraft C o m p a n y .

S e c t i o n 1 p r o v i d e s basic d a t a a n d i n f o r m a t i o n of g e n e r a l interest.
It also contains definitions or explanations of symbols,
abbreviations, and terminology commonly used.

DESCRIPTIVE DATA ' \

ENGINE
Jl—lu
N u m b e r of E n g i n e s : 1 .
__,TTnTmiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiirT Engine Manufacturer: Textron Lycoming.
rTTmTninijjjM^
* Engine Model Number: IO-540-AC1A5.
E n g i n e T y p e : N o r m a l l y a s p i r a t e d , direct drive, a i r - c o o l e d ,
'- \
^ , ^ [ 1 =
horizontally o p p o s e d , fuel injected, six cylinder e n g i n e w i t h
5 4 1 . 5 c u . in. d i s p l a c e m e n t .
H o r s e p o w e r Rating a n d E n g i n e S p e e d : 3 0 0 r a t e d B H P
at 2 7 0 0 R P M .
to
PROPELLER

Propeller M a n u f a c t u r e r : M c C a u l e y P r o p e l l e r S y s t e m s .
Propeller M o d e l N u m b e r : B 3 D 3 6 C 4 3 2 / 8 0 V S A - 1 .
N u m b e r of B l a d e s : 3.
Propeller Diameter: 7 9 i n c h e s .
-36'-0 Propeller T y p e : C o n s t a n t s p e e d .

. . . . . . .

1210T1002
1210T1002

Figure 1 - 1 . T h r e e View - tJormal G r o u n d Attitude ( S h e e t 1 of 2)

1-2 May 30/01

1-4 May 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 1 CESSNA SECTION 1
MODEL 206H GENERAL MODEL 206H GENERAL

MAXIMUM C E R T I F I C A T E D W E I G H T S FUEL

Ramp Weight : 3 6 1 4 lbs. ^WARNING

Takeoff W e i g h t : 3 6 0 0 lbs.
Landing Weight : 3 6 0 0 lbs. U S E O F U N A P P R O V E D F U E L S M A Y R E S U L T IN
D A M A G E T O T H E E N G I N E AND F U E L S Y S T E M
W e i g h t in B a g g a g e C o m p a r t m e n t (Station 109 to 145): 180 lbs. COMPONENTS, RESULTING IN POSSIBLE
maximum. ENGINE FAILURE.

NOTE A p p r o v e d Fuel G r a d e s (and C o l o r s ) :

1 0 0 L L G r a d e Aviation Fuel (Blue).
Refer to Section 6 of this h a n d b o o k for loading a r r a n g e m e n t s -100 Grade Aviation Fuel ( G r e e n ) .
with one or m o r e seats r e m o v e d for c a r g o a c c o m m o d a t i o n s .
NOTE
STANDARD AIRPLANE WEIGHTS
Isopropyl alcohol or d i e t h y l e n e glycol m o n o m e t h y l ether
Standard Empty Weight: 2 1 7 6 lbs. ( D i E G M E ) m a y be a d d e d to the fuel supply. Additive
M a x i m u m Useful L o a d , N o r m a l C a t e g o r y : 1438 lbs. c o n c e n t r a t i o n s shall not e x c e e d 1 % for isopropyl alcohol or
0 . 1 0 % to 0 . 1 5 % for D i E G M E . Refer to Section 8 for
additional information.
C A B I N AND E N T R Y DIMENSIONS ;
Fuel Capacity:
Detailed d i m e n s i o n s of the cabin interior a n d entry door o p e n i n g s Total Capacity: 92.0 U s. gallons.
are illustrated in Section 6. Total U s a b l e : 88.0 U s. gallons.
Total Capacity Each T a n k : 46.0 u s. gallons.
B A G G A G E S P A C E AND E N T R Y DIMENSIONS T o t a l Usable Each T a n k : 44.0 u s. gallons.

D i m e n s i o n s of the b a g g a g e area a n d b a g g a g e door o p e n i n g are

illustrated in detail in Section 6. NOTE

SPECIFIC LOADINGS T o e n s u r e m a x i m u m fuel capacity and minimize cross-

feeding w h e n refueling, a l w a y s park the airplane in a w i n g s -
Wing Loading: 2 0 . 7 Ibs./sq. ft. * * • . level, normal g r o u n d attitude a n d place the fuel selector in
Power Loading: 12.0 Ibs./hp. the Left or Right position. Refer to Figure 1-1 for normal
g r o u n d attitude d i m e n s i o n s .

M a y 30/01 1-5
M a y 30/01 1-7
 SECTION 1 CESSNA
GENERAL MODEL 206H
CESSNA
SECTION 1
MODEL 206H
GENERAL

SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND TERMIN6LOGY

OIL
G E N E R A L A I R S P E E D T E R M I N O L O G Y AND S Y M B O L S
Oil Specification:
I M I L - L - 6 0 8 2 or S A E J 1 9 6 6 Aviation G r a d e Straight Mineral Oil:
U s e d w h e n the airplane w a s delivered f r o m the factory a n d s h o u l d
be used to replenish the supply d u r i n g the first 2 5 h o u r s . T h i s oil
should be d r a i n e d a n d the filter c h a n g e d after the first 25 h o u r s of
i o p e r a t i o n . Refill the e n g i n e with M I L - L - 6 0 8 2 or S A E J 1 9 6 6 Aviation
G r a d e Straight Mineral Oil a n d c o n t i n u e to use until a total of 5 0
hours has a c c u m u l a t e d or oil c o n s u m p t i o n h a s stabilized.
KCAS K n o t s C a l i b r a t e d A i r s p e e d is i n d i c a t e d airspeed
c o r r e c t e d for position a n d i n s t r u m e n t error a n d
e x p r e s s e d in knots. K n o t s calibrated a i r s p e e d is equal
to K T A S in standard a t m o s p h e r e at s e a l e v e l .
KIAS K n o t s I n d i c a t e d ' A i r s p e e d is the s p e e d s h o w n on the
a i r s p e e d indicator a n d e x p r e s s e d in k n o t s .

I M I L - L - 2 2 8 5 1 or S A E J 1 8 9 9 A v i a t i o n G r a d e A s h l e s s Dispersant
KTAS
Oil: Oil c o n f o r m i n g to T e x t r o n L y c o m i n g Service Instruction No.
1014, a n d all revisions a n d s u p p l e m e n t s thereto, m u s t be u s e d
after first 5 0 h o u r s or oil c o n s u m p t i o n h a s stabilized.
Va
R e c o m m e n d e d Viscosity for T e m p e r a t u r e R a n g e :
K n o t s T r u e A i r s p e e d is the a i r s p e e d e x p r e s s e d in
knots relative to u n d i s t u r b e d air w h i c h is K C A S
c o r r e c t e d for altitude a n d t e m p e r a t u r e .
M a n e u v e r i n g S p e e d is the m a x i m u m s p e e d at
w h i c h full or abrupt control m o v e m e n t s m a y be u s e d
without overstressing the a i r f r a m e .

MIL-L-6082 MlL-L-22851 VpE M a x i m u m F l a p E x t e n d e d S p e e d is the highest

Temperature
SAE Grade A s h l e s s Dispersant s p e e d permissible with w i n g flaps in a p r e s c r i b e d
SAE Grade e x t e n d e d position.

60 VNO M a x i m u m S t r u c t u r a l C r u i s i n g S p e e d is the s p e e d
A b o v e 27°C ( 8 0 ° F ) 60
that s h o u l d not be e x c e e d e d e x c e p t in s m o o t h air,
4 0 or 5 0
A b o v e 16°C (60°F) 50 then only with c a u t i o n .
40 40
- r C ( 3 0 ° F ) to 32°C(90°F)
V|\jE Never E x c e e d S p e e d is the s p e e d limit that m a y not
30 30, 4 0 or 2 0 W - 4 0
-18°C ( 0 ° F ) t o 2 1 ° C { 7 0 ° F ) be e x c e e d e d at any time.
20 3 0 or 2 0 W - 3 0
B e l o w -12°C (10°F)
2 0 W - 5 0 or 1 5 W - 5 0
Vs Stalling S p e e d or the m i n i m u m s t e a d y flight
- 1 8 " C ( 0 " F ) t o 32°C ( 9 0 ' ' F ) 20W-50
s p e e d is the m i n i m u m s p e e d at w h i c h the airplane is
All T e m p e r a t u r e s - 15W-50 or20W-50
controllable.

VSQ s t a l l i n g S p e e d or the m i n i m u m s t e a d y flight

. NOTE s p e e d is the m i n i m u m s p e e d at w h i c h the airplane is
controllable in the landing c o n f i g u r a t i o n at the most
W h e n operating t e m p e r a t u r e s o v e r l a p , use the lighter grade fonward center of gravity.
of oil.

Oil C a p a c i t y :

Sump; 11 U.S. Quarts

1-8 Oct 5/98.

May 30/01
1-6
CESSNA SECTION 1 CESSNA SECTION 1
MODEL 206H GENERAL MODEL 206H GENERAL

WEIGHT AND B A L A N C E TERMINOLOGY

Vx B e s t A n g l e - o f - C l i m b S p e e d is t h e s p e e d w h i c h r e -
s u l t s in t h e g r e a t e s t g a m of a l t i t u d e in a g i v e n h o r i -
Reference R e f e r e n c e D a t u m is a n i m a g i n a r y v e r t i c a l p l a n e f r o m
zontal distance.
Datum w h i c h all h o r i z o n t a l d i s t a n c e s a r e m e a s u r e d for
balance purposes.
Vy B e s t R a t e - o f - C i i m b S p e e d is t h e s p e e d w h i c h
r e s u l t s in t h e g r e a t e s t g a i n in a l t i t u d e in a g i v e n t i m e .
Station S t a t i o n is a l o c a t i o n a l o n g t h e a i r p l a n e f u s e l a g e g i v e n
in t e r m s o f t h e d i s t a n c e f r o m t h e r e f e r e n c e d a t u m .
METEOROLOGICAL TERMINOLOGY
Arm A r m is t h e h o r i z o n t a l d i s t a n c e f r o m t h e r e f e r e n c e
d a t u m t o t h e c e n t e r of g r a v i t y ( C . G . ) of a n i t e m . OAT O u t s i d e A i r T e m p e r a t u r e is t h e f r e e air s t a t i c
t e m p e r a t u r e . It m a y b e e x p r e s s e d in e i t h e r d e g r e e s
Moment M o m e n t is t h e p r o d u c t of t h e w e i g h t of a n i t e m Celsius or d e g r e e s FahrenfieiL
m u l t i p l i e d b y its a r m . ( M o m e n t d i v i d e d b y t h e c o n s t a n t
1 0 0 0 is u s e d in t h i s h a n d b o o k t o s i m p l i f y b a l a n c e Standard S t a n d a r d T e m p e r a t u r e is 1 5 ° C at s e a l e v e l
c a l c u l a t i o n s b y r e d u c i n g t h e n u m b e r of d i g i t s . ) Temperature p r e s s u r e a l t i t u d e a n d d e c r e a s e s b y 2 ° C for each
1 0 0 0 f e e t of a l t i t u d e .
C e n t e r of C e n t e r o f G r a v i t y is t h e p o i n t at w h i c h a n a i r p l a n e , or
Gravity e q u i p m e n t , w o u l d b a l a n c e if s u s p e n d e d . Its d i s t a n c e
Pressure P r e s s u r e A l t i t u d e is t h e a l t i t u d e r e a d f r o m a n
(C.G.) f r o m t h e r e f e r e n c e d a t u m is f o u n d b y d i v i d i n g t h e
Altitude altimeter w h e n the altimeter's barometric scale has
t o t a l m o m e n t b y t h e t o t a l w e i g h t of the' a i r p l a n e .
b e e n s e t t o 2 9 . 9 2 i n c h e s of m e r c u r y ( 1 0 1 3 m b ) .
C.G. C e n t e r o f G r a v i t y A r m is t h e a r m o b t a i n e d b y
Arm adding the airplane's individual moments and dividing ENGINE POWER TERMINOLOGY
the s u m by the total weight.
BHP B r a k e H o r s e p o w e r is t h e p o w e r d e v e l o p e d b y t h e
C.G. C e n t e r o f G r a v i t y L i m i t s a r e t h e e x t r e m e c e n t e r of engine.
Limits gravity locations within w h i c h the airplane must be
operated at a given weight. RPM R e v o l u t i o n s P e r M i n u t e is e n g i n e s p e e d .

Standard S t a n d a r d E m p t y W e i g h t is t h e w e i g h t of a s t a n d a r d Static S t a t i c R P M is e n g i n e s p e e d a t t a i n e d d u r i n g a f u l l
Empty airplane, including u n u s a b l e fuel, full operating fluids RPM t h r o t t l e e n g i n e r u n u p w h e n t h e a i r p l a n e is o n t h e
Weight a n d full e n g i n e o i l . ground and stationary.

Basic Empty B a s i c E m p t y W e i g h t is t h e s t a n d a r d e m p t y w e i g h t MP M a n i f o l d P r e s s u r e is a p r e s s u r e m e a s u r e d in t h e
Weight p l u s t h e w e i g h t of o p t i o n a l e q u i p m e n t . e n g i n e ' s i n d u c t i o n s y s t e m a n d is e x p r e s s e d in
i n c h e s of m e r c u r y (in H g ) .
Useful Load U s e f u l L o a d is t h e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n r a m p weight
and the basic empty weight.

MAC M A C ( M e a n A e r o d y n a m i c C h o r d ) is t h e c h o r d of a n
imaginary rectangular airfoil h a v i n g the s a m e pitching
m o m e n t s ^ t h r o u g h o u t t h e f l i g h t r a n g e a s t h a t of t h e
actual w i n g .

Oct 5/98 1-11 Oct 5/98 1-9

SECTION 1 CESSNA SECTION 1 CESSNA
GENERAL MODEL 206H GENERAL MODEL 206H

AIRPLANE P E R F O R M A N C E AND FLIGHT PLANNING

TERMINOLOGY Maximum M a x i m u m R a m p W e i g h t is t h e m a x i m u m w e i g h t
Ramp a p p r o v e d for g r o u n d m a n e u v e r , a n d i n c l u d e s t h e
Demon- D e m o n s t r a t e d C r o s s w i n d V e l o c i t y is the v e l o c i t y Weight w e i g h t of f u e l u s e d f o r s t a r t , t a x i a n d r u n u p .
strated of t f i e c r o s s w i n d c o m p o n e n t f o r whiicfi a d e q u a t e
Crosswind c o n t r o l of t f i e a i r p l a n e d u r i n g t a k e o f f a n d l a n d i n g Maximum M a x i m u m T a k e o f f W e i g h t is t h e m a x i m u m w e i g h t
Velocity w a s actually d e m o n s t r a t e d during certification tests. Takeoff a p p r o v e d for t h e s t a r t of t h e t a k e o f f r o l l .
T f i e v a l u e s f i o w n is n o t c o n s i d e r e d t o b e l i m i t i n g . Weight

Usable Fuel U s a b l e F u e l is t h e f u e l a v a i l a b l e for f l i g h t p l a n n i n g . Maximum M a x i m u m L a n d i n g W e i g h t is t h e m a x i m u m w e i g h t

Landing a p p r o v e d for t h e l a n d i n g t o u c h d o w n .
Unusable U n u s a b l e F u e l is t h e q u a n t i t y of f u e l t h a t c a n n o t b e Weight . •
Fuel s a f e l y u s e d in f l i g h t .
Tare T a r e is t h e w e i g h t of c h o c k s , b l o c k s , s t a n d s , e t c .
GPH G a l l o n s P e r H o u r is t h e a m o u n t of f u e l consumed u s e d w h e n w e i g h i n g a n a i r p l a n e , a n d is i n c l u d e d in
per hour. t h e s c a l e r e a d i n g s . T a r e is d e d u c t e d f r o m t h e s c a l e
r e a d i n g to o b t a i n t h e a c t u a l ( n e t ) a i r p l a n e w e i g h t .
NMPG N a u t i c a l M i l e s P e r G a l l o n is t h e d i s t a n c e w h i c h c a n
b e e x p e c t e d p e r g a l l o n of f u e l c o n s u m e d at a
specific engine power setting and/or flight
configuration.

g is a c c e l e r a t i o n d u e to g r a v i t y .

Course C o u r s e D a t u m is t h e c o m p a s s r e f e r e n c e u s e d b y t h e
Datum autopilot, along with c o u r s e deviation, to provide
lateral control w h e n tracking a navigation signal.

1-10 Oct 5/98 1-12 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 1
MODEL 206H GENERAL
CESSNA SECTION 1
MODEL 206H GENERAL
(Kilograms x 2.205 = Pounds) (Pounds x .454 = Kilograms)

POUNDS KILOGRAMS METRIC / IMPERIAL / U.S. CONVERSION CHARTS

220- -100
T h e f o l l o w i n g charts h a v e b e e n provided to help international
210- -95 o p e r a t o r s c o n v e r t U.S. m e a s u r e m e n t supplied w i t h the Pilot's
200- O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k into metric a n d imperial m e a s u r e m e n t s .
-90
190- T h e s t a n d a r d u s e d for m e a s u r e m e n t units is the National Institute
-85
of S t a n d a r d s T e c h n o l o g y ( N I S T ) , Publication 8 1 1 , "Guide for the
180-
-80 U s e of the International S y s t e m of Units (SI)."
170-
-75 Please refer to t h e following p a g e s for these c h a r t s .
160-
-70
150-
-65
140-

130- -60

120- -55

110- 50

100- -45
90- -40
80-
-35
70-
-30
60-
25
50-
-20
40-
-15
30-

20- -10

10- -5

0- -0 Units X 10, 1 0 0 , etc.

0585T1027

F i g u r e 1-2 . W e i g h t C o n v e r s i o n s ( S h e e t 2 of 2 )

May 30/01 1-13

O c t 5/98 1-15
 SECTION 1 CESSNA
GENERAL MODEL 206H
SECTION 1 CESSNA
GENERAL MODEL 206H

( M e t e r s X 3.281 = Feet) (Feet X .305 = Meters)

(Kilograms x 2.205 = Pounds) ( P o u n d s x .454 = Kilograms)

METERS TO FEET
METRES EN PIEDS
KILOGRAMS TO POUNDS
KILOGRAMMES EN LIVRES m 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 1 2 3 "A 5 6 7 8 9
kg feet feet feet feet feet feet feet feet feet feet
lb. lb lb. lb. lb. lb. lb. lb. 0 3.281 6.562 9.842 13.123 16.404 19.685 22.956 26.247 29.528
lb. lb.
10 32.808 36.089 39.370 42.651 45.932 49.212 52.493 55.774 59.055 62.336
0 2.205 4.409 6.614 8.819 11.023 13.228 15.432 17.637 19.842
20 65.817 68.897 72.178 75.459 78.740 82.021 85.302 88.582 91.863 95.144
10 22.046 24.251 26.456 28.660 30.865 33.069 35.274 37.479 39.683 41.888
30 98.425 101.71 104.99 108.27 111.55 114.83 118.11 121.39 124.67 127.95
20 44.093 46.297 48.502 50.706 52.911 55.116 57.320 59.525 61.729 63.934
79.366 81.571 40 131.23 134.51 137.79 141.08 144.36 147.64 150.92 154.20 157.48 160.76
30 66.139 68.343 70.548 72.753 74.957 77.162 83.776 85.980
40 88.185 90.390 92.594 94.799 97.003 99.208 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03
50 164.04 167.32 170.60 173.86 177.16 180.45 183.73 187.01 190.29 193.57
110.23 112.44 114.64 116.85 119.05 121.25 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07 60 195.85 200.13 203.41 206.69 209.97 213.25 216.53 219.82 223.10 226.38
50
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 141.10 143.30 145.51 147.71 149.91 152.12 70 229.66 232.94 236.22 239.50 242.78 246.06 249.34 252.62 255.90 259.19
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 163.14 165.35 167.55 169.76 171.96 174.17 80 262.47 265.75 269.03 272.31 275.59 278.87 282.15 285.43 288.71 291.58
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 185.19 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.01 196.21 90 295.27 298.56 301.84 305.12 308.40 311.68 314.96 318.24 321.52 324.80
90 198.42 200.62 202.83 205.03 207.24 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26
100 328.08 331.36 334.64 337.93 341.21 344.49 347.77 351.05 354.33 357.61
100 220.46 222.67 224.87 227.08 229.28 231.49 233.69 235.90 238.10 240.30
FEET TO METERS
POUNDS TO KILOGRAMS PIEDS EN METRES
LIVRES EN KILOGRAMMES
ft 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
lb. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
m m m m m m m m m m
kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg
1.814 2.268 2.722 3.175 3.629 4.082
0 ... 0.305 0.610 0.914 1.219 1.524 1.829 2.134 2.438 2.743
0 0.454 0.907 1.361
10 3.048 3.353 3.658 3.962 4.267 4.572 4.877 5.182 5.486 5.791
10 4.536 4.990 5.443 5.897 6.350 6.804 7.257 7.711 8.165 8.618
20 6.096 6.401 6.706 7.010 7.315 7.620 7.925 8.230 8.534 8.839
20 9.072 9.525 9.979 10.433 10.886 11.340 11.793 12.247 12.701 13.154
17.237 30 9.144 9.449 9.754 10.058 10.363 10.668 10.973 11.278 11.582 11.887
30 13.608 14.061 14.515 14.969 15.422 15.876 16.329 16.783 17.690
20.412 20.865 21.319 21.772 22.226 40 12.192 12.497 12.802 13.106 13.411 13.716 14.021 14.326 14.630 14.935
40 18.144 18.597 19.051 19.504 19.958

23.587 24.040 24.494 24.948 25.401 25.855 26.303 26.762 50 15.240 15.545 15.850 16.154 16.459 16.754 17.069 17.374 17.678 17.983
50 22.680 23.133
27.669 28.123 28.576 29.030 29 484 29.937 30.391 30.844 31.298 60 18.288 18.593 18.898 19.202 19.507 19.812 20.117 20.422 20.726 21.031
60 27.216
32.205 32.659 33.112 33.566 34.019 34.473 34.927 35.380 35.834 70 21.336 21.641 21.946 22.250 22.555 22.860 23.165 23.470 23.774 24.079.
70 31.752
80 36.287 36.741 37.195 37.648 38.102 38.555 39.009 39.463 39.916 40.370 80 24.384 24.689 24.994 25.298 25.603 25.908 26.213 26.518 26.822 27.127
90 40.823 41.277 41.731 42.184 42.638 43.091 43.545 43.999 44.452 44.906 90 27.432 27.737 28.042 28.346 28.651 28.956 29.261 29.566 29.870 30.175

100 45.359 45.813 46.266 46.720 47.174 47.627 48.081 48.534 48.988 49.442 100 30,480 30.785 31.090 31.394 31.699 32.004 32.309 32.614 32.918 33.223

Figure 1-2. W e i g h t C o n v e r s i o n s (Sheet 1 of 2)

F i g u r e 1-3. L e n g t h C o n v e r s i o n s ( S h e e t 1 of 2)

1-14 Oct 5/98 1-16 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 1
CESSNA SECTION 1 MODEL 206H GENERAL
M O D E L 206H GENERAL

(Meters x 3.281 = Feet) (Feet X .305 = Meters)

( C e n t i m e t e r s x .394 - Inches) (Inches x 2.54 = C e n t i m e t e r s )

INCHES CENTIMETERS FEET METERS

10- -100
- 2 5
320-
- 2 4 -95
-23 300-
-90
- 2 2
280- -85
-21
- 20 260- -80
-19
-75
240-
-18
-70
- 17 220-
-65
-16
- 15 200-
-60
- 14
180- -55
- 13
-50
- 12 160-

-11 -45
140-
- 10 -40
- 9 120-
-35
- 8
100- -30
- 7
- 6 80- -25
- 5
-20
- 4 60-
Units X 1 0 , 1 0 0 , etc.
-15
- 3
40-
- 2 -10
0585T1028
- 1 20-
-5
- 0
0- -0 Units X 10, 100, etc.

Figure 1-4.« L e n g t h C o n v e r s i o n s (Sheet 2 of 2)

F i g u r e 1-3 . L e n g t h C o n v e r s i o n s ( S h e e t 2 of 2)

O c t 5/98 1-19

Oct 5/98 1-17

SECTION 1 CESSNA
GENERAL MODEL 206H
SECTION 1 CESSNA
GENERAL M O D E L 206H
( C e n t i m e t e r s X .394 = Inches) (Inches X 2.54 = Centimeters)

CENTIMETERS TO INCHES (Statute Miles x i .609=Kilometers) (Kilometers x.622=Statute Miles)

CENTIMETRES EN P O U C E S
(Statute Miles x.869=Nautical Miles) (Nautical Miles x1.15=Statute Miles)
cm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (Nautical Miles x i .852=Kilometers) (Kilometers x.54=Nautical Miles)

in. in. in. STATUTE NAUTICAL

In. in. in. in. in. in. in.
MILES MILES KILOMETERS
0 ... 0.394 0.787 1.181 1.575 1.969 2.362 2.756 3.150 3.543
10 3.937 4.331 4.724 5.118 5.512 5.906 6.299 6.693 7.087 7.480
115y100 100-
180
20 7.874 8.268 8.661 9.055 9.449 9.843 10.236 10.630 11.024 11.417 110--95 95-
30 11.811 12.205 12.598 12.992 13.386 13.780 14.173 14.567 14.961 15.354
105- -90 170
40 15.748 16.142 16.535 16.929 17.323 17.717 18.110 18.504 18.898 19.291 90-
100 * 160
50 19.685 20.079 20.472 20.866 21.260 21.654 22.047 22.441 22.835 23.228 -85
95- 85-
60 23.622 24.016 24.409 24.803 25.197 25.591 25.984 26.378 26.772 27.164 •150
-80 80-
70 27.559 27.953 28.346 28.740 29.134 29.528 29.921 30.315 30.709 31.102 90-
80 31.496 31.890 32.283 32.677 33.071 33.465 33.858 34.252 34.646 35.039 75--140
90 35.433 35.827 36.220 36.614 37.008 37.402 37.795 38.189 38.583 38.976
85
80 + 70 70 — 130
100 39.370 39.764 40.157 40.551 40.945 41.339 41.732 42.126 42.520 42.913
75 65 65--120

7 0 - .- 6 0 60- 110
INCHES TO CENTIMETERS
65-.
P O U C E S EN CENTIMETRES -55 55- 100
60-
in. 0 1 '2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 -50 50-
55- 90
-45 45 -
cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm cm 50-" 80
0 ... 2.54 5.08 7.62 10.16 12.70 15.24 17.78 20.32 22.96 4 5 - '- 4 0 40-
70
10 25.40 27.94 30.48 33.02 35.56 38.10 40.64 43.18 45.72 48.26
40--35 35-
20 50.80 53.34 55.88 58.42 60.96 63.50 66.04 68.58 71.12 73.66 60
30 76.20 78.74 81.28 83.82 86.36 88.90 91.44 93.98 96.52 99.06 35--30 30-
40 101.60 104.14 106.68 109.22 111.76 114.30 116.84 119.38 121.92 124.46 50
30--25 25-
50 127.00 129.54 132.08 134.62 137.16 139.70 142.24 144.78 147.32 149.86 25- -40 Units X 10,
-20 20-
60 152.40 154.94 157.48 160.02 162.56 165.10 167.64 170.18 172.72 175.26 100, etc.
20- -30
70 177.80 180.34 182.88 185.42 187.96 190.50 193.04 195.58 198.12 200.66 15 -
-15
80 203.20 205.74 208.28 210.82 213.36 215.90 218.44 220.98 223.52 226.06 15-
1 0 ^ 2 0
90 228.60 231.14 233.68 236.22 238.76 241.30 243.84 246.38 248.92 251.46 -10
10-
5^-10
100 254.00 256.54 259.08 261.62 264.16 266.70 269.24 271.78 274.32 276.86 5--5
0 ^ 0 0-Lo 0585T1029
F i g u r e 1-4. L e n g t h C o n v e r s i o n s ( S h e e t 1 of 2 )
Figure 1-5. Distance Conversions

M a y 30/01
1-18 Oct 5/98 1-20
 CESSNA
SECTION 1 CESSNA SECTION 1
MODEL 206H GENERAL MODEL 206H GENERAL

(Imperial G a l l o n s x 1.2 = U.S. G a l l o n s ) (Imperial G a l l o n s x 4.546 = Liters)

( U . S . G a l l o n s x . 8 3 3 = Imperial G a l l o n s ) (Liters x .22 - Imperial Gallons)
( U . S . G a l l o n s x 3 . 7 8 5 = Liters) LITERS TO IMPERIAL GALLONS
(Liters x . 2 6 4 = U.S. G a l l o n s ) ^ LITERS EN GALLONS IMPERIAL

IMPERIAL Lt 0 1 2 ' 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
U.S.
GALLONS GALLONS LITERS
rlOO 1 0 0 -- r 3 8 0 IG IG IG IG IG IG IG IG IG IG
80^95 0 0.220 0.440 0.660 0.880 1.100 1.320 1.540 1.760 1.980
95-- - 3 5 0
10 2.200 2.420 2.640 2.860 3.080 3.300 3.520 3.740 3.960 4.180
75 — 90 90---340 20 4.400 4.620 4.840 5.059 5.279 5.499 5.719 5.939 6.159 6.379
30 6.599 6.819 7.039 7,259 7.479 7.699 7.919 8.139 8.359 8.579
7 0 -."- 8 5 85---320
40 8.799 9.019 9.239 9:459 9.679 9.899 10.119 10.339 10.559 10.779
-80 80- -300
65-" 50 10.999 11.219 11.439 11.659 11.879 12.099 12.319 12.539 12.759 12.979
-75 75- -280 60 13.199 13.419 13.639 13.859 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
60- 70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
'-70 70-
-260 80 17.598 17.818 18.038 18.258 18.478 18.698 18.918 19.138 19.358 19.578
55--65 65- 90 19.798 20.018 20.238 20.458 20.678 20.898 21.118 21.338 21.558 21.778
-240
50--60 60- 100 21.998 22.218 22.438 22.658 22.878 23.098 23.318 23.537 23.757 23.977
-220
45-^55 55-
-200
-50 IMPERIAL GALLONS TO LITERS
40- 50-
GALLONS IMPERIAL EN LITERS
-180
-45 45-
35- IG 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
-160
-40 40-
3 0 - -35 -140 Lt Lt Lt Lt Lt Lt Lt Lt Lt Lt
35-
25--30 -120 0 4.546 9.092 13.638 18.184 22.730 27.276 31.822 36.368 40.914
30-
10 45.460 50.006 54.552 59.097 63.643 68.189 72.735 77.281 81.827 86.373

20--25 25-
-100 20 90.919
30 136.38
95.465
140.93
100.01
145.47
104.56
150.02
109.10
154.56
113.65
159.11
118.20
163.66
122.74
168.20
127.29
172.75
131.83
177.29

2 0 - -80
-20 40 181.84 186 38 190.93 195.48 200.02 204.57 209.11 213.66 218.21 222.75
15-
-15 15- -60 50 227.30 231.84 236.39 240.94 245.48 250.03 254.57 259.12 263.67 268.21
10- 60 272.76 277.30 281.85 286.40 290.94 295.49 300.03 304.58 309.13 313.67
-10 1 0 - -40 70 318.22 322.76 327.31 331.86 336.40 340.95 345.49 350.04 354.59,^ 359.13
5-L5 5 - -20
80 363.68 368.22 372.77 377.32 381.86 386.41 390.95 395.50 400.04 404.59
90 409.14 413.68 418.23 422.77 427.32 431.87 436.41 440.96 445.50 450.05
0-^0 0 - -0
100 454.60 459.14 463.69 468.23 472.78 477.33 481.87 486,42 490.96 495.51

Units X 10, 100, etc.

Figure 1-6. V o l u m e C o n v e r s i o n s (Sheet 1 of 3)
Figure 1-6. V o l u m e C o n v e r s i o n s ( S h e e t 3 of 3)

M a y 30/01
1-23 M a y 30/01 1-21
 SECTION 1
CESSNA
GENERAL
SECTION 1 CESSNA MODEL 206H
GENERAL MODEL 206H

TEMPERATURE CONVERSIONS

(°F-32)X5/9= "C °Cx9/5 + 32=°F

^ (Imperial G a l l o n s x 4 . 4 5 4 6 = Liters)
^ (Liters x .22 = Imperial Gallons)

100^
IMPERIAL -440 LITERS
95-
GALLONS -420
90-
-400
85-
-380
80- -360

75- -340

70- -320
65- -300
-280
60-
-260
55-
-240
50-
-220
4 5 - -200

4 0 - -180

35- -160

3 0 - -140
-120
25-
-100
20-
-80
15-
-60
10-J - 4 0

5 - -20

0- -0

0585T1034
Units X 10, 100, etc. Figure 1-7. Temperature Conversions
0585T1032

Figure 1-6. Volume Conversions (Sheet 2 of 3)

1-24
O c t 5/98
1-22 May 30/01
 CESSNA SECTION 1
MODEL 206H GENERAL

A V G A S Specific Gravity = .72

(Liters x 1.58 = P o u n d s ) ( P o u n d s x .633 = Liters)

(Liters x .72 = K i l o g r a m s ) ( K i l o g r a m s x 1.389 = Liters)

2 POUNDS LITERS LITERS KILOGRAMS

r100 100-
h70
150 -95 95-

.-90 90 65
140-
AVGAS FUEL
-85 85-[ 60
130-
-80 80
I2O-L75 75-
h55

110 -70 70--50

-65
100- ^^--45
-60 60-
90-
-55 55^-40
80--50 5 0 - 1-35
70-^45 45-
30
h40 40-
35 25
60- -35
"-30 30-
50- -20
40--25 25-
20 -15
30- -20
-15 15--10
20-
0 10-
10- h5
1-5
5 H
0 ^ 0 0
0
Units X 10, 100, etc.

0585T1030

Figure 1-8. V o l u m e to Weight C o n v e r s i o n

May 30/01 1-25

SECTION 1 CESSNA
GENERAL MODEL 206H

CO

0585T1031

Figure 1-9. Q u i c k C o n v e r s i o n s

1-26 M a y 30/01
 MODIL^OGH ' SECTION 2
CESSNA SECTION 2 M O D E L 206H LIMITATIONS
MODEL 206H LIMITATIONS

INTRODUCTION SECTION 2
Section 2 includes o p e r a t i n g limitations, instrument m a r k i n g s ,
a n d basic placards n e c e s s a r y for t h e safe operation of the airplane,
LIMITATIONS
its e n g i n e , s t a n d a r d s y s t e m s a n d s t a n d a r d e q u i p m e n t . T h e .
limitations included in this section a n d in Section 9 have b e e n !
a p p r o v e d by the Federal Aviation A d m i n i s t r a t i o n . O b s e r v a n c e of
t h e s e o p e r a t i n g limitations is required by Federal Aviation TABLE OF CONTENTS Page
Regulations.

NOT^
Introduction 2-3
Refer to t h e S u p p l e m e n t s , Section 9, of this Pilot's I Airspeed Limitations 2-4
O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k for a m e n d e d operating limitations, |
Airspeed Indicator Markings 2-5
operating procedures, performance data a n d other
n e c e s s a r y information for airplanes e q u i p p e d with specific Powerplant Limitations 2-5
options. Powerplant Instrument Markings 2-6
Weight Limits 2-7
NOTE
Center Of Gravity Limits 2-7
T h e airspeeds listed in the A i r s p e e d Limitations chart Maneuver Limits 2-8
(Figure 2-1) a n d the A i r s p e e d Indicator M a r k i n g s chart I Flight Load Factor Limits 2-8
(Figure 2-2) are b a s e d o n A i r s p e e d Calibration data s h o w n I
Kinds Of Operation Limits 2-8
in Section 5 with the n o r m a l static s o u r c e . If the alternate •
static source is being u s e d , a m p l e m a r g i n s s h o u l d be Fuel Limitations 2-9
o b s e r v e d to allow for the a i r s p e e d calibration variations Other Limitations 2-9
b e t w e e n the normal a n d alternate static s o u r c e s a s s h o w n I Flap Limitations 2-9
in Section 5. '
Placards 2 - 1 0

T h e C e s s n a M o d e l N o . 2 0 6 H is certificated under F A A T y p e
Certificate N o . A 4 C E .

May 30/01 2-3

•Oct 5 / 9 8
2 - 1 / ( 2 - 2 blank)
SECTION 2 CESSNA
LIMITATIONS MODEL 206H

AIRSPEED LIMITATIONS
A i r s p e e d limitations a n d ttieir operational significance a r e s h o w n
in Figure 2 - 1 .

S Y M B O L S P E E D K C A S KIAS R E M A R K S

VNE Never Exceed Speed 180 182 Do not e x c e e d this

s p e e d in any
operation.

VNO M a x i m u m Structural 147 149 Do not e x c e e d this

Cruising S p e e d s p e e d except in
s m o o t h air, a n d
t h e n only with
caution.

VA Maneuvering
Speed: Do not m a k e full or
3600 Pounds 123 125 a b r u p t control
2900 Pounds 110. 112 movements above
2200 Pounds 97 98 this s p e e d .

VFE M a x i m u m Flap
Extended Speed: Do not e x c e e d this
0° to 10° Flaps 138 140 s p e e d with flaps
10° to 4 0 ° Flaps 100 100 down.

Maximum 180 182 Do not e x c e e d this

Window Open s p e e d with w i n d o w s
Speed open.

Figure 2 - 1 . A i r s p e e d Limitations

2-4 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 2
MODEL 206H LIMITATIONS
CESSNA SECTION 2
MODEL 206H LIMITATIONS
WEIGHT LIMITS
Maximum Ramp Weight: 3 6 1 4 lbs. AIRSPEED INDICATOR MARKINGS
Maximum Takeoff Weight: 3 6 0 0 lbs. A i r s p e e d indicator m a r k i n g s a n d their color c o d e significance are
Maximum Landing Weight: 3600 lbs. s h o w n in Figure 2 - 2 .
Maximum W e i g h t in B a g g a g e C o m p a r t m e n t (Station 1 0 9 to 1 4 5 ) :
180 lbs. KIAS
MARKING VALUE SIGNIFICANCE
NOTE OR R A N G E
Wtiite A r c 44-100 Full Flap O p e r a t i n g R a n g e . Lower
R e f e r t o S e c t i o n 6 of t h i s h a n d b o o k f o r l o a d i n g a r r a n g e - limit is m a x i m u m weight V S Q ii^
m e n t s w i t h o n e or m o r e s e a t s r e m o v e d f o r c a r g o a c c o m - landing configuration. U p p e r limit is
modations. m a x i m u m s p e e d permissible with
flaps e x t e n d e d .

Green Arc 54 - 1 4 9 N o r m a l Operating R a n g e . L o w e r limit

CENTER OF GRAVITY LIMITS is m a x i m u m weight V s at most
f o r w a r d C . G . with flaps retracted.
U p p e r limit is m a x i m u m structural
C e n t e r of G r a v i t y R a n g e : . . cruising s p e e d .

Yellow A r c 149-182 O p e r a t i o n s m u s t be c o n d u c t e d with

Forward: 3 3 . 0 i n c h e s aft of d a t u m at 2 5 0 0 l b s . o r l e s s , w i t h
caution a n d only in s m o o t h air.
s t r a i g h t l i n e v a r i a t i o n t o 4 2 . 5 i n c h e s aft of d a t u m a t
3600 lbs. Red Line 182 M a x i m u m s p e e d for all operations.

Aft: 4 9 . 7 i n c h e s aft of d a t u m a t a l l w e i g h t s . Figure 2-2. A i r s p e e d Indicator M a r k i n g s

Reference Datum:
F r o n t f a c e of l o w e r f i r e w a l l .
POWERPLANT LIMITATIONS
Engine M a n u f a c t u r e r : T e x t r o n L y c o m i n g . •
Engine M o d e l N u m b e r : I O - 5 4 0 - A C 1 A 5 . >-.,:••
M a x i m u m Power: 3 0 0 B H P rating.
Engine O p e r a t i n g Limits for Takeoff a n d C o n t i n u o u s O p e r a t i o n s :
M a x i m u m Engine S p e e d : 2 7 0 0 R P M .
M a x i m u m Cylinder H e a d T e m p e r a t u r e : 480° F (249° C ) .
M a x i m u m Oil T e m p e r a t u r e : 245° F (118° C ) .
Oil Pressure, M i n i m u m : 20 P S I . ; .
Maximum: 115 P S I . ' . V ; i

Oct 5/98 2-5

Oct 5/98 2-7
 SECTION 2 CESSNA
SECTION 2 • CESSNA
LIMITATIONS MODEL 206H
LIMITATIONS MODEL 206H

Fuel G r a d e : S e e Fuel Limitations.

Oil G r a d e (Specification): MANEUVER LIMITS
M I L - L - 6 0 8 2 or S A E J 1 9 6 6 A v i a t i o n G r a d e Straight Mineral Oil or
MIL-L-22851 or S A E J 1 8 9 9 Ashless Dispersant O i l : Oil T h i s a i r p l a n e is c e r t i f i c a t e d i n t h e n o r m a l c a t e g o r y . T h e n o r m a l
c o n f o r m i n g to Textron L y c o m i n g Service Instruction 1 0 1 4 , a n d all c a t e g o r y is a p p l i c a b l e t o a i r c r a f t i n t e n d e d f o r non-aerobatic
revisions a n d s u p p l e m e n t s t h e r e t o , m u s t be u s e d . operations. T h e s e include a n y m a n e u v e r s incidental to n o r m a l
Propeller Manufacturer: M c C a u l e y Propeller S y s t e m s flying, stalls (except w h i p stalls), lazy eights, c h a n d e l i e s , a n d t u r n s
Propeller M o d e l N u m b e r : B 3 D 3 6 C 4 3 2 / 8 0 V S A - 1 . in w h i c h t h e a n g l e of b a n k is n o t m o r e t h a n 6 0 ° /
Propeller D i a m e t e r Maximum : 79 inches.
Minimum: 77.5 inches. Aerobatic maneuvers, including spins,'^re not a p p r o v e d .
Propeller Blade A n g l e at 3 0 Inch Station:
Low: 12.6°
High: 3 0 . 0 °
FLIGHT LOAD FACTOR LIMITS
POWERPLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS Flight L o a d Factors : ~ >
P o w e r p l a n t instrument m a r k i n g s a n d their color c o d e significance Flaps U p * +3.8g,-1.52g
are s h o w n in Figure 2-3. Flaps Down * + 2.0g

GREEN ARC RED * T h e d e s i g n l o a d f a c t o r s a r e 1 5 0 % of t h e a b o v e , a n d i n all

INSTRUMENT R E D L I N E (MINIMUM) (NORMAL LINE cases, the structure meets or exceeds design loads.
OPERATING) (MAX)

Tachometer: ---- 2 1 0 0 to 2 5 0 0
RPM
2700
KINDS OF OPERATION LIMITS
Manifold 15 - 2 5 in.Hg — T h e a i r p l a n e a s d e l i v e r e d is e q u i p p e d f o r d a y , n i g h t , V F R a n d
Pressure IFR o p e r a t i o n s . F A R Part 9 1 e s t a b l i s h e s t h e m i n i m u m r e q u i r e d
instrumentation a n d e q u i p m e n t for these operations. T h e reference
Cylinder Head — . ,„ 200 - 480°F 480°F
to t y p e s of f l i g h t o p e r a t i o n s o n t h e o p e r a t i n g l i m i t a t i o n s p l a c a r d
Temperature
r e f l e c t s e q u i p m e n t i n s t a l l e d a t t h e t i m e of A i r w o r t h i n e s s C e r t i f i c a t e
Oil — 100 to 2 4 5 ° F 245°F issuance.
Temperature

Oil P r e s s u r e 20 P S I 5 0 to 90 PSI 115

PSI F l i g h t i n t o k n o w n i c i n g c o n d i t i o n s is p r o h i b i t e d .

F u e l Quantity 0
(2 G a l . U n u s a b l e E a c h —- —-
Tank)

Fuel Flow —- 0 to 2 0 G P H —-
Vacuum —- 4 . 5 - 5 . 5 in.Hg —-
Figure 2-3. P o w e r p l a n t I n s t r u m e n t M a r k i n g s

2-6 M a y 30/01

2-8 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 2
MODEL 206H LIMITATIONS
CESSNA SECTION2
MODEL 206H LIMITATIONS

4. O n the fuel selector v a l v e : FUEL LIMITATIONS

BOTH
Total Fuel: 92.0 U.S. Gallons (46.0 gallons per tank.)
88.0 GAL.
T A K E O F F LANDING
Usable Fuel: 88.0 U.S. Gallons
ALL FLIGHT ATTITUDES

Unusable Fuel: 4.0 U.S. Gallons (2.0 Gallons e a c h tank.)

FUEL
SELECTOR
NOTE
PUSHDOWN
ROTATE T o ensure m a x i m u m fuel capacity a n d minimize cross- '
f e e d i n g w h e n refueling, a l w a y s p a r k t h e a i r p l a n e in a w i n g s -
l e v e l , n o r m a l g r o u n d a t t i t u d e a n d p l a c e t h e f u e l s e l e c t o r in
LEFT RIGHT t h e L E F T o r R I G H T p o s i t i o n . R e f e r t o F i g u r e 1-1 for n o r m a l
44.0 G A L . 44.0 G A L . g r o u n d attitude definition.
LEVEL FLIGHT ONLY OFF OFF LEVEL FLIGHT ONLY
T a k e o f f a n d l a n d w i t h t h e f u e l s e l e c t o r v a l v e h a n d l e in t h e B O T H
position.
5. Near t h e fuel tank filler c a p :
O p e r a t i o n o n either L E F T or R I G H T tank limited to level flight
FUEL only.
lOOLL/lOO M I N . G R A D E A V I A T I O N G A S O L I N E
C A P 4 4 . 0 U.S. G A L U S A B L E W i t h 1/4 t a n k o r l e s s , p r o l o n g e d u n c o o r d i n a t e d f l i g h t is p r o h i b i t e d
C A P 3 2 . 5 U.S. G A L . U S A B L E T O B O T T O M w h e n o p e r a t i n g o n e i t h e r left o r r i g h t t a n k .
O F FILLER INDICATOR
W h e n switching from dry tank, turn auxiliary fuel pump on
momentarily.
6. Near m a n i f o l d p r e s s u r e / f u e l flow indicator:
A p p r o v e d Fuel Grades (and Colors):
MAXIMUM P O W E R F U E L F L O W
ALTITUDE FUEL FLOW 1 0 0 L L G r a d e Aviation Fuel (Blue).
S.L 28.0 GPH 1 0 0 G r a d e Aviation Fuel (Green).
2000' 26.5 GPH
4000' 25.0 GPH
6000' 23.0 GPH
8000' 21.5 GPH OTHER LIMITATIONS
10000' 20.0 GPH
12000' 18.5 GPH F L A P LIMITATIONS ^
14000' 17.0 GPH
Approved Takeoff Range: 0 ° to 2 0 °
Approved Landing Range: 0 ° to 4 0 °
• •

O c t 5/98 2-11
Oct 5/98 2-9
SECTION 2 CESSNA
LIMITATIONS MODEL 206H
SECTION 2 CESSNA
LIMITATIONS MODEL 206H
PLACARDS
T h e f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n m u s t b e d i s p l a y e d in t h e f o r m of c o m p o s - 7. O n flap control indicator:
ite or i n d i v i d u a l p l a c a r d s .

0°to10° 140 K I A S (Partial flap range with blue color

1. In f u l l v i e w of t h e p i l o t : ( T h e " D A Y - N I G H T - V F R - I F R " e n t r y , c o d e ; also, m e c h a n i c a l detent at 10°.)
s h o w n o n t h e e x a m p l e b e l o w , w i l l v a r y a s t h e a i r p l a n e is
equipped). 10° to 40° 100 K I A S (White color c o d e ; also m e c h a n i c a l
detent at 20°)

T h e m a r k i n g s a n d p l a c a r d s i n s t a l l e d in t h i s a i r p l a n e c o n t a i n
8. O n aft c a r g o door:
operating limitations w h i c h must be c o m p l i e d with w h e n operating
t h i s a i r p l a n e in t h e N o r m a l C a t e g o r y . O t h e r o p e r a t i n g l i m i t a t i o n s B A G G A G E N E T 180 L B S . M A X I M U M C A P A C I T Y
w h i c h m u s t b e c o m p l i e d w i t h w h e n o p e r a t i n g t h i s a i r p l a n e in t h i s
REFER TO W E I G H T AND BALANCE DATA
c a t e g o r y a r e c o n t a i n e d in t h e P i l o t ' s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k a n d F A A
A p p r o v e d Airplane Flight M a n u a l . FOR B A G G A G E A N D C A R G O L O A D I N G

9. In R E D on f o r w a r d c a r g o door:
No acrobatic m a n e u v e r s , including spins, approveqi.

Flight into k n o w n icing conditions p r o h i b i t e d . E M E R G E N C Y EXIT OPERATION

T h i s a i r p l a n e is c e r t i f i e d for t h e f o l l o w i n g f l i g h t o p e r a t i o n s a s of 1. R O T A T E FORWARD CARGO DOOR HANDLE FULL

d a t e of o r i g i n a l a i r w o r t h i n e s s c e r t i f i c a t e : FORWARD THEN FULL AFT.
2. O P E N F O R W A R D C A R G O D O O R A S FAR A S P O S S I B L E .
DAY-NIGHT-VFR-IFR 3. R O T A T E R E D L E V E R IN R E A R C A R G O D O O R F O R W A R D .
4. F O R C E R E A R C A R G O D O O R F U L L O P E N .

2. O n control lock:
10. A calibration c a r d m u s t be p r o v i d e d to indicate the a c c u r a c y
of the magnetic c o m p a s s in 30° i n c r e m e n t s .
CAUTION
11. O n the oil filler c a p :
CONTROL LOCK
REMOVE BEFORE STARTING ENGINE OIL
11 QTS
3. O n aft b a g g a g e w a l l :
12. Near airspeed indicator:

EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER M A N E U V E R I N G S P E E D - 125 KIAS

INSTALLED AFT O F THIS PARTITION.
M U S T B E S E R V I C E D IN A C C O R D A N C E 13 O n the pedestal c o v e r near the fuel selector h a n d l e :
WITH FAR PART 91.207
W H E N SWITCHING FROM DRY TANK T U R N
AUX FUEL PUMP "ON" M O M E N T A R I L Y

2-12 May 30/01

2-10 Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 2
MODEL 206H LIMITATIONS

14. O n the upper right instrument p a n e l :

T-
SMOKING PROHIBITED

15. Near the auxiliary electrical power supply plug:

CAUTION 2 4 V O L T S D.C.
T H I S A I R C R A F T IS E Q U I P P E D W I T H A L T E R N A T O R A N D A
NEGATIVE GROUND SYSTEM. O B S E R V E PROPER POLARITY.
REVERSE POLARITY WILL DAMAGE ELECTRICAL
COMPONENTS.

Oct 5/98 2-13/(2-14 Blank)

 CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

INTRODUCTION SECTION 3
Section 3 provides checklist a n d amplified p r o c e d u r e s for c o p i n g EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
w^ith e m e r g e n c i e s that m a y occur. E m e r g e n c i e s c a u s e d by airplane
or engine m a l f u n c t i o n s are e x t r e m e l y rare if proper preflight
inspections a n d m a i n t e n a n c e a r e practiced. ~ Enroute weather
e m e r g e n c i e s c a n be m i n i m i z e d or eliminated by careful flight
planning a n d good j u d g m e n t when u n e x p e c t e d w e a t h e r is TABLE OF CONTENTS Page
e n c o u n t e r e d . H o w e v e r , s h o u l d a n e m e r g e n c y arise, the basic
guidelines d e s c r i b e d in this section should be c o n s i d e r e d a n d
Introduction 3-3
a p p l i e d as n e c e s s a r y to correct t h e p r o b l e m . E m e r g e n c y p r o c e d u r e s
a s s o c i a t e d with E L T , s t a n d a r d avionics a n d a n y other optional
s y s t e m s c a n b e f o u n d in the S u p p l e m e n t s , Section 9. | AIRSPEEDS

A i r s p e e d s For E m e r g e n c y O p e r a t i o n 3-3
AIRSPEEDS FOR EMERGENCY OPERATION
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES CHECKLIST
E n g i n e Failure After Takeoff:
W i n g Flaps U p • 80 KIAS
W i n g Flaps D o w n 70 KIAS Engine Failures 3-4
Engine Failure During Takeoff Roll 3-4
Maneuvering Speed:
Engine Failure Immediately After Takeoff ' 3-4
3600 Lbs 125 K I A S
2900 Lbs 112 KIAS Engine Failure During Flight (Restart Procedures) 3-4
2 2 0 0 Lbs 98 KIAS Forced Landings 3-5
Emergency Landing Without Engine Power 3-5
M a x i m u m Glide:
Precautionary Landing With Engine Power 3-5
3600 Lbs 75 KIAS
3 2 0 0 Lbs 70 KIAS Ditching 3-6'
2800 Lbs 65 KIAS Fires 3-7
During Start O n G r o u n d • 3-7
P r e c a u t i o n a r y L a n d i n g W i t h Engine^Power 70 KIAS
E n g i n e Fire i n F l i g h t 3-8
L a n d i n g Without Engine P o w e r : E l e c t r i c a l Fire In F l i g h t 3-8
W i n g Flaps Up 80 KIAS C a b i n Fire 3-9
W i n g Flaps D o w n 70 KIAS W i n g Fire ; •• 3-9
Icing 3-10
inadvertent Icing E n c o u n t e r ••• 3-10
Static S o u r c e B l o c k a g e 3-11
L a n d i n g W i t h A Flat M a i n T i r e 3-11

M a y 30/01 3-3
Oct 5/98 3-1
SECTIONS CESSNA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 206H
SECTIONS CESSNA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES M O D E L 206H
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Page
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES CHECKLIST
L a n d i n g W i t i i A Flat N o s e T i r e 3-11
Electrical Power Supply S y s t e m Malfunctions 3-12 P r o c e d u r e s in the E m e r g e n c y P r o c e d u r e s Checklist portion of
this section s h o w n in bold f a c e d type are i m m e d i a t e action items
A m m e t e r S h o w s E x c e s s i v e R a t e of C h a r g e
w h i c h s h o u l d b e c o m m i t t e d to m e m o r y .
(Full Scale Deflection) 3-12
L o w Voltage A n n u n c i a t o r Illuminates During Flight ENGINE FAILURES
(Ammeter Indicates Discharge) 3-12
V a c u u m System Failure 3-13 ENGINE F A I L U R E DURING T A K E O F F R O L L

1. Throttle - I D L E .
AMPLIFIED E M E R G E N C Y PROCEDURES 2. Brakes-APPLY.
3. W i n g Flaps - R E T R A C T .
4. Mixture - I D L E C U T O F F . • ' , '
Engine Failure 3-14
5. Ignition Switch - O F F .
Forced Landings 3-16 6. M a s t e r Switch - O F F .
L a n d i n g Without Elevator Control 3-16
Fires 3-17 ENGINE FAILURE IMMEDIATELY A F T E R T A K E O F F

E m e r g e n c y O p e r a t i o n in C l o u d s
1. A i r s p e e d ~ 80 K I A S .
(Total V a c u u m System Failure) . 3-17 2. Mixture - I D L E C U T O F F .
E x e c u t i n g A 1 8 0 ° T u r n In C l o u d s 3-18 3. Fuel Selector Valve - P U S H E D D O W N a n d R O T A T E to O F F .
Emergency Descent T h r o u g h Clouds 3-18 4. Ignition Switch - O F F .
5. W i n g Flaps - A S R E Q U I R E D (40° r e c o m m e n d e d ) .
R e c o v e r y F r o m S p i r a l D i v e In T h e C l o u d s 3-19 6. M a s t e r Switch - O F F .
I n a d v e r t e n t F l i g h t Into I c i n g C o n d i t i o n s 3-19 7. C a b i n Door - U N L A T C H .
Static Source Blocked 3-19 8. Land - STRAIGHT AHEAD.
Spins 3-20
E N G I N E F A I L U R E DURING F L I G H T (Restart Procedures)
Rough Engine Operation Or Loss Of Power 3-21
S p a r k Plug Fouling 3-21 1. A i r s p e e d - 7 5 KIAS.
Magneto Malfunction 3-21 2. Fuel Selector Valve ~ B O T H .
E n g i n e Driven Fuel P u m p Failure 3-21 3. Auxiliary Fuel Pump Switch ~ ON.
4. Engine Power - R E S T O R E D .
Low Oil Pressure 3-22
5. Mixture - R I C H (if restart does not o c c u r ) ,
Electrical Power Supply System Malfunctions 3-22 6. Ignition Switch - C H E C K B O T H (or S T A R T , if propeller is
E x c e s s i v e R a t e of C h a r g e 3-23 stopped)
Insufficient Rate Of C h a r g e 3-23
C a r g o Door E m e r g e n c y Exit 3-24
Other Emergencies 3-24
Windshield Damage 3-24

3-4 Oct 5/98

3-2 • Oct 5/98
 CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
7. Auxiliary Fuel P u m p S w i t c h - OFF.

N O T E
9. C a b i n D o o r s -- U N L A T C H .
10. T o u c h d o w n -- L E V E L A T T I T U D E A T 3 0 0 F T / M I N . D E S C E N T .
If t h e f u e l f l o w i n d i c a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y d r o p s t o z e r o ,
11. Face - C U S H I O N at t o u c h d o w n with f o l d e d c o a t
signifying an engine-driven fuel p u m p failure, return the
12. ELT-Activate.
a u x i l i a r y f u e l p u m p s w i t c h to O N .
13. A i r p l a n e - E V A C U A T E t h r o u g h cabin doors. If necessary,
o p e n w i n d o w a n d flood c a b i n to e q u a l i z e j a r e s s u r e so doors
c a n be o p e n e d . FORCED LANDINGS
14. Life Vests a n d Raft - I N F L A T E W H E N C L E A R O F A I R P L A N E . E M E R G E N C Y LANDING WITHOUT E N G I N E P O W E R

FIRES 1. Passenger Seats ~ A S FAR F O R W A R D A S P R A C T I C A L .

2. Passenger Seat Backs - M O S T U P R I G H T P O S IT IO N.
D U R I N G S T A R T ON G R O U N D
3. Seats and Seat Belts - S E C U R E .
1. Ignition S w i t c h - S T A R T ( C o n t i n u e cranking to get a start 4. Airspeed - 8 0 K I A S (flaps U P ) .
w h i c h w o u l d suck the f l a m e s a n d a c c u m u l a t e d fuel into the 70 KIAS (flaps D O W N ) .
engine.)
5. Mixture - IDLE C U T O F F .
2. A u x i l i a r y F u e l P u m p S w i t c h - O F F .
6. Fuel Selector V a l v e - P U S H D O W N a n d R O T A T E to O F F .
7. Ignition Switch - O F F .
If e n g i n e starts:
8. Wing Flaps - A S R E Q U I R E D (40° r e c o m m e n d e d ) .
3. P o w e r - 1700 R P M for a f e w m i n u t e s . 9. M a s t e r S w i t c h ~ O F F w h e n l a n d i n g is a s s u r e d .
10. Doors ~ U N L A T C H PRIOR T O T O U C H D O W N .
4. E n g i n e - S H U T D O W N a n d inspect for d a m a g e . 11. Touchdown - SLIGHTLY TAIL LOW.
12. Brakes - APPLY HEAVILY.
If e n g i n e fails to start:
P R E C A U T I O N A R Y L A N D I N G WITH E N G I N E P O W E R
5. Ignition S w i t c h - S T A R T (continue cranking).
6. Throttle - F U L L O P E N . 1. Passenger Seats - A S FAR F O R W A R D A S PRACTICAL.
7. Mixture - I D L E C U T O F F . 2. Passenger Seat Backs - M O S T U P R I G H T POSITION.
8. Fuel Selector Valve - P U S H DOWN AND R O T A T E T O O F F . 3. Seats a n d Seat Belts - S E C U R E .
9. A u x i l i a r y F u e l Pump* S w i t c h — O F F . 4. Airspeed - 80 KIAS
10. Fire Extinguisher - A C T I V A T E . 5. Wing Flaps - 2 0 ° .
11. Engine-SECURE.
a. M a s t e r Switch - O F F .
b. Ignition S w i t c h - O F F
12. Parking Brake - R E L E A S E .
13. Airplane - E V A C U A T E .

Oct 5/98 3-7 Oct 5/98 3-5

 SECTION 3 CESSNA
SECTION 3 CESSNA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 206H
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 206H

14. Fire - E X T I N G U I S H using fire extinguisher, w o o l blanket, or

6. S e l e c t e d Field - FLY O V E R , noting terrain a n d obstructions,
dirt.
t h e n retract flaps upon reaching a safe altitude a n d airspeed.
15. Fire D a m a g e -- I N S P E C T , repair d a m a g e or replace d a m a g e d
7. A v i o n i c s Master Switch a n d Electrical S w i t c h e s - O F F .
c o m p o n e n t s or w i n n g before c o n d u c t i n g a n o t h e r flight.
8. W i n g F l a p s - 4 0 ° (on f i n a l a p p r o a c h ) .
9. A i r s p e e d - 7 0 K I A S . E N G I N E F I R E IN F L I G H T
10. M a s t e r S w i t c h - O F F .
11. Doors - UNLATCH PRIOR T O T O U C H D O W N . 1. Mixture - I D L E C U T O F F .
12. T o u c h d o w n - S L I G H T L Y T A I L L O W . 2. Fuel Selector Valve - P U S H DOWN AND R O T A T E T O O F F .
13. Ignition Switch - O F F . 3. Auxiliary Fuel P u m p Switch - O F F .
14. B r a k e s - A P P L Y H E A V I L Y . 4. Master S w i t c h - O F F .
5. Cabin Heat a n d Air -- O F F (except o v e r h e a d v e n t s ) .
6. A i r s p e e d -- 105 K I A S (If fire is not e x t i n g u i s h e d , increase glide
DITCHING
s p e e d to find an a i r s p e e d - within a i r s p e e d limitations - w h i c h
will provide an incombustible m i x t u r e ) .
1. R a d i o - T R A N S M I T M A Y D A Y on 121.5 M H z , giving location
F o r c e d L a n d i n g - E X E C U T E (as d e s c r i b e d in E m e r g e n c y
a n d intentions and S Q U A W K 7700. L a n d i n g W i t h o u t Engine P o w e r ) .
2 . H e a v y O b j e c t s (in b a g g a g e a r e a ) - S E C U R E O R J E T T I S O N
(if p o s s i b l e ) . E L E C T R I C A L F I R E IN F L I G H T
3. P a s s e n g e r Seats - A S FAR F O R W A R D A S P R A C T I C A L .
4. Passenger Seat Backs - M O S T U P R I G H T POSITION. 1. Master S w i t c h - O F F .
5. S e a t s a n d Seat Belts ~ S E C U R E . 2. V e n t s / C a b i n Air/Heat - C L O S E D .
6. W i n g F l a p s - 4 0 ° . 3. Fire Extinguisher - A C T I V A T E . .
7. P o w e r - E S T A B L I S H 3 0 0 F T / M I N D E S C E N T A T 6 5 K I A S . 4. Avionics Master S w i t c h - - O F F .
5. All O t h e r S w i t c h e s (except ignition switch) - O F F .
N O T E
•. f
A WARNING
If n o p o w e r is a v a i l a b l e , a p p r o a c h at 8 0 K I A S w i t h f l a p s u p
or at 7 5 KIAS with 10° flaps. A F T E R D I S C H A R G I N G F I R E E X T I N G U I S H E R AND
ASCERTAINING THAT FIRE HAS BEEN
EXTINGUISHED, VENTILATE THE CABIN.
8. A p p r o a c h - High W i n d s , H e a v y Seas - I N T O T H E W I N D .
Light Winds, Heavy Swells - P A R A L L E L T O
6. V e n t s / C a b i n Air/Heat - O P E N w h e n it is a s c e r t a i n e d that fire
SWELLS.
is completely e x t i n g u i s h e d .

I '.V.'

3-8 M a y 30/01

3-6 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
If f i r e h a s b e e n e x t i n g u i s h e d a n d e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r is n e c e s s a r y
for c o n t i n u a n c e o f f l i g h t t o n e a r e s t s u i t a b l e a i r p o r t o r l a n d i n g a r e a :
10. A p p r o a c h at 9 0 - 1 0 0 K I A S with 20° flaps a n d 105-115 KIAS
with 0 ° - 10° flaps, d e p e n d i n g upon the a m o u n t of ice 7. Master Switch - O N .
accumulation. if ice a c c u m u l a t i o n is unusually large, 8. Circuit Breakers ~ C H E C K for faulty circuit, d o not reset.
d e c e l e r a t e to t h e p l a n n e d a p p r o a c h s p e e d while in the 9. Radio Switches ~ O F F .
a p p r o a c h configuration at a high e n o u g h altitude w h i c h would 10. Avionics Master Switch ~ O N .
permit recovery in t h e event that a stall buffet is e n c o u n t e r e d . 11. Radio/Electrical S w i t c h e s ~ O N ( m i n i m u m n e e d e d ) o n e at a
1 1 . L a n d o n t h e m a i n w h e e l s first, avoiding the slow a n d high type t i m e , w i t h d e l a y a f t e r e a c h u n t i l s h o r t c i r c u i t is l o c a l i z e d or
of flare-out. n e c e s s a r y e q u i p m e n t is e n e r g i z e d .
12. M i s s e d a p p r o a c h e s s h o u l d be a v o i d e d w h e n e v e r possible
b e c a u s e of s e v e r e l y r e d u c e d climb capability. However, if a CABIN FIRE
g o - a r o u n d is m a n d a t o r y , m a k e the decision m u c h earlier in the • /
a p p r o a c h t h a n n o r m a l . A p p l y m a x i m u m p o w e r a n d maintain
1. Master Switch ~ O F F .
95 K I A S w h i l e retracting the flaps slowly in 10° increments.
2 . V e n t s / C a b i n A i r / H e a t ~ C L O S E D (to a v o i d d r a f t s ) .
STATIC S O U R C E B L O C K A G E 3. F i r e E x t i n g u i s h e r ~ A C T I V A T E .
(Erroneous Instrument Reading Suspected)
A WARNING
1. S t a t i c P r e s s u r e Alternate S o u r c e V a l v e - P U L L O N .
2. H e a t a n d Air V a l v e s - P U L L O N . AFTER DISCHARGING FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND
3. .Vents ~ C L O S E D . ASCERTAINING THAT FIRE HAS BEEN
4. A i r s p e e d - C o n s u l t appropriate calibration tables in Section 5. I EXTINGUISHED, VENTILATE T H E CABIN.
5. Altitude - C o n s u l t appropriate calibration tables in Section 5. |
4 . V e n t s / C a b i n A i r / H e a t ~ O p e n w h e n it is a s c e r t a i n e d t h a t f i r e is
LANDING WITH A FLAT MAIN TIRE completely extinguished.

1. A p p r o a c h ~ N O R M A L . 5. L a n d t h e airplane as s o o n as possible to inspect for d a m a g e .

2. W i n g Flaps ~ A S D E S I R E D . (0° - 10° below 140 K I A S ,
10° - 4 0 ° below 100 K I A S ) . WING FIRE
3. T o u c h d o w n - G O O D M A I N T I R E FIRST, hold airplane off flat
tire as long as possible with aileron control. 1. Landing/Taxi Light S w i t c h e s ~ O F F .
4. Directional Control - M A I N T A I N using brake on good w h e e l as
2. Navigation Light S w i t c h ~ O F F .
required.
3. S t r o b e L i g h t S w i t c h ~ O F F .
LANDING WITH A FLAT NOSE TIRE 4 . Pitot H e a t S w i t c h - O F F .
NOTE
1. A p p r o a c h - N O R M A L .
2. Flaps - A S R E Q U I R E D . Perform a sideslip to k e e p the f l a m e s a w a y f r o m t h e fuel
3. T o u c h d o w n - O N M A I N S , hold nose w h e e l off the g r o u n d as tank a n d c a b i n . Land as soon as possible using flaps only
long as possible. as required for final a p p r o a c h a n d t o u c h d o w n .
4. W h e n n o s e w h e e l t o u c h e s d o w n , maintain full up elevator as
airplane s l o w s to Stop.

Oct 5/98 3-9

M a v 30/01 3-11
SECTION 3 CESSNA SECTION 3 CESSNA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 206H

ICING ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM '

MALFUNCTIONS
I N A D V E R T E N T ICING E N C O U N T E R
AMMETER SHOWS EXCESSIVE RATE OF C H A R G E
1 . T u r n pitot h e a t s w i t c h O N . (Full S c a l e Deflection)
2 . T u r n b a c k o r c h a n g e a l t i t u d e to o b t a i n a n o u t s i d e air
t e m p e r a t u r e t h a t is l e s s c o n d u c i v e t o i c i n g . 1. Alternator - O F F .
3 . P u l l c a b i n h e a t a n d d e f r o s t c o n t r o l s full o u t t o o b t a i n
m a x i m u m windshield defroster airflow. A CAUTION
4 . Increase e n g i n e s p e e d to m i n i m i z e ice buildup o n propeller
blades. If e x c e s s i v e v i b r a t i o n is n o t e d , m o m e n t a r i l y r e d u c e " " WITH T H E A L T E R N A T O R S I D E O F T H E M A S T E R
SWITCH OFF, C O M P A S S DEVIATIONS O F A S
e n g i n e s p e e d to 2 2 0 0 R P M w i t h t h e p r o p e l l e r c o n t r o l , a n d
M U C H A S 25''MAY O C C U R .
t h e n rapidly m o v e the control forward. .

2. N o n e s s e n t i a l Electrical E q u i p m e n t - O F F .
NOTE
3. Flight ~ T E R M I N A T E as s o o n as practical.

Cycling the R P M flexes the propeller blades and high LOW V O L T A G E ANNUNCIATOR (VOLTS) ILLUMINATES DURING
R P M i n c r e a s e s centrifugal force, c a u s i n g ice to s h e d FLIGHT
more readily. (Ammeter Indicates Discharge) .

5 . W a t c h for s i g n s o f i n d u c t i o n air filter i c i n g a n d r e g a i n m a n i f o l d NOTE : • ~

p r e s s u r e by increasing the throttle setting.
Illumination of " V O L T S " on the a n n u n c i a t o r p a n e l m a y
NOTE ' o c c u r during low R P M conditions with a n electrical load on
the s y s t e m such as during a low R P M taxi. U n d e r these
If i c e a c c u m u l a t e s o n t h e i n t a k e filter ( c a u s i n g a l t e r n a t e c o n d i t i o n s , the annunciator will go out at higher R P M . T h e
a i r d o o r t o o p e n ) , a d e c r e a s e of 1 to 2 i n c h e s of f u l l m a s t e r switch need not be r e c y c l e d s i n c e an o v e r v o l t a g e
throttle manifold pressure will b e e x p e r i e n c e d . condition has not o c c u r r e d to d e a c t i v a t e the alternator
system.
6. Plan a landing at the nearest airport. With a n extremely rapid
1. A v i o n i c s Master Switch - O F F .
i c e b u i l d u p , s e l e c t a s u i t a b l e "off a i r p o r t " l a n d i n g s i t e .
2. Alternator Circuit Breaker ( A L T FLD) - C H E C K I N . ., •
7 . W i t h a n i c e a c c u m u l a t i o n of 1/4 i n c h o r m o r e o n t h e w i n g
3. Master Switch - O F F (both sides).
l e a d i n g e d g e s , b e p r e p a r e d for s i g n i f i c a n t l y h i g h e r p o w e r
4. M a s t e r Switch ~ O N .
r e q u i r e m e n t , h i g h e r a p p r o a c h a n d stall s p e e d a n d a l o n g e r
5. Low Voltage Annunciator ( V O L T S ) - C H E C K O F F .
l a n d i n g roll.
6. Avionics Master Switch - O N . •
8 . O p e n left w i n d o w a n d , if p r a c t i c a l , s c r a p e i c e f r o m a p o r t i o n of
t h e w i n d s h i e l d f o r v i s i b i l i t y in t h e l a n d i n g a p p r o a c h .
9 . U s e a 1 0 ° - 2 0 ° l a n d i n g f l a p s e t t i n g for ice a c c u m u l a t i o n s of 1
i n c h o r l e s s . W i t h h e a v i e r ice a c c u m u l a t i o n s , a p p r o a c h w i t h
f l a p s r e t r a c t e d t o e n s u r e a d e q u a t e e l e v a t o r e f f e c t i v e n e s s in
the approach and landing.

3-12 M a y 30/01

3-10 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
CESSNA SECTIONS
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

If low v o l t a g e a n n u n c i a t o r ( V O L T S ) illuminates a g a i n :

7. A l t e r n a t o r - O F F .
8. N o n e s s e n t i a l R a d i o a n d Electrical E q u i p m e n t - O F F .
A f t e r a n e n g i n e failure in flight, t h e m o s t important course of 9. Flight - T E R M I N A T E as s o o n as practical.
a c t i o n is t o c o n t i n u e flying the a i r p l a n e . Best glide s p e e d as s h o w n
in F i g u r e 3-1 s h o u l d be established as quickly as possible. While
gliding t o w a r d a suitable landing a r e a , a n effort should be made to
identify t h e c a u s e of the failure. If t i m e permits, an engine restart
VACUUM SYSTEM FAILURE
s h o u l d b e a t t e m p t e d as s h o w n in t h e checklist. If the engine cannot Left V a c u u m A
Annur
n n u n c i a t o r (L V A C ) or Right V a c u u m Annunciatorj
be r e s t a r t e d , a f o r c e d landing without p o w e r m u s t be c o m p l e t e d . ( V A C R) Illuminates.

/A CAUTION

IF VACUUM IS NOT WITHIN NORMAL

OPERATING LIMITS, A FAILURE HAS
O C C U R R E D IN T H E V A C U U M S Y S T E M A N D
PARTIAL PANEL PROCEDURES MAY BE
REQUIRED F O R CONTINUED FLIGHT.

1. V a c u u m G a u g e ~ C H E C K to e n s u r e v a c u u m within n o r m a l |
o p e r a t i n g limits. i

5 10 15 20
G R O U N D DISTANCE - NAUTICAL MILES

*
Figure 3 - 1 . M a x i m u m Glide
May 30/01 3-13

Oct 5/9.8 3-15


EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
SECTION 3 CESSNA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 206H
AMPLIFIED
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
T h e following A m p l i f i e d E m e r g e n c y P r o c e d u r e s e l a b o r a t e u p o n
i n f o r m a t i o n c o n t a i n e d in the E m e r g e n c y P r o c e d u r e s Checklists
portion of this s e c t i o n . T h e s e p r o c e d u r e s also include information
not readily a d a p t a b l e to a checklist f o r m a t , a n d material to w h i c h a
pilot c o u l d not be e x p e c t e d to refer in resolution of a specific
e m e r g e n c y . T h i s information s h o u l d b e r e v i e w e d in detail prior to
flying t h e a i r p l a n e , as well as r e v i e w e d on a regular basis to k e e p
pilot's k n o w l e d g e of p r o c e d u r e s f r e s h .
ENGINE FAILURE
If a n e n g i n e failure o c c u r s d u r i n g t h e takeoff roll, 'the most
i m p o r t a n t thing to d o is stop t h e airplane on the r e m a i n i n g r u n w a y .
T h o s e e x t r a items o n the checklist will provide a d d e d safety after a
failure of this t y p e .
P r o m p t l o w e r i n g of the nose to maintain a i r s p e e d a n d establish a
I
glide attitude is t h e first r e s p o n s e to an e n g i n e failure after takeoff.
In m o s t c a s e s , t h e landing s h o u l d be p l a n n e d straight a h e a d with
only s m a l l c h a n g e s in direction to avoid o b s t r u c t i o n s . Altitude a n d
a i r s p e e d are s e l d o m sufficient to e x e c u t e a 180° gliding turn
n e c e s s a r y to return to the r u n w a y . T h e checklist p r o c e d u r e s a s s u m e
that a d e q u a t e t i m e exists to s e c u r e t h e fuel a n d ignition s y s t e m s
prior t o t o u c h d o w n .
| i n f o r m a t i o n o n E L T o p e r a t i o n , refer to the S u p p l e m e n t s , S e c t i o n 9.
3-16
SECTION 3 CESSNA
MODEL 206H
FORCED LANDINGS
If all a t t e m p t s to restart the engine fail a n d a f o r c e d l a n d i n g is
imminent, select a suitable field a n d p r e p a r e for t h e l a n d i n g as
discussed u n d e r t h e E m e r g e n c y Landing W i t h o u t £ n g i n e P o w e r
checklist. T r a n s m i t M a y d a y m e s s a g e on 121.5 M H z g i v i n g location
and intentions a n d s q u a w k 7 7 0 0 .
Before a t t e m p t i n g a n "off airport" landing with e n g i n e p o w e r
available, o n e s h o u l d fly o v e r the landing a r e a at a s a f e but low
altitude to i n s p e c t t h e terrain for o b s t r u c t i o n s a n d surface
conditions, p r o c e e d i n g as d i s c u s s e d u n d e r t h e P r e c a u t i o n a r y
Landing W i t h E n g i n e P o w e r checklist.
Prepare for ditching by securing or jettisoning h e a v y objects
located in the b a g g a g e a r e a a n d collect f o l d e d coats f o r protection
of o c c u p a n t s ' f a c e at t o u c h d o w n . T r a n s m i t M a y d a y m e s s a g e on
121.5 M H z giving location a n d intentions a n d s q u a w k 7 7 0 0 . A v o i d
a landing flare b e c a u s e of difficulty in j u d g i n g h e i g h t o v e r a w a t e r
surface. T h e checklist a s s u m e s the availability of p o w e r t o m a k e a
precautionary w a t e r l a n d i n g . If power is not -available, u s e of the
airspeeds n o t e d w i t h m i n i m u m flap e x t e n s i o n will p r o v i d e a m o r e
favorable attitude for a p o w e r off ditching.
In a f o r c e d l a n d i n g situation, do not t u r n off t h e A V I O N I C S
M A S T E R s w i t c h or t h e M A S T E R switch until a l a n d i n g is a s s u r e d .
Premature d e a c t i v a t i o n of t h e switches will d i s a b l e t h e airplane
electrical s y s t e m s .
Before p e r f o r m i n g a f o r c e d landing, especially in r e m o t e a n d
m o u n t a i n o u s a r e a s , activate t h e ELT transmitter by positioning t h e
c o c k p i t - m o u n t e d s w i t c h to t h e O N position. For complete
LANDING WITHOUT ELEVATOR CONTROL
T r i m for h o r i z o n t a l flight with an a i r s p e e d of a p p r o x i m a t e l y . 9 0
KIAS by using throttle a n d elevator trim c o n t r o l s . T h e n d o not
c h a n g e the e l e v a t o r trim c o n t r o l s e t t i n g ; control t h e glide a n g l e
by adjusting p o w e r exclusively.
May 30/01

CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
6. A d j u s t r u d d e r trim to relieve u n b a l a n c e d r u d d e r force, if
present.
7. C h e c k t r e n d of c o m p a s s c a r d m o v e m e n t a n d m a k e cautious
c o r r e c t i o n s w i t h rudder to stop the turn.
8. U p o n b r e a k i n g out of clouds, r e s u m e n o r m a l c r u i s i n g flight.
R E C O V E R Y F R O M S P I R A L D I V E IN T H E C L O U D S
If a spiral is e n c o u n t e r e d in the c l o u d s , p r o c e e d a s f o l l o w s :
1. R e t a r d throttle to idle position.
2 . S t o p t h e t u r n by using c o o r d i n a t e d aileron a n d r u d d e r control
to a l i g n t h e s y m b o l i c airplane in the t u r n c o o r d i n a t o r with the
h o r i z o n r e f e r e n c e line.
3. C a u t i o u s l y a p p l y elevator back p r e s s u r e to s l o w l y reduce the
airspeed to 95 KIAS.
4 . A d j u s t t h e e l e v a t o r trim control to m a i n t a i n a n 9 5 K I A S glide.
5. K e e p h a n d s off t h e control w h e e l , u s i n g r u d d e r control to hold
a straight h e a d i n g . Adjust rudder trim to relieve unbalanced
rudder force.
6. C l e a r e n g i n e occasionally, but avoid u s i n g e n o u g h power to
disturb t h e t r i m m e d glide.
7. U p o n b r e a k i n g out of clouds, r e s u m e n o r m a l cruising f l i g h t
INADVERTENT FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS
Flight into k n o w n icing conditions is p r o h i b i t e d a n d c a n be
extremely dangerous. A n inadvertent encounter with these
conditions c a n best b e h a n d l e d using the c h e c k l i s t p r o c e d u r e s . The
best p r o c e d u r e , of c o u r s e , is to turn b a c k or c h a n g e altitude to
e s c a p e icing c o n d i t i o n s .
STATIC S O U R C E B L O C K E D
If e r r o n e o u s r e a d i n g s of the static s o u r c e i n s t r u m e n t s (airspeed,
altimeter a n d vertical s p e e d ) are s u s p e c t e d , the static pressure
alternate s o u r c e v a l v e should be pulled o n (out), t h e r e b y supplying
static p r e s s u r e to t h e s e instruments from the c a b i n .
Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
A t flare out, the nose-down m o m e n t r e s u l t i n g f r o m power reduc-
t i o n is a n a d v e r s e factor a n d t h e a i r p l a n e m a y hit o n the n o s e
w h e e l . C o n s e q u e n t l y , at flare out, t h e e l e v a t o r trim control should be
a d j u s t e d t o w a r d the full n o s e - u p position a n d t h e p o w e r adjusted so
that t h e a i r p l a n e will rotate to the h o r i z o n t a l a t t i t u d e for t o u c h d o w n .
C l o s e t h e throttle at t o u c h d o w n .
FIRES
I m p r o p e r starting p r o c e d u r e s , s u c h a s e x c e s s i v e use of the
auxiliary f u e l p u m p , can c a u s e e n g i n e f l o o d i n g . This m a y allow
e x c e s s f u e l to accumulate in t h e intake d u c t or to drain o v e r b o a r d
a n d spill o n t h e ground b e n e a t h t h e a i r p l a n e . P u s h the airplane
a w a y f r o m a n y o p e n fuel before c r a n k i n g t h e e n g i n e ; a backfire
d u r i n g a t t e m p t s at an engine start c o u l d ignite t h e fuel. If a fire
o c c u r s in t h e intake duct during e n g i n e start, refer to page 3-7 in
this Pilot's O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k .
A l t h o u g h e n g i n e fires are e x t r e m e l y rare in flight, t h e steps of t h e
a p p r o p r i a t e checklist should be f o l l o w e d if o n e is e n c o u n t e r e d . After
c o m p l e t i o n of this procedure, e x e c u t e a f o r c e d landing. Do not
a t t e m p t to restart the engine.
T h e initial indication of an electrical fire is usually the odor of
b u r n i n g i n s u l a t i o n . The checklist for this p r o b l e m should result in
e l i m i n a t i o n of t h e fire.
EMERGENCY OPERATION IN CLOUDS
(Total Vacuum System Failure)
If b o t h t h e v a c u u m p u m p s fail in flight, t h e directional indicator
a n d a t t i t u d e indicator will be d i s a b l e d , a n d t h e pilot will have to rely
on t h e t u r n coordinator it he i n a d v e r t e n t l y flies into clouds. If a n
autopilot is installed, it too m a y b e a f f e c t e d . R e f e r to Section 9,
S u p p l e m e n t s , for additional details c o n c e r n i n g autopilot operation.
T h e f o l l o w i n g instructions a s s u m e that o n l y t h e electrically p o w e r e d
turn c o o r d i n a t o r is operative, a n d that t h e pilot is not completely
proficient in instrument flying.
May 30/01 3-17
3-19
 SECTION 3 CESSNA
SECTION 3 CESSNA M O D E L 206H
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES M O D E L 206H

E X E C U T I N G A 1 8 0 ° T U R N IN C L O U D S
W i t h the alternate static s o u r c e o n , refer to t h e A l t e r n a t e ' Static
| S o u r c e A i r s p e e d Calibration a n d Altimeter C o r r e c t i o n t a b l e s in
U p o n i n a d v e r t e n t l y entering ttie c l o u d s , an immediate plan
Section 5 for additional details.
s h o u l d b e m a d e to t u r n bacl< as follows:
M a x i m u m a i r s p e e d a n d altimeter variation f r o m n o r m a l is 11
1. N o t e t h e c o m p a s s heading.
knots and 90 feet over the n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g r a n g e w i t h the
2 . U s i n g t h e c l o c k , initiate a s t a n d a r d rate left t u r n , holding the
window(s) c l o s e d . S e e S e c t i o n 5 charts for a i r s p e e d a n d altimeter
t u r n c o o r d i n a t o r symbolic airplane w i n g o p p o s i t e the lower left
calibration data.
i n d e x m a r k for 60 seconds. T h e n roll b a c k to level flight by
l e v e l i n g the m i n i a t u r e airplane.
3 . C h e c k a c c u r a c y of the turn*by o b s e r v i n g the c o m p a s s heading
SPINS
w h i c h s h o u l d be the reciprocal of t h e original h e a d i n g .
4 . If n e c e s s a r y , a d j u s t heading primarily w i t h s k i d d i n g motions Intentional spins are p r o h i b i t e d in this a i r p l a n e . Should an
r a t h e r t h a n rolling motions so that t h e c o m p a s s will read more inadvertent spin occur, the f o l l o w i n g recovery p r o c e d u r e s h o u l d be
accurately. used:
5. M a i n t a i n altitude a n d airspeed by c a u t i o u s application of
e l e v a t o r c o n t r o l . A v o i d over controlling by k e e p i n g the hands 1. R E T A R D T H R O T T L E T O I D L E P O S I T I O N .
off the c o n t r o l w h e e l as m u c h a s p o s s i b l e a n d steering only 2. P L A C E A I L E R O N S IN N E U T R A L P O S I T I O N .
with rudder. 3. A P P L Y A N D H O L D F U L L R U D D E R O P P O S I T E T O T H E
DIRECTION OF ROTATION.
E M E R G E N C Y D E S C E N T THROUGH C L O U D S 4. J U S T A F T E R T H E R U D D E R R E A C H E S T H E S T O P , M O V E
THE CONTROL WHEEL B R I S K L Y FORWARD FAR ENOUGH
If c o n d i t i o n s p r e c l u d e reestablishment of V F R flight by a 180° T O B R E A K T H E S T A L L . (Full d o w n elevator m a y b e r e q u i r e d
turn, a d e s c e n t t h r o u g h a cloud deck to V F R c o n d i t i o n s m a y be at aft center of gravity l o a d i n g s to assure o p t i m u m r e c o v e r i e s . )
a p p r o p r i a t e . If p o s s i b l e , obtain radio c l e a r a n c e for a n e m e r g e n c y 5. H O L D T H E S E CONTROL INPUTS UNTIL ROTATION
d e s c e n t t h r o u g h c l o u d s . T o guard a g a i n s t a spiral d i v e , c h o o s e an S T O P S . P r e m a t u r e relaxation of the control i n p u t s m a y e x t e n d
e a s t e r l y or w e s t e r l y h e a d i n g to minimize c o m p a s s c a r d s w i n g s due the recovery.
to c h a n g i n g b a n k a n g l e s . In addition, k e e p h a n d s off the control 6. A S R O T A T I O N S T O P S , N E U T R A L I Z E R U D D E R , A N D M A K E
w h e e l a n d s t e e r a straight course with r u d d e r c o n t r o l b y monitoring A SMOOTH RECOVERY FROM THE RESULTING DIVE.
the t u r n c o o r d i n a t o r . Occasionally c h e c k the c o m p a s s h e a d i n g and
m a k e m i n o r c o r r e c t i o n s to hold an a p p r o x i m a t e c o u r s e . Before NOTE
d e s c e n d i n g into t h e c l o u d s , set up a s t a b i l i z e d l e t d o w n condition as
follows: If disorientation p r e c l u d e s a visual d e t e r m i n a t i o n of t h e
direction of rotation, the s y m b o l i c airplane in t h e t u r n
1. A p p l y full rich mixture or adjust mixture for s m o o t h operation. coordinator m a y be referred to for this i n f o r m a t i o n .
2. R e d u c e p o w e r to set up a 500 to 8 0 0 ft/min rate of descent.
3. A d j u s t the e l e v a t o r trim and r u d d e r trim for a stabilized
d e s c e n t at 9 5 K I A S .
4. K e e p h a n d s off the control w h e e l .
5. M o n i t o r t u r n coordinator and m a k e c o r r e c t i o n s by rudder
alone.

3-18 Oct 5/98 3-20 M a y 30/01


CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
EXCESSIVE RATE OF CHARGE
After e n g i n e starting a n d h e a v y electrical u s a g e at low e n g i n e
s p e e d s (such as e x t e n d e d taxiing) the battery condition will be low
e n o u g h to accept a b o v e n o r m a l c h a r g i n g during the initial part of a
flight. H o w e v e r , after thirty m i n u t e s of cruising flight, t h e a m m e t e r
s h o u l d b e indicating less t h a n t w o needle w i d t h s of c h a r g i n g
current. If t h e c h a r g i n g rate w e r e to r e m a i n a b o v e this value on a
long flight, the battery w o u l d o v e r h e a t a n d e v a p o r a t e the electrolyte
at an e x c e s s i v e rate.
Electronic c o m p o n e n t s in t h e electrical s y s t e m c a n b e a d v e r s e l y
affected by higher t h a n n o r m a l v o l t a g e . T h e alternator control unit
includes a n o v e r v o l t a g e s e n s o r w h i c h normally will a u t o m a t i c a l l y
shut down t h e alternator if t h e c h a r g e voltage
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 1 . 7 5 v o l t s . If t h e o v e r v o l t a g e s e n s o r m a l f u n c t i o n s , a s
e v i d e n c e d by a n e x c e s s i v e rate of c h a r g e s h o w n o n the a m m e t e r ,
the alternator should be t u m e d off, n o n e s s e n t i a l
e q u i p m e n t t u r n e d off a n d t h e flight t e r m i n a t e d as s o o n a s practical.
INSUFFICIENT RATE O F C H A R G E
NOTE
Illumination of the low v o l t a g e a n n u n c i a t o r ( V O L T S ) a n d
a m m e t e r d i s c h a r g e indications m a y occur d u r i n g low R P M
c o n d i t i o n s w i t h an electrical load o n the s y s t e m , s u c h a s
d u r i n g a l o w R P M t a x i . U n d e r t h e s e conditions, the light will
g o out at higher R P M .
If t h e o v e r v o l t a g e s e n s o r s h o u l d shut d o w n t h e alternator a n d trip
t h e alternator circuit b r e a k e r ( A L T F L D ) , or if t h e alternator o u t p u t is
low, a d i s c h a r g e rate will be s h o w n o n t h e a m m e t e r f o l l o w e d by
illumination of t h e low v o l t a g e a n n u n c i a t o r ( V O L T S ) . Since this m a y
b e a " n u i s a n c e " trip out, a n a t t e m p t should b e m a d e to reactivate
the alternator s y s t e m . T o reactivate, turn the avionics m a s t e r s w i t c h |
off, c h e c k that t h e alternator circuit b r e a k e r ( A L T FLD) is i n , t h e n
t u r n both s i d e s of t h e m a s t e r s w i t c h off a n d t h e n on a g a i n . If the
p r o b l e m no longer exists, n o r m a l alternator c h a r g i n g will r e s u m e
a n d t h e l o w v o l t a g e a n n u n c i a t o r ( V O L T S ) will go off. T h e a v i o n i c s
master switch m a y than be turned back o n .
May 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 3
MODEL 206H EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
ROUGH ENGINE OPERATION
OR LOSS OF POWER
S P A R K PLUG FOULING
A slight e n g i n e r o u g h n e s s in flight m a y be c a u s e d by o n e or
m o r e spark plugs b e c o m i n g fouled b y c a r b o n or lead deposits. This
m a y be verified by turning the ignition switch momentarily from
B O T H t o e i t h e r L or R p o s i t i o n . A n o b v i o u s p o w e r l o s s in s i n g l e
i g n i t i o n o p e r a t i o n is e v i d e n c e of s p a r k p l u g o r m a g n e t o t r o u b l e .
A s s u m i n g that spark plugs a r e t h e m o r e likely c a u s e , lean t h e
m i x t u r e t o t h e r e c o m m e n d e d l e a n s e t t i n g f o r c r u i s i n g f l i g h t . If t h e
p r o b l e m d o e s n o t c l e a r u p in s e v e r a l m i n u t e s , d e t e r m i n e if a r i c h e r
m i x t u r e s e t t i n g w i l l p r o d u c e s m o o t h e r o p e r a t i o n . If n o t , p r o c e e d t o
t h e n e a r e s t a i r p o r t for r e p a i r s u s i n g t h e B O T H p o s i t i o n of t h e
i g n i t i o n s w i t c h u n l e s s e x t r e m e r o u g h n e s s d i c t a t e s t h e u s e of a
reaches
single ignition position.
electrical MAGNETO MALFUNCTION
A s u d d e n e n g i n e r o u g h n e s s o r m i s f i f i n g is u s u a l l y e v i d e n c e of
m a g n e t o p r o b l e m s . S w i t c h i n g f r o m B O T H t o either. L or R i g n i t i o n
s w i t c h p o s i t i o n w i l l i d e n t i f y w h i c h m a g n e t o is m a l f u n c t i o n i n g . S e l e c t
d i f f e r e n t p o w e r s e t t i n g s a n d e n r i c h e n t h e m i x t u r e t o d e t e r m i n e if
c o n t i n u e d o p e r a t i o n o n B O T H m a g n e t o s i s p r a c t i c a b l e . If n o t , s w i t c h
| to t h e g o o d m a g n e t o a n d p r o c e e d to the nearest airport for repairs.
ENGINE DRIVEN F U E L PUMP F A I L U R E
F a i l u r e of t h e e n g i n e - d r i v e n f u e l p u m p w i l l b e e v i d e n c e d b y a
s u d d e n r e d u c t i o n in t h e f u e l f l o w i n d i c a t i o n i m m e d i a t e l y p r i o r t o a
l o s s of power, while operating f r o m a fuel tank c o n t a i n i n g a d e q u a t e
fuel.
In t h e e v e n t of a n e n g i n e - d r i v e n f u e l p u m p f a i l u r e , i m m e d i a t e l y
t u r n t h e a u x i l i a r y f u e l p u m p s w i t c h O N t o r e s t o r e e n g i n e p o w e r . In
this event, the flight should be t e r m i n a t e d w h e n practical a n d t h e
fuel p u m p repaired.
3-23
Oct 5/98 3-21
SECTION 3 CESSNA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEL 206H
SECTION 3 CESSNA
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES M O D E L 206H

L O W O I L P R E S S U R E
I If t h e a n n u n c i a t o r illuminates a g a i n , a malfunction is c o n f i r m e d .
If thie l o w o i l p r e s s u r e a n n u n c i a t o r ( O I L P R E S S ) i l l u m i n a t e s , In this event, the flight s h o u l d b e t e r m i n a t e d and/or t h e c u r r e n t drain
chieck t f i e oil p r e s s u r e g a u g e t o c o n f i r m l o w oil p r e s s u r e c o n d i t i o n . on the battery m i n i m i z e d b e c a u s e t h e battery c a n s u p p l y t h e
If g a u g e o i l p r e s s u r e a n d oil t e m p e r a t u r e r e m a i n s n o r m a l , it is electrical s y s t e m for only a limited period of t i m e . B a t t e r y p o w e r
possible t h e oil p r e s s u r e sending unit or relief valve is m u s t b e c o n s e r v e d for later o p e r a t i o n of the w i n g f l a p s a n d , if t h e
m a l f u n c t i o n i n g . However, land at t h e nearest airport to inspect t h e e m e r g e n c y o c c u r s at night, for possible use of the l a n d i n g lights
s o u r c e of t r o u b l e . d u r i n g landing.

If a t o t a l l o s s of o i l p r e s s u r e is a c c o m p a n i e d b y a r i s e i n oil
t e m p e r a t u r e , t h e r e is g o o d r e a s o n t o s u s p e c t a n e n g i n e f a i l u r e is
imminent. Reduce engine power immediately and select a suitable
forced l a n d i n g field. U s e o n l y t h e m i n i m u m p o w e r r e q u i r e d to r e a c h
the desired t o u c h d o w n spot.
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY
SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONS
M a l f u n c t i o n s in t h e electrical p o w e r s u p p l y s y s t e m c a n be
d e t e c t e d b y p e r i o d i c m o n i t o r i n g of t h e a m m e t e r a n d l o w v o l t a g e
a n n u n c i a t o r ( V O L T S ) ; h o w e v e r , t h e c a u s e of t h e s e m a l f u n c t i o n s is
u s u a l l y d i f f i c u l t t o d e t e r m i n e . A b r o k e n a l t e r n a t o r d r i v e b e l t or w i r i n g
is m o s t l i k e l y t h e c a u s e of a l t e r n a t o r f a i l u r e s , a l t h o u g h o t h e r f a c t o r s
could c a u s e the p r o b l e m . A defective alternator control unit c a n also
c a u s e m a l f u n c t i o n s . P r o b l e m s of t h i s n a t u r e c o n s t i t u t e a n e l e c t r i c a l
e m e r g e n c y a n d should be dealt with immediately. Electrical power
m a l f u n c t i o n s u s u a l l y fall i n t o t w o c a t e g o r i e s ; e x c e s s i v e r a t e of
c h a r g e a n d i n s u f f i c i e n t r a t e of c h a r g e . T h e f o l l o w i n g p a r a g r a p h s
d e s c r i b e t h e r e c o m m e n d e d r e m e d y for e a c h s i t u a t i o n .
CARGO DOOR EMERGENCY EXIT
•
*
If it is n e c e s s a r y to u s e t h e c a r g o d o o r s as an e m e r g e n c y exit
a n d t h e w i n g flaps a r e not e x t e n d e d , o p e n the doors a n d exit. If the
w i n g flaps are e x t e n d e d , o p e n t h e d o o r s in a c c o r d a n c e with t h e
instructions s h o w n o n t h e red p l a c a r d w h i c h is m o u n t e d o n t h e
f o r w a r d c a r g o door. H e r e t h e f o r w a r d door must b e o p e n e d far
e n o u g h to allow a c c e s s to t h e aft d o o r latch. After u n l a t c h i n g t h e aft
door, release t h e latch lever a n d p u s h t h e aft door full o p e n . T h e s e
p l a c a r d e d instructions m a y also b e f o u n d in Section 2 .
OTHER EMERGENCIES
WINDSHIELD DAMAGE
If a bird strike or other incident s h o u l d d a m a g e the w i n d s h i e l d in
flight to the point of creating a n o p e n i n g , a significant loss in
p e r f o r m a n c e m a y b e e x p e c t e d . T h i s loss m a y be m i n i m i z e d in s o m e
c a s e s ( d e p e n d i n g o n a m o u n t of d a m a g e , altitude, etc.) by o p e n i n g
the side w i n d o w s while the airplane is m a n e u v e r e d for a landing at
the nearest airport, if airplane p e r f o r m a n c e or o t h e r a d v e r s e
conditions p r e c l u d e landing at a n airport, prepare for an "off airport"
landing in a c c o r d a n c e with t h e P r e c a u t i o n a r y Landing W i t h Engine
P o w e r or Ditching checklists.

3-22 Oct 5/98 3-24 M a y 30/01

 1VU3N39

NORMAL
PROCEDURES
1VU3N39

_^ NORMAL
~ PROCEDURES
 SECTION 4
CESSNA CESSNA SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
MODEL 206H MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES

SECTION 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) NORMAL PROCEDURES
Page
TABLE OF CONTENTS Page
4-30
Landing •
4-30
Normal Landing
4-30 Introduction 4-5
Short Field L a n d i n g
4-31
Crosswind Landing
4-31 AIRSPEEDS
Balked Landing
4-31
Cold Weather Operation
4-32 A i r s p e e d s For N o r m a l O p e r a t i o n 4-5
Starting ( G e n e r a l )
4-33
W i n t e r i z a t i o n Kit
4-33 CHECKLIST PROCEDURES
Hot Weather Operation
4-33
N o i s e C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s A n d Noise R e d u c t i o n
Preflight Inspection ' 4-7
Cabin 4-7
Empennage 4-8
Right W i n g , Trailing E d g e 4-9
Right W i n g 4-9
Nose 4-10
Left W i n g 4-11
Left W i n g , L e a d i n g E d g e 4-11
Left W i n g , Trailing E d g e 4-11
« Before Starting Engine 4-12
Starting E n g i n e (With Battery) 4-12
Starting Engine (With External Power) 4-13
Before Takeoff 4-14
-Takeoff 4-15
N o r m a l Takeoff 4-15
Short Field Takeoff 4-15
Enroute C l i m b 4-16
N o r m a l Climb 4-16
Maximum Performance Climb 4-16

4-3/(4-4 blank)
May 30/01
O c t 5/98 4-1
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Page

Cruise _ 4-16
Descent 4-16
Before L a n d i n g 4-17
Landing 4-17
Normal Landing 4-17
Shiort Field L a n d i n g 4-17
Balked Landing 4-18
After L a n d i n g 4-18
S e c u r i n g Airplane 4-18

AMPLIFIED P R O C E D U R E S

Prefligfit Inspection ••• 4-19

• S t a r t i n g Engine 4-20
•Taxiing 4-21
Before Takeoff 4-23
W a r m Up 4-23
Magneto Check 4-23
Alternator C h e c k 4-23
L a n d i n g Lights 4-24
Takeoff 4-24
Power Check 4-24
W i n g Flap Settings 4-24
C r o s s w i n d Takeoff 4-25
E n r o u t e Climb 4-25
Cruise •• 4-26
L e a n i n g W i t h E G T Indicator 4-27
Fuel S a v i n g s P r o c e d u r e s for N o r m a l Flight O p e r a t i o n s ... 4-28
Fuel V a p o r P r o c e d u r e s 4-28
Stalls 4-30

4.2 May 30/01

 CESSNA SECTION 4
SECTION 4
CESSNA MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES

INTRODUCTION

PREFLIGHT INSPECTION (Continued) S e c t i o n 4 p r o v i d e s c h e c k l i s t a n d amplified p r o c e d u r e s for t h e

c o n d u c t of n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n . N o r m a l p r o c e d u r e s associated with
optional s y s t e m s c a n be f o u n d in S u p p l e m e n t s , Section 9. |
©CABIN

1. Pitot T u b e C o v e r - R E M O V E . C h e c k f o r pitot b l o c k a g e . I
2. Pilot's O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k -- A V A I L A B L E IN T H E A I R P L A N E . AIRSPEEDS
3. A i r p l a n e W e i g h t a n d B a l a n c e -- C H E C K E D .
4. P a r k i n g B r a k e -- S E T . A I R S P E E D S FOR NORMAL OPERATION
5. Control Wheel L o c k - - R E M O V E .
6. Ignition S w i t c h -- O F F U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e n o t e d , t h e following s p e e d s are based on a
7. Avionics Master S w i t c h - - O F F . m a x i m u m w e i g h t of 3 6 0 0 p o u n d s a n d m a y b e u s e d for a n y lesser
weight. H o w e v e r , to a c h i e v e t h e p e r f o r m a n c e specified in Section 5
A WARNING for takeoff d i s t a n c e a n d c l i m b p e r f o r m a n c e the s p e e d appropriate t o
the particular w e i g h t m u s t b e u s e d .
W H E N TURNING ON T H E M A S T E R SWITCH,
USING AN E X T E R N A L POWER S O U R C E , OR
P U L L I N G T H E P R O P E L L E R T H R O U G H B Y HAND, Takeoff:
T R E A T T H E P R O P E L L E R A S I F T H E IGNITION Normal Climb Out '. 70-80 KIAS
S W I T C H W E R E ON. DO NOT STAND, NOR Short Field Takeoff, Flaps 2 0 ° , S p e e d at 5 0 Feet 72 KIAS
A L L O W A N Y O N E E L S E T O S T A N D , WITHIN T H E Enroute Climb, Flaps U p :
A R C O F THE P R O P E L L E R , SINCE A L O O S E OR Normal 95-105 KIAS
BROKEN WIRE OR A COMPONENT Best Rate of C l i m b , S e a L e v e l 86 KIAS
MALFUNCTION COULD C A U S E T H E P R O P E L L E R Best Rate of C l i m b , 10,000 Feet 82 KIAS
TO ROTATE. Best A n g l e of C l i m b , S e a L e v e l 70 KIAS
Best A n g l e of C l i m b , 1 0 , 0 0 0 Feet 75 KIAS
8. M a s t e r S w i t c h - - O N . Landing Approach:
9. F u e l Q u a n t i t y Indicators ~ C H E C K Q U A N T I T Y a n d E N S U R E N o r m a l A p p r o a c h , Flaps U p 75-85 K I A S
L O W F U E L A N N U N C I A T O R S (L L O W F U E L R) A R E N o r m a l A p p r o a c h , Flaps 4 0 ° 65-75 KIAS
EXTINGUISHED. Short Field A p p r o a c h , F l a p s 4 0 ° 67 KIAS
10. A v i o n i c s M a s t e r Switch ~ O N . Balked Landing:
11. Avionics Cooling Fan ~ C H E C K AUDIBLY FOR O P E R A T I O N . M a x i m u m P o w e r , Flaps 2 0 ° 80 KIAS
12. A v i o n i c s M a s t e r Switch ~ O F F . M a x i m u m R e c o m m e n d e d T u r b u l e n t Air Penetration S p e e d :
13. Static P r e s s u r e Alternate S o u r c e Valve ~ O F F . 3600 Lbs 125 K I A S
14. A n n u n c i a t o r P a n e l Switch ~ P L A C E A N D H O L D IN T S T 2900 Lbs 112 K I A S
P O S I T I O N a n d e n s u r e all a n n u n c i a t o r s illuminate. 2200 Lbs 98 K I A S
M a x i m u m D e m o n s t r a t e d C r o s s w i n d Velocity:
Takeoff or Landing 20 KNOTS

M a y 30/01 4-5
May 30/01 4-7
 SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES M O D E L 206H
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H

15. A n n u n c i a t o r Panel T e s t Switch - RELEASE. C h e e k y that

appropriate a n n u n c i a t o r s r e m a i n o n .

NOTE

W h e n Master S w i t c h is t u r n e d O N , s o m e a n n u n c i a t o r s will
flash for a p p r o x i m a t e l y 10 s e c o n d s before i l l u m i n a t i n g
steadily. W h e n panel T S T switch is t o g g l e d up a n d h e l d in
position, all r e m a i n i n g lights will flash until the s w i t c h is
released.

16. Fuel Selector V a l v e ~ B O T H .

17. F l a p s - E X T E N D .
18. Pitot Heat ~ O N . (Carefully c h e c k that pitot t u b e is w a r m to the
t o u c h within 30 seconds.)
19. Pitot Heat - O F F .
20. M a s t e r Switch - O F F .
2 1 . T r i m Controls - Neutral.

(g) EMPENNAGE

I 1 . R u d d e r Gust L o c k (if installed) - R E M O V E .

NOTE
Visually check airplane for general condition during walk-around
inspection. Airplane should be parked in a normal ground attitude
(refer to Figure 1-1) to ensure that fuel drain valves allow for
accurate sampling. Use of ttie refueling steps and assist handles
will simplify access to the upper wing surfaces for visual checks
and refueling operations. In cold weather, remove even small
accumulations of frost, ice or snow from wing, tail and control
surfaces. Also, make sure that control surfaces contain no internal
accumulations of ice or debris. Prior to flight, check that pitot heater
is warm to touch within 30 seconds with battery and pitot switches
on. If a night flight is planned, check operation of all lights, and
make sure a flashlight is available.
»
2. Tail T i e - D o w n - D I S C O N N E C T .
3. Control Surfaces - C H E C K f r e e d o m of m o v e m e n t and
security.
4. T r i m T a b - C H E C K security.
5. C h e c k that c a r g o d o o r s are securely latched (right s i d e o n l y ) .
If c a r g o load will not permit a c c e s s to t h e front c a r g o d o o r
inside h a n d l e , lock the door f r o m the outside by pulling the
h a n d l e f r o m its recess, pulling o u t b o a r d o n the v e r t i c a l tab
b e h i n d the handle and p u s h i n g the h a n d l e b a c k into its
recess. Door locking c a n be verified by o b s e r v i n g t h a t the
inside door h a n d l e has rotated t o w a r d the l o c k e d p o s i t i o n .
T h e outside h a n d l e can then be l o c k e d using the key.

Figure 4 - 1 . Preflight Inspection

4-8 M a y 30/01

4-6 M a y 30/01
 CESSNA SECTION 4
CESSNA SECTION 4 MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES

7. N o s e W h e e l Strut a n d Tire -- C H E C K for proper inflation of
strut a n d g e n e r a l condition (weather c h e c k s , t r e a d d e p t h a n d
w e a r , e t c . . ) of tire.
8. Static S o u r c e O p e n i n g (left side of f u s e l a g e ) - C H E C K for
blockage.
(e) L E F T WING
1 . Fuel Q u a n t i t y - C H E C K V I S U A L L Y for d e s i r e d level.
2. Fuel Filler C a p - S E C U R E A N D V E N T U N O B S T R U C T E D .
3. Fuel T a n k S u m p Quick Drain V a l v e s - D R A I N at least a
c u p f u l of fuel (using s a m p l e r cup) f r o m e a c h s u m p location to
c h e c k for w a t e r , s e d i m e n t , a n d proper fuel g r a d e before e a c h
flight a n d after e a c h refueling. If w a t e r is o b s e r v e d , take
further s a m p l e s until clear a n d t h e n gently rock w i n g s a n d
l o w e r tail to the g r o u n d to m o v e a n y additional c o n t a m i n a n t s
to the s a m p l i n g points. T a k e repeated s a m p l e s f r o m all fuel
d r a i n points until all c o n t a m i n a t i o n h a s b e e n r e m o v e d . If|
c o n t a m i n a n t s are still present, refer to WARfvlING o n p a g e 4-9
a n d do not fly airplane.
4 . M a i n W h e e l Tire - C H E C K for proper inflation a n d general
condition ( w e a t h e r c h e c k s , t r e a d d e p t h a n d w e a r , e t c . ) .
@ L E F T WING Leading Edge - . ,: : .
1 . Fuel T a n k V e n t O p e n i n g - C H E C K for s t o p p a g e .
2. Stall W a r n i n g V a n e - C H E C K for f r e e d o m of m o v e m e n t . T o
c h e c k t h e s y s t e m , place the v a n e u p w a r d ; a s o u n d f r o m the
w a r n i n g horn will confirm s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n .
3. W i n g T i e - D o w n - D I S C O N N E C T .
4 . L a n d i n g / T a x i Light(s) - C t ^ E C K for condition a n d c l e a n l i n e s s
of c o v e r .
• d o not fly airplane.
( i ) L E F T WING Trailing E d g e
NOTE
T h e c a r g o d o o r s m u s t be fully closed a n d latched before
o p e r a t i n g the electric w i n g flaps. A switch in t h e upper door
sill of the front c a r g o d o o r interrupts the w i n g flap electrical
circuit w h e n the front door is o p e n e d or r e m o v e d , thus
p r e v e n t i n g the flaps f r o m being lowered with possible
d a m a g e to the c a r g o d o o r or w i n g flaps w h e n the c a r g o .
d o o r is o p e n . •
6. A n t e n n a s - C H E C K for security of a t t a c h m e n t a n d general
condition.
/ i". . J ; - ' " • •.••
(^ R I G H T WING Trailing E d g e
1 . Flap - C H E C K for security a n d condition.
2. Aileron - C H E C K f r e e d o m of m o v e m e n t a n d security.
(4) R I G H T WING
1. W i n g T i e - D o w n - D I S C O N N E C T . .
2. Fuel T a n k V e n t O p e n i n g - C H E C K for s t o p p a g e .
3. M a i n W h e e l Tire - C H E C K for proper inflation a n d general
c o n d i t i o n (weather c h e c k s , t r e a d d e p t h a n d w e a r , e t c . ) .
4 . Fuel T a n k S u m p Q u i c k Drain V a l v e s - D R A I N at least a c u p -
ful of fuel (using s a m p l e r cup) f r o m e a c h s u m p location to
c h e c k for water, s e d i m e n t , a n d proper fuel grade before e a c h
flight a n d after e a c h refueling. If water is o b s e r v e d , take fur-
ther s a m p l e s until clear a n d t h e n gently rock w i n g s a n d lower
tail to the g r o u n d to m o v e a n y additional c o n t a m i n a n t s to the
s a m p l i n g points. T a k e r e p e a t e d s a m p l e s f r o m ail fuel drain
points until all c o n t a m i n a t i o n has been r e m o v e d . If c o n t a m i -
n a n t s are still p r e s e n t , refer to W A R N I N G o n page 4-10 a n d

1 . A i l e r o n - C H E C K for f r e e d o m of m o v e m e n t a n d security.
2. F l a p - C H E C K for security a n d c o n d i t i o n .

M a y 30/01 4-9
M a y 30/01 4-11
SECTION 4 CESSNA SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H

A WARNING BEFORE STARTING ENGINE

IF, A F T E R R E P E A T E D S A M P L I N G , E V I D E N C E O F 1. Preflight I n s p e c t i o n - C O M P L E T E .
CONTAMINATION S T I L L E X I S T S , T H E A I R P L A N E 2. P a s s e n g e r B r i e f i n g - C O M P L E T E .
SHOULD NOT B E FLOWN. T A N K S S H O U L D B E 3. Seats a n d S e a t Belts - A D J U S T a n d L O C K . E n s u r e inertia
DRAINED AND S Y S T E M P U R G E D B Y QUALIFIED reel locking.
MAINTENANCE P E R S O N N E L . A L L E V I D E N C E O F 4. Brakes - T E S T a n d S E T .
CONTAMINATION MUST B E R E M O V E D B E F O R E 5. Circuit B r e a k e r s - C H E C K I N .
FURTHER FLIGHT. 6. Electrical E q u i p m e n t , AutopHot (if installed) - O F F .
*

5. Fuel Quantity - C H E C K V I S U A L L Y for d e s i r e d level.

6. Fuel Filler C a p -- S E C U R E a n d V E N T U N O B S T R U C T E D . A CAUTION
THE AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH MUST B E O F F
(§) NOSE DURING ENGINE START TO PREVENT
P O S S I B L E DAMAGE T O AVIONICS.
1 . Static S o u r c e O p e n i n g (rigtit side of f u s e l a g e ) - C H E C K for
blockage. 7. Avionics M a s t e r S w i t c h - O F F .
2. Fuel Strainer Quick Drain V a l v e ( L o c a t e d o n b o t t o m of 8. C o w l Flaps - O P E N .
fuselage) -- D R A I N at least a c u p f u l of fuel (using s a m p l e r 9. Fuel Selector V a l v e - B O T H .
cup) from valve to c h e c k for w a t e r , s e d i m e n t , a n d proper fuel 10. Avionics Circuit B r e a k e r s - C H E C K I N .
grade before e a c h flight a n d after e a c h refueling. If w a t e r is
o b s e r v e d , take further s a m p l e s until c l e a r a n d t h e n gently rock STARTING ENGINE (With Battery)
w i n g s a n d lower tail to the g r o u n d t o m o v e a n y additional
c o n t a m i n a n t s to the s a m p l i n g points. T a k e r e p e a t e d s a m p l e s 1. Throttle - O P E N 1/4 I N C H .
f r o m all fuel drain points, including t h e fuel reservoirs a n d fuel 2. Propeller - H I G H R P M .
selector, until all c o n t a m i n a t i o n h a s b e e n r e m o v e d . If 3. Mixture - I D L E C U T O F F .
c o n t a m i n a n t s are still p r e s e n t , refer t o W A R N I N G a b o v e a n d 4. Propeller A r e a - C L E A R .
do not fly airplane. 5. Master Switch - O N .
3. Engine Oil Dip Stick/Filler C a p - C H E C K oil level, then c h e c k 6. Auxiliary Fuel P u m p S w i t c h - O N .
dipstick S E C U R E . Do not o p e r a t e with less t h a n 6 quarts. Fill 7. Mixture - A D V A N C E until fuel flow just starts to rise, t h e n
to 11 quarts for e x t e n d e d flight. return to I D L E C U T O F F p o s i t i o n .
4 . Engine Cooling Air inlets -- C L E A R of o b s t r u c t i o n s . 8. Auxiliary Fuel P u m p S w i t c h - O F F .
5. Propeller a n d Spinner -- C H E C K for nicks a n d security.
6. Air Filter -- C H E C K for restrictions b y dust or other foreign NOTE
matter.
If engine is w a r m , omit p r i m i n g p r o c e d u r e of steps 6, 7, a n d
8, a b o v e . ,

4-10 M a y 30/01 4-12 May 30/01

 CESSNA SECTION 4
CESSNA SECTION 4 MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES

14. T h r o t t l e - - C H E C K I D L E . 9. Ignition S w i t c h - S T A R T (release w h e n engine starts).

15. Throttle - 1 0 0 0 R P M or less. 10. Mixture - A D V A N C E s m o o t h l y to R I C H w h e n e n g i n e fires.
16. Throttle Friction L o c k - A D J U S T .
17. Electric T r i m (if installed) ~ P R E F L I G H T T E S T . NOTE
18. S t r o b e Lights ~ A S D E S I R E D .
19. R a d i o s a n d A v i o n i c s - S E T . If e n g i n e f l o o d s , place m i x t u r e in idle cut off, o p e n throttle |
2 0 . N A V / G P S S w i t c h (if installed) - S E T . 1/2 to full, a n d c r a n k e n g i n e . W h e n engine fires, a d v a n c e
2 1 . Autopilot (if installed) - O F F . mixture to full rich a n d retard throttle promptly.
2 2 . C o w l Flaps ~ O P E N .
2 3 . W i n g Flaps - S E T for takeoff (0° T O 2 0 ° ) . 11. Oil P r e s s u r e - C H E C K .
24. Brakes - RELEASE. 12. Flashing B e a c o n a n d N a v i g a t i o n Lights - O N as required.
13. Avionics Master Switch - O N .
TAKEOFF 14. Radios-ON.

NORMAL TAKEOFF STARTING ENGINE (With External Power)

1 . W i n g F l a p s - 0° - 2 0 ° . 1. T h r o t t l e - O P E N 1/4 I N C H .
2. P o w e r - F U L L T H R O T T L E a n d 2 7 0 0 R P M . 2. Propeller - H I G H R P M .
3. Mixture - R I C H (mixture m a y be l e a n e d to M a x i m u m Power 3. Mixture - I D L E C U T O F F .
Fuel Flow p l a c a r d v a l u e ) . 4. Propeller A r e a - C L E A R .
4. Elevator Control - L I F T N O S E W H E E L (at 5 6 K I A S ) . 5. External P o w e r - C O N N E C T to airplane receptacle.
5. C l i m b S p e e d - 7 0 - 8 0 K I A S . 6. Master S w i t c h - O N .
7. Auxiliary Fuel P u m p S w i t c h - ON.
6. W i n g Flaps - R E T R A C T (after obstacles are cleared). 8. Mixture - A D V A N C E to full rich until fuel flow j u s t starts t o l
rise, t h e n return to I D L E C U T O F F position. I
SHORT FIELD T A K E O F F 9. Auxiliary Fuel P u m p S w i t c h - OFF.

1. Wing F l a p s - 2 0 ° . NOTE
2. Brakes - APPLY.
If e n g i n e is w a r m , omit p r i m i n g p r o c e d u r e of steps 7, 8, a n d
3. P o w e r - F U L L T H R O T T L E a n d 2 7 0 0 R P M .
9 above.
4 . Mixture - L e a n to obtain M a x i m u m P o w e r Fuel Flow p l a c a r d
value.
10. Ignition S w i t c h - S T A R T (release w h e n engine starts).
5. B r a k e s - R E L E A S E .
6. Elevator Control - MAINTAIN SLIGHTLY TAIL LOW
ATTITUDE.
7. C l i m b S p e e d - 7 2 K I A S (until all o b s t a c l e s are c l e a r e d ) .
8. W i n g Flaps - R E T R A C T slowly after r e a c h i n g 8 0 K I A S .
NOTE

Do not r e d u c e p o w e r until w i n g flaps h a v e b e e n r e t r a c t e d .

M a y 30/01 4-13

M a y 30/01 4-15
 SECTION 4
SECTION 4 CESSNA CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H

1 1 . Mixture -- A D V A N C E s m o o t h l y to R I C H w h e n e n g i n e fires. ENROUTE CLIMB

NOTE NORMAL CLIMB

If engine floods" place mixture in idle cut off, o p e n throttle 1. A i r s p e e d - 9 5 - 1 0 5 K I A S .

1/2 to full, a n d crank e n g i n e . W h e n e n g i n e fires, a d v a n c e 2. P o w e r - 2 5 in. H g . or F U L L T H R O T T L E ( w h i c h e v e r is less)
mixture to full rich a n d retard throttle p r o m p t l y . and 2500 R P M .
3. Mixture - L E A N to 2 0 . 0 G P H fuel flow.
12. Oil P r e s s u r e - - C H E C K . 4. Fuel Selector V a l v e - B O T H . .
13. External P o w e r -- D I S C O N N E C T f r o m airplane receptacle. 5. C o w l Flaps - O P E N as r e q u i r e d .
S e c u r e door.
14. A m m e t e r -- C H E C K ( s e e C h e c k l i s t , S e c t i o n 7, G r o u n d Service MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE CLIMB
Plug R e c e p t a c l e ) .
15. Flashing B e a c o n a n d N a v i g a t i o n Lights -- O N as r e q u i r e d . 1. A i r s p e e d - 8 6 K I A S at s e a level to 8 2 K I A S at 1 0 , 0 0 0 feeL
16. A v i o n i c s Master Switch - O N . (Refer to S e c t i o n 5 ) .
17. R a d i o s - O N . 2. P o w e r - F U L L T H R O T T L E a n d 2 7 0 0 R P M .
3. Mixture - L E A N in a c c o r d a n c e with M a x i m u m P o w e r Fuel
BEFORE TAKEOFF Flow p l a c a r d v a l u e .
4. Fuel Selector V a l v e - B O T H .
1. Parking Brake - S E T .
5. C o w l Flaps - O P E N . , ;- : :
2. Passenger Seats - A S F A R F O R W A R D A S PRACTICAL.
3.
4.
P a s s e n g e r Seat Backs - M O S T U P R I G H T P O S I T I O N .
S e a t s a n d Seat Belts - C H E C K S E C U R E .
: \
CRUISE
5. C a b i n Doors - C L O S E D a n d L O C K E D . 1. P o w e r - 1 5 - 2 5 in. H g , 2 1 0 0 - 2 5 0 0 R P M (no m o r e than
6. Flight Controls - F R E E a n d C O R R E C T . 75%).
7. Flight Instruments - C H E C K a n d S E T . 2. Elevator a n d R u d d e r T r i m - A D J U S T .
8. Fuel Quantity - C H E C K . 3. Mixture - L E A N .
9. Auxiliary Fuel P u m p - O F F .
4. C o w l Flaps - C L O S E D .
10. Mixture - R I C H .

DESCENT
11. Fuel Selector V a l v e - R E C H E C K B O T H .
12. Elevator T r i m a n d R u d d e r T r i m - S E T for takeoff.
13. Throttle - 1800 R P M .
a. M a g n e t o s - C H E C K ( R P M d r o p s h o u l d not e x c e e d 1 5 0 1. P o w e r - A S D E S I R E D .
R P M o n either m a g n e t o or 5 0 R P M differential b e t w e e n 2. Mixture - E N R I C H E N as r e q u i r e d .
magnetos). 3. C o w l Flaps - C L O S E D .
b. Propeller - C Y C L E f r o m h i g h to low R P M ; return to h i g h 4. Altimeter - S E T .
R P M (full in). 5. NAV/GPS S w i t c h - S E T . . .:,^-,,"<... .
I c. V a c u u m G a u g e - C H E C K . 6. Fuel Selector Valve - B O T H .
d. Engine Instruments a n d A m m e t e r - C H E C K . 7. W i n g Flaps - A S D E S I R E D (0°-10° b e l o w 140 K I A S ; 10°-
e. A n n u n c i a t o r Panel - Ensure no a n n u n c i a t o r s are 40° b e l o w 100 K I A S ) .
illuminated.

4-16
May 30/01
4-14 May 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES

AMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
PREFLIGHT INSPECTION BEFORE LANDING
T h e Preflight Inspection, d e s c r i b e d in Figure 4-1 a n d adjacent 1. P a s s e n g e r Seats ~ A S F A R F O R W A R D A S P R A C T I C A L .
checklist, is r e c o m m e n d e d prior t o e a c h flight. If t h e airplane h a s 2. Pilot a n d P a s s e n g e r Seat Backs - MOST UPRIGHT
b e e n in e x t e n d e d s t o r a g e , h a s h a d recent m a j o r m a i n t e n a n c e , or POSITION.
has b e e n o p e r a t e d f r o m m a r g i n a l airports, a m o r e extensive exterior 3. Seats a n d Seat Belts - S E C U R E D a n d L O C K E D .
inspection is r e c o m m e n d e d . 4. Fuel Selector Valve - B O T H .
5. Mixture - R I C H .
After m a j o r m a i n t e n a n c e h a s b e e n p e r f o r m e d , t h e flight a n d trim 6. Propeller - H I G H R P M .
tab controls s h o u l d be d o u b l e c h e c k e d f o r free a n d correct 7. L a n d i n g / T a x i Lights - O N .
m o v e m e n t a n d security. T h e security of all inspection plates o n the 8. Autopilot (if i n s t a l l e d ) - O F F .
airplane s h o u l d be c h e c k e d f o l l o w i n g periodic inspections. If t h e /
a i r p l a n e h a s b e e n w a x e d o r p o l i s h e d , c h e c k t h e external static
p r e s s u r e s o u r c e hole for s t o p p a g e .
LANDING
NORMAL LANDING
If t h e airplane h a s b e e n e x p o s e d t o m u c h g r o u n d handling in a
c r o w d e d hangar, it s h o u l d be c h e c k e d for d e n t s a n d s c r a t c h e s o n 1. A i r s p e e d - 75-85 K I A S (flaps U P ) .
w i n g s , f u s e l a g e , a n d tail s u r f a c e s , d a m a g e to navigation a n d anti- 2. W i n g Flaps - A S D E S I R E D {0° - 10° below 140 K I A S ,
collision lights, d a m a g e to n o s e w h e e l a s a result of e x c e e d i n g t o w 1 0 ° - 4 0 ° below 1 0 0 K I A S ) .
limits, a n d a v i o n i c s a n t e n n a s . 3. A i r s p e e d - 65-75 K I A S (flaps 4 0 ° ) .
4. Trim - A D J U S T as desired.
O u t s i d e storage for long p e r i o d s m a y result in dust a n d dirt 5. T o u c h d o w n - M A I N W H E E L S F I R S T .
a c c u m u l a t i o n o n t h e induction air filter, obstructions in a i r s p e e d 6. L a n d i n g Roll - L O W E R N O S E W H E E L G E N T L Y .
s y s t e m lines, w a t e r c o n t a m i n a n t s in fuel t a n k s a n d bird/rodent 7. Braking - M I N I M U M R E Q U I R E D .
nests in a n y o p e n i n g . If a n y w a t e r is d e t e c t e d in t h e fuel s y s t e m , t h e
fuel t a n k s u m p quick-drain v a l v e s , f u e l reservoir quick-drain v a l v e , S H O R T FIELD LANDING
a n d f u e l strainer quick-drain v a l v e s h o u l d all b e t h o r o u g h l y drained
a g a i n . T h e n , t h e w i n g s s h o u l d b e gently r o c k e d a n d t h e tail l o w e r e d 1. A i r s p e e d - 7 5 - 8 5 K I A S (flaps U P ) .
to t h e g r o u n d to m o v e a n y further c o n t a m i n a n t s to t h e s a m p l i n g 2. W i n g Flaps - F U L L (below 100 K I A S ) .
points. R e p e a t e d s a m p l e s s h o u l d t h e n be t a k e n at all quick drain 3. A i r s p e e d - 6 7 K I A S (until flare).
points until all c o n t a m i n a t i o n has* b e e n r e m o v e d . If, after r e p e a t e d 4. P o w e r - R E D U C E T O I D L E a s obstacle is c l e a r e d .
s a m p l i n g , e v i d e n c e of c o n t a m i n a t i o n still exists, t h e fuel tanks 5. Trim - A D J U S T as desired.
. s h o u l d b e c o m p l e t e l y d r a i n e d a n d t h e fuel s y s t e m c l e a n e d . 6. Touchdown - MAIN W H E E L S FIRST.
7. Brakes - A P P L Y H E A V I L Y .
Additionally, if t h e airplane h a s b e e n s t o r e d outside in w i n d y or 8. W i n g Flaps - R E T R A C T for m a x i m u m brake e f f e c t i v e n e s s .
gusty a r e a s , or tied d o w n a d j a c e n t to taxiing, airplanes, special
attention s h o u l d b e paid to c o n t r o l s u r f a c e stops, h i n g e s , a n d
b r a c k e t s to detect t h e p r e s e n c e of potential w i n d d a m a g e .

O c t 5/98 4-19 4-17

M a y 30/01
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES M O D E L 206H

B A L K E D LANDING If t h e airplane h a s b e e n o p e r a t e d f r o m m u d d y fields or in s n o w or

s l u s h , c h e c k t h e m a i n a n d n o s e g e a r w h e e l fairings for obstructions
1. Power - FULL T H R O T T L E and 2700 R P M . a n d c l e a n l i n e s s . O p e r a t i o n from a gravel or cinder field will require
2. Mixture -- R I C H (or p l a c a r d v a l u e ) . extra attention to propeller tips a n d a b r a s i o n o n leading e d g e s of the
3. W i n g Flaps - R E T R A C T T O 2 0 ° . horizontal tail. S t o n e d a m a g e to the propeller c a n s e r i o u s l y r e d u c e
4. Climb Speed - 80 KIAS. the fatigue life of t h e blades.
5. W i n g Flaps -- R E T R A C T s l o w l y .
6. Cowl F l a p s - - O P E N . A i r p l a n e s t h a t a r e o p e r a t e d f r o m r o u g h fields, especially at high
altitudes, a r e s u b j e c t e d to a b n o r m a l l a n d i n g gear a b u s e . Frequently
AFTER LANDING c h e c k all c o m p o n e n t s of the laQding gear, shock strut, tires, a n d
b r a k e s . If the s h o c k strut is insufficiently e x t e n d e d , u n d u e landing
1. Wing Flaps--RETRACT. and taxi loads will b e s u b j e c t e d o n t h e airplane structure.
2. C o w l F l a p s - - O P E N .
T o p r e v e n t loss of fuel in flight, m a k e s u r e t h e fuel t a n k filler c a p s
SECURING AIRPLANE are tightly s e a l e d after any fuel s y s t e m c h e c k or s e r v i c i n g . Fuel
s y s t e m v e n t s s h o u l d also be i n s p e c t e d f o r o b s t r u c t i o n s , ice or water,
1 . Parking B r a k e - S E T . especially after e x p o s u r e to c o l d , w e t w e a t h e r .
2 . Throttle - I D L E .
3. Electrical E q u i p m e n t , A v i o n i c s M a s t e r S w i t c h , Autopilot (if STARTING ENGINE
installed) ~ O F F . I
4. Mixture - IDLE C U T O F F (pulled full o u t ) . In c o o l e r w e a t h e r , the engine c o m p a r t m e n t t e m p e r a t u r e d r o p s off
5. Ignition Switch - O F F . rapidly f o l l o w i n g e n g i n e s h u t d o w n a n d t h e injector n o z z l e lines
6. M a s t e r Switch - O F F . r e m a i n nearly full of fuel.
7. Control Lock - I N S T A L L .
H o w e v e r , in w a r m e r weather, e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t t e m p e r a t u r e s
8. Fuel Selector Valve - LEFT or R I G H T t o prevent cross
m a y i n c r e a s e rapidly following e n g i n e s h u t d o w n , a n d fuel in t h e
feeding. lines will v a p o r i z e a n d escape into t h e intake m a n i f o l d . H o t w e a t h e r
9. C o w l Flaps ~ C L O S E . starting p r o c e d u r e s d e p e n d c o n s i d e r a b l y o n h o w s o o n t h e next
engine start is a t t e m p t e d . Within t h e first 2 0 to 3 0 m i n u t e s after
s h u t d o w n , the fuel manifold is a d e q u a t e l y p r i m e d a n d t h e e m p t y
injector nozzle lines will fill before t h e e n g i n e dies. H o w e v e r , after
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 minutes, the v a p o r i z e d fuel in the m a n i f o l d will
have nearly d i s s i p a t e d a n d s o m e " p r i m i n g " c o u l d b e r e q u i r e d to
refill the nozzle lines a n d k e e p t h e e n g i n e running after t h e initial
start. Starting a hot engine is facilitated by a d v a n c i n g the mixture
control p r o m p t l y to 1/3 o p e n w h e n t h e e n g i n e fires, a n d then
s m o o t h l y to full rich a s p o w e r d e v e l o p s .

Oct 5/98
4-18
4-20 May 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES
BEFORE TAKEOFF
WARM UP
If tfie e n g i n e idles ( a p p r o x i m a t e l y 6 5 0 R P M ) a n d a c c e l e r a t e s |
s m o o t f i l y , tfie a i r p l a n e is r e a d y for takeoff. Since tfie e n g i n e is
closely c o w l e d for efficient in-flight e n g i n e c o o l i n g , p r e c a u t i o n s !
should be t a k e n to a v o i d o v e r h e a t i n g during p r o l o n g e d e n g i n e !
o p e r a t i o n o n the g r o u n d . Also, long periods of idling m a y c a u s e
fouled spark plugs.
MAGNETO C H E C K
T h e m a g n e t o c h e c k s h o u l d be m a d e at 1800 R P M as f o l l o w s .
M o v e ignition s w i t c h first to R position a n d n o t e R P M . Next m o v e
switch b a c k t o B O T H to clear the other set of p l u g s . T h e n m o v e
switch to t h e L p o s i t i o n , note R P M a n d return the s w i t c h to the
B O T H p o s i t i o n . R P M d r o p s h o u l d not e x c e e d 100 R P M o n either
m a g n e t o or s h o w greater t h a n 5 0 R P M differential b e t w e e n
m a g n e t o s . If t h e r e is a d o u b t c o n c e r n i n g o p e r a t i o n of the ignition
s y s t e m , R P M c h e c k s at higher e n g i n e s p e e d s will usually c o n f i r m
whether a deficiency exists.
A n a b s e n c e of R P M d r o p m a y be a n indication of faulty
g r o u n d i n g of o n e side of t h e ignition s y s t e m or s h o u l d be c a u s e for
s u s p i c i o n t h a t t h e m a g n e t o t i m i n g is set in a d v a n c e of t h e setting
specified.
ALTERNATOR CHECK
Prior to flights w h e r e verification of p r o p e r a l t e r n a t o r a n d
alternator control unit o p e r a t i o n is essential (such a s night or
i n s t r u m e n t flights), a positive vej-ification c a n be m a d e by loading
the electrical s y s t e m m o m e n t a r i l y (3 to 5 s e c o n d s ) with t h e l a n d i n g
light or by o p e r a t i n g t h e w i n g flaps during the e n g i n e r u n u p ( 1 8 0 0
R P M ) . T h e a m m e t e r will r e m a i n within a n e e d l e w i d t h of its initial
r e a d i n g if t h e a l t e r n a t o r a n d alternator control unit are o p e r a t i n g
properly.
M a y 30/01 4-23
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES
S h o u l d the e n g i n e t e n d to die after starting, turn o n the auxiliary
fuel p u m p t e m p o r a r i l y a n d adjust the throttle and/or mixture as
n e c e s s a r y to k e e p the e n g i n e r u n n i n g . In the e v e n t of over priming
or flooding, turn off the auxiliary fuel p u m p , o p e n the throttle from
1/2 to full o p e n , a n d c o n t i n u e c r a n k i n g with the mixture full lean.
W h e n the e n g i n e fires, s m o o t h l y a d v a n c e the mixture control to full
rich a n d retard the throttle to d e s i r e d idle s p e e d .
If the e n g i n e is under p r i m e d (most likely in c o l d w e a t h e r with a
c o l d engine) it will not fire at ail, a n d additional priming will be
necessary.
After starting, if the oil p r e s s u r e d o e s not begin to i n d i c a t e !
pressure within 3 0 s e c o n d s in the s u m m e r time a n d a p p r o x i m a t e l y !
o n e m i n u t e in v e r y cold w e a t h e r , stop the e n g i n e a n d investigate.
Lack of oil p r e s s u r e c a n c a u s e s e r i o u s e n g i n e d a m a g e .
NOTE
Additional details c o n c e r n i n g cold w e a t h e r starting a n d
operation may be found under COLD WEATHER
O P E R A T I O N p a r a g r a p h s in this s e c t i o n .
R e c o m m e n d e d starter duty cycle: Crank the starter for 10
s e c o n d s f o l l o w e d by a 2 0 s e c o n d cool d o w n p e r i o d . This cycle c a n
be repeated t w o additional t i m e s , followed by a ten minute cool
d o w n period before r e s u m i n g c r a n k i n g . After cool d o w n , crank the
starter a g a i n , three c y c l e s of 10 s e c o n d s followed by 2 0 s e c o n d s of
cool d o w n . If the e n g i n e still fails to start, an investigation to
d e t e r m i n e the c a u s e s h o u l d be initiated.
TAXIING
W h e n t a x i i n g , it is i m p o r t a n t that s p e e d and use of b r a k e s be
held to a m i n i m u m a n d that all controls be utilized (Refer to Figure
4 - 2 , T a x i i n g D i a g r a m ) to m a i n t a i n directional control a n d balance."
T a x i i n g o v e r loose gravel or cinders should be d o n e at low
e n g i n e s p e e d to a v o i d a b r a s i o n a n d stone d a m a g e to the propeller
tips.
M a y 30/01 4-21
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H

LANDING LIGHTS

If landing lights are to b e u s e d to e n h a n c e the visibility of t h e

airplane in t h e traffic pattern or e n r o u t e , it is r e c o m m e n d e d that only
the taxi light be u s e d . This will e x t e n d the service life of t h e landing
light appreciably.

TAKEOFF
POWER CHECK

It is important to c h e c k full throttle e n g i n e operation early in t h e

takeoff roll. A n y sign of r o u g h e n g i n e o p e r a t i o n or s l u g g i s h e n g i n e
acceleration is g o o d c a u s e for d i s c o n t i n u i n g the takeoff. If this
o c c u r s , y o u are justified in m a k i n g a t h o r o u g h full throttle static
r u n u p before a n o t h e r takeoff is a t t e m p t e d . T h e e n g i n e s h o u l d run
s m o o t h l y a n d turn a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2 6 5 0 - 2 7 0 0 R P M .

Full throttle run u p s o v e r loose g r a v e l are especially h a r m f u l to

propeller tips. W h e n takeoffs m u s t b e m a d e over a g r a v e l s u r f a c e , it
is v e r y important that the throttle b e a d v a n c e d slowly. T h i s allows
the airplane to start rolling before high R P M is d e v e l o p e d , a n d t h e
gravel will be b l o w n b a c k of the propeller rather than p u l l e d into it.

Prior to takeoff f r o m fields w h i c h require m a x i m u m p e r f o r m a n c e ,

the mixture should b e l e a n e d to t h e fuel flow values p r o v i d e d o n the
M a x i m u m P o w e r Fuel Flow Placard in a full throttle, static r u n u p .

After full throttle is a p p l i e d , adjust t h e throttle friction lock

WIND D I R E C T I O N
NOTE
Strong quartering tail w i n d s r e q u i r e c a u t i o n .
A v o i d s u d d e n bursts of t h e throttle a n d s h a r p
braking w h e n the airplane is in this situation.
U s e t h e steerabie n o s e w h e e l a n d r u d d e r to
maintain direction.
Figure* 4 - 2 . T a x i i n g D i a g r a m
c l o c k w i s e t o prevent t h e throttle f r o m c r e e p i n g b a c k f r o m a
m a x i m u m p o w e r position. Similar friction lock a d j u s t m e n t s s h o u l d
be m a d e as required in other flight c o n d i t i o n s to m a i n t a i n a fixed
throttle setting.
WING F L A P S"ETTINGS •
N o r m a l takeoffs are a c c o m p l i s h e d with w i n g flaps 0 ° to 2 0 ° .
U s i n g 2 0 ° w i n g flaps r e d u c e s the g r o u n d roll a n d total d i s t a n c e over
an obstacle by a p p r o x i m a t e l y 10 p e r c e n t . Flap deflections greater
than 2 0 ° are not a p p r o v e d for takeoff.

4-22 M a y 30/01
4-24 O c t 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES
75% POWER 65% POWER 55% POWER
ALTITUDE KTAS NMPG KTAS NMPG KTAS NMPG
O n a short field, 2 0 ° w i n g flaps a n d a n obstacle clearance s p e e d
3 0 0 0 feet 138 8.2 130 8.8 119 9.2 of 7 2 K I A S s h o u l d be u s e d . If 2 0 ° w i n g flaps are u s e d for takeoff,
6 0 0 0 feet 142 8.4 133 9.0 122- 9.4 they s h o u l d be left d o w n until all obstacles a r e cleared a n d a safe
flap retraction s p e e d of 8 0 K I A S is r e a c h e d .
1 0 0 0 0 feet — — 135 9.3 124 9.7
Soft or rough field takeoffs are p e r f o r m e d with 20° flaps by lifting
Figure 4 - 3 . Cruise P e r f o r m a n c e T a b l e
the airplane off the g r o u n d as s o o n as practical in a slightly tail low
attitude. If no o b s t a c l e s a r e a h e a d , the airplane should b e leveled
LEANING WITH AN EGT INDICATOR off immediately to accelerate to a higher climb s p e e d .

The exhaust gas temperature ( E G T ) m a y b e u s e d a s a n aid for

mixture l e a n i n g in cruising flight
the m i x t u r e , u s i n g this indicator,
a r e f e r e n c e point, e n r i c h e n t h e
b a s e d o n Figure 4 - 4 , E G T T a b l e .
MIXTURE DESCRIPTION
R E C O M M E N D E D LEAN
(Pilot's O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k )
BEST POWER
BEST ECONOMY
( 7 5 % P o w e r or Less)
Figure 4 - 4 .
at 7 5 % p o w e r or less. T o adjust
lean to establish the p e a k E G T a s
mixture b y t h e desired i n c r e m e n t
EXHAUST GAS
TEMPERATURE
5 0 ° F Rich of Peak E G T
150°F Rich of Peak E G T
Peak EGT
E G T Table
CROSSWIND T A K E O F F /
T a k e o f f s into strong c r o s s w i n d conditions normally are p e r f o r m e d
with the m i n i m u m flap setting n e c e s s a r y for the field length, to
minimize the drift angle i m m e d i a t e l y after takeoff. W i t h the ailerons
partially deflected into t h e w i n d , the airplane is accelerated to a
s p e e d slightly higher than n o r m a l , then pulled off briskly to prevent
possible settling back to t h e r u n w a y while drifting. W h e n clear of t h e
g r o u n d , m a k e a c o o r d i n a t e d turn into the wi'nd to correct for drift.
ENROUTE CLIMB
N o r m a l climbs are p e r f o r m e d at 95-105 KIAS with flaps up, 25 In.
H g . or full throttle ( w h i c h e v e r is less) a n d 2500 R P M for the best
c o m b i n a t i o n of p e r f o r m a n c e , visibility a n d engine cooling. T h e
mixture s h o u l d be set to 2 0 G P H or according to Normal Climb
Mixture Setting in Figure 5-7 of this Pilot's Operating H a n d b o o k .

If it is n e c e s s a r y t o c l i m b rapidly to clear m o u n t a i n s or reach

A s n o t e d in this t a b l e , operatiori at p e a k E G T provides t h e best
favorable w i n d s at higher altitudes, the best rate of climb s p e e d
fuel e c o n o m y . T h i s results in a p p r o x i m a t e l y 5 % greater range than
s h o u l d be u s e d with m a x i m u m power. This s p e e d ( s h o w n in
s h o w n in this h a n d b o o k a c c o m p a n i e d by a p p r o x i m a t e l y a 3 knot
Section 5) is 8 6 K I A S at s e a level, decreasing to 82 KIAS at 10,000
d e c r e a s e in s p e e d . feet.

U n d e r s o m e c o n d i t i o n s , e n g i n e r o u g h n e s s m a y o c c u r while
o p e r a t i n g at p e a k E G T . In this c a s e , o p e r a t e at t h e R e c o m m e n d e d
L e a n m i x t u r e . A n y c h a n g e in altitude or throttle position will require
a r e c h e c k of E G T indication.

O c t 5/98 4-27

Oct 5/98 4-25

SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H

SECTION 4 CESSNA
If an obstruction a h e a d requires a steep climb a n g l e , a best NORMAL PROCEDURES M O D E L 206H
angle of climb air s p e e d s h o u l d be u s e d with flaps up a n d m a x i m u m
power. T h i s s p e e d is 70 K I A S at s e a level, i n c r e a s i n g to 75 K I A S at
10,000 feet. This type of climb s h o u l d be of m i n i m u m duration a n d
engine t e m p e r a t u r e s should be carefully m o n i t o r e d d u e to the low FUEL SAVINGS PROCEDURES FOR NORMAL FLIGHT
climb s p e e d . OPERATIONS

For m a x i m u m power, the mixture s h o u l d be set in a c c o r d a n c e For best fuel e c o n o m y during n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n s , the following
with the M a x i m u m P o w e r Fuel Flow p l a c a r d . p r o c e d u r e s are r e c o m m e n d e d .

CRUISE 1. After e n g i n e start a n d for all g r o u n d o p e r a t i o n s , set the throttle

to 1200 R P M a n d lean t h e j n i x t u r e for m a x i m u m R P M . After
N o r m a l cruise is p e r f o r m e d b e t w e e n 5 5 % a n d 7 5 % rated p o w e r l e a n i n g , set the throttle to (he appropriate R P M for g r o u n d
with the mixture set to 5 0 ° F rich of p e a k E G T . M a n i f o l d p r e s s u r e s operations. L e a v e the mixture at this setting, throttle as
a n d e n g i n e s p e e d s h o u l d be kept within t h e g r e e n arc r a n g e s o n d e s i r e d , until b e g i n n i n g the B E F O R E T A K E O F F c h e c k l i s t If
the m a n i f o l d pressure g a g e a n d t a c h o m e t e r . prolonged ground operations exist after the BEFORE
T A K E O F F checklist is c o m p l e t e , re-lean the mixture as
NOTE ^. d e s c r i b e d a b o v e until ready for T A K E O F F checklist.

Cruising s h o u l d be d o n e at 7 5 % p o w e r a s m u c h as 2. A d j u s t the mixture for p l a c a r d e d fuel flows d u r i n g maximum

practicable until a total of 5 0 h o u r s h a s a c c u m u l a t e d ' o r oil continuous power climbs.
c o n s u m p t i o n has stabilized. O p e r a t i o n at this higher p o w e r
will e n s u r e proper seating of the rings a n d is applicable to 3. A d j u s t the mixture at any altitude for R E C O M M E N D E D L E A N
n e w e n g i n e s , a n d e n g i n e s in service f o l l o w i n g cylinder or B E S T E C O N O M Y fuel flows, w h e n using 7 5 % or less
r e p l a c e m e n t or top overhaul of one or m o r e c y l i n d e r s . power.

T h e Cruise P e r f o r m a n c e c h a r t s in S e c t i o n 5 provide the pilot with U s i n g the a b o v e r e c o m m e n d e d p r o c e d u r e s c a n provide fuel

detailed information c o n c e r n i n g the cruise p e r f o r m a n c e of tfie M o d e l
2 0 6 H in still air. P o w e r a n d altitude, as well as w i n d s aloft, have a
strong influence o n the time a n d fuel n e e d e d to c o m p l e t e any flight.
T h e Cruise P e r f o r m a n c e t a b l e of Figure 4 - 3 illustrates s o m e of
these effects a n d m a y be u s e d as a guide a l o n g w i t h w i n d s aloft
information in selecting an altitude a n d p o w e r setting for a given
trip. T h e selection of cruise altitude o n t h e basis of m o s t f a v o r a b l e
w i n d conditions a n d the use of the l o w e r p o w e r setting consistent
with trip n e e d s are significant factors w h i c h s h o u l d be c o n s i d e r e d
on every trip to r e d u c e fuel c o n s u m p t i o n .
For r e d u c e d noise levels, it is desirable to select the lowest R P M
in the green arc range for a given percent p o w e r that will provide
s m o o t h engine o p e r a t i o n . T h e c o w l flaps s h o u l d be o p e n e d , if
necessary, to maintain the cylinder head temperature
a p p r o x i m a t e l y two-thirds of the n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g r a n g e ( g r e e n a r c ) .
4-26
s a v i n g s in e x c e s s of 5 % w h e n c o m p a r e d to typical o p e r a t i o n s at full
rich m i x t u r e . In addition, the a b o v e p r o c e d u r e s will m i n i m i z e spark
plug fouling since the reduction in fuel c o n s u m p t i o n results in a
proportional reduction in tetraethyl lead p a s s i n g t h r o u g h t h e e n g i n e .
FUEL VAPOR PROCEDURES
T h e e n g i n e fuel s y s t e m c a n b e c o m e susceptible to fuel v a p o r
f o r m a t i o n o n the g r o u n d during w a r m w e a t h e r . T h i s will generally
o c c u r w h e n the outside a m b i e n t air t e m p e r a t u r e is a b o v e 8 5 ° F .
T h e - s i t u a t i o n is further a g g r a v a t e d by the fact that the e n g i n e fuel
flows are lower at idle and taxi e n g i n e s p e e d s . W h e n v a p o r o c c u r s
as e v i d e n c e d by idle e n g i n e s p e e d a n d fuel flow fluctuations, the
following p r o c e d u r e s are r e c o m m e n d e d .
at
1. W i t h the mixture full rich, set the throttle at 1800 R P M to 2 0 0 0
RPM. Maintain this p o w e r setting for 1 to 2 m i n u t e s or until
s m o o t h e n g i n e operation returns.
O c t 5/98

4-28 M a y 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES

C R O S S W I N D LANDING
2. R e t a r d the throttle to idle to verify n o r m a l e n g i n e o p e r a t i o n .
W h e n landing in a s t r o n g c r o s s w i n d , u s e the m i n i m u m flap
setting required for t h e field length. A l t h o u g h t h e c r a b or 3. A d v a n c e the throttle to 1200 R P M a n d lean the mixture a s
c o m b i n a t i o n m e t h o d of drift c o r r e c t i o n m a y b e u s e d , the w i n g low d e s c r i b e d under F U E L S A V I N G S PROCEDURES FOR
m e t h o d gives the best c o n t r o l . After t o u c h d o w n , hold a straight NORMAL FLIGHT OPERATIONS.
c o u r s e with the s t e e r a b i e n o s e w h e e l a n d o c c a s i o n a l b r a k i n g if
necessary. 4. In addition to the a b o v e p r o c e d u r e s , the Auxiliary Fuel P u m p
m a y b e t u r n e d O N with the mixture a d j u s t e d a s required to
T h e m a x i m u m a l l o w a b l e c r o s s w i n d velocity is d e p e n d e n t u p o n aid v a p o r s u p p r e s s i o n d u r i n g g r o u n d operations. The
pilot capability a s well a s airplane limitations. O p e r a t i o n in direct Auxiliary Fuel P u m p s h o u l d be t u r n e d O F F prior to takeoff.
c r o s s w i n d s of 2 0 knots h a s b e e n d e m o n s t r a t e d .
5. Just prior to T A K E O F F , a d v a n c e the throttle to 39 inches H g .
B A L K E D LANDING for a p p r o x i m a t e l y 10 s e c o n d s to verify s m o o t h engine
operation for takeoff.
In a b a l k e d landing ( g o - a r o u n d ) climb, r e d u c e t h e flap setting to NOTE
2 0 ° i m m e d i a t e l y after full p o w e r is a p p l i e d . After all o b s t a c l e s a r e
c l e a r e d a n d a safe altitude a n d a i r s p e e d a r e o b t a i n e d , t h e w i n g W h e n the engine is o p e r a t e d a b o v e 1 8 0 0 R P M , the
flaps s h o u l d be retracted. resulting increased fuel flow also m a k e s for lower fuel
t e m p e r a t u r e s t h r o u g h o u t t h e e n g i n e fuel s y s t e m . This
COLD WEATHER OPERATION increased flow p u r g e s the fuel v a p o r a n d t h e cooler fuel
minimizes v a p o r f o r m a t i o n .
Special c o n s i d e r a t i o n s h o u l d b e given to the operation of the
airplane fuel s y s t e m d u r i n g t h e w i n t e r s e a s o n or prior to a n y flight in
c o l d t e m p e r a t u r e s . P r o p e r preflight draining of t h e fuel s y s t e m is
especially important a n d will eliminate a n y free w a t e r a c c u m u l a t i o n .
T h e u s e of additives s u c h a s isopropyl a l c o h o l or diethylene glycol
m o n o m e t h y l ether ( D I E G M E ) m a y also b e desirable. R e f e r to
S e c t i o n 8 for i n f o n n a t i o n o n t h e p r o p e r use of a d d i t i v e s .

C o l d w e a t h e r often c a u s e s c o n d i t i o n s w h i c h require special care

d u r i n g airplane o p e r a t i o n s . E v e n , small a c c u m u l a t i o n s of frost, ice,
or s n o w m u s t b e r e m o v e d , particularly f r o m w i n g , tail a n d all control
s u r f a c e s t o a s s u r e satisfactory flight p e r f o r m a n c e a n d h a n d l i n g .
A l s o , control surfaces m u s t be free of a n y internal a c c u m u l a t i o n s of
ice or s n o w .

If s n o w or slush c o v e r s t h e takeoff s u r f a c e , a l l o w a n c e m u s t b e
m a d e for takeoff d i s t a n c e s w h i c h will be increasingly e x t e n d e d a s
the s n o w or slush d e p t h i n c r e a s e s . T h e d e p t h a n d c o n s i s t e n c y of
this c o v e r c a n , in fact, p r e v e n t takeoff in m a n y i n s t a n c e s .

May 30/01 4-31

M a y 30/01 4-29
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H

STALLS
ISTARTING (GENERAL)
T h e stall characteristics are c o n v e n t i o n a l a n d aural w a r n i n g is
p r o v i d e d by a stall w a r n i n g h o r n w h i c h s o u n d s b e t w e e n 5 a n d 10
knots a b o v e the stall in all c o n f i g u r a t i o n s . A WARNING

P o w e r off stall s p e e d s at m a x i m u m w e i g h t for both f o r w a r d a n d WHEN PULLING THE P R O P E L L E R THROUGH BY

H A N D , T R E A T IT A S I F T H E I G N I T I O N S W I T C H IS
aft C.G. positions are p r e s e n t e d in Section 5.
T U R N E D ON. A L O O S E OR B R O K E N G R O U N D

LANDING W I R E ON E I T H E R M A G N E T O C O U L D C A U S E
THE ENGINE TO FIRE.

NORMAL LANDING
Prior to starting o n cold m o r n i n g s , it is a d v i s a b l e to pull the
propeller t h r o u g h several timers by h a n d to "break loose" or
N o r m a l landing a p p r o a c h e s c a n be m a d e with p o w e r o n or p o w e r
"limber" the oil, thus c o n s e r v i n g battery e n e r g y .
off with any flap setting d e s i r e d . S u r f a c e w i n d s a n d air t u r b u l e n c e
are usually the primary factors in d e t e n n i n i n g the m o s t c o m f o r t a b l e
W h e n air t e m p e r a t u r e s are b e l o w 2 0 ° F (-6°C), the use of a n
approach speeds.
external p r e h e a t e r a n d an external p o w e r s o u r c e are r e c o m m e n d e d
w h e n e v e r possible to obtain positive starting a n d to r e d u c e w e a r
Actual t o u c h d o w n s h o u l d be m a d e with p o w e r off a n d o n the
a n d a b u s e to the e n g i n e a n d electrical s y s t e m . P r e h e a t will t h a w the
m a i n w h e e l s first to r e d u c e the landing s p e e d a n d s u b s e q u e n t n e e d
oil t r a p p e d in the oil cooler, w h i c h p r o b a b l y will be c o n g e a l e d prior
for braking in the landing roll. T h e n o s e w h e e l is l o w e r e d to the
to starting in e x t r e m e l y cold t e m p e r a t u r e s . -
r u n w a y gently after the s p e e d h a s d i m i n i s h e d to avoid u n n e c e s s a r y
n o s e gear loads. This p r o c e d u r e is especially important in r o u g h or
W h e n using a n external p o w e r s o u r c e , the m a s t e r s w i t c h m u s t be
soft field landings.

I
At light o p e r a t i n g w e i g h t s , during g r o u n d roll with full flaps, h o l d
the control w h e e l full b a c k to e n s u r e m a x i m u m w e i g h t o n the m a i n
w h e e l s for b r a k i n g . U n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s , full n o s e d o w n elevator
(control w h e e l full fonward) will raise the m a i n w h e e l s off t h e g r o u n d .
S H O R T FIELD LANDING
in the O F F position before c o n n e c t i n g the external p o w e r s o u r c e to
the airplane receptacle. S e e S e c t i o n 7, G r o u n d S e n / i c e Plug
R e c e p t a c l e , for external p o w e r s o u r c e o p e r a t i o n s .
C o l d w e a t h e r starting p r o c e d u r e s are the s a m e as the n o r m a l
starting p r o c e d u r e s . Use caution to p r e v e n t inadvertent fonward
m o v e m e n t of t h e airplane d u r i n g starting w h e n p a r k e d o n s n o w or
ice.

For a short field l a n d i n g in s m o o t h air c o n d i t i o n s , m a k e an NOTE

a p p r o a c h at 6 7 K I A S with full flaps using e n o u g h p o w e r to control
the glide p a t h . (Slightly higher a p p r o a c h s p e e d s s h o u l d be u s e d :': If the e n g i n e d o e s not start d u r i n g the first f e w a t t e m p t s , or if
under turbulent air conditions.) After all a p p r o a c h o b s t a c l e s are e n g i n e firing diminishes in s t r e n g t h , it is p r o b a b l e that the
c l e a r e d , s m o o t h l y r e d u c e p o w e r a n d m a i n t a i n the a p p r o a c h s p e e d spark plugs have been frosted over. P r e h e a t m u s t be u s e d
by lowering the n o s e of the a i r p l a n e . T o u c h d o w n s h o u l d be m a d e , before a n o t h e r start is a t t e m p t e d .
with p o w e r off a n d on the m a i n w h e e l s first. I m m e d i a t e l y after
t o u c h d o w n , lower the n o s e w h e e l a n d apply h e a v y b r a k i n g as
required. For m a x i m u m b r a k e e f f e c t i v e n e s s , retract the flaps, hold
the control w h e e l full b a c k , a n d apply m a x i m u m b r a k e p r e s s u r e
w i t h o u t sliding the tires. ,

4-30 M a y 30/01
4-32 M a y 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 206H NORMAL PROCEDURES

During cold w e a t h e r o p e r a t i o n s , no indication will be apparent o n

the oil t e m p e r a t u r e g a g e prior to takeoff if outside air t e m p e r a t u r e s
are very cold. After a suitable w a r m up period (2 to 5 minutes at
1000 R P M ) , a c c e l e r a t e the engine several times to higher engine
R P M . If the e n g i n e a c c e l e r a t e s s m o o t h l y a n d the oil pressure re-
mains n o r m a l a n d s t e a d y , the airplane is ready for takeoff.

WINTERIZATION KIT

A winterization kit is provided a n d m a y be utilized w h e n cold

w e a t h e r o p e r a t i o n s a r e c o n d u c t e d . Refer to the Winterization Kit
S u p p l e m e n t for installation a n d operational details.

HOT WEATHER OPERATION

Refer to t h e general w a r m t e m p e r a t u r e starting information under
Starting Engine in this s e c t i o n . A v o i d prolonged engine operation on
the g r o u n d .

NOISE CHARACTERISTICS
AND NOISE REDUCTION
T h e certificated noise level for the Model 2 0 6 H at 3600 p o u n d s
m a x i m u m w e i g h t is 8 4 . 5 d B ( A ) . No determination has been m a d e by
the Federal Aviation A d m i n i s t r a t i o n that the noise levels of this
airplane are or s h o u l d be a c c e p t a b l e or unacceptable for operation
at, into, or out of, any airport.

For r e d u c e d noise levels, it is desirable to select the lowest R P M

a n d manifold p r e s s u r e c o m b i n a t i o n in the green arc ranges
(consistent with safe operating practice under prevailing flight
conditions) that will provide s m o o t h engine operation a n d required
performance.

T h e following p r o c e d u r e s are s u g g e s t e d to minimize the effect of

airplane noise o n the public:

1. Pilots o p e r a t i n g airplanes under V F R over outdoor a s s e m b l i e s

of p e r s o n s , recreational a n d park areas, a n d other noise
sensitive a r e a s s h o u l d m a k e every effort to fly not less than
2 0 0 0 feet a b o v e the surface, w e a t h e r permitting, even t h o u g h
flight at a lower level m a y be consistent with the provisions of
g o v e r n m e n t regulations.

May 30/01 4-33

SECTION 4 CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 206H

2. During departure f r o m or a p p r o a c f i to an airport, climb after

takeoff a n d d e s c e n t for landing s h o u l d be m a d e so as to a v o i d
p r o l o n g e d flight at low altitude n e a r noise sensitive a r e a s .

NOTE

T h e a b o v e r e c o m m e n d e d p r o c e d u r e s do not apply w h e r e
they w o u l d conflict with Air Traffic Control c l e a r a n c e s or
instructions, or w h e r e , in the pilot's j u d g m e n t , a n altitude of
less than 2 0 0 0 feet is n e c e s s a r y to a d e q u a t e l y exercise the
duty to see a n d avoid other a i r p l a n e s .

4-34 M a y 30/01
 CESSNA SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
MODEL 206H
CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE

INTRODUCTION SECTION 5 '

P e r f o r m a n c e d a t a c h a r t s o n the following p a g e s are p r e s e n t e d so
that y o u m a y k n o w w h a t to e x p e c t f r o m t h e airplane under various
PERFORMANCE
c o n d i t i o n s , a n d also, to facilitate the p l a n n i n g of flights ir>-detail a n d
with r e a s o n a b l e a c c u r a c y . T h e d a t a in t h e charts h a s been
c o m p u t e d f r o m actual flight tests with the airplane a n d e n g i n e in
g o o d condition a n d using a v e r a g e piloting t e c h n i q u e s .
T A B L E O F CONTENTS Page
It s h o u l d be n o t e d that p e r f o r m a n c e information p r e s e n t e d in the
range a n d e n d u r a n c e profile c h a r t s allows for 4 5 m i n u t e s reserve
fuel at t h e specified cruise p o w e r . Fuel flow d a t a for cruise is b a s e d
Introduction , ^'^
o n t h e r e c o m m e n d e d lean mixture setting at all altitudes. S o m e
indeterminate variables s u c h a s mixture leaning t e c h n i q u e , fuel Use of P e r f o r m a n c e C h a r t s 5-3
m e t e r i n g characteristics, e n g i n e a n d propeller c o n d i t i o n , a n d air Sample Problem ^-3
t u r b u l e n c e m a y a c c o u n t for v a r i a t i o n s of 1 0 % or m o r e in r a n g e a n d Takeoff ^'"^
e n d u r a n c e . T h e r e f o r e , it is i m p o r t a n t to utilize all available Cruise ^'^
information t o estimate t h e fuel required for t h e particular flight a n d Fuel Required ^-6
to flight plan in a c o n s e r v a t i v e m a n n e r . . -
Landing ^"^
Demonstrated Operating Temperature 5-8
USE O F PERFORMANCE CHARTS Figure 5 - 1 , Airspeed Calibration - Normal Static Source 5-9
P e r f o r m a n c e d a t a is p r e s e n t e d in tabular or graphical f o r m to Airspeed Calibration - Alternate Static S o u r c e .• 5-10
illustrate the effect of different v a r i a b l e s . Sufficiently detailed Figure 5-2, Altimeter Correction 5-11
information is p r o v i d e d in t h e t a b l e s so that conservative v a l u e s c a n Figure 5-3, Temperature Conversion Chart 5-13
be selected a n d u s e d to d e t e r m i n e t h e particular p e r f o r m a n c e figure
Figure 5-4, Stall S p e e d s 5-14
with r e a s o n a b l e a c c u r a c y .
Figure 5-5, Crosswind C o m p o n e n t s 5-15
SAMPLE PROBLEM Figure 5-6, Takeoff Distance - 3600 L b s 5-16
Takeoff Distance - 3 3 0 0 L b s 5-17
T h e f o l l o w i n g s a m p l e flight p r o b l e m utilizes information f r o m the Takeoff Distance - 3 0 0 0 L b s 5-18
v a r i o u s charts t o detemnine the p r e d i c t e d p e r f o r m a n c e d a t a f o r a Figure 5-7, M a x i m u m Rate Of Climb 5-19
typical flight. A s s u m e t h e f o l l o w i n g information h a s already b e e n
Figure 5-8, T i m e , Fuel, A n d Distance T o Climb 5-22
determined: »
Figure 5-9, Cruise Performance 5-28
AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION: Figure 5 - 1 0 , R a n g e Profile 5-38
Takeoff w e i g h t 3600 Pounds Figure 5 - 1 1 , E n d u r a n c e Profile 5-40
U s a b l e fuel •fiS.O Gallons Figure 5-12, Landing Distance • 5-42

TAKEOFF CONDITIONS
Field p r e s s u r e altitude 1 5 0 0 Feet
Temperature 28°C (16°C Above I
Standard) I
Wind comportent along runway 12 Knot H e a d w i n d
Field length 3 5 0 0 Feet

M a y 30/01 5-3 5-1/(5-2 blank)

Oct 5/98
 SECTION 5 CESSNA
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H

T h e following s a m p l e flight p r o b l e m utilizes i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m the

v a r i o u s charts to d e t e r m i n e the p r e d i c t e d p e r f o r m a n c e d a t a for a
typical flight. A s s u m e the f o l l o w i n g information h a s a l r e a d y b e e n
determined:

AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION:
Takeoff weight 3600 Pounds
Usable fuel 88.0 G a l l o n s

TAKEOFF CONDITIONS
Field pressure altitude 1500 Feet
Temperature 28°C
W i n d c o m p o n e n t along r u n w a y 12 K n o t H e a d w i n d
Field length 3500 Feet

CRUISE CONDITIONS:
Total d i s t a n c e 5 6 5 Nautical Miles
Pressure altitude 7 5 0 0 Feet-
Temperature 16°
E x p e c t e d w i n d enroute 10 Knot H e a d w i n d

LANDING CONDITIONS:
Field pressure altitude 2 0 0 0 Feet
Temperature 25°C
Field length 3 0 0 0 Feet

T A K E O F F ^ / ^

T h e takeoff distance chart, Figure 5-6, s h o u l d be c o n s u l t e d ,

k e e p i n g in m i n d that distances s h o w n are b a s e d o n the short field
t e c h n i q u e . C o n s e r v a t i v e d i s t a n c e s c a n be e s t a b l i s h e d b y reading
the chart at the next higher v a l u e of w e i g h t , altitude a n d
t e m p e r a t u r e . For e x a m p l e , in this particular s a m p l e p r o b l e m , the
"takeoff distance information p r e s e n t e d for a weight of 3 6 0 0 pounds,^
pressure altitude of 2 0 0 0 feet a n d a t e m p e r a t u r e of 3 0 ° C s h o u l d be
used a n d results in the following:

I G r o u n d roll
T o t a l distance to clear a 5 0 - f o o t o b s t a c l e
1200 Feet
2 5 1 0 Feet
 CESSNA SECTIONS
MODEL 206H CESSNA SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE

W i t h this factor i n c l u d e d , the fuel estimate w o u l d be calculated as T h e s e distances are well within the available takeoff field length.
follows: H o w e v e r , a correction for the effect of w i n d m a y be m a d e based on
Note 3 of t h e takeoff chart. T h e correction for a 12 knot h e a d w i n d i,s:
Fuel to climb, s t a n d a r d t e m p e r a t u r e 3.4
' Increase due to n o n s t a n d a r d t e m p e r a t u r e 0^ 12 Knots X 1 0 % = 1 3 % D e c r e a s e
(3.4 X 1 6 % ) 9 Knots

C o r r e c t e d fuel to climb 3.9 Gallons

T h i s results in the following d i s t a n c e s , c o r r e c t e d for w i n d :
U s i n g a similar p r o c e d u r e for the distance to climb results in 15
nautical miles.
G r o u n d roll, ze ro w i n d 1200
T h e resultant cruise distance is: D e c r e a s e in g r o u n d roll -156
(1200 feet X 13%)
Total distance 565 C o r r e c t e d g r o u n d roll 1044 Feet
Climb distance -15
Cruise d i s t a n c e 5 5 0 Nautical Total d i s t a n c e to clear a
' Miles 50-foot o b s t a c l e , zero w i n d 2510
D e c r e a s e in total distance .
W i t h a n e x p e c t e d 10 k not h e a d w i n d , the g r o u n d s p e e d for cruise is (2510 feet X 13%) -326
p r e d i c t e d to b e :
.• •'. C o r r e c t e d total distance
139 to clear 50-foot obstacle 2 1 8 4 Feet

129 K n o t s CRUISE

T h e r e f o r e , t h e t i m e r e q u i r e d for the cruise portion of t he trip is:
5 5 0 Nautical Miles = 4 3 Hours
129 K n o t s • _
T h e f u e l r e q u i r e d for cruise is: *,
4 . 3 h o u r s X 14.7 gallons/hour = 63.2 G a l l o n s
A 4 5 - m i n u t e r e s e r v e requires:
X 14.7 gallons / hour = 11.0 G a l l o n s
The cruising altitude should be selected based on a
consideration of trip length, w i n d s aloft, a n d t h e airplane's
p e r f o r m a n c e . A typical cruising altitude a n d the e x p e c t e d w i n d
_ enroute have been given for this s a m p l e p r o b l e m . Ho we ve r, the
p o w e r setting selection for cruise m u s t be d e t e r m i n e d b a s e d o n
several c o n s i d e r a t i o n s . T h e s e include the cruise performance
characteristics p r e s e n t e d in Figure 5-9, the range profile chart
p r e s e n t e d in Figure 5-10, a n d the e n d u r a n c e profile chart p re se n t e d
in Figure 5 - 1 1 .
T h e relationship b e t w e e n p o w e r a n d r a n g e is illustrated by t h e
range profile chart. C o n s i d e r a b l e fuel sa vi n g s a n d longer range
result w h e n lower p o w e r settings are u s e d . For this s a m p l e p r o b l e m ,
a cruise p o w e r of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 6 5 % will be u s e d .

Oct 5/98 5-7

Oct 5/98 5-5
SECTIONS CESSNA
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H
SECTION 5 CESSNA
PERFORMANCE M O D E L 206H

T h e cruise p e r f o r m a n c e chart, Figure 5-9, is e n t e r e d at 8 0 0 0 feet

altitude a n d 2 0 ° C a b o v e s t a n d a r d t e m p e r a t u r e . T h e s e values m o s t T h e total e s t i m a t e d fuel required is as f o l l o w s :
nearly c o r r e s p o n d to t h e p l a n n e d altitude a n d e x p e c t e d t e m p e r a t u r e
conditions. T h e e n g i n e s p e e d c h o s e n is 2 5 0 0 R P M a n d 2 2 inches
E n g i n e start, taxi, a n d takeoff 2.5
of manifold p r e s s u r e , w h i c h results in the following:
Climb 3.9
Cruise 63.2
Power 67% Reserve ii.o
True airspeed 139 Knots
Cruise fuel flow 14.7 G P H
Total fuel required . 8 0 . 6 Gallons

I O n c e the flight is unden/vay, g r o u n d s p e e d c h e c k s will provide a

F U E L R E Q U I R E D
m o r e accurate basis for e s t i m a t i n g the time e n r o u t e a n d t h e
c o r r e s p o n d i n g fuel required to c o m p l e t e the trip with a m p l e reserve.
T h e total fuel r e q u i r e m e n t for the flight m a y be e s t i m a t e d using
the p e r f o r m a n c e information in Figure 5-8 a n d Figure 5-9. For this LANDING
s a m p l e p r o b l e m . Figure 5-8 s h o w s that a climb f r o m 2 0 0 0 feet to
8000 feet at a w e i g h t of 3 6 0 0 lbs. requires 2.9 gallons of fuel. T h e
A p r o c e d u r e similar to takeoff s h o u l d be u s e d for e s t i m a t i n g the
c o r r e s p o n d i n g distance d u r i n g t h e climb is 13 nautical mjles. T h e s e
| l a n d i n g distance at the destination airport. Figure 5 - 1 2 presents
v a l u e s are for a s t a n d a r d t e m p e r a t u r e a n d are sufficiently a c c u r a t e
landing distance information for t h e short field t e c h n i q u e . T h e
for m o s t flight p l a n n i n g p u r p o s e s . H o w e v e r , a further correction for
d i s t a n c e s c o r r e s p o n d i n g to 2 0 0 0 feet a n d 3 0 ° C are as f o l l o w s :
the effect of t e m p e r a t u r e m a y be m a d e as noted o n t h e climb chart.
The a p p r o x i m a t e effect of a n o n s t a n d a r d t e m p e r a t u r e is to increase
G r o u n d roll 8 3 0 Feet
the t i m e , fuel, a n d distance by 1 0 % for e a c h 10°C a b o v e s t a n d a r d
t e m p e r a t u r e , d u e to the lower rate of climb. In this c a s e , a s s u m i n g a Total distance to clear a 50-foot o b s t a c l e 1 5 3 0 Feet
t e m p e r a t u r e 16°C a b o v e s t a n d a r d , t h e correction w o u l d b e :
A correction for the effect of w i n d m a y b e m a d e b a s e d on Note 2
of the landing chart, using the s a m e p r o c e d u r e as outlined for
16° X 1 0 % = 1 6 % Increase takeoff.
10°C

DEMONSTRATED OPERATING TEMPERATURE

Satisfactory e n g i n e cooling h a s b e e n d e m o n s t r a t e d for this
airplane with an o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e 2 3 ° C a b o v e s t a n d a r d . This
is not to b e c o n s i d e r e d as a n o p e r a t i n g limitation. R e f e r e n c e s h o u l d
be m a d e to Section 2 for e n g i n e o p e r a t i n g limitations.

5-6 May 30/01

5-8
CESSNA SECTION 5 CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE

ALTIMETER CORRECTION AIRSPEED CALIBRATION

NORMAL STATIC S O U R C E
ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE

NOTE:
CONDITIONS: Power required for level flight or m a x i m u m power
Add correction to desired altitude to obtain indicated altitude to fly. Windows descent.
closed, ventilators closed, cabin tieater, cabin air, and defroster on maximum.

CONDITIONS: Power required for level fligtit or maximum power descent.

FLAPS
UP
/
C O R R E C T I O N T O BE A D D E D - F E E T KIAS 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180
CONDITION: KIAS - a l t e r n a t e s t a t i c s o u r c e O N
FLAPS UP KCAS 63 71 79 89 98 108 118 128 138 148 158 168 177
60 80 100 120 140
FLAPS
S.L. 40 20 10 . 0 0 20°
2000 f t . 40 20 10 0 0
KIAS 50 60 70 80 90 100 ,
4000 ft. 40 20 10 0 0
KCAS 57 62 70 80 90 100 .- --
6000 ft. 50 30 10 0 0
FLAPS
8000 f t . 50 30 10 0 0
FULL
10,000 f t . 60 30 10 0 0
KIAS 50 60 70 80 90 100
12,000 f t . 60 30 10 0 0
KCAS 56 63 71 80 91 102 -
14,000 f t . 60 40 20 0 0

F i g u r e 5 - 1 . A i r s p e e d C a l i b r a t i o n ( S h e e t 1 of 2 )
F i g u r e 5 - 2 . A l t i m e t e r C o r r e c t i o n ( S h e e t 1 of 2)

Oct 5/98 5-11 Oct 5/98 5-9

SECTION 5 CESSNA SECTION 5 CESSNA
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H

AIRSPEED CALIBRATION ALTIMETER CORRECTION

ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE
ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE

VENTS AND WINDOWS CLOSED

NOTE: Add correction to desired altitude to obtain indicated altitude to fly.
Windows closed, ventilators closed, cabin heater, cabin air, and de-
froster on maximum.
NOTE: Windows closed, ventilators closed, cabin heater, cabin air, and
defroster on maximum. CONDITIONS: Power required for level flight or maximum power descent.

CONDITIONS: Power required for level flight or maximum power descent.

C O R R E C T I O N T O BE A D D E D - F E E T
CONDITION: KIAS - a l t e r n a t e s t a t i c s o u r c e O N
FLAPS 20°
60 80 100 120 140
FLAPS
UP S.L. 40 30 30 - -
KIAS 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 1 4 0 150 160 170 180 2000 f t . 40 30 30 - -
ALT 68 76 84 92 101 110 120 130 1 4 0 1 5 0 161 172 184
4000 f t . 40 30 30 - -
KIAS 6000 f t . 50 30 40 - -
FLAPS 8000 f t . 50 30 40 - - -
20° 10,000 f t . 50 30 40 -
KIAS 50 60 70 80 90 100 - - -

ALT 61 68 75 84 94 105 - - - C O R R E C T I O N T O BE A D D E D - F E E T
CONDITION: KIAS - a l t e r n a t e static s o u r c e O N
KIAS FLAPS FULL
60 80 100 120 140
FLAPS
FULL S.L. 50 60 70 - -
KIAS 50 60 70 80 90 100 - - - 2000 f t . 50 60 70 - -
4000 f t . 60 70 80 - -
ALT 62 70 78 89 99 110 - - -
KIAS 6000 f t . 60 70 80 - -
8000 f t . 70 80 90 - -
10,000 f t . 70 80 90 - -

F i g u r e 5 - 2 . A l t i m e t e r C o r r e c t i o n ( S h e e t 2 of 2 )

F i g u r e 5 - 1 . A i r s p e e d C a l i b r a t i o n ( S h e e t 2 of 2 )

5-12 Oct 5/98

5-10 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE

CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE TEMPERATURE CONVERSION CHART

120
CROSSWIND COMPONENTS

NOTE

-40 -20 0 20 40 60
CROSSWIND COMPONENT-KNOTS DEGREES - CELSIUS
%

Figure 5-3. T e m p e r a t u r e Conversion Chart

Figure 5-5. C r o s s w i n d C o m p o n e n t s

Oct 5/98 5-13

M a v 30/01 5-15
SECTION 5 CESSNA
SECTION 5 CESSNA
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H

S T A L L S P E E D S AT 3600 POUNDS
SHORT FIELD TAKEOFF DISTANCE
AT 3600 POUNDS
CONDITIONS:
Conditions:
Power Off Flaps 20°
2700 RPM, Full Throttle and Mixture Set Prior to Brake Release
MOST REARWARD C E N T E R O F GRAVITY Cowl Flaps Open
Paved, level, dry runway
Zero Wmd
ANGLE OF BANK Lift Off: 56 KIAS
Speed at 50 Ft: 72 KIAS
FLAP
0° 30° 45° 60°
SETTING
o°c 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C
KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS
Press Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total
UP 50 62 54 67 59 74 71 88 Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To
20° 42 57 45 61 Alt Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear
50 68 59 81
In 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft
FULL 38 54 41 58 46 64 55 76
Feet Obst Obst Obst Obst Obst
S. L. 820 1675 880 1795 940 1925 1010 2 0 6 5 1075 2 2 1 0
1000 895 1835 960 1970 1025 2 1 1 5 1100 2 2 7 0 1175 2 4 4 0
MOST FORWARD C E N T E R O F GRAVITY 2000 975 2020 1045 2 1 7 0 1120 2 3 3 5 1200 2 5 1 0 1285 2 7 0 0
3000 1065 2 2 3 0 1145 2 4 0 0 1225 2 5 8 5 1315 2 7 9 0 1405 3 0 1 0

ANGLE OF B A N K 4000 1165 2 4 7 0 1250 2 6 6 5 1345 2 8 8 0 1440 3 1 2 0 1540 3 3 8 0

FLAP 5000 1275 2 7 5 0 1370 2 9 8 0 1475 3 2 3 5 1580 3 5 1 5 1695 3 8 2 5
0° 30° 45° 60°
SETTING 6000 1400 3 0 8 5 1505 3355 1620 3 6 6 0 1735 4 0 0 5 1860 4 3 9 5
KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS ...
7000 1540 3 4 9 0 1655 3 8 2 0 1780 4 2 0 0 1915 4 6 4 0 ...
UP 54 67 58 72 64 80 76 95 ... ... ... ...
8000 1695 4 0 0 0 1825 4 4 2 0 1965 4 9 2 0
20° 47 60 51 65 56 71 66 85
FULL 44 57 47 61 52 68 62 81 NOTES:

1. Short field technique as specified in Section 4.

2. Prior to takeoff, the mixture should be leaned to the Maximum Power
Fuel Flow schedule in a full throttle, static runup.
3. Decrease distances 10% for each 9 knots headwind. For operation
NOTES:
with tail winds up to 10 knots, increase distances by 10% for each 2
1. Altitude loss during a stall recovery may be as mucti as 360 feet. knots.
2. KIAS values are approximate. 4. Where distance value has been deleted, climb performance after lift-
off is less than 150 FPM at takeoff speed.
5. For operation on dry, grass runway, increase distances by 15% of
the "ground roll" figure.

Figure 5-6. Short Field T a k e o f f D i s t a n c e ( S h e e t 1 of 3)

F i g u r e 5 - 4 . Stall S p e e d s

5-16 Oct 5/98

5-14 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 5 CESSNA SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE
MODEL 206H

SHORT FIELD T A K E O F F DISTANCE

MAXIMUM RATE-OF-CLIMB AT 3600 POUNDS AT 3300 POUNDS
CONDITIONS:
CONDITIONS:
Flaps 20°
2700 RPM, Full Throttle and Mixture Set Prior to Brake Release
Flaps Up
Cowl Flaps Open
2700 RPM Paved, level, dry runway
Full Throttle Zero Wind
Mixture Set to Maximum Power Fuel Flow Schedule Lift Off: 54 KIAS
Cowl Flaps Open Speed at 50 Ft: 69 KIAS

0°C 10°C 20°C 30°C 40''C

Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total
Press Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To
Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear
Alt 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft
In Obst Obst Obst Obst Obst
Feet
PRESS CLIMB RATE O F C L I M B - F P M
ALT SPEED S. L. 670 1365 720 1460 770 1560 825 1665 880 1780
FT KIAS -20°C 0°C 20"C 40°C 1000 730 1490 785 1595 840 1705 895 1825 960 1955
S.L. 86 1120 1045 970 895 2000 795 1630 855 1750 915 1875 980 2005 1045 2 1 5 0
2000 85 990 915 840 770 3000 870 1790 930 1920 1000 2060 1070 2 2 1 0 1145 2 3 7 5

4000 84 860 785 715 645 4000 950 1970 1020 2 1 2 0 1090 2275 1170 2450 1250 2 6 3 5

590 525 5000 1040 2 1 7 5 1115 2 3 4 5 1195 2 5 2 5 1280 2 7 2 5 1370 2 9 4 0

6000 83 730 660
6000 1140 2 4 1 5 1225 2 6 1 0 1310 2 8 2 0 1405 3 0 5 0 1505 3 3 0 0
8000 82 600 535 465 395
7000 1250 2 6 9 5 1340 2 9 2 0 1440 3 1 6 5 1545 3 4 4 0 1655 3 7 4 5
10,000 82 475 405 340 270
8000 1375 3 0 3 0 1475 3 2 9 5 1585 3590 1705 3925 1825 4 3 1 0
12,000 81 350 280 215 ...
14,000 80 220 155 ... ... NOTES:

1. Short field technique as specified in Section 4.

2. Prior to takeoff, the mixture should be leaned to the Maximum Power
Fuel Flow schedule in a full throttle, static runup.
3. Decrease distances 1 0 % for each 9 knots headwind. For operation
with tail winds up to 10 knots, increase distances by 10% for each 2
knots.
4. Where distance value has been deleted, climb performance after lift-
off is less than 150 FPM at takeoff speed.
5. For operation on dry, grass runway, increase distances by 15% of
the "ground roll" figure.

* F i g u r e 5 - 6 . S h o r t F i e l d T a k e o f f D i s t a n c e ( S h e e t 2 of 3 )
F i g u r e 5 - 7 . M a x i m u m R a t e of C l i m b ( S h e e t 1 of 3 )

Oct 5/98 5-19 Oct 5/98 5-17

SECTION 5 SECTION 5 CESSNA
CESSNA
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H

SHORT FIELD T A K E O F F DISTANCE

MAXIMUM RATE-OF-CLIMB AT 3300 POUNDS
AT 3000 POUNDS
CONDITIONS: CONDITIONS:

Flaps 2 0 ° Flaps Up
2700 RPM, Full Throttle and Mixture Set Prior to Brake Release 2700 RPM
Cowl Flaps Open
Paved, level, dry runway Full Throttle
Zero Wind Mixture Set to Maximum Power Fuel Flow Schedule
Lift Off: 51 KIAS Cowl Flaps Open
Speed at 50 Ft: 66 KIAS

0°C 10°C 20°C 30°C 40°C

/
Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total
Press Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To
Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear
Alt 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft
In Obst Obst Obst Obst Obst PRESS CLIMB RATE O F C L I M B - F P M
Feet ALT SPEED
S. L. 540 1100 580 1170 620 1250 665 1330 705 1420
FT KIAS -20°C OX 20°C 40°C
1000 590 1195 630 1275 675 1360 720 1455 770 1550 S.L. 84 1285 1210 1130 1055
2000 640 1300 685 1390 735 1485 785 1590 840 1695 2000 83 1145 1070 995 925
3000 700 1425 750 1520 800 1630 855 1740 915 1860 4000 82 1005 935 865 795
4000 760 1560 815 1670 875 1790 935 1915 1000 2 0 5 0 6000 81 870 800 730 665
5000 830 1710 895 1835 955 1970 1025 2 1 1 0 1095 2 2 6 5 8000 80 735 665 600 535
6000 910 1885 975 2025 1050 2 1 7 5 1120 2 3 4 0 1200 2 5 1 5
10,000 80 600 535 470 400
7000 995 2085 1070 2 2 4 5 1150 2 4 1 5 1230 2 6 0 5 1320 2 8 0 5
12,000 79 465 400 335 270
8000 1095 2 3 1 5 1175 2 5 0 0 1260 2 7 0 0 1355 2 9 1 5 1450 3 1 5 5
14,000 78 335 270 205 —

NOTES:

1. Short field technique as specified in Section 4.

2. Prior to takeoff, the mixture should be leaned to the Maximum Power
Fuel Flow schedule in a full throttle, static runup.
3. Decrease distances 1 0 % for each 9 knots headwind. For operation
with tail winds up to 10 knots, increase distances by 10% for each 2
knots.
4. Where distance value has been deleted, climb performance after lift-
off is less than 150 FPM at takeoff speed.
5. For operation on dry, grass runway, increase distances by 15% of
the "ground roll" figure. ,
F i g u r e 5 - 7 . M a x i m u m Rate o f C l i m b (Sheet 2 of 3)
F i g u r e 5-6. S h o r t Field Takeoff D i s t a n c e (Sheet 3 of 3)

5-20 Oct 5/98

5-18 Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 5 CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE

TIME, F U E L AND DISTANCE TO CLIMB

MAXIMUM RATE-OF-CLIMB AT 3000 POUNDS
AT 3300 POUNDS

CONDITIONS:
MAXIMUM R A T E O F CLIMB
Flaps Up
2700 RPM
CONDITIONS: Full Throttle
Mixture Set to Maximum Power Fuel Flow Schedule
Flaps Up
Cowl Flaps Open
2700 RPM, Full Throttle, Mixture Set to Maximum Power Fuel Flow Schedule
Cowl Flaps Open
Standard Temperature #

PRESS RATE F R O M SEA LEVEL

CLIMB
ALT OF TIME FUEL PRESS CLIMB RATE O F C L I M B - F P M
SPEED DIST
FT CLIMB IN USED ALT SPEED
KIAS NM
FPM MIN GAL FT KIAS -20°C 0°C 20°C 40°C
S.L. 84 1150 0 0.0 0 S.L. 81 1475 1400 1320 1240
2000 83 1030 2 0.8 3 2000 80 1325 1250 1175 1100
4000 82 910 4 1.7 5 4000 79 1180 1105 1035 965
6000 81 790 6 2.7 9 6000 79 1030 960 895 825
8000 80 670 9 3.7 13 8000 78 885 820 755 685
10,000 80 550 12 4.9 18 10,000 77 745 680 615 550
12,000 79 430 17 6.2 24 12,000 76 600 540 475 410
14,000 78 310 22 7.8 33 14,000 76 460 400 335 275

NOTES:

1. Add 2.5 gallons of fuel for engine start, taxi and takeoff allowance.
2. Mixture leaned to Maximum Power Fuel Flow schedule for smooth
engine operation and increased power.
3. Increase time, fuel and distance by 10% for each 10°C above
standard temperature.
4. Distances shown are based on zero wind.

F i g u r e 5 - 8 . T i m e , F u e l a n d D i s t a n c e t o C l i m b ( S h e e t 2 of 6) F i g u r e 5 - 7 . M a x i m u m R a t e of C l i m b ( S h e e t 3 of 3)

Oct 5/98 5-21

Oct 5/98 5-23
 SECTION 5 CESSNA
SECTION 5 CESSNA
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H

TIME, F U E L AND DISTANCE TO CLIMB TIME, F U E L AND DISTANCE TO CLIMB

AT 3600 POUNDS A T 3000 POUNDS

MAXIMUM R A T E O F CLIMB MAXIMUM R A T E O F CLIMB

CONDITIONS:
CONDITIONS:
Flaps Up
Flaps Up ~ ^
2700 RPM, Full Throttle, Mixture Set to Maximum Power Fuel Flow Schedule 2700 RPM, Full Throttle, Mixture Set to Maximum Power Fuel Flow Schedule
Cowl Flaps Open Cowl Flaps Open
Standard Temperature
Standard Temperature

F R O M SEA LEVEL PRESS RATE F R O M SEA LEVEL

PRESS RATE CLIMB
CLIMB ALT OF
ALT OF TIME FUEL SPEED TIME FUEL
SPEED DIST FT CLIMB DIST
FT CLIMB IN USED KIAS IN USED
KIAS NM' FPM NM
FPM MIN GAL MIN GAL
S.L. 81 1340 0 0.0 0
S.L. 86 990 0 0.0 0
2000 80 1210 2 0.7 2
2000 85 875 2 1.0 3
7 4000 79 1080 3 1.5 5
4000 84 760 5 2.0
11 6000 79 950 5 2.3 7
6000 83 650 8 3.2
4.4 16 8000 78 825 8 3.1 11
8000 82 535 11
10,000 77 695 10 4.0 14
10,000 82 425 15 5.9 22
7.7 12,000 76 565 14 5.1 19
12,000 81 310 21 31
14,000 76 440 18 6.2 25
14,000 80 195 29 10.1 44

NOTES:
NOTES:

1. A d d 2.5 gallons of fuel for engine start, taxi and takeoff allowance. 1. Add 2.5 gallons of fuel for engine start, taxi and takeoff allowance.
2. Mixture leaned to Maximum Power Fuel Flow schedule for smooth ^
2. Mixture leaned to Maximum Power Fuel Flow schedule for smooth
engine operation and increased power.
engine operation and increased power.
3. Increase time, fuel and distance by 10% for each 10°C above
3. Increase time, fuel and distance by 10% for each 10°C above
standard temperature.
standard temperature.
4. Distances shown are based on zero wind.
4. Distances shown are based on zero wind.

F i g u r e 5 - 8 . T i m e , F u e l a n d D i s t a n c e t o C l i m b ( S h e e t 1 of 6 ) F i g u r e 5 - 8 . T i m e , F u e l a n d D i s t a n c e t o C l i m b ( S h e e t 3 of 6)

Oct 5/98 5-24 Oct 5/98

5-22
CESSNA SECTION 5 CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE

TIME, F U E L AND DISTANCE TO CLIMB TIME, F U E L AND DISTANCE T O CLIMB

AT 3000 POUNDS AT 3600 POUNDS

NORMAL CLIMB - 95 KIAS NORMAL CLIMB - 95 KIAS

MIXTURE SETTING MIXTURE SETTING

PRESS ALT GPH PRESS ALT GPH

Flaps Up
Flaps Up 2500 RPM, 25 in. Hg. or Full Throttle, S.L.to 4000 20
S.L t o 4000 20
2500 RPM, 25 in. Hg. or Full Throttle, Cowl Flaps As Required 6000 19
6000 19 Standard Temperature
Cowl Flaps As Required 8000 18
8000 18
Standard Temperature 10,000 17
10,000 17

PRESS RATE F R O M SEA LEVEL

RATE F R O M SEA LEVEL ALT OF TIME FUEL

PRESS DIST
OF FT CLIMB IN USED
ALT TIME FUEL , i NM
CLIMB DIST FPM MIN . GAL
FT IN USED
FPM NM
MIN GAL S.L. 675 0 0.0 0
S.L. 950 0 0.0 0 I 2000 675 3 1.0 5
2000 950 2 0.7 3 4000 675 6 2.0 9
i
4000 955 4 1.4 6 6000 565 9 3.0 15
*
6000 830 6 2.1 10 8000 465 13 4.3 22
8000 715 9 2.9 14 1 10,000 365 18 5.7 30
10,000 595 12 3.8 20

NOTES: ' • NOTES:

1. Add 2.5 gallons of fuel for engine start, taxi and takeoff allowance. 1. Add 2.5 gallons of fuel for engine start, taxi and takeoff allowance.
2. Increase time, fuel and distance by 1 0 % for each 10°C above 2. Increase time, fuel and distance by 1 0 % for each 10°C above
standard temperature. standard temperature.
3. Distances shown are based on zero wind. 3. Distances shown are based on zero wind.

F i g u r e 5 - 8 . T i m e , ' F u e l a n d D i s t a n c e t o C l i m b ( S h e e t 6 of 6 ) F i g u r e 5 - 8 . T i m e , F u e l a n d D i s t a n c e t o C l i m b ( S h e e t 4 of 6 )

Oct 5/98 5-27 Oct 5/98 5-25

 SECTION 5 CESSNA
SECTION 5 CESSNA
PERFORMANCE M O D E L 206H
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H

TIME, F U E L AND DISTANCE T O CLIMB CRUISE PERFORMANCE

P R E S S U R E A L T I T U D E 2000 F E E T
AT 3300 POUNDS
CONDITIONS:

NORMAL CLIMB - 95 KIAS 3600 Pounds

Recommended Lean Mixture
Cowl Flaps Closed
CONDITIONS: MIXTURE SETTING
PRESS ALT GPH
Flaps Up
2500 RPM, 25 In. Hg. or Full Throttle, S.L. t o 4000 20
20°C BELOW STANDARD 20°C ABOVE
Cowl Flaps As Required 6000 19 STANDARD TEMP TEMPERATURE STANDARD TEMP
Standard Temperature 8000 18 -9°C
RPM MP ire 3rc
10,000 17
% % %
KTAS GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH
BPH BPH BPH
2500 25 79 137 17.7 76 138 17.1 73 139 16.5
24 75 134 16.8 72 135 16.2 70 135 15.7
23 70 131 15.9 68 131 15.3 66 132« 14.9
RATE F R O M SEA LEVEL
PRESS 22 66 127 15.0 64 128 14.6 62 128 14.2
ALT OF TIME FUEL
DIST 21 62 124 14.2 60 124 13.8 58 124 13.5
FT CLIMB IN USED
FPM NM 20 58 120 13.5 56 120 13.1 54 120 12.8
MIN GAL
S.L. 800 0 0.0 0 2400 25 76 135 17.0 73 136 16.4 71 136 15.9
2000 805 2 0.8 4 24 72 132 15.1 69 132 15.6 67 133 15.1
4000 805 5 1.7 8 23 68 129 15.3 66 129 14.8 63 129 14.4
22 64 125 14.5 62 126 14.1 60 125 13.8
6000 690 8 2.5 12
21 60 122 13.8 58 122 13.4 56 122 13.1
8000 580 11 3.5 17
20 56 118 13.1 54 118 12.8 52 118 12.5
10,000 470 15 4.6 24
2300 25 72 132 16.2 70 133 15.7 67 133 15.2
24 68 129 15.4 66 130 14.9 64 130 14.5
NOTES: 23 65 126 14.7 62 126 14.3 60 126 13.9
22 61 123 14.0 59 123 13.6 57 123 13.2
1. Add 2.5 gallons of fuel for engine start, taxi and takeoff allowance.
2. Increase time, fuel and distance by 10% for each 10°C above 21 57 119 13.3 55 119 13.0 54 119 12.7.
standard temperature. 20 54 115 12.7 52 115 12.4 50 114 12.1
3. Distances shown are based on zero wind.

(Continued)

F i g u r e 5 - 8 . T i m e , F u e l a n d D i s t a n c e t o C l i m b ( S h e e t 5 o f 6) F i g u r e 5 - 9 . C r u i s e P e r f o r m a n c e ( S h e e t 1 of 10)

5-28 Oct 5/98

S-26 Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 5 CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE

CRUISE PERFORMANCE CRUISE PERFORMANCE

P R E S S U R E A L T I T U D E 2000 F E E T (Continued)
P R E S S U R E A L T I T U D E 4000 F E E T (Continued) f
CONDITIONS:
CONDITIONS:
3600 Pounds
3600 Pounds
Recommended Lean Mixture
Cowl Flaps Closed Recommended Lean Mixture
Cowl Flaps Closed

20°C BELOW STANDARD 20°C ABOVE

STANDARD TEMP TEMPERATURE STANDARD TEMP
RPM MP
-9°C / 11°C 3rc
20°C BELOW STANDARD 20°C ABOVE %
KTAS % %
STANDARD TEMP TEMPERATURE STANDARD TEMP BPH GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH
BPH BPH
-13°C 7°C 27°C
RPM MP
2200 25 68 129 15.3 66 130 14.8 64 130 14.5
% % %
KTAS GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH 24 65 126 14.6 62 126 14.2 60 126 13.9
BPH BPH BPH
65 23 61 123 14.0 59 123 13.6 57 123 13.2
2200 25 70 133 15.7 68 133 15.2 133 14.8
22 58 119 13.3 56 1.19 13.0 54 119 12.7
24 66 129 15.0 64 130 14.5 62 130 14.2
59 21 54 115 12.8 52 115 12.5 50 115 12.2
23 63 126 14.3 61 126 13.9 126 13.5
13.3 55 123 20 50 111 12.2 49 111 11.9 47 110 11.5
22 59 123 13.7 57 123 13.0
21 56 119 13.0 54 119 12.7 52 118 12.4
2100 25 64 125 14.5 62 126 14.1 60 126 13.8
20 52 115 12.5 50 114 12.2 49 114 11.8
24 61 122 13.9 59 122 13.5 57 122 13.2
129 14.5 62 129 14.1 23 57 119 13.3 55 119 13.0 54 119 12.7
2100 25 66 129 14.9 64
126 13.9 58 126 13.5 22 54 115 12.8 52 115 12.5 50 115 12.2
24 63 126 14.3 60
13.6 122 13.2 55 122 12.9 21 51 112 12.2 49 111 11.9 47 111 11.6
23 59 122 57
56 13.0 54 119 12.7 52 118 12.4 20 47 107 11.5 46 107 11.2 44 105 11.0
22 119
21 52 115 12.5 50 115 12.2 49 114 11.9
20 49 111 11.9 47 110 11.5 46 109 11.2

F i g u r e 5 - 9 . C r u i s e P e r f o r m a n c e ( S h e e t 4 of 1 0 ) F i g u r e 5 - 9 . C r u i s e P e r f o r m a n c e ( S h e e t 2 of 1 0 )

Oct 5 / 9 8 5-31 Oct 5 / 9 8 5-29

SECTION 5 CESSNA SECTION 5 CESSNA
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H

CRUISE PERFORMANCE CRUISE PERFORMANCE

P R E S S U R E ALTITUDE 4000 F E E T
P R E S S U R E A L T I T U D E 6000 F E E T
CONDITIONS: CONDITIONS:

3600 Pounds 3600 Pounds

Recommended Lean Mixture Recommended Lean Mixture

Cowl Flaps Closed Cowl Flaps Closed

20°C BHLOW STANDARD 20°C ABOVE

STANDARD TEMP TEMPERATURE STANDARD TEMP 20°C BELOW STANDARD 20°C ABOVE
-17°C 3°C 23°C STANDARD TEMP TEMPERATURE STANDARD TEMP
RPM M P
RPM MP
-13°C 7°C 27°C
% % %
KTAS GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH
BPH BPH BPH % % %
KTAS GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH
BPH BPH BPH
2500 23.5 76 140 17.2 74 141 16.6 71 141 16.0
2500 25 81 141 18.1 78 142 17.5 75 142 15.9
23 74 138 16.7 72 139 16.1 59 139 15.6
24 76 138 17.2 74 139 16.6 71 139 15.1
22 70 135 15.8 58 135 15.2 65 135 14.8
23 72 135 15.3 70 135 15.7 58 136 15.2
21 66 131 14.9 54 131 14.4 61 13'1 14.1
127 14.1 127 22 68 131 15.4 66 132 14.9. 64 132 14.5
20 62 60 127 13.7 58 13.3
13.3 55 54 122 21 64 128 14.6 62 128 14.1 60 128 13.8
19 58 123 123 13.0 12.7
20 60 123 13.8 58 123 13.4 56 123" 13.1
2400 23.5 73 138 16.5 71 138 15.9 58 139 15.4
16.1 2400 25 78 138 17.4 75 139 16.8 72 140 15.3
23 71 136 69 137 15.5 57 137 15.0
65 24 74 135 16.6 71 136 16.0 69 137 15.5
22 67 133 15.2 133 14.7 53 133 14.3
23 70 132 15.7 67 133 15.1 65 133 14.7
21 63 129 14.4 61 129 14.0 59 129 13.5
22 66 129 14.8 63 129 14.4 61 129 14.0
20 59 125 13.7 57 125 13.3 55 125 13.0
13.0 53 52 120 12.4 21 52 125 14.1 60 125 13.7 58 125 13.4
19 55 120 120 12.7
20 58 121 13.4 56 121 13.0 54 121 12.8
2300 23.5 70 135 15.8 68 135 15.2 55 135 14.8
54 134 2300 25 74 136 16.5 71 136 15.1 69 137 15.5
23 58 133 15.3 66 134 14.8 14.5
130 14.6 62 130 13.8 24 70 133 15.8 68 133 15.2 56 134 14.8
22 64 130 14.2 60
126 13.9 58 126 55 125 23 55 130 15.0 64 130 14.6 52 130 14.2
21 61 13.5 13.1
53 12.6 22 53 126 14.3 61 126 13.9 59 126 13.5
20 57 122 13.2 55 122 12.9 121
116 21 59 122 13.6 57 122 13.2 55 122 12.9
19 53 118 12.6 51 117 12.3 49 12.0
20 55 118 13.0 53 118 12.7 51 118 12.4
(Continued)
(Continued)

F i g u r e 5 - 9 . C r u i s e P e r f o r m a n c e ( S h e e t 5 of 10) F i g u r e 5 - 9 . C r u i s e P e r f o r m a n c e ( S h e e t 3 of 10)

5-32 Oct 5/98 5-30 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 5 CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE M O D E L 206H PERFORMANCE

CRUISE PERFORMANCE CRUISE PERFORMANCE

P R E S S U R E A L T I T U D E 10,000 F E E T P R E S S U R E A L T I T U D E 6000 F E E T (Continued)
r
CONDITIONS:
CONDITIONS:
3600 Pounds
3600 Pounds
Recommended Lean Mixture
Recommended Lean Mixture
Cowl Flaps Closed
Cowl Flaps Closed

20°C BELOW STANDARD 20°C ABOVE 20°C BELOW STANDARD 20°C ABOVE
STANDARD TEMP TEMPERATURE STANDARD TEMP STANDARD TEMP TEMPERATURE STANDARD TEMP
MP -25°C -5°C 15°C -17°C 3°C 23°C
RPM RPM MP
% % % % % %
KTAS GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH
BPH BPH BPH BPH BPH BPH
2500 20 65 134 14.7 63 135 14.3 . 61 135 13.9 2200 23.5 66 132 14.9 64 132 14.5 62 132 14.1
19 61 130 14.0 59 130 13.5 57 129 13.2 23 65 130 14.6 62 130 14.2 60 130 13.8
18 57 125 13.2 54 125 12.8 53 124 12.6 22 61 126 14.0 59 126 13.6 57 125 13.2
21 57 122 13.3 55 122 13.0 • 53 122 12.7
2400 20 63 132 14.3 60 132 13.9 58 132 13.5
20 54 118 12.7 52 118 12.4 50 117 12.1
19 59 128 13.5 56 127 13.1 55 127 12.9
19 50 114 12.1 48 113 11.8 47 111 11.4
18 55 123 12.8 53 122 12.5 51 121 12.2
2100 23.5 63 128 14.3 60 128 13.9 58 128 13.5
2300 20 60 129 13.8 58 129 13.4 56 128 13.0
23 61 126 14.0 59 126 13.5 57 126 13.2
19 56 125 13.1 54 124 12.8 52 123 12.5
22 57 122 13.3 55 122 13.0 53 122 12.7
18 52 120 12.5 50 119 12.2 48 116 11.8
21 54 119 12.7 52 118 12.4 50 118 12.2
20 50 114 12.2 49 114 11.8 47 112 11.5
2200 20 57 126 13.2 55 125 12.9 53 124 12.6
19 47 110 11.5 45 108 11.2 44 105 10.9
19 53 121 12.6 51 120 12.3 49 118 12.0
18 49 116 12.0 47 114 11.6 46 112 11.3

2100 20 54 121 12.7 52 121 12.4 50 119 12.1

19 50 117 12.1 48 115 11.7 47 113 11.4
18 46 111 11.4 45 108 11.1 43 105 10.8

F i g u r e 5 - 9 . C r u i s e P e r f o r m a n c e ( S h e e t 8 of 10) F i g u r e 5 - 9 . C r u i s e P e r f o r m a n c e ( S h e e t 6 o f 10)

Oct 5/98 5-35 Oct 5/98 5-33

 CESSNA SECTION 5 CESSNA
SECTION 5
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE M O D E L 206H
PERFORMANCE

CRUISE PERFORMANCE CRUISE PERFORMANCE

P R E S S U R E A L T I T U D E 8000 F E E T P R E S S U R E A L T I T U D E 12,000 F E E T

CONDITIONS:
CONDITIONS:

3600 Pounds 3600 Pounds

Recommended Lean Mixture Recommended Lean Mixture
Cowl Flaps Closed Cowl Flaps Closed
20°C BELOW STANDARD 20°C ABOVE
STANDARD TEMP TEMPERATURE STANDARD TEMP
-21°C -rc 19°C 20°C BELOW STANDARD 20°C ABOVE
RPM MP
STANDARD TEMP TEMPERATURE STANDARD TEMP
% % %
KTAS GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH RPM -29°C -9°C ire
BPH BPH BPH MP
2500 22 72 139 16.2 69 139 15.6 67 139 15.1 % % %
KTAS GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH
BPH BPH BPH
21 68 135 15.2 65 135 14.7 63 135 14.3
20 63 131 14.4 61 131 14.0 59 131 13.6 2500 18.5 60 131 13.9 58 131 13.4 56 130 13.1
19 59 126 13.6 57 126 13.2 55 126 12.9 18 58 129 13.4 56 128 13.1 54 128 12.8
18 55 122 12.9 53 121 12.6 51 121 12.3
17 54 123 12.7 52 123 12.4 50 120 12.1
2400 22 69 136 15.6 67 137 15.0 64 137 14.6 16 49 117 12.0 48 114 11.6 46 113 11.3
21 65 132 14.7 63 132 14.3 61 133 13.9
20 61 128 14.0 59 128 13.6 57 128 13.2 2400 18.5 58 129 13.4 56 128 13.1 54 128 12.8
19 57 124 13.2 55 124 12.9 53 123 12.6
18 56 126 13.1 54 126 12.8 52 124 12.5
18 53 119 12.6 51 119 12.3 49 117 12.0
17 52 121 12.4 50 119 12.1 48 117 11.8
2300 22 66 133 14.9 64 133 14.5 62 134 14.1
16 48 114 11.6 46 111 11.3 44 108 11.0
21 62 129 14.2 60 130 13.8 58 129 13.4
20 58 125 13.5 56 125 13.1 54 125 12.8
19 54 121 12.8 53 121 12.5 51 120 12.3 2300 18.5 56 126 13.0 54 125 12.7 52 123 12.4
18 51 116 12.2 49 115 11.9 47 113 11.5 18 54 123 12.7 52 122 12.4 50 120 12.1
2200 22 63 130 14.3 60 130 13.9 58 130 13.5 17 50 118 12.0 48 115 11.7 46 113 11.3
21 59 126 13.6 57 126 13.2 55 125 12.9 16 46 110 11.2 44 108 10.9 42 102 10.7
20 55 122 13.0 53 121 12.6 51 121 12.4
19 52 117 12.4 50 117 12.1 48 115 11.7
11.7 110 45 11.1 2200 18.5 53 122 12.6 51 121 12.2 49 118 11.9
18 48 112 46 11.3 108
18 51 119 12.3 49 117 11.9 47 115 11.5
2100 22 59 126 13.6 57 126 13.2 55 126 12.9
17 47 112 11.5 45 110 11.2 44 106 10.9
21 56 122 13.0 54 122 12.7 52 121 12.4
20 52 118 12.4 50 117 12.1 48 115 11.8
19 48 113 11.8 47 111 11.4 45 109 11.2 2100 18 48 114 11.7 46 112 11.3 45 109 11.1
18 45 107 11.«1 43 105 10.8 42 102 10.5
F i g u r e 5 - 9 . C r u i s e P e r f o r m a n c e ( S h e e t 9 of 10)
F i g u r e 5 - 9 . C r u i s e P e r f o r m a n c e ( S h e e t 7 of 10)

5-36
5-34 Oct 5/98 Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 5 CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE M O D E L 206H PERFORMANCE

R A N G E PROFILE CRUISE PERFORMANCE

45 MINUTES R E S E R V E P R E S S U R E A L T I T U D E 14,000 F E E T
r
88 G A L L O N S U S A B L E F U E L

CONDITIONS: CONDITIONS:
3600 Pounds
Normal Climb to 10,000 ft ttien Maximum Performance Climb, with Placard Mixture 3600 Pounds
Recommended Lean Mixture for Cruise Recommended Lean Mixture
Standard Temperature
Zero Wind Cowl Flaps Closed

NOTE:
This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, cruise at
the designated power, and the distance during a normal climb up to 10,000 feet
and maximum climb above 10,000 feet.

20°C BELOW STANDARD 20°C ABOVE

STANDARD TEMP TEMPERATURE STANDARD TEMP
RPM MP -33°C -13°C 7°C
% % %
KTAS GPH KTAS GPH KTAS GPH
BPH BPH BPH
2500 17 55 127 13.0 53 126 12.6 51 123 12.3
16 51 121 12.3 49 1'18 11.9 47 116 11.6
15 46 112 11.4 45 109 11.1 •43 104 10.8

2400 17 53 124 12.7 51 122 12.3 50 120 12.0

16 49 117 11.9 47 115 11.6 46 111 11.2

2300 17 51 121 12.3 49 118 11.9 47 116 11.6

16 47 113 11.5 45 111 11.2 44. 105 10.9

2200 17 48 116 11.8 47 114 11.4 45 109 11.1

550 600 650 700 750

RANGE - NAUTICAL MILES

, 1285T1028

F i g u r e 5 - 1 0 . R a n g e P r o f i l e ( S h e e t 2 of 2 ) F i g u r e 5 - 9 . C r u i s e P e r f o r m a n c e ( S h e e t 1 0 of 10)

Oct 5/98 5-39 Oct 5/98 5-37

 CESSNA SECTION 5 CESSNA
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H

RANGE PROFILE ENDURANCE PROFILE

45 M I N U T E S R E S E R V E 45 M I N U T E S R E S E R V E
65 G A L L O N S U S A B L E F U E L 65 G A L L O N S U S A B L E F U E L
CONDITIONS:
CONDITIONS: 3600 Pounds
3600 Pounds Noi-mal Climb to 10,000 ft then Maximum Performance Climb, with Placard Mixture
Normal Climb to 10,000 ft tfien Maximum Performance Climb, with Placard Mixture Recommended Lean Mixture for Cruise
Recommended Lean Mixture for Cruise Standard Temperature
Standard Temperature Zero Wind
Zero Wind
NOTE:
NOTE: This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, cruise at
This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, cruise at the designated power, and the time during a normal climb up to 10,000 ft. and
the designated power, and the distance during a normal climb up to 10,000 feet maximum climb above 10,000 ft.
and maximum climb above 10,000 feet.

350 400 450 500 550 2 3 4 5

RANGE - NAUTICAL MILES
ENDURANCE-HOURS
, 1285T1029

F i g u r e 5 - 1 0 . R a n g e P r o f i l e ( S h e e t 1 of 2 ) F i g u r e 5 - 1 1 . E n d u r a n c e P r o f i l e ( S h e e t 1 of 2 )

5-40 Oct 5/98

5-38 Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 206H PERFORMANCE

ENDURANCE PROFILE
45 M I N U T E S R E S E R V E
88 G A L L O N S U S A B L E F U E L '

CONDITIONS:
3600 Pounds
Normal Climb to 10,000 ft then Maximum Performance Climb, with Placard Mixture
Recommended Lean Mixture for Cruise
Standard Temperature
Zero Wind

NOTE:
This chart allows for the fuel used for engine start, taxi, takeoff and climb, cruise at
the designated power, and the time during a normal climb up to 10,000 ft. and
maximum climb above 10,000 ft.

14000

12000

10000

UJ
UJ 8000

UI
O
6000

4000

2000

5 6 8

ENDURANCE-HOURS
1285T1026

F i g u r e 5 - 1 1 . E n d u r a n c e P r o f i l e ( S l i e e t 2 of 2 )

O c t 5/98 5-41
SECTION 5 CESSNA
PERFORMANCE MODEL 206H

SHORT FIELD LANDING DISTANCE

AT 3600 POUNDS
CONDITIONS:

Flaps 40°
Power Off
Maximum Braking
Paved, level, dry runway
Zero Wind
Speed at 50 Ft: 67 KIAS

CC 10°C 20°C 31r c 40''C

Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total Grnd Total
Press Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To Roll Ft To
Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear Ft Clear
Alt 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft 50 Ft
In Obst Obst Obst Obst Obst
Feet
S. L. 695 1340 720 1375 750 1415 775 1450 800..- 1 4 9 0
1000 720 1375 750 1415 775 1450 800 1490 830 1530
2000 750 1415 775 1455 805 1495 830 1530 860 1575
3000 725 1455 805 1495 835 1540 865 1580 890 1615
4000 805 1495 835 1540 865 1580 895 1625 925 1665
5000 835 1540 870 1585 900 1630 930 1675 960 1715
6000 870 1590 900 1630 930 1680 965 1725 995 1770
7000 905 1635 935 1680 970 1730 1000 1 7 7 5 1035 1825
8000 940 1690 970 1730 1005 1 7 8 0 1040 1 8 3 0 1075 1 8 8 0

NOTES:

1. Sfiort field tectinique as specified in Section 4.

2. Decrease distances 10% for each 10 knots headwind. For operation
with tail winds up to 10 knots, increase distances by 1 0 % for each
2.5 knots.
3. For operation on dry, grass runway, increase distances by 4 0 % of
the "ground roll" figure.
4. If a landing with flaps up is necessary, increase the approach speed
by 11 KIAS and allow for 4 5 % longer distances.
•
Figure 5-12. Landing Distance •

5-42 Oct 5/98

 r^cocMA • SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST

CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST

SECTION 6
INTRODUCTION WEIGHT & BALANCE/
This section d e s c r i b e s the p r o c e d u r e for establishing the basic EQUIPMENT LIST
e m p t y weight a n d m o m e n t of t h e airplane. S a m p l e f o r m s are
p r o v i d e d for reference. P r o c e d u r e s for calculating the weight a n d
m o m e n t for v a r i o u s o p e r a t i o n s a r e also p r o v i d e d . A c o m p r e h e n s i v e
list of all C e s s n a e q u i p m e n t available for this airplane is i n c l u d e d at
Page
the b a c k of this s e c t i o n . T A B L E O F CONTENTS
It should be n o t e d that specific information regarding the w e i g h t , . 6-3
a r m , m o m e n t a n d installed e q u i p m e n t for this airplane as delivered Introduction
. 6-3
f r o m t h e factory c a n only be f o u n d in the plastic e n v e l o p e carried in Airplane Weighing Procedures . .
. 6-7
the b a c k of this h a n d b o o k . Weight A n d Balance
. 6-8
Baggage and Cargo Tie-Down
6-18
ifl^ W A R N I N G C o m p r e h e n s i v e E q u i p m e n t List .

IT I S T H E R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y O F T H E P I L O T T O
ENSURE THE AIRPLANE IS LOADED
PROPERLY. OPERATION OUTSIDE OF
PRESCRIBED WEIGHT AND BALANCE
L I M I T A T I O N S C O U L D R E S U L T IN A N A C C I D E N T
AND S E R I O U S O R F A T A L INJURY.

AIRPLANE WEIGHING P R O C E D U R E S
1. Preparation:
a. Inflate tires to r e c o m m e n d e d o p e r a t i n g p r e s s u r e s . .
b. Defuel airplane. Refer to t h e M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l . I
c. Service e n g i n e oil a s r e q u i r e d to obtain a n o r m a l full
indication (11 q u a r t s o n dipstick).
d . M o v e sliding seats to the nriost fonward position.
e. Raise flaps to t h e fully retracted position.
f. Place all control s u r f a c e s in neutral position.
g. R e m o v e all n o n - r e q u i r e d items f r o m airplane.
2. Leveling:
a. Place scales under e a c h w h e e l ( m i n i m u m scale capacity,
1000 p o u n d s ) .
b. Deflate t h e n o s e tire a n d / o r lower or raise t h e n o s e strut to
properly center t h e b u b b l e in t h e level (Refer to Figure 6 - 1 ) .

6-1/(6-2 blank)
Oct 5/98
May 30/01 6-3
SECTION 6
CESSNA
W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST
MODEL 206H

I NOTE
IT IS THE RESPONSIBIUTY
OF THE PILOT TO ENSURE
THAT THE AIRPLANE IS
LOADED PROPERLY
REFERENCE
DATUM
(FIREWALL, FRONT FACE,
LOWER PORTION)

-•"'O -SO 0 SO 100 150 200 250

FUSELAGE STATION (FS) - INCHES

Figure 6 - 1 . A i r p l a n e W e i g h i n g Form (Sheet 1 of 2)

 CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H WEIGHT & BALANCE / EQUIPMENT LIST

CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST LOCATING C G WITH AIRPLANE ON LANDING GEAR

F O R M U L A for Longitudinal C G :

3. W e i g h i n g :
(X) = (A) (NOSE GEAR NET WEIGHT) ( ) X (B) INCHES
a. W e i g h the airplane in a c l o s e d h a n g a r to avoid errors )AFT OF
= (
c a u s e d by air c u r r e n t s , N O S E A N D MAIN L A N D I N G G E A R W E I G H T DATUM
i b. W i t h the airplane level a n d brakes released, record the TOTALED( )

w e i g h t s h o w n o n e a c h s c a l e . Deduct the tare, if any, f r o m MEASURING A AND B

each reading. M E A S U R E A A N D B PER P I L O T ' S
LOCATING PERCENT MAC
4. Measuring: OPERATING HANDBOOK
I N S T R U C T I O N S T O A S S I S T IN
a. O b t a i n m e a s u r e m e n t A by m e a s u r i n g horizontally (along the F O R M U L A for P e r c e n t M A C :
LOCATING CG WITH AIRPLANE
airplane centerline) f r o m a line stretched between the main WEIGHED ON LANDING GEAR.
w h e e l c e n t e r s to a p l u m b b o b d r o p p e d from the firewall. C G Percent MAC = (CG Arnn of Airplane) - 25.91

b. Obtain m e a s u r e m e n t B by m e a s u r i n g horizontally a n d 0.5880 LEVELING PROVISIONS

parallel to the airplane c e n t e r l i n e , from center of nose w h e e l
L O N G I T U D I N A L - L E F T SIDE O F
a x l e , left side, to a p l u m b bob d r o p p e d from the line
T A I L C O N E A T F S 152.20 & 180.60
b e t w e e n the m a i n w h e e l c e n t e r s . R e p e a t on right side a n d
a v e r a g e the m e a s u r e m e n t s . AIRPLANE A S WEIGHED TABLE
5. U s i n g w e i g h t s f r o m item 3 a n d m e a s u r e m e n t s from item 4, the
airplane w e i g h t a n d C . G . c a n be d e t e r m i n e d . POSITION SCALE READING S C A L E DRIFT TARE NET WEIGHT
6. Basic E m p t y W e i g h t m a y be d e t e r m i n e d by completing Figure
L E F T SIDE
6-1.
RIGHT SIDE

WEIGHT AND BALANCE NOSE

AIRPLANE TOTAL AS WEIGHED

T h e following information will e n a b l e you to operate your C e s s n a
within the p r e s c r i b e d w e i g h t a n d center of gravity limitations. T o BASIC EMPTY WE GHT AND CENTER-OF-GRAVITY T A B L E
d e t e r m i n e w e i g h t a n d b a l a n c e , use the S a m p l e Loading P r o b l e m , | MOMENT
WEIGHT C G ARM
L o a d i n g G r a p h , a n d C e n t e r of Gravity M o m e n t Envelope as follows: ITEM (INCH-POUNDS
POUNDS (INCHES)
/1000)
T a k e the basic e m p t y w e i g h t a n d m o m e n t from appropriate
w e i g h t a n d b a l a n c e records carried in y o u r airplane, and enter t h e m AIRPLANE (CALCULATED
OR AS WEIGHED)
in the c o l u m n titled Y O U R A I R P L A N E on the S a m p l e L o a d i n g
(INCLUDES ALL
Problem. UNDRAINABLE FLUIDS
AND FULL OIL)
• ' ]: ^' N O T E •
ORAINABLE UNUSABLE 24.0 48.00 1.2
FUEL AT 6.0 POUNDS PER
In addition to the basic e m p t y w e i g h t a n d m o m e n t n o t e d on GALLON -
these records, the C . G . a r m (fuselage station) is also s h o w n ,
but n e e d not b e u s e d o n the S a m p l e L o a d i n g P r o b l e m . T h e
m o m e n t w h i c h is s h o w n m u s t be divided by 1000 a n d this
value u s e d as the m o m e n t / 1 0 0 0 o n the loading p r o b l e m . BASIC EMPTY WEIGHT

Use the L o a d i n g G r a p h to d e t e r m i n e the m o m e n t / 1 0 0 0 for each

additional item to be c a r r i e d ; then list these on the loading p r o b l e m . F i g u r e 6 - 1 . A i r p l a n e W e i g h i n g F o r m ( S h e e t 2 of 2 )

Oct 5/98 6-5

C -7
SECTION 6 CESSNA
SECTION 6 CESSNA
W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST MODEL 206H
WEIGHT & BALANCE / EQUIPMENT LIST MODEL 206H

NOTE

L o a d i n g G r a p h information for the pilot, p a s s e n g e r s ' a n d

a t H baggage is based o n s e a t s p o s i t i o n e d for average
o
^ UJ O o c c u p a n t s a n d b a g g a g e l o a d e d in t h e center of the b a g g a g e
< O
a r e a s as s h o w n on the L o a d i n g A r r a n g e m e n t s d i a g r a m . For
ca
loadings w h i c h m a y differ f r o m t h e s e , the S a m p l e L o a d i n g
Q
P r o b l e m lists fuselage stations f o r t h e s e items to indicate
<
their f o r w a r d and aft C . G . r a n g e limitations (seat travel a n d
X
b a g g a g e a r e a limitation). A d d i t i o n a l m o m e n t calculations,
UJ
b a s e d on the actual w e i g h t a n d C . G . a r m (fuselage station)
CD of the item being l o a d e d , m u s t be m a d e if the position of the
z load is different from that s h o w n on t h e L o a d i n g G r a p h .

§ W h e n a c a r g o pack is installed, it is n e c e s s a r y to d e t e r m i n e t h e
U-
< LU O C.G. a r m a n d calculate the m o m e n t / 1 0 0 0 of items c a r r i e d in t h e
I- EO pack. T h e a r m for any location in the p a c k c a n be d e t e r m i n e d f r o m
a ^
o. the d i a g r a m on Figure 6-5. Multiply the w e i g h t of the item by the
o C.G. a r m , then divide by 1 0 0 0 to get the m o m e n t / 1 0 0 0 . T h e
111 5 ^
m a x i m u m loading capacity of the p a c k is 3 0 0 p o u n d s .
CC
o
UJ
CC
Z5 NOTE
H
o
E a c h loading should be f i g u r e d in a c c o r d a n c e with the
cr
a b o v e p a r a g r a p h s . W h e n the loading is light (such as pilot
2o a n d copilot, a n d no o x y g e n s y s t e m , rear seats or c a r g o ) , be
5S sure to c h e c k the fonward b a l a n c e limits. W h e n loading is
:uj
h e a v y (near gross w e i g h t ) , b e s u r e to c h e c k the aft b a l a n c e
« < D
limits.
UJ ~^ O

T o avoid time c o n s u m i n g d e l a y s in c a r g o and/or p a s s e n g e r

shifting, plan your load s o that the heaviest c a r g o and/or
p a s s e n g e r s are in the fonward part of the airplane or c a r g o p a c k ,
O 3 a n d the lightest in t h e rear. A l w a y s plan to h a v e a n y v a c a n t s p a c e
O
z at the rear of the airplane or pack. For e x a m p l e , do not h a v e
p a s s e n g e r s o c c u p y the aft seat unless the front a n d center s e a t s
are to be o c c u p i e d .

T o t a l the w e i g h t s and m o m e n t s / 1 0 0 0 a n d plot t h e s e v a l u e s o n

the C e n t e r of Gravity M o m e n t E n v e l o p e to d e t e r m i n e w h e t h e r t h e
point falls within the e n v e l o p e , a n d if the l o a d i n g is a c c e p t a b l e .

0585C1009

Figure 6-2. Sample Weight and Balance Record

6-8 May 30/01

6-6 O c t 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST
CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST

BAGGAGE AND CARGO TIE-DOWN

O n e nylon b a g g a g e net having four t i e - d o w n straps is p r o v i d e d

as s t a n d a r d e q u i p m e n t to s e c u r e b a g g a g e / c a r g o in cargo a r e a D.
T w o f l o o r - m o u n t e d " D " ring t i e - d o w n s a n d t w o " D " ring t i e - d o w n s
located in the^aft cabin top, serve as the attaching points for the net
in c a r g o a r e a " D " . T h e " D " rings w h i c h serve as the a t t a c h m e n t s
for the fonward t i e - d o w n s t r a p s are m o u n t e d in the floor near e a c h
sidewall a p p r o x i m a t e l y at station 123. T h e t w o " D " rings for the aft
t i e - d o w n straps are installed at the aft e d g e of t h e top rear w i n d o w s
a p p r o x i m a t e l y at station 135.

It will be n e c e s s a r y to properly s e c u r e c a r g o loads before flight.

T o s u p p l e m e n t the s t a n d a r d " D " rings p r o v i d e d for t i e - d o w n ,
additional " D " rings are available f r o m a n y C e s s n a Dealer. If m o r e
t i e - d o w n points are n e e d e d , the s h o u l d e r h a r n e s s attaching points
m a y be u s e d . R o p e , strap, or cable u s e d for t i e - d o w n s h o u l d be
rated at a m i n i m u m of ten times the load w e i g h t capacity of the tie-
d o w n fittings u s e d .

Refer to Figure 6-4 for additional information concerning

a t t a c h m e n t s in restraining c a r g o .

MAXIMUM
ITEM LOCATION RATED LOAD
(POUNDS)

" D " Rings Floor a n d Aft C a b i n T o p 60

S h o u l d e r Strap Cabin Top 175

*Only the total rated load of t i e - d o w n s located aft of the c a r g o load

are to be c o n s i d e r e d w h e n d e t e n n i n i n g a d e q u a t e restraint of c a r g o .
T i e - d o w n s are also required f o r w a r d of the load to prevent the load
f r o m shifting. T h e type of the t i e - d o w n s available, a n d the s u m of
their individual rated loads, are the d e t e r m i n i n g factors in selecting
the n u m b e r of t i e - d o w n s n e e d e d .

NOTE 1: STATION LOCATION A N D C.G. A R M A R E IDENTICAL. FOR E X A M P L E : • |

A 4 0 0 - p o u n d load w o u l d require that a m i n i m u m of four (4)

t i e - d o w n s rated at 100 p o u n d s e a c h be l o c a t e d aft of the
load for p r o p e r restraint. Additional t i e - d o w n s f o r w a r d of the
load w o u l d be n e e d e d to p r e v e n t the load f r o m shifting.
• 1285X1011

Figure 6-4. C a r g o Pack

M a y 30/01 6-9
O c t 5/98 6-11
 SECTION 6 CESSNA
WEIGHT & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST M O D E L 206H

SECTION 6 CESSNA
BEAR WALL OF CABIN CABIN HEIGHT M E A S U R E M E N T S
W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / EQUIPMENT LIST MODEL 206H
AGGAGE SHELF

LOADING A R R A N G E M E N T S

24.00

*37 -
(32-43)

21.00

(94-100) 65.00-

* * 127 - -BAGG.
145 - CABIN WIDTH M E A S U R E M E N T S

IV. TIE-DOWN RINGS FORWARD DOOR RN<S-RIIMFNT eiDPWAIl

(STANDARD) POST BULKHEAD PANEL F REWALL

CAHGO B-j—CARGO A -
STA STA STA STA
145.00 109.00 50.00 0.00 124 65.3
STA STA
84.00 10.00 CODE
* CABIN FLOOR
• LWR WINDOW LINE DOOR OPENING DIMENSIONS
* Pilot or p a s s e n g e r center of gravity o n adjustable seats
positioned for a v e r a g e o c c u p a n t . N u m b e r s in WIDTH WIDTH HEIGHT HEIGHT
p a r e n t h e s e s indicate f o r w a r d a n d aft limits of o c c u p a n t (TOP) (BOTTOM) (FRONT) (REAR)
center of gravity range. CABIN DOOR 32.50 37.00 41.00 39.00
* * A r m s m e a s u r e d to the c e n t e r of the areas s h o w n . CARGO DOORS 43.00 40.00 39.25 37.50

N O T E 1 : T h e usable fuel C.G. a r m is located at station 4 6 . 5 0 .
N O T E 2 : T h e aft b a g g a g e wall ( a p p r o x i m a t e station 145.00) can be
u s e d as a c o n v e n i e n t interior reference point for
d e t e r m i n i n g the location of b a g g a g e a r e a f u s e l a g e
stations.
NOTE 1- Use the forward face of the rear door post as a reference point to,locate C.G
arms. For example, a box with its center of weight located 13.00 inches aft of
the rear door post would have a C.G. arm of (65.30 + 13.00 = 78.30) 78.30
NOTE 2 : w S f r n u m allowable floor loading: 200 pounds/square foot. However when
items with small or sharp support areas are carried, the installation of a .25 inch
plywood floor Is highly recommended to protect the aircraft structure.
NOTE 3: All dimensions shown are in inches.
1285X1005

Figure 6-5. Internal Cabin D i m e n s i o n s

Figure 6-3. L o a d i n g A r r a n g e m e n t s

6-12 Oct 5/98

6-10 M a v 30/01
CESSNA SECTIONS
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST

WEIGHT A N D MOMENT
TABULATION
SAMPLE YOUR
ITEM DESCRIPTION AIRPLANE AIRPLANE
Moment Moment
Weight Weight
(Lb-ins. (Lb-ins.
(lbs.) (lbs.)
/1000) /1000)
1. Basic Empty Weight (Use the
data pertaining to your
airplane as it Is presently

1
equipped. Includes unusable
fuel and full oil) 2204 76.4
2. Usable Fuel (At 6 Lbs./Gal.)
Std Fuel (88 Gallons 528 24.6
Maximum)
Reduced Fuel
(65 Gallons)
3. Pilot and Front Passenger
(Station 32 to 43) 340 12.6 1
4. Center Passengers (Sta 69 to 79) 340 23.8
Aft Passengers (Sta. 94 to 100) 155 15.0

1
Baggage IV or V (Sta. 109 to
145; 180 Lbs. Max.) 48 5.2
5. 'Cargo "A" (Station 10 to 50)
"Cargo "B" (Station 50 to 84)
•Cargo "C" (Station 84 to 109)
•Cargo "D" (Station 109 to 145)
6. Cargo Pack (Station 10 to 84;
300 lbs. Max.)
7. RAMPWEIGHTANDMOMENT 3614 157.6 1
1
8. Fuel allowance for engine start,
taxi and runup -14 -.7
9. T A K E O F F WEIGHT AND
NOTES: Lines representing adjustable seats show the pilot or passenger M O M E N T (Subtract Step 8 from 3600 156.9
center of gravity on adjustable seats positioned for an average
1 0 . L o c a t e this p o i n t ( 3 6 0 0 at 1 5 6 . 9 ) o n t h e C e n t e r of G r a v i t y M o m e n t E n v e l o p e ,
occupant. Refer to the Loading Arrangements diagram for fonward
a n d s i n c e this p o i n t falls w i t h i n t h e e n v e l o p e , t h e l o a d i n g is a c c e p t a b l e
and aft limits of occupant e.g. range.
M a x i m u m a l l o w a b l e c a r g o l o a d s will b e d e t e r m i n e d b y t h e t y p e a n d
n u m b e r of t i e - d o w n s u s e d , a s w e l l a s b y t h e a i r p l a n e w e i g h t a n d C . G .
l i m i t a t i o n s . F l o o r l o a d i n g m u s t n o t e x c e e d 2 0 0 l b s . p e r s q u a r e foot.
. F i g u r e 6-7. L o a d i n g G r a p f i
Figure 6-6. S a m p l e L o a d i n g P r o b l e m (Sheet 1 of 2)

May 30/01 6-15

May 30/01 6-13
SECTION 6 CESSNA
WEIGHT & BALANCE / EQUIPMENT LIST MODEL 206H
SECTION 6 CESSNA
WEIGHT & BALANCE / EQUIPMENT LIST MODEL 206H

YOUR YOUR YOUR

AIRPLANE AIRPLANE AIRPLANE
Moment Moment Moment
Weight Weight Weight LOADED AIRPLANE MOMENT/1000 (KILOGRAM-MILLIMETERS)
(Lb-ins, (Lb-ins, (Lb-ins,
(lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) 700 T 900^°00l100^2°0,3oo1400,soo1600,7oo1800,9oo20p0
/1000) /1000) /1000) • i^Ti.,Li

1700

1650

rlSOO

C3
O

X
C3

5
<

When several loading configurations are representative of your

operations, it may be useful to fill out one or more of the above columns so
that specific loadings are available at a glance. 2000
80 100 120 140 160 180
LOADED AIRPLANE MOMENT/1000 (POUND-INCHES)

Figure 6-6. S a m p l e L o a d i n g P r o b l e m (Sheet 2 of 2)

Figure 6-8. C e n t e r of Gravity M o m e n t E n v e l o p e

6-14 Oct 5/98

6-16 O c t 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST

ITEM EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION WT ARM

REP DRAWING
No. LBS INS.

1 1 - PLACARDS AND MARKINGS

11-01-R IFR DAY & NIGHT LIMITATIONS P L A C A R D 0505087-24 0.0 19.2
11-02-S PAINT, O V E R A L L EXTERIOR W/HITE 1219046-1 20.6 89.0
AIRPLANE C.G. LOCATION - MILLIMETERS AFT OF DATUM (STA. 0.0)
11-03-O PAINT, O V E R A L L EXTERIOR W H I T E 1204053 20.6 89.0
850 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 1250
11-04-O PAINT, O V E R A L L EXTERIOR W H I T E 1204053 21.4- 90.8- 3800
W / C O L O R STRIPE
- O V E R A L L W H I T E C O V E R (11-02-S) 1204053 20.6 89.0
- C O L O R STRIPING 1204053 0.8 135.9
11-05-O M I L L E N N I U M EXTERIOR STYLING ( W H E N 1204055-1,-2 0.0 90.8
AVAILABLE) (NET C H A N G E S H O W N )
- PAINT (METALLIC OR GLOSS) 0.0 89.0
- C O L O R S I HIPING
11-06-O EX 1 b K I O R STYLING - 206 O P T I O N 1 (BLUE) 1219046-2 21.4- 90.8-
11-07-O EXTERIOR STYLING - 206 O P T I O N 1 (RED) 1219046-3 21.4- 90.8-
21 - AIR CONDITIONING
21-01-S V E N T I L A T O R S , A D J U S T A B L E , CABIN AIR 1250500-9 1.7 52.0
21-02-S CABIN HEATER S Y S T E M , S H R O U D E D 1215209-1 2.5 -10.0
MUFFLER T Y P E •

22 - AUTO FLIGHT
22-01-S DUAL AXIS A U T O P I L O T 3900032 20.5- 103.0-
- KAP 140 C O M P U T E R WITH ALTITUDE 065-00176-7702 2.6 15.0
PRESELECT
- KAP 140 C A B L E A S S E M B L Y 3924135 4.7 62.8
- K S 2 7 1 C R O L L SERVO INSTALLATION 3940415-1 3.6 54.2
- R O L L S E R V O INSTL C A B L E ASSY 3924137-3 0.4 66.0
- R O L L A C T U A T O R CABLE A S S Y 3924111-2 0.9 56.0
- KS 270C PITCH S E R V O INSTL 3924107 0.9 12.0
- KS 272C PITCH TRIM S E R V O INSTL 1201989-1 4.1 170.6
- KMC 100 C O N F I G U R A T I O N M O D U L E 071-00073-5000 0.1 15.0
22-02-O SINGLE AXIS A U T O P I L O T 3900010-1 8.0- 36.7- 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50
- KAP 140 SINGLE AXIS A U T O P I L O T 057-05628-2602 2.5 15.0 AIRPLANE C.G. LOCATION - INCHES AFT OF DATUM (STA. 0.0)
COMPUTER
- ROLL S E R V O INSTALLATION 3940415-1 1.6 49.2
- C A B L E ASSY, R O L L A C T U A T p R 1222150-2, -3 0.9 56.0
- C A B L E A S S Y , KAP 140 A U T O P I L O T 3924107 0.9 12.0
- CONFIGURATION MODULE 071-00073-5000 0.1 18.0
- K S 2 7 1 C ROLL SERVO 065-00179-0100 2,4 53.1
22-03-O DUAL AXIS A U T O P I L O T 3900011 21.4- 109.9-
- KAP 140 DUAL AXIS A U T O P I L O T 065-00176-5402 2.6 15.0
C O M P U T E R W I T H ELECTRIC
E L E V A T O R (REPLACES 22-02-O)

Figure 6 - 1 0 . E q u i p m e n t List Description (Sheet 1 of 13)

Figure 6-9. Center of Gravity Limits

M a y 30/01 6-19
O c t 5/98 6-17
SECTION 6 CESSNA
SECTION 6
WEIGHT & BALANCE / EQUIPMENT LIST MODEL 206H
W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST CESSNA
MODEL 206H

COMPREHENSIVE EQUIPMENT LIST rTEM

No. EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION
REF DRAWING WT ' ARM
T h e f o l l o w i n g f i g u r e ( F i g u r e 6 - 1 1 ) is a c o m p r e h e n s i v e list o f all C e s s n a LBS INS.
e q u i p m e n t w h i c h is a v a i l a b l e f o r t h e M o d e l 2 0 6 H a i r p l a n e . This comprehensive - KS-270C PITCH ^Fn\/n r M c - n
w . , 11 ocnvvj lINo 1L 1201989-1 A 1
e q u i p m e n t list p r o v i d e s t h e f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n in c o l u m n f o r m : 1 170-6
- KS-272C PITCH TRIM SERVO INSTL
1201994-1 A 1
4. I
- KS 2 7 1 C ROLL SERVO 195.7
The comprehensive equipment list p r o v i d e s the following information in~ c o l u m n 3940415-1
0T. R
0 54.2
- I^OLL S E R V O I N S T L C A B L E A S S Y
fonn:
- K M C 100 C O N F I G U R A T I O N M O D U L E
n A 66.0
071-00073-500
- PITCH A N D TRIM WIRING 15.0
In Ihe ITEM N o . column, each item is assigned a coded number. T h e first two digits of | no r\A A 3924108 R ^
ALTITUDE PRESELECT OPTION FOR THE 2 0.0 90.0
the code represent the assignment of the item within the Air Transport Association 3910299
AXIS A U T O P I L O T S Y S T E M (CONTRSLLER 0.0
Specification 1 0 0 breakdown ( 1 1 (or Paint and Placards; 2 4 for Electrical Power; 7 7 for
Engine Indicating, e t c . ) . These assignments also correspond to the Maintenance EXCHANGED) (NET CHANGE SHOWN)
Manual chapter breakdown for the airplane. After the first two digits (and hyphen), items 23-COMMUNICATIONS*
receive a unique sequence number ( 0 1 , 0 2 , 0 3 , e t c . ) . After the sequence number (and 23-01-S STATIC DISCHARGE WICKS
hyphen), a suffix letter is assigned to identify equipment a s a required item, a standard 1201140-1 n T
23-02-S U.J 168.9
BASIC AVIONICS KIT INSTALLATION
item or a n optional item. Suffix letters are as follows: 3900032-1 d n* OA T*
- SUPPORT STRAPS INSTALLATION <:4.7
1270101-5 n9
- AVIONICS COOLING F A N INSTL 12.2
R = required items or e q u i p m e n t for F A A certification ( D A Y V F R 3940417-1 1 9
Operations) - AVIONICS GROUND INSTALLATION
3940359-1
i 10.0
- CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL INSTL - 0 1 18.0
S = standard equipment items 5930341-1 n ^
- CABIN SPEAKER [ 18.4
O = optional equipment items replacing required or standard items ^596504-0101 1 7
A = optional e q u i p m e n t i t e m s w h i c h a r e in addition to required o r • MICROPHONE, HAND HELD £2800-007 i. / 40.0
standard items BASIC AVIONICS KIT INSTALLATION i U.J
nT 19.0
930412 7/ .H
d*
- SUPPORT STRAPS INSTALLATION 1 JO.O
NOTE: This section m a y include e q u i p m e n t f r o m multiple m o d e l y e a r s .
270101-5
39 4 0 4 1 7 - 1 -
00 2.2
10
- AVIONICS COOLING FAN INSTL
See t h e latest revision of t h e Illustrated Parts Catalog for > .iL 0.0
- AVIONICS GROUND INSTALLATION 3
e q u i p m e n t serial applicability.
940359-1 n 1 1
- CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL INSTL 3
930416-1
u. 1 8.0
• CABIN SPEAKER ^ u. 7/
n "1 8.4
In t h e EQUIPMENT L I S T D E S C R I P T I O N c o l u m n , each item is a s s i g n e d a 596501-Oini 1 T ,* 0.0
d e s c r i p t i v e n a m e t o h e l p i d e n t i f y its f u n c t i o n .
- A U D I O WIRII^G, F U S E L A G E 3
391117 1./ 1
- MICROPHONE, HAND HELD 5-?800-007 dA
0 1 5r4.1
nA e no -t 9.0
In t h e R E F DRAWING c o l u m n , a C e s s n a d r a w i n g n u m b e r is p r o v i d e d which ^UDIO/INTERCOM/MARKER B E A C O N INSTL 3=)00032-1 c -7* c
0.7 55.9*
corresponds to the item. " B
REpA
i ^Cr ^
OONNPf p
A JN?EJ £
L ''^^^'^C°^'^ARKER oe 6 - 0 1 1 7 6 - 0 1 n i 1.5 1 7.1

NOTE - MARKER B E A C O N ANTENNA CI-102 39 6 0 2 0 0 - 1 fl ^ 0

- HARDWARE AND CABLE ASSEMBLY 392 1 1 4 0 - 1 30.9
oo nc /-\ 47 e;
If additional equipment is to be installed, it must be done in accordance UDIO/INTERCOM/MARKER B E A C O N INSTL 393 0 4 1 2 - 1 **-' o«^3
T RI
with the reference drawing, service bulletin or a separate FAA approval. - KMA-26 AUDIO/INTERCOM/MARKER 0 6 ^-m 1 rum
BEACON PANEL • u1I00-UIU1 1.8 1yM
In t h e WT L B S a n d ARM INS c o l u m n s , i n f o r m a t i o n is p r o v i d e d o n t h e w e i g h t - M A R K E R B E A C O N A N T E N N A CI-102 39 30200-1 n ^ or
(in p o u n d s ) a n d a r m (in i n c h e s ) of t h e e q u i p m e n t i t e m , - HARDWARE AND CABLE ASSEMBLY 0.9
1 n nc
23-06-S ^ A V / C O M INSTL (REQUIRES 23-02-S) 39; i.U 9 5 .0
NOTES 30032-1 fl 4 " HQ
- K X 155A B E N D I X / K I N G N A V / C O M w / G S Oe':) - 0 1 0 3 2 - n i n i .1*
A r\
- Kl 2 0 9 I N D I C A T O R H E A D ( V O R / I L S ) 06€ 4.U 16 2
Unless othenvise indicated, true values (not net change values) for the -03056-0011
- CABLE ASSEMBLY 33. 1138-1 1^ 0 1R
ID 4
weight and a r m are shown. Positive arms are distances aft of the airplane
• C M 28A C O M ANTENNA 395 1.9 50 3 *
datum; negative arms are distances fonward of the datum. 0113-8 «
n
u.o b 1i 2
- OMNI A N T E N N A A N D CABLE INSTL rv ) 8 5 0 4 - 0 2 0 1
Asterisks (') in the weight and a r m column indicate complete assembly 0.8 2 4 5.5
installations. Some major components of the assembly are listed on the
lines immediately following. T h e s u m of these major components does not
necessarily equal the complete assembly installation.

Figure 6-10. E q u i p m e n t List Description (Sheet 2 of 13)

6-18 M a y 30/01 6-20

May 3 0 / 0 1
CESSNA SECTIONS
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST
CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST
ITEM WT ARM
EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION REF DRAWING
No. LBS INS.
25-17-S SEAT, 3RD & 4TH, ADJUSTABLE FORE & 1219073-1 55.8 71.8 n-EM WT ARM
AFT WITH RECLINING BACK (EACH) - EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION REF DRAWING
No. LBS INS.
VINYUCLOTH COVER
25-18-0 SEAT, 3RD & 4TH, ADJUSTABLE FORE & 1219043-2 55.8 78.0 23-07-O NAV/COM INSTL (REQUIRES 23-02-S) 3930412-1 8.6- 44.8"
AFT WITH RECLINIt^G BACK (EACH) - VINYL - KX 155A BENDIX/KING NAV/COM w/GS 069-01032-0101 4.0 16.2
COVERING - CI-128 COM ANTENNA 3960113 0.5 61.2
25-19-0 SEAT, 3RD & 4TH, ADJUSTABLE FORE & 12119043-3 57.2 71.8 - OMNI ANTENNA C598504-0201 0.5 253.4
AFT WITH RECLINING BACK (EACH) - 066-03056-0011 1.2 16.4
LEATHERA/INYL COVERING - Kl 209 INDICATOR HEAD (VOR/ILS)
- HARDWARE AND CABLE ASSEMBLY 2.4 57.4
25-20-O SEAT, 3RD & 4TH, ADJUSTABLE FORE & 1214189-1 55.8 78.0
AFT WITH RECLINING BACK (EACH) - CLOTH 23-08-A NAV/COM #2 INSTL 3900033-1 6.8- 19.7-
COVERING - KX 155A BENDIX/KING NAV/COM 069-01032-0201 3.5 16.2
25-21-O SEAT, 3RD & 4TH, ADJUSTABLE FORE & 1214189-2 55.8 78.0 w/GS
AFT WITH RECLINING BACK (EACH) - VINYL - Kl 209 CDI INDICATOR 066-03056-0003 1.2 16.4
COVERING - ANTENNA COUPLER S2474-1 0.2 3.5
25-22-0 SEAT, 3RD & 4TH, ADJUSTABLE FORE & 1214189-3 57.2 78.0 - CI-128A COM ANTENNA 3960113-9 0.5 61.2
AFT WITH RECLINING BACK (EACH) - - WIRING & MISC. HARDWARE 0.9 18.9
LEATHER COVERING NAV/COM WITH VOR/LOC (2ND UNIT) 3930412-1 6.2" 22.9-
23-09-S
25-23-0 SEAT, 3RD & 4TH, ADJUSTABLE FORE & 1214189-4 57.2 78.0 - KX 155A BENDIX/KING NAV/COM 069-01032-0201 3.5 16.2
AFT WITH RECLINING BACK (EACH) - without GS
LEATHERA/INYL COVERING
- Kl 208 CDI INDICATOR (VOR/LOC) 066-06056-0002 1.0 16.4
25-24-0 SEAT, 3RD & 4TH, ADJUSTABLE FORE & 1214189-5 57.2 78.0
- ANTENNA COUPLER S2472-1 0.2 3.5
AFT WITH RECLINING BACK (EACH) -
MILLENNIUM COVERING - CI-128 COM ANTENNA 3960113 0.5 61.2
25-25-S SEAT, REAR, BENCH WITH RECLINING BACK 1219039-1 - MARKER BEACON ANTENNA CI-102 0.5 200.9
35.3 105.2
- VINYL/CLOTH COVERING - WIRING & MISC. HARDWARE 1.0 36.3
25-26-0 SEAT, REAR, BENCH WITH RECLINING BACK 1219039-2 35.3 105.2 23-10-A HEADSET INSTL, WT. EA. (6 PLACES 300048-100 1.1
- VINYL COVERING AVAILABLE) (USE ACTUAL WT AND
25-27-0 SEAT, REAR, BENCH WITH RECLINING BACK 1219039-3 36.5 105.2 PASSENGER C.G. WHEN USED)
- VINYM.EATHER COVERING 24 - ELECTRICAL POWER
25-28-0 SEAT, REAR, BENCH WITH RECLINING BACK 1214193-1 34.0 105.2 9910591-6 10.3 •32.3
24-01-R ALTERNATOR, 28 VOLT, 60 AMP
- CLOTH COVERING
24-02-O ALTERNATOR, 28 VOLT, 95 AMP (NET WT. 9910592 5.4 -32.3
25-29-0 SEAT, REAR, BENCH WITH RECLINING BACK 1214193-2 35.3 105.2 CHANGE OVER 24-01-R)
- VINYL COVERING
24-03-R POWER JUNCTION BOX (PRECISION MC01-3A 6.4- 0.0
25-30-O SEAT, REAR, BENCH WITH RECLINING BACK 1214193-3 37.6 105.2 AIRMOTIVE CORP.)
• LEATHER COVERING ACC2101 0.2 0.0
- ALTERNATOR CONTROL
25-31-0 SEAT, REAR, BENCH WITH RECLINING BACK 1214193-4 36.5 105.2 - MASTER CONTACTOR X61-0007 0.7 0.0
- LEATHERA/INYL COVERING
- STARTER CONTACTOR X61-0012 0.7 0.0
25-32-0 SEAT, REAR, BENCH WITH RECLIigiNG BACK 1214193-7 36.5 105.2
- MILLENIUM COVERING - AMMblbRTRANSDUCER 0.1 0.0
25-33-R SEAT BELT AND SHOULDER HARNESS, 24-04-O POWER JUNCTION BOX (PRECISION MC01-2A 6.4* 0.0
504516-401 2.6 66.0
INERTIA REEL, AUTO ADJUST, PILOT AIRMOTIVE CORP.)
25-34-0 - ALTERNATOR CONTROL ACC2101 0.2 0.0
SEAT BELT AND SHOULDER HARNESS, 504851-401 2.0 66.0
INERTIA REEL, MANUAL ADJUST, PILOT - MASTER CONTACTOR X61-0007 0.7 0.0
25-35-R SEAT BELT AND SHOULDER HARNESS, 504516-401 2.6 66.0 - STARTER CONTACTOR X61-0012 0.7 0,0
INERTIA REEL, AUTO ADJUST, FRONT - AMMETER TRANSDUCER 0.1 0.0
PASSENGER 24-05-R BAI IhRY, 24 VOLT 12.75 AMP HR. (5 HR C614001-0105 23.2 3.0
RATE)
24-06-O BATTERY, 24 VOLT, HEAVY DUTY (NET C614001-0106 4.0 3.0
CHANGE OVER 24-05-R)
Figure 6-10. E q u i p m e n t List D e s c r i p t i o n (Stieet 5 of 13)
• •
Figure 6-10. E q u i p m e n t List Description (Slieet 3 of 13)
M a y 30/01 6-23

May 30/01 6-21

 SECTION 6 CESSNA
W E I G H T & BALANCE / EQUIPMENT LIST MODEL 206H

SECTION 6 CESSNA
FTEM WT ARM
No.
EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION REF DRAWING WEIGHT & BALANCE / EQUIPMENT LIST MODEL 206H
LBS INS.

25 - EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS
25-01-R SEAT, PILOT, ADJUSTABLE W I T H RECLINING 0719025-3 34.5 39.2 rrEM WT ARM
BACK & VERTICAL ADJUST. -VINYL/CLOTH EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION R E F DRAWING
No. LBS INS.
COVER
25-02-S SEAT, PILOT, ADJUSTABLE W I T H RECLINING 0719025-6 35.0 39.2 25-36-0 S E A T BELT A N D S H O U L D E R H A R N E S S , 504851-401 2.0 66.0
BACK & VERTICAL ADJUST. - VINYL C O V E R INERTIA R E E L , M A N U A L ADJUST, F R O N T
25-03-S SEAT, PILOT, A D J U S T A B L E W I T H RECLINING 0719025-7 35.1 39.2 PASSENGER
BACK & VERTICAL ADJUST. - 25-37-S S E A T BELT A N D S H O U L D E R H A R N E S S , 504516-405 5.2 90.0
LEATHERA/INYL COVER INERTIA REEL, A U T O ADJUST, 3RD & 4 T H
25-04-O SEAT, PILOT, ADJUSTABLE W I T H RECLINING 0514211-3 34.5 40.8 25-38-0 S E A T BELT A N D S H O U L D E R H A R N E S S , 504851-405 4.0 90.0
BACK & V E R T I C A L ADJUST. - C L O T H C O V E R INERTIA R E E L , M A N U A L ADJUST, 3 R D & 4 T H
25-05-O SEAT, PILOT, A D J U S T A B L E W I T H RECLINING 0514211-4 35.0 40.8 25-39-S S E A T BELT A N D S H O U L D E R H A R N E S S , 504516-403 5.2 110.0
BACK & V E R T I C A L ADJUST. - VINYL COVER INERTIA R E E L , A U T O ADJUST, REAR S E A T
25-06-O SEAT, PILOT, A D J U S T A B L E W I T H RECLINING 0514211-7 35.2 40.8 25-40-O S E A T BELT A N D SHOULDER H A R N E S S , 504851-403 4.0 110.0
BACK & V E R T I C A L ADJUST. - L E A T H E R INERTIA REEL, M A N U A L ADJUST, REAR
COVER SEAT
25-07-O SEAT, PILOT, A D J U S T A B L E W I T H RECLINING 0514211-10 35.1 40.8 25-41-S C A R G O TIE D O W N RINGS (10 TIE D O W N S ) 1201123-2 2.5 71.5
BACK & V E R T I C A L ADJUST. - (INSTALLED A R M S H O W N )
LEATHERA/INYL COVER 25-42-S S U N V I S O R S (SET O F 2) 0514166-1 1.2 33.0
25-08-O SEAT, PILOT, ADJUSTABLE W I T H RECLINING 0514211-13 35.1 40.8 25-43-0 S U N VISORS (SET O F 2) - MILLENNIUM 0519004-3 1.2 33.0
BACK & V E R T I C A L ADJUST. - M I L L E N N I U M 25-44-S A P P R O A C H PLATE HOLDER 0715083-1 0.1 22.0
COVER
25-45-S B A G G A G E RETAINING NET 1215036-3 0.5 127.0
25-09-S SEAT, FRONT PASSENGER, A D J U S T A B L E 0719025-3 34.5 39.2 25-46-S C A R P E T INSTALLATION - DELUXE 1219042-1 16.8 67.0
W I T H RECLINING BACK & V E R T I C A L
A D J U S T . -VINYL/CLOTH C O V E R 25-47-0 CARPET, W A L L T O W A L L 1215212-2- 16.8 67.0
25-10-S 25-48-0 UTILITY FLOOR C O V E R I N G 1215213-1 13.4 67.0
SEAT, FRONT PASSENGER, A D J U S T A B L E 0719025-6 35.0 39.2
W I T H RECLINING BACK & V E R T I C A L 25-49-0 UTILITY C O V E R E D SIDEWALLS 1219017-1,-2 -7.0 64.0
ADJUST. - VINYL COVER 25-50-0 UTILITY C O V E R E D SIDEWALLS 1215212-5 -7.0 64.0
25-11-S SEAT, FRONT PASSENGER, A D J U S T A B L E 0719025-7 35.1 39.2 25-51-R P I L O T S O P E R A T I N G CHECKLIST ( S T O W E D 1200901 0.3 0.0
W I T H RECLINING BACK & V E R T I C A L IN I N S T R U M E N T PANEL MAP CASE)
A D J U S T . - LEATHERA/INYL COVER 25-52-R P I L O T S O P E R A T I N G H A N D B O O K A N D FAA 1200901 1.6 49.5
25-12-0 SEAT, FRONT P A S S E N G E R , A D J U S T A B L E 0514211-3 34.5 40.8 A P P R O V E D A I R P L A N E FLIGHT M A N U A L
W I T H RECLINING BACK & V E R T I C A L A D J U S T ( S T O W E D IN P I L O T S SEAT BACK)
- C L O T H COVER 25-53-S FUEL S A M P L I N G C U P (STOWED IN P I L O T S S2107-1 0.1 49.5
25-13-0 SEAT, FRONT P A S S E N G E R , A D J U S T A B L E 0514211-4 35.0 40.8 S E A T BACK)
W I T H RECLINING BACK & V E R T I C A L A D J U S T 25-54-S M O L D E D HEADLINER INSTL 1215211 14.9 64.5
- VINYL COVER 25-55-S UTILITY S E A T KIT 1215212-6 ... ...
25-14-0 SEAT, FRONT PASSENGER, A D J U S T A B L E 0514211-7 35.2 40.8 25-56-S T O W BAR, N O S E G E A R (STOWED) 0501019-1 1.7 127.0-
W I T H RECLINING BACK & V E R T I C A L A D J U S T 25-57-S E M E R G E N C Y LOCATOR T R A N S M I T T E R 3940414-1 3.3- 135.9*
- LEATHER COVER INSTL
25-15-0 SEAT, FRONT PASSENGER, A D J U S T A B L E 3514211-10 35.1 40.8 - ELT T R A N S M I T T E R 3000-11 1.9 158.8
W I T H RECLINING BACK & VERTICAL A D J U S T
- ANTENNA AND CABLE ASSY 3003-45 0.5 147.7
- LEATHERA/INYL COVER
- WIRING & MSIC. H A R D W A R E 0.9 78.9
25-16-0 SEAT, FRONT P A S S E N G E R , A D J U S T A B L E 3514211-13 35.1 40.8
W I T H RECLINING BACK & VERTICAL A D J U S T 26 - FIRE PROTECTION
- MILLENNIUM COVER 26-01-S FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSTALLATION 0501011-6 5.3- 43.6*
- FIRE EXTINGUISHER, HAND TYPE C421001-0201 4.8 44.0
• MOUNTING CLAMP & HARDWARE 0501011-6 0.5 40.0
26-02-O FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSTALLATION 0501011-4 5.3- 35.0"
- FIRE EXTINGUISHER, HAND T Y P E A352GS 4.8 35.0
Figure 6-10. E q u i p m e n t List D e s c r i p t i o n (Stieet 4 of 13)
- MOUNTING CLAMP & HARDWARE 0501011-4 0.5 35.0
• •

6-22 M a y 30/01 Figure 6-10. E q u i p m e n t List Description (Sfieet 6 of 13)

6-24
OC^.^ 1 l U I N D
W E I G H T & BALANCE / E Q U I P M E N T LIST MODEL 206H

SECTIONS CESSNA
WT ARM
W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST MODEL 206H
ITEM EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION R E F DRAWING
No. LBS INS.

FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSTALLATION 0501011-4 5.3* 35.0- 1—

26-02-O
- FIRE EXTINGUISHER, HAND T Y P E A352GS 4.8 35.0 rrEM
EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION WT ARM
REF DRAWING
- MOUNTING CLAMP & HARDWARE 0501011-4 0.5 35.0 No. LBS INS.
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS 1 32-04-0 WHEEL AND TIRE ASSY, 6.00 X 6 NOSE 0540000-4 11.2* -8.1*
27-01-S DUAL CONTROLS INSTL, RIGHT SEAT 6.9* 15.6- - WHEEL ASSY.CLEVELAND 40-77 1241156-43 3.9- -8.1
- CONTROL WHEEL, COPILOT 0760149-10 2.6 31.7 1 - TIRE, 4-PLY C262003-0101 5.5 -8.1
- RUDDER & BRAKE PEDAL INSTL, 1260517-1 4.3 5.9 - TUBE C262023-0102 1.3 -8.1
COPILOT - NOSE GEAR STRUT INSTL OVERSIZE 1243615-16 0.5 •7.4
27-02-O DUAL CONTROLS INSTL, RIGHT SEAT 1260004-14 6.9* 15.6- WHEEL (NET CHANGE)
- CONTROL WHEEL, COPILOT 0760149-10 2.6 31.7 32-05-A WHEEL FAIRING INSTL - STANDARD TIRES 1241116-1 19.4* 44.8*
- RUDDER & BRAKE PEDAL INSTL, 1260410-7 4.3 5.9 - WHEEL FAIRING, MAIN (EACH) 0541223-24, -25 5.6 52.0
COPILOT • BRAKE FAIRING. MAIN (EACH) 1241113-1, -2 0.6 61.4
27-03-O RUDDER PEDAL EXTENSION INSTL S E T OF 0501082-1 2.9 8.0 - WHEEL FAIRING , NOSE 0543079-7 3.8 -5.2
2 (INSTALLED ARM SHOWN) I • MOUNTING PLATE, MAIN WHEEL 1241114-1,-2 0.9 61.6
1 32-06-A WHEEL FAIRING INSTL - OVERSIZE TIRES 1241231-4 25.3- 51.6-
28 - FUEL
- WHEEL FAIRING. MAIN (EACH) 1241229-1,-2 8.0 62.0
28-01-R FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS, LEFT & RIGHT 83317-3 0.7 17.5
- BRAKE FAIRING, MAIN (EACH) 1241232-1, -2 0.8 61.4
28-02-R FUEL PUMP, AUXII.IA.RY, ELECTRIC A-10056-B 13.0 13.1
• WHEEL FAIRING, NOSE 1243045-12 4.7 •5.6
30 - iCE <i RAIN PROTECTION - MOUNTING PLATE, LH & RH 1241114-1, -4 0.9 61.6
30-01-A ELECTRIC HEATED BOOTS, PROPEI 1 FR 1201991-1 5.1 -43.0 32-07-O PREMIUM TIRES, 6.00 X 6, 160 MPH RATING, 0501166-1 4.1 50.2
(DE-ICE) - REQUIRES 24-05-O EXHANGE WITH STANDARD TIRES (NET
CHANGE)
30-02-S HEATING SYSTEM, STALL SENSOR & RITOT 1201200-1 0.7 28.0
HEATER 32-08-O HUB CAPS, WHEEL 0741048-8 0.1 62.1
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM 33-LIGHTS

INDICATOR CLOCK & OAT INDICATOR AT43200 0.3 17.5 1 33-01-S MAP LIGHT IN CONTROL WHEEL 0760149-11 0.2 22.5
31-01-S
- OAT PROBE CNP-100-001 0.1 49.0 COURTESY LIGHTS UNDER WING 1201054-5 0.7 61.9
1 33-02-S
INDICATOR CLOCK & OAT INDICATOR M803B-20/28V- 0.3 17.5 33-03-S NAVIGATION LIGHT DETECTORS 1221201-3, -4 0.0 0.0
31-02-S
g 33-04-S FLASHING BEACON ON VERTICAL FIN TIP 0701042-5 0.8 256.1
OAT PROBE C307PRF-11 0.1 49.0 33-05-S STROBE LIGHT INSTL ON WING TIPS 0501027-5 3.2 47.0
31-03-S HOURMETER C664503-0103 0.5 9.0 33-06-S LANDING AND TAXI LIGHT INSTL 1221059-7, -8 2.2 33.0
31-C4-R STALL WARNING INDICATOR 0718007-1 0.5 36.0 34 - NAVIGATION
32 - LANDING GEAR 34-01-R INDICATOR, TRUE AIRSPEED S3325-8 0.8 17.0
1241118-5, -6 39.6* 61.4* 34-02-S ALTERNATE STATIC AIR SOURCE 1201121-3 0.2 15.4
32-01-R WHEEL BRAKE AND TIRE, 6.00 X 6 MAIN (2)
C I 63001-0301 7.8 62.1 34-03-R ALTIMh 1fcR,20,000 FT, SENSITIVE WITH 20 S3328-1 0.9 16.5
- WHEEL ASSY, CLEVELAND 40-758 (EA)
FT. MARKINGS, INCHES OF MERCURY
- BRAKE ASSY, CLEVELAND 30-52 (LH) 0163030-0303 2.8 57.8
34-04-0 ALTIMh 1 hR, 20,000 FT. SENSITIVE WITH 20 S3371-1 0.9 16.5
- BRAKE ASSY, CLEVELAND 30-52 (RH) 0163030-0304 2.8 57.8
FT. MARKINGS, MILLIBARS
- TIRE, fi-PLY (EACH) C262003-0204 7.9 62.1
34-05-S BLIND ALTITUDE ENCODER INSTL 3940413-4 0.8 15.0
- TUBE (EACH) C262023-0102 1.3 62.1 34-06-R COMPASS INSTL, MAGNETIC 1213679-5 0.5 21.1
32-02-O WHEEL BRAKE & TIRE 8.00 X 6 MAIN (£) V41113-3, -4 48.4 61.5* 34-07-S GYRO, INSTALLATION (REQUIRES 37-01-S) 1201990-1 6.7- 15.2-
WHEEL ASSY, CLEVEIJ^ND 4o-7-5D (EA) 0133001-C302 7.8 62.1 - DIRECTIONAL INDICATOR S3330-2 2.8 15.8
- BRAKE ASSY, CLEVELAND 3C-52N (i.H) C i 63030-0313 2.9 57.8 - ATTITUDE INDICATOR 33326-1 2.1 15.9 '
- BRAKE ASSV, CLEVELAND 30-5PN (PH) C I 63030-0.314 2.S 57.8 - HOSES AND MISC HARDWARE 201990-1 1.9 8.7
1 ^ TlhE,6 ?LV{EACH) C2G2003-0207 M.6 1
1 34-08-O HSI INSTALLATION (REQUIRES 3900034-1 12.5* 64.1-
- 1U3E (EACi-i) C2n2023-01C4 1.9 d2.1 37-01-S)
i
• STANDARD GYROS REMOVED -13.7 5.5
• NAV INDICATOR REMOVED -1.2 16.4
I F i g u r e 6 - 1 0 . E q u i p m e n t List D e s c r i p t i o n ( S h e e t 7)
Figure 6-10. Equipment List Description (Sheet 8 of 13)

16-28 Revision 4
6-26 M a y 30/01
 C3CH-> I ILJIM t
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIS1

CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST
ITEM WT ARM
EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION R E F DRAWING
No. LBS INS.

25-34-0 SEAT B E L T A N D SHOULDER HARNESS, 50485f-4pi 2.0 66.0

ITEM WT ARM INERTIA R E E L , MANUAL ADJUST, PILOT
EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION REF DRAWING
No. LBS INS. 504516-401 2.6 66.0
25-35-R SEAT B E L T A N D SHOULDER HARNESS,
INERTIA R E E L , AUTO ADJUST, FRONT
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS PASSENGER
27-01-S DUAL CONTROLS INSTL. RIGHT SEAT 6.9- 15.6- 25-36-0 SEAT BELT A N D SHOULDER HARNESS, 504851-401 2.0 66.0
- CONTROL WHEEL, COPILOT 0760149-10 2.6 31.7 INERTIA R E E L , MANUAL ADJUST, FRONT
- RUDDER & BRAKE PEDAL INSTL 1260517-1 4.3 PASSENGER
5.9
COPILOT 25-37-S SEAT B E L T A N D SHOULDER HARNESS, 504516-405 5.2 90.0
27-02-O DUAL CONTROLS INSTL. RIGHT SEAT 1260004-14 S.9- 15.6- INERTIA R E E L , AUTO ADJUST, 3 R D & 4TH
- CONTROL WHEEL, COPILOT 0760149-10 2.6 25-38-0 SEAT BELT A N D SHOULDER HARNESS, 504851-405 4.0 90.0
31.7
- RUDDER & BRAKE PEDAL INSTL 1260410-7 4.3 5.9 INERTIA R E E L , MANUAL ADJUST, 3RD & 4TH
COPILOT 25-39-S SEAT BELT A N D SHOULDER HARNESS, 504516-403 5.2 110.0
27-03-O RUDDER PEDAL EXTENSION INSTL SET OF 0501082-1 2.9 8.0 INERTIA R E E L , AUTO ADJUST, R E A R SEAT
2 (INSTALLED ARM SHOWN) 25-40-O SEAT BELT A N D SHOULDER HARNESS, 504851-403 4.0 110.0
28 - FUEL INERTIA R E E L , MANUAL ADJUST, R E A R
SEAT
28-01-R FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS, LEFT 8, RIGHT S3317-3 0.7 17.5 25-41-S CARGO T I E DOWN RINGS (10 TIE DOWNS) 1201123-2 2.5 71.5
28-02-R FUEL PUMP, AUXILIARY. ELECTRIC A-10056-B 2.3 13.1 (INSTALLED A R M SHOWN)
30 - ICE & RAIN PROTECTION 25-42-S SUN VISORS (SET OF 2) 0514166-1 1.2 33.0
30-01-A ELECTRIC HEATED BOOTS, PROPELLER 1201991-1 25-43-0 SUN VISORS ( S E T OF 2} - M I L L E N N I U M 0519004-3 1.2 33.0
5.1 -22.0
(DE-ICE) - REQUIRES 24-02-O AND 24-05-O 25-44-S APPROACH PLATE HOLDER 0715083-1 0.1 22.0
30-02-S HEATING SYSTEM, STALL SENSOR & PITOT 1201200-1 0.7 28.0 25-45-S B A G U A G E RETAINING N E T 1215036-3 0.5 127.0
HEATER 25-46-S CARPET INSTALLATION - D E L U X E 1219071-1 16.8 67.0
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM 25-47-0 CARPET, W A L L T O W A L L 1215212-2 16.8 67.0
31-01-S INDICATOR CLOCK & OAT INDICATOR M803B-2 25-48-0 U T I L I T Y FLOOR COVERING 1215213-1 13.4 67.0
0.3 17,5
-0/28V-B 25-49-0 U T I L I T Y COVERED SIDEWALLS 1219017'1, -2 -7.0 64.0
- OAT PROBE 0.1 49.0 25-50-O UTILITY COVERED S'DEWALLS 1215212-5 -7.0 64.0
31-02-S HOURMETER C664503-0103 0.5 9.0 25-51-R PILOT'S OPERATING CHECKLIST (STOWED 1200901 0.3 0.0
31-03-R STALL WARNING INDICATOR 0718007-1 0.5 36.0 I N INSTRUMENT PANEL V.AP CASE)
25-52-R PILOT'S OPERATING HANDBOOK A N D FAA 1200901 1.6 49.E
32 - LANDING GEAR
APPROVED AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
32-01-R WHEEL BRAKE AND TIRE. 6.00 X 6 MAIN (2) 1241118-5, -6 39.6- 61.4- (STOWED I N PILOT'S SEAT B A C K )
- WHEEL ASSY. CLEVELAND 40-758 (EA) C163001-0301 7.8 62.1 25-53-S F U E L SAMPLING C U P (STOWED IN PILOT'S S2107-1 0.1 49.5
- BRAKE ASSY, CLEVELAND 30-52 (LH) CI 63030-0303 2.8 57.8 SEAT B A C K )
- BRAKE ASSY, CLEVELAND 30-52 (RH) CI 63030-0304 2.8 57.8 25-54-S MOLDED HEADLINER INSTALLATION 1215211 14.9 64.5

— —
- TIRE, 6-PLY (EACH) C262003-0204 7.9 62.1 25-55-S UTILITY SEAT KIT 1215212-6
- TUBE (EACH) C262023-O102 1.3 62.1 25-56-0 TOW BAR, NOSE GEAR (STOWED) 0501019-1 1.7127.0
32-02-O WHEEL BRAKE & TIRE S.o'o X 6 MAIN (2)
- WHEEL ASSY, CLEVELAND 40-75D (EA)
1241118-3, -4 48.4*
61.5- 1 25-E7-S EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER 3940428-1 3.1 • 137.7'

- BRAKE ASSY, CLEVELAND 30-52N (LH)

C163001-0302
C163030-0313
7.8
2.9
62 1
57.8
1 INSTL
- E L T TRANSMITTER 3000-11 1.9 158.8
- BRAKE ASSY, CLEVELAND 30-52N (RH) C163030-0314 2.9 57.8 - rtNi-ENtJA A N D CABLE A.3SY 3002-12 0.3 171.7
- TIRE, 6-PLY (EACH) C262003-0207 11.6 62.1 - WiRiNU 5 MCir;. HARDWAr.C 0.0 78.S

32-03-R
- TUBE (EACH)
WHEEL AND TIRE ASSY, 5.00 X 5 NOSE
:262023-0104
3540000-2
1.9
8.8-
62.1
-7.7'
2? - rtKE DHOTFCTION 1
.
26-L1-S FIRE Li.X': INSUIS;-iER l,\;STALI..ATION 1050^011-7 I 5,3- ^.3.6-
- WHEEL ASSY.CLEVELAND 40-77 241156-12 2.8 -7.7
- F I R E EXTINGUISHER, HAND T Y P E IA352GS 4.8 44.0
- TIRE, 6-PLY :262003-0202 4.6 -7.7
1 - MOUNTING CLAMP & HARD'A^ARE io501011-6 1 0.5 40.0
- TUBE :262023-0101 1.4 -7.7
F i g u r e 6 - 1 0 . E q u i p m e n t List D e s c r i p t i o n ( S h e e t 6 )

Figure 6 - 1 0 . E q u i p m e n t List Description (Sheet 7 of 13)

Revision 4 6-27

M a y 30/01 6-25
C3CV^ I l U I N D
W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST MODEL 206H

SECTION 6 CESSNA
W E I G H T & BALANCE / E Q U I P M E N T LIST MODEL 206H
ITEM WT ARM
EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION R E F DRAWING
No. LBS INS.

26-02-O FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSTALLATION 0501011-4 5.3* 35.0*

- FIRE EXTINGUISHER, HAND T Y P E A352GS 4.8 35.0 ITEM EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION WT ARM
REF DRAWING
- MOUNTING CLAMP & HARDWARE 0501011-4 0.5 35.0 No. LBS INS.

!
27 - FLIGHT CONTROLS 1 32-04-O WHEEL AND TIRE ASSY, 6.00 X 6 NOSE 0540000-4 11.2* •8.1*
27-01-S DUAL CONTROLS INSTL, RIGHT SEAT 6.9* 15.6* - WHEEL ASSY,CLEVELAND 40-77 1241156-43 3.9- -8.1
- TIRE, 4-PLY
- CONTROL WHEEL, COPILOT 0760149-10
1260517-1
2.6
4.3
31.7
5.9
1 - TUBE
C262003-0101
C252023-0102
5.5
1.3
-8.1
-8.1
- RUDDER & BRAKE PEDAL INSTL.,
COPILOT - NOSE GEAR STRUT INSTL OVERSIZE 1243615-16 0.5 -7.4
DUAL CONTROLS INSTL, RIGHT SEAT 1260004-14 6.9* 15.6* WHEEL (NET CHANGE)
27-02-O
0760149-10 2.6 31.7 32-05-A WHEEL FAIRING INSTL - STANDARD TIRES 1241116-1 19.4- 44.8*
- CONTROL WHEEL, COPILOT
1260410-7 4.3 5.9 - WHEEL FAIRING. MAIN (EACH) 0541223-24, -25 5.6 62,0
- RUDDER & BRAKE PEDAL INSTL.,
COPILOT • BRAKE FAIRING, MAIN (EACH^ 1241113-1, -2 0.6 61.4
27-03-O RUDDER PEDAL EXTENSION INSTL S E T OF 0501082-1 2.9 8.0 - WHEEL FAIRING . NOSE 0543079-7 3.8 -5,2
2 {INSTALLED ARM SHOWN) 1 • MOUNTING PLATE, MAIN WHEEL 1241114-1.-2 0.9 61.6
1 32-06-A WHEEL FAIRING INSTL - OVERSIZE TIRES 1241231-4 25.3* 51.6*
28-FUEL
- WHEEL FAIRING, MAIN (EACH) 1241229-1, -2 8.0 62.0
28-01-R FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS, LEFT & RIGHT S3317-3 0.7 17.5 - BRAKE FAIRING, MAIN (EACH) 1241232-1,-2 0.8 61.4
28-02-R FUEL PUMP, AUXII.IA.RY, ELECTRIC A-10056-8 13.0 13.1 - WHEEL FAIRING, NOSE 1243045-12 4.7 -5.6
30 - ICE a RAIN PROTECTION - MOUNTING PLATE, LH & RH 12411 14-1, -4 0.9 61.6
30-01-A ELECTRIC HEATED BOOTS, PROPELLER 1201991-1 5.1 -43.0 32-07-O PREMIUM TIRES, 6.00 X 6, 160 MPH RATING, 0501166-1 4.1 50.2
(DE-ICE) - REQUIRES 24-05-O EXHANGE WITH STANDARD TIRES (NET
CHANGE)
30-02-S HEATING SYSTEM, STALL SENSOR & RITOT 1201200-1 0.7 28.0
HEATER 32-08-O HUBCAPS, WHEEL 0741048-8 0.1 62.1
31 - INDICATING/RECORDING SYSTEM 33-LIGHTS

AT43200 0.3 17.5 1 33-01-S MAP LIGHT IN CONTROL WHEEL 0760149-11 0.2 22.5
31-01-S INDICATOR CLOCK & OAT INDICATOR
- OAT PROBE CNP-100-001 0.1 49.0 COURTESY LIGHTS UNDER WING 1201054-5 0.7 61.9
1 33-02-8
M803B-20/28V- 0.3 33-03-S NAVIGATION LIGHT DETECTORS 1221201-3. -4 0.0 0.0
31-02-S INDICATOR CLOCK & OAT INDICATOR 17.5
33-04-S FLASHING BEACON ON VERTICAL FIN TIP 0701042-5 0.8 256.1
-,.OAT PROBE C307PRF-11 0.1 49.0 33-05-S STROBE LIGHT INSTL ON WING TIPS 0501027-6 3.2 47.0
31-03-S HOURMETER C664503-01C3 0.5 9.0 33-06-S LANDING AND TAXI LIGHT INSTL 1221059-7, -8 2.2 33.0
31-C4-R STALL WARNING INDICATOR 0718007-1 0.5 36.0 34 - NAVIGATION
32-LANDING GEAR 34-01-R INDICATOR, TRUE AIRSPEED S3325-8 0.8 17.0
1241118-5, -6 39.6* 61.4* 34-02-S ALTERNATE STATIC AIR SOURCE 1201121-3 0.2 15.4
32-01-R WHEEL BRAKE AND TIRE, 6.00 X 6 MAIN (2)
0163001-0301 7.8 62.1 34-03-R ALTIMEItH, 20,000 FT, SENSITIVE WITH 20 S3328-1 0.9 1,6.5
- WHEEL ASSY, CLEVELAND 40-758 (FA)
FT. MARKINGS, INCHES OF MERCURY
- BRAKE ASSY, CLEVELAND 30-52 (LH) 016.3030-0303 2.8 57.8
34-04-0 ALTIMETER, 20,000 FT. SENSITIVE WITH 20 S3371-1 0.9 16.5
- BRAKE ASSY, CLEVELAND 30-52 (RH) 0163030-0304 2.8 57.8
FT. MARKINGS, MILLIBARS
- TIPE, fi-PLY (HACri) C262003-0204 7.9 62.1
34-05-S BLIND ALTITUDE ENCODER INSTL 3940413-4 0.8 15.0
- TilBE(EACH; C262023-0102 1.3 62.1 34-06-R COMPASS INSTL, MAGNETIC 1213679-5 0.5 21.1
32-02-0 WHEEL BRAKE & TIRE 8.00 X 6 MAIN (2) V J i n S - a , -4 48.4 61.5* 34-07-S GYRO. INSTALLATION (REQUIRES 37-01-S) 1201990-1 6.7- 15.2-
WHEEL ASSY, C L E V E I ^ N D 4'..-7.5D (EM C1S3001-C302 7.8 62.1 - DIRECTIONAL INDICATOR S3330-2 2.8 15.8
• BRAi^E A3=:Y, CLEVELAND 3C-52N ( l H ) C1S3030-0313 2.9 57.8 - Al IIIUDE INDICATOR S3326-1 2.1 15.9 '
- BRAKE ASS> , CLEVELAND 30-52N (RH) C16303U-0314 2.S 57.8 - HOSES AND MISC HARDWARE 201990-1 1.9 8.7
j - TIhE, 6 PLV (EACH) C2G2003-0207 11.6 62 1 34-08-0 HSI INSTALLATION (REQUIRES 3900034-1 12.5* 64,1-
- 1 USE (cACI-i) C2n2023-01C4 1.9 b2.^ 37-01-S)
i
- STANDARD GYROS REMOVED •13.7 5.5
- NAV INDICATOR REMOVED -1.2 16,4
I F i g u r e 6 - 1 0 . E q u i p m e n t L i s t D e s c r i p t i o n ( S h e e t 7)
Figure 6-10. Equipment List Description (Sheet 8 of 13)

16-28 Revision 4
6-26 M a y 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / EQUIPMENT LIST
CESSNA SECTION 6
MODEL 206H W E I G H T & B A L A N C E / E Q U I P M E N T LIST

ITEM EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION REF DRAWING WT ARM

No. LBS INS.
riEM EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION REF DRAWING WT ARM
98-03-A NAV 1 AVIONICS PACKAGE (NET CHANGE 3900033-1 17.9- 16.9* No. LBS INS.
OVER STD AVN PKG)
- 23-05-A NAV/COM #2 INSTALLATION 6.8 19.7 61-03-O POLISHED SPINNER - MILLENNIUM INSTL 2150151-2 0.0 -44.5
- 34-12-A GPS INSTALLATION 5.0 17.7 INSTL (NET CHANGE)
- 34-14-A MFD INSTALLATION 6.1 13.1 61-04-R GOVERNOR, PROPFl 1 FR C161031-0121 3.0 -33.5
98-05-O NAV 1 PACKAGE (NET CHANGE OVER STD 3900011 22.8* 124.4* 71 - POWERPLANT
AVN PKG) 71-01-R FILTER, INDUCTION AIR 1250704-3 0.8 -9.5
- 22-02-O DUAL AXIS AUTOPILOT 21.4 109.9
72 - ENGINES
- 34-09-A ADF INSTL 9.4 82.7
- DELE Ih22-01-S SINGLE AXIS -8.0 36.7 72-01-R ENGINE, LYCOMING IO-540-AC1A59772 1250982 462.5 -17.5
AUTOPILOT 72-02-O MILLENNIUM ENGINE, LYCOMING IO-540- 1251020-1 0.0 -17.5
98-06-A NAV 1 AVIONICS PACKAGE WITH ADF 3900033-3 27.3* 39.6* AC1A59920 (EXCHANGE WITH 72-01-R, NET
- 98-02-A NAV 1 AVIONICS 17.9 16.9 CHANGE)
- 34-11-A ADF INSTALLATION 9.4 82.7 73 - ENGINE FUEL & CbNTROL
98-03-A NAV 1 PACKAGE WITH HSI (REPLACING STD 34.4* 104.8* 73-01-R FUEL FLOW/MANIFOLD PRESSURE S3355-3 0.7 17.5
DIRECTIONAL & NAV INDICATORS) (NET 73-02-R EGT/CYLINDER HEAD TEMP INDICATOR S3305-3 0.6 17.5
CHANGE OVER STD AVN PKG)
73-03-S ANNUNCIATOR PANEL 3930412-1 0.3 18.2
- 34-06-O HSI SYSTEM (ADDED) 19.5 45.7
73-04-R FUEL QUANTITY INDICATOR LEFT & RIGHT S3317-3 0.6 17.5
- 34-06-S STD GYROS (REMOVED) -6.7 15.2
- 23-04-S NAV ILS INDICATOR -1.2 16.4 77 - ENGINE INDICATING
(REMOVED) 77-01-R TACHOMETER INSTALLATION, RECORDING S3329-6 1.0 17.5
- 98-02-A NAV 1 PACKAGE (ADDED) 22.8 124.4 77-02-S EGT/CYLINDER HEAD TEMP INDICATOR S3305-5 0.6 17.5
98-06-A NAV II AVIONICS PACKAGE 3900034-1 36.1* 51.2* 78 - EXHAUST
- 98-02-A NAV 1 AVIONICS 17.9 16.9
- 34-08-O HSI INSTALLATION 64.1 78-01-R EXHAUST SYSTEM INSTL 1250982-1 17.5* -13.0*
12.5
- 34-15-A STORMSCOPE INSTALLATION 5.7 - LH EXHAUST SYSTEM 9954300-1 10.9 -14.6
130.1
98-06-A NAV II AVIONICS PACKAGE WITH ADF 3900034-3 45.5* 57.9* - RH EXHAUST SYSTEM 9954300-2 6.6 -10.4
- 98-04-A NAV II AVIONICS 78-01-O EXHAUST SYSTEM INSTL 1250982 17.5* -13.0*
36.1 51.2
- LH EXHAUST SYSTEM 2254030-1 10.9 -14.6
- 34-11-A ADF INSTALLATION 9.4 82.7
- RH EXHAUST SYSTEM 2254030-2 6.6 -10.4
79 - OIL
79-01-R OIL COOLER INSTALLATION, STEWART 10880A 5.5 -5.8
WARNER
79-02-R OIL PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE S3279-1 0.8 18.3
INDICATORS
90 - MISCELLANEOUS
90-01-A FLOAT INSTL INFORMATION (CESSNA
PROVIDES 53-11-A ONLY) THE FOLLOWING
IS FOR REFERENCE USE ONLY
- STINGER, FLOATPLANE (NET 1212600-7 0.5 270.0
CHANGE)
- VERTICAL FIN (NET DECREASE) 1231065 -0.4 230.D
- RUDDER & FLASHING BEACON 1231034 5.0 263.5
(NET CHANGE)
- TAIL DUAL TIE DOWN RINGS 1242013 0.1 229.6
- COWL FLAP, EXTENDED LENGTH 1213624 0.6 -4.9
- EXHAUST PIPE EXTENSTIONS 1242013 1.2 2.0
Figure 6 - 1 0 * E q u i p m e n t List Description (Stieet 13 of 13)

Figure 6 - 1 0 . E q u i p m e n t List Description (Sheet 11 of 13)

M a y 30/01 6-31/(6-32 blank)

M a y 30/01 6-29
SECTION 6 CESSNA
W E I G H T & BALANCE / EQUIPMENT LIST MODEL 206H

ITEM EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION REF DRAWING WT ARM

No. LBS INS.

- STEERING B U N G E E , F L O A T P L A N E 1260644 3.1 -9.0

- VENTRAL FIN 1233000 4.5 213.9
- W A T E R RUDDER B E L L C R A N K S (EACH) 1242004 1.3 -4.3
- NOSE GEAR COVER P L A T E 1242012 0.3 0.0
90-02~A LANDING GEAR DELETION (APPROX.) 149.5* 43.5*
- NOSE GEAR FORK & T I R E A S S Y 1260100-4 43.2 -4.5
- MAIN GEAR SPRING & W H E E L A S S Y 53.2 62.7
(PER SIDE)
90-03-A MILLENNIUM E Q U I P M E N T O P T I O N 1201300-1, -2
- 11-04-O MILLENNIUM E X T E R I O R 1204055-1,-2 0.0 90.8
STYLING (NET C H A N G E )
- 2 5 - 1 0 - 0 MILLENNIUM S U N V I S O R 0519004-3
MILLENNIUM U P H O L S T E R Y O P T I O N 1219004-1
- LEATHER/VINYL S E A T U P H O L S 1 b H Y 0519004-3
- SIDEWALL U P H O L S 1EHY I N S E R T S 1219007-1
- MILLENNIUM F L O O R M A T S - C A R P E T 1219004-1
- JEPP S T O R A G E C O N S O L E 0519004-3 2.3 28.0
61-02-O POLISHED SPINNER INSTL (NET 1251019-1 0.0 -44.5
CHANGE)
72-02-O ENGINE INSTALLATION 1251020-1 0.0 -17.5
POLISHED FASTENER INSTL 1252628-1 • 0.0
C O N T R O L W H E E L PAD - M I L L E N N I U M 1219012-1
98 - AVIONICS PACKAGE OPTIONS
98-01-S S T A N D A R D AVIONICS INSTALLATION 3900032-1 46.5* 76.3-
C O N S I S T S OF THE F O L L O W I N G :
- 22-01-S DUAL AXIS A U T O P I L O T 20.5 103.0
- 22-02-S BASIC AVIONICS INSTL 4.0 24.7
- 22-03-S A U D I O P A N E L / M A R K E R 6.7 55.9
BEACON
- 22-04-S NAV/COM W I T H G S 8.4 49.1
- 25-32-R ELT 3.3 135.9
- 34-13-S M O D E ' C T R A N S P O N D E R 3.6 28.3
98-02-O S T A N D A R D AVIONICS P A C K A G E 3900010-1,-3 46.7* 42.4*
- 23-02-S BASIC AVIONICS R E Q U I R E D 7.4 33.0
W I T H FIRST N A V / C O M
- 23-04-S NAV/COM W I T H ILS (FIRST 8.6 44.8
UNIT)
- 22-01-S SINGLE AXIS A U T O P I L O T 8.0 36.7
- 23-03-S AUDIO P A N E U M A R K E R 3.5 68.6
BEACON
- 23-05-S NAV/COM VOR/LOC (2ND 6.2 22.9
UNIT)
- 25-21-RELT 3.2 135.9
- 34-10-S GPS KLNB9 INSTL 4.6 16.7
- 34-12-S MODE C T R A N S P O N D E R 3.3 28.6

Figure 6-10. E q u i p n j e n t List D e s c r i p t i o n ( S h e e t 12 of 13)

6-30 M a y 30/01
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS , » i
DESCRIPTIONS ^
^. AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS
r** DESCRIPTIONS
CESSNA SECTION 7 CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

SECTION?
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
Page

C a b i n H e a t i n g , V e n t i l a t i n g A n d Defrosting S y s t e m 7-47
Pitot-Static S y s t e m A n d I n s t r u m e n t s 7-49
A i r s p e e d Indicator 7-49 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Vertical S p e e d Indicator 7-49 Page
Altimeter 7-51
Introduction 7-5
V a c u u m S y s t e m A n d Instruments 7-51
Airframe 7-5
Attitude Indicator 7-51
Flight Controls 7-6
Direction Indicator 7-51
Trim System 7-9
Vacuum Gauge 7-53
Instrument P a n e l 7-9
Low Vacuum Annunciation 7-53
Pilot Side P a n e l L a y o u t 7-9
C l o c k / O . A . T . Indicator •. 7-54
Center P a n e l L a y o u t 7-12
Stall W a r n i n g S y s t e m 7-54
Copilot Side Panel L a y o u t -. 7-12
Standard Avionics 7-55
Center P e d e s t a l L a y o u t .. 7-12
Avionics Support Equipment 7-55
G r o u n d Control 7-13
Avionics Cooling Fan . . .*. 7-55
W i n g Flap S y s t e m 7-14
M i c r o p h o n e A n d H e a d s e t Installations 7-55
Landing G e a r S y s t e m 7-15
Static D i s c h a r g e r s 7-57 Baggage Compartment 7-15
Cabin Features 7-57 Seats 7-15
Emergency Locator Transmitter 7-57
Integrated S e a t B e l t / S h o u l d e r H a r n e s s 7-16
C a b i n Fire Extinguisher 7-58 Entrance D o o r s A n d C a b i n W i n d o w s 7-18
Control L o c k s 7-21
Engine 7-21
Engine C o n t r o l s 7-22|
Engine I n s t r u m e n t s 7-22
N e w Engine B r e a k - I n A n d O p e r a t i o n 7-24
Engine Lubrication S y s t e m 7-25

May 30/01 7-3/(7-4 blank) M a y 30/01 7-1

SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

' • Page

Ignition A n d Starter S y s t e m 7-25

Air Induction S y s t e m 7-26
Exhaust S y s t e m 7-26
Fuel Injection S y s t e m 7-26
Cooling S y s t e m 7-27
Propeller 7-27
Fuel S y s t e m 7-28
Fuel Distribution 7-29
Fuel Indicating S y s t e m •. 7-31
Auxiliary Fuel P u m p O p e r a t i o n 7-32
Fuel Venting 7-32
Fuel Selector V a l v e 7-33
Fuel Drain V a l v e s 7-34
Brake S y s t e m 7-34
Electrical S y s t e m 7-35
Annunciator Panel 7-40
Master Switch 7-41
Avionics Master Switch 7-41
Ammeter 7-42
L o w Voltage A n n u n c i a t i o n 7-42
Circuit Breakers A n d F u s e s 7-43
G r o u n d Service Plug R e c e p t a c l e 7-43
Lighting S y s t e m s 7-45
Exterior Lighting 7-45
Interior Lighting 7-45

7-2 May 30/01

CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
AILERON CONTROL SYSTEM

INTRODUCTION
This section p r o v i d e s description a n d operation of the airplane
a n d its s y s t e m s . S o m e e q u i p m e n t d e s c r i b e d herein is optional a n d
m a y not be installed in t h e airplane. Refer to t h e S u p p l e m e n t s , !
Section 9, for details of other optional s y s t e m s a n d e q u i p m e n t . |

AIRFRAME
T h e airplane is a n all m e t a l , six-place, h i g h - w i n g , single e n g i n e l
airplane e q u i p p e d with tricycle landing gear a n d is d e s i g n e d for
general utility p u r p o s e s .

T h e construction of the f u s e l a g e is of conventional a l u m i n u m

b u l k h e a d , stringer a n d skin design c o m m o n l y k n o w n as " s e m i -
moncoque". Major c o m p o n e n t s of the structure include the front
a n d rear carry-thru s p a r s (to w h i c h the w i n g s attach); these form the
top e l e m e n t of the f o r w a r d a n d aft d o o r p o s t b u l k h e a d a s s e m b l i e s .
T h e lower m e m b e r of the fonward doorpost b u l k h e a d a s s e m b l y is
RUDDER AND R U D D E R TRIM below the cabin floor a n d provides the fuselage attachment for the
CONTROL SYSTEMS w i n g struts. T h e lower m e m b e r of the aft d o o r p o s t b u l k h e a d
a s s e m b l y is also b e l o w t h e floor a n d serves as the forward w e b of
the landing g e a r carry-thru structure. T h e m a i n landing gear
attaches to t h e f u s e l a g e o n e a c h side at a n inner a n d outer forged
b u l k h e a d that a t t a c h e s at t h e front to the lower m e m b e r of the aft
doorpost b u l k h e a d a n d at the rear to another t r a n s v e r s e b u l k h e a d
below the f l o o r b o a r d . T h e e n g i n e m o u n t structure is s u p p o r t e d by a
keel b e a m a s s e m b l y that also supports the lower c o w l i n g , passes
aft through t h e firewall into the cabin below the floorboard a n d
attaches to the lower m e m b e r of the forward doorpost b u l k h e a d
a s s e m b l y . T h e keel b e a m a s s e m b l y also provides t h e a t t a c h m e n t s
for the nose landing gear.

T h e externally b r a c e d w i n g s , containing integral fuel tanks, a r e

c o n s t r u c t e d of a front a n d rear spar with f o r m e d s h e e t metal ribs,
doublers, a n d stringers. T h e entire structure is c o v e r e d with
a l u m i n u m s k i n . T h e front s p a r s are e q u i p p e d with wing-to-fuselage
a n d wing-to-strut attach fittings. T h e aft spars are e q u i p p e d with
w i n g - t o - f u s e l a g e attach fittings, a n d are partial s p a n s p a r s .

1285X1008
1285X1009

F i g u r e 7 - 1 . Flight Control a n d T r i m S y s t e m s (Sheet 1 of 2)

Oct 5/98 7-7 M a y 30/01 7-5

 SECTION 7 CESSNA
SECTION 7 • CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H

Frise-type ailerons a n d single-slot type f l a p s are a t t a c h e d to the ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTEM

trailing e d g e of the w i n g s . T h e ailerons are c o n s t r u c t e d of a fonward
spar, f o r m e d sheet metal ribs, a "V" t y p e c o r r u g a t e d a l u m i n u m skin
j o i n e d t o g e t h e r at the trailing e d g e , a n d a f o r m e d l e a d i n g e d g e c o n -
taining b a l a n c e w e i g h t s . T h e flaps are c o n s t r u c t e d basically the
s a m e as the ailerons, with the e x c e p t i o n of the b a l a n c e w e i g h t s , aft
spars a n d the addition of a trailing e d g e stiffener.

T h e e m p e n n a g e (tail a s s e m b l y )
vertical stabilizer, rudder, horizontal
vertical stabilizer consists of fonward
metal ribs a n d r e i n f o r c e m e n t s , four
e d g e skins a n d a dorsal f i n .
c o n s i s t s of a c o n v e n t i o n a l
stabilizer, a n d elevator. T h e
a n d aft spar, f o r m e d s h e e t
skin p a n e l s , f o r m e d leading

T h e rudder is c o n s t r u c t e d of a f o r w a r d a n d aft spar, f o r m e d sheet

metal ribs a n d r e i n f o r c e m e n t s , a n d a w r a p - a r o u n d s k i n p a n e l . T h e
top of the rudder incorporates a l e a d i n g e d g e e x t e n s i o n w h i c h
c o n t a i n s a balance w e i g h t

T h e horizontal stabilizer is c o n s t r u c t e d of a f o r w a r d a n d aft spar,

ribs a n d stiffeners, center u p p e r a n d lower skin p a n e l s , a n d t w o left
a n d t w o right w r a p - a r o u n d skin panels w h i c h also f o r m the leading
e d g e s . T h e horizontal stabilizer also c o n t a i n s the e l e v a t o r trim tab
actuator.

Construction of the elevator c o n s i s t s of a f o r w a r d a n d aft spar,

ribs, t o r q u e t u b e a n d bellcrank, left u p p e r a n d l o w e r skin p a n e l s ,
a n d right inboard a n d o u t b o a r d f o r m e d trailing e d g e s . T h e elevator
trim tab consists of a b r a c k e t a s s e m b l y , hinge half a n d a w r a p -
a r o u n d skin p a n e l . B o t h e l e v a t o r tip l e a d i n g e d g e e x t e n s i o n s
incorporate b a l a n c e w e i g h t s .

FLIGHT CONTROLS
T h e airplane's flight control s y s t e m (Refer to Figure 7-1) c o n s i s t s
of c o n v e n t i o n a l aileron, elevator a n d r u d d e r control s u r f a c e s . T h e
control surfaces are m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d t h r o u g h m e c h a n i c a l linkage
using a control w h e e l for t h e ailerons a n d elevator, and
rudder/brake pedals for the rudder. T h e elevator control s y s t e m is
e q u i p p e d with d o w n s p r i n g s w h i c h provide i m p r o v e d stability in
flight.

1285X1006
1285X1007

F i g u r e 7 - 1 . F l i g h t C o n t r o l a n d T r i m S y s t e m s ( S h e e t 2 o f 2)

7-6 O c t 5/98

7-8 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
CESSNA SECTION?
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

TRIM SYSTEMS ,
1. Oil Temperature/Oil 25. Auxiliary Cabin Air Control
P r e s s u r e Indicator
A m a n u a l l y - o p e r a t e d rudder a n d elevator trim is provided (refer to
2. Fuel Quantity Indicators 26. Cabin Heat Control Figure 7-1). R u d d e r t r i m m i n g is a c c o m p l i s h e d t h r o u g h a b u n g e e
3. Vacuum Gauge/ 27. C a b i n Air Control unit c o n n e c t e d to the rudder control s y s t e m a n d a trim control w h e e l
Ammeter m o u n t e d o n the control p e d e s t a l . R u d d e r t r i m m i n g is a c c o m p l i s h e d
4. Digital C l o c k / O . A . T . Indicator 28.
by rotating the horizontally m o u n t e d trim control w h e e l either left or
Wing Flap Switch Lever and
Flap Position Indicator right to the d e s i r e d trim position. Rotating the trim w h e e l to the right,
will trim nose-right; c o n v e r s e l y , rotating it to the left will trim n o s e -
5. E G T / C H T Indicator 29. Mixture Control
left. Elevator t r i m m i n g is a c c o m p l i s h e d t h r o u g h the elevator trim tab
6. Turn Coordinator 30. Propeller Control by utilizing the vertically m o u n t e d trim control w h e e l . F o r w a r d
7. A i r s p e e d Indicator 31. Throttle Control rotation of the trim w h e e l will trim n o s e - d o w n , conversely, aft
rotation will trim n o s e - u p .
3. Directional Indicator 32. Alternate Static Air Control

33.
9. Attitude Indicator Glareshield and Pedestal
Dimming Control
INSTRUMENT PANEL
10. Tachometer 34. Radio and Panel Dimming
Control T h e instrument p a n e l (Refer to Figure 7-2) is of all-metal
c o n s t r u c t i o n , a n d is d e s i g n e d in s e g m e n t s to allow related g r o u p s of
11. Vertical S p e e d Indicator 35. Avionics Master Switch
i n s t r u m e n t s , switches a n d controls to be r e m o v e d without r e m o v i n g
12. Altimeter 36. Manifold P r e s s u r e G a u g e / F u e l the entire p a n e l . For specific details c o n c e r n i n g the i n s t r u m e n t s ,
Flow Indicator s w i t c h e s , circuit b r e a k e r s , a n d controls 'on the instrument p a n e l ,
13. C o u r s e Deviation and Glide 37. Circuit Breal<ers a n d refer to related topics in this s e c t i o n .
Slope Indicators Switch/Breakers

14. Audio Control Panel 38. Auxiliary Fuel P u m p Switch PILOT SIDE PANEL LAYOUT
15. Annunciator Panel 39. Master Switch
Flight i n s t r u m e n t s are c o n t a i n e d in a single p a n e l located in front
16. G P S Receiver 40. Ignition S w i t c h i of the pilot. T h e s e i n s t r u m e n t s are d e s i g n e d a r o u n d the basic "T"
17. N a v / C o m R a d i o #1 41. Rudder Trim c o n f i g u r a t i o n . T h e g y r o s are l o c a t e d i m m e d i a t e l y in front of the pilot,
a n d a r r a n g e d vertically o v e r the control c o l u m n . T h e a i r s p e e d
18. Nav/Com Radio #2 42. Cowl Flap Control Lever and
Position Indicator indicator a n d altimeter are located to the left a n d right of the g y r o s ,
respectively. T h e r e m a i n d e r of the flight i n s t r u m e n t s are c l u s t e r e d
19. Transponder 43. Elevator Trim Control and
a r o u n d the basic "T". ',
Position Indicator

20. E L T Remote Test Button 44. Fuel Selector

T o the right of the flight i n s t r u m e n t s is a s u b panel w h i c h
21. Hour Meter 45. Optional Prop De-ice c o n t a i n s e n g i n e t a c h o m e t e r a n d v a r i o u s navigational i n s t r u m e n t s .
Annunciator T o the left of the flight i n s t r u m e n t s is a s u b panel w h i c h c o n t a i n s a
22. Avionics Circuit Breaker Panel 46. NAV/GPS Selector left/right fuel quantity indicator, a n oil temperature/oil p r e s s u r e
indicator, a v a c u u m g a u g e / a m m e t e r , a n E G T / C H T indicator, a
23. Glove Box 47. A u t o Pilot C o m p u t e r
c l o c k / O A T indicator and manifold pressure gauge/fuel flow
24. Cabin Defrost Control 48 H a n d Mic ~VI indicator.
49 12-Volt Powerport

Figure 7-2. Instrument Panel (Sheet 2 of 2)

M a y 30/01 7-9
M a y 30/01 7-11
 SECTION 7 CESSNA
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H

Below the engine and flight i n s t r u m e n t s are the circuit breakers

and switches used throughout t h e airplane. T h e m a s t e r switch,
avionics master switch, ignition s w i t c h , and lighting controls are
located in this area of the panel.

CENTER PANEL L A Y O U T

T h e center panel contains v a r i o u s avionics e q u i p m e n t a r r a n g e d

in a vertical rack. This a r r a n g e m e n t allows e a c h c o m p o n e n t to be
r e m o v e d without having to a c c e s s the b a c k s i d e of the p a n e l . B e l o w
the panel are the throttle, propeller, mixture a n d alternate static air
controls.

A multi-function annunciator is l o c a t e d a b o v e the radio stack a n d

provides caution a n d warning m e s s a g e s for low fuel quantity, low oil
pressure, low v a c u u m , low v o l t a g e a n d autopilot pitch trim
situations.

COPILOT SIDE P A N E L L A Y O U T

The copilot side panel c o n t a i n s the hour me'ter, E L T s w i t c h ,

avionics equipment, avionics circuit breakers a n d roorp for
expansion of indicators and other avionics e q u i p m e n t . B e l o w this
sub panel are the glove box, c a b i n heat, defroster a n d cabin air
controls, and wing flap lever.

CENTER PEDESTAL LAYOUT

The center pedestal, located b e l o w the center p a n e l , c o n t a i n s the

elevator and rudder trim control w h e e l s a n d position indicators, a n d
provides a bracket for the m i c r o p h o n e . T h e fuel selector valve
handle is located at the base of the p e d e s t a l . A p a r k i n g brake
handle is m o u n t e d below the switch a n d control panel in front of the
pilot.
44

1218T1012

Figure 7-2. Instrument Panel (Sheet 1 of 2)

7-12 Oct 5/98

7-10 May 30/01

CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
LANDING GEAR SYSTEM
T h e landing g e a r is of the tricycle type, with a steerabie nose
w h e e l a n d t w o m a i n w h e e l s . W h e e l fairings are s t a n d a r d for both
the m a i n a n d n o s e w h e e l s . S h o c k absorption is provided by the leaf
spring steel m a i n l a n d i n g gear struts a n d the air/oil nose gear shock
strut. Each m a i n g e a r w h e e l is e q u i p p e d with a hydraulically-
a c t u a t e d disc-type b r a k e on the inboard side of e a c h w h e e l .
O v e r s i z e d w h e e l s a r e available to facilitate o p e r a t i o n s from
unimproved runways.
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT
T h e b a g g a g e c o m p a r t m e n t consists of the area f r o m the b a c k of
the rear p a s s e n g e r s e a t s to the aft cabin b u l k h e a d . A c c e s s to the
b a g g a g e c o m p a r t m e n t is g a i n e d through the c a r g o d o o r s
right side of t h e a i r p l a n e , or f r o m within the airplane c a b i n . A
b a g g a g e net with t i e d o w n straps is provided for s e c u r i n g b a g g a g e
a n d is a t t a c h e d b y t y i n g t h e straps to t i e d o w n n n g s p r o v i d e d in the
airplane. W h e n l o a d i n g t h e airplane, children should not be placed
or permitted in t h e b a g g a g e c o m p a r t m e n t , a n d a n y material that
might b e h a z a r d o u s to the airplane or o c c u p a n t s should not be
placed a n y w h e r e in t h e airplane. For b a g g a g e / c a r g o area a n d door
d i m e n s i o n s , refer to S e c t i o n 6.
SEATS
T h e airplane is e q u i p p e d with the conventional style six seat
arrangement. C o n v e n t i o n a l seating consists of four separate
fonward f a c i n g seats a n d the rear seat is a fixed o n e - p i e c e seat
b o t t o m a n d a t h r e e - p o s i t i o n , reclining back. I
*
Fore a n d aft a d j u s t m e n t is m a d e using t h e handle located below
the center of the seat f r a m e . T o position the seat, lift the h a n d l e ,
slide the seat into p o s i t i o n , release the handle a n d c h e c k that the
seat is locked in p l a c e . T o adjust the height of the seat, rotate the
large c r a n k under t h e right h a n d corner of the seat until a
c o m f o r t a b l e height is o b t a i n e d . T o adjust the seat back a n g l e , pull
up o n the release b u t t o n , located in the center front of seat, just
under the seat b o t t o m , position the seat back to the desired a n g l e ,
a n d release the b u t t o n . W h e n the seat is not o c c u p i e d , the seat
back will a u t o m a t i c a l l y fold fonA/ard w h e n e v e r the release button is
pulled u p . *
May 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
GROUND CONTROL
Effective g r o u n d control w h i l e taxiing is a c c o m p l i s h e d t h r o u g h
n o s e w h e e l s t e e r i n g b y u s i n g t h e r u d d e r p e d a l s ; left r u d d e r p e d a l t o
s t e e r left a n d r i g h t r u d d e r p e d a l t o s t e e r r i g h t . W h e n a r u d d e r p e d a l
is d e p r e s s e d , a s p r i n g - l o a d e d s t e e r i n g b u n g e e ( w h i c h is c o n n e c t e d
to the n o s e gear a n d to the rudder bars) will turn the nose wheel
t h r o u g h a n a r c of a p p r o x i m a t e l y 1 5 ° e a c h s i d e of c e n t e r . B y
a p p l y i n g e i t h e r left or r i g h t b r a k e , t h e d e g r e e o f t u r n m a y b e
i n c r e a s e d u p to 3 5 ° e a c h s i d e of center.
M o v i n g t h e a i r p l a n e b y h a n d is m o s t e a s i l y a c c o m p l i s h e d b y
a t t a c h i n g a t o w b a r t o t h e n o s e g e a r s t r u t . If a t o w b a r i s n o t
a v a i l a b l e , o r p u s h i n g is r e q u i r e d , u s e t h e w i n g s t r u t s a s p u s h p o i n t s .
D o n o t u s e t h e v e r t i c a l o r h o r i z o n t a l s u r f a c e s t o m o v e t h e a i r p l a n e . If
on the
t h e a i r p l a n e is t o b e t o w e d b y v e h i c l e , n e v e r t u r n t h e n o s e w h e e l
more than 3 5 ° either side of center or structural d a m a g e to t h e
nose g e a r c o u l d result.
T h e m i n i m u m t u r n i n g r a d i u s of t h e . a i r p l a n e , u s i n g d i f f e r e n t i a l
b r a k i n g a n d n o s e w h e e l s t e e r i n g d u r i n g t a x i , is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2 7
feet. T o obtain a m i n i m u m radius turn d u r i n g g r o u n d h a n d l i n g , t h e
airplane m a y b e rotated a r o u n d either m a i n landing gear by
pressing d o w n on a tailcone b u l k h e a d just forward of the horizontal
s t a b i l i z e r t o r a i s e t h e n o s e w h e e l off t h e g r o u n d . C a r e s h o u l d b e
e x e r c i s e d t o e n s u r e t h a t p r e s s u r e is e x e r t e d o n l y o n t h e b u l k h e a d
area a n d not on skin between t h e bulkheads. Pressing d o w n o n t h e
h o r i z o n t a l s t a b i l i z e r to r a i s e t h e n o s e w h e e l off t h e g r o u n d i s n o t
recommended.
7-15
Oct 5/98 7-13
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
WING FLAP SYSTEM
T h e rear p a s s e n g e r s ' seat c o n s i s t s of a f i x e d , one p i e c e se'at bot-
T h e s i n g l e s l o t - t y p e w i n g f l a p s ( R e f e r to F i g u r e 7 - 3 ) , a r e
t o m arid a three-position, reclining back. T h e reclining b a c k is a d -
e x t e n d e d or retracted by positioning the w i n g flap switch lever on
j u s t e d by a lever located below t h e c e n t e r of the seat f r a m e . T o a d -
the i n s t r u m e n t panel to the desired flap deflection position. T h e just the seat back, raise the lever, position the seat b a c k to the d e -
s w i t c h l e v e r is m o v e d u p o r d o w n in a s l o t t e d p a n e l t h a t p r o v i d e s sired a n g l e , release the lever a n d c h e c k that t h e b a c k is l o c k e d in
m e c h a n i c a l s t o p s at t h e 1 0 ° a n d 2 0 ° p o s i t i o n s . T o c h a n g e f l a p place.
s e t t i n g , t h e f l a p l e v e r is m o v e d t o t h e r i g h t t o c l e a r m e c h a n i c a l
s t o p s a t t h e 1 0 ° a n d 2 0 ° p o s i t i o n s . A s c a l e a n d p o i n t e r t o t h e left H e a d r e s t s are installed on both the front a n d rear s e a t s . T o
of t h e f l a p s w i t c h i n d i c a t e s f l a p t r a v e l in d e g r e e s . T h e w i n g f l a p adjust the headrest, apply e n o u g h p r e s s u r e to it to raise or lower it
s y s t e m c i r c u i t is p r o t e c t e d b y a 1 0 - a m p e r e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r , l a b e l e d to the desired level. ^«
F L A P , o n t h e left s i d e of t h e c o n t r o l p a n e l .
INTEGRATED SEAT BELT/SHOULDER HARNESS
NOTE
All seat positions are equipped with integrated seat
A f l a p i n t e r r u p t s w i t c h , o n t h e u p p e r sill of t h e f o r w a r d belts/shoulder h a r n e s s a s s e m b l i e s (Refer to Figure 7-4). T h e d e s i g n
c a r g o d o o r o p e n i n g , will stop flap o p e r a t i o n r e g a r d l e s s of incorporates an o v e r h e a d structure m o u n t e d inertia reel for the
f l a p p o s i t i o n a n y t i m e t h e f o r w a r d c a r g o d o o r is u n l a t c h e d . shoulder portion, a n d a seat s t r u c t u r e m o u n t e d retractor reel for the
T h e s w i t c h is i n t e n d e d t o p r e v e n t l o w e r i n g t h e f l a p s , i n t o lap portion of the belt. This d e s i g n allows for c o m p l e t e f r e e d o m of
t h e c a r g o d o o r w h e n it is o p e n . m o v e m e n t of the upper torso a r e a while providing restraint in the
lap belt area. In the event of a s u d d e n d e c e l e r a t i o n , both reels lock
up to provide positive restraint for the user.

In the front a n d center seats, t h e inertia reels are l o c a t e d on the

centeriine of the roof area. In the rear s e a t s , the inertia reels are
located outboard of each p a s s e n g e r in the roof area.

T o use the integrated seat b e l t / s h o u l d e r h a r n e s s , g r a s p the link

with one h a n d , a n d , in a single s m o o t h m o t i o n , e x t e n d t h e a s s e m b l y

Ia n d insert into the b u c k l e . Positive locking has o c c u r r e d w h e n a

distinctive "snap" s o u n d is h e a r d .

Proper locking of the lap belt c a n be verified by e n s u r i n g that the

belts are allowed to retract into the retractors a n d the lap belt is
s n u g a n d low over the hips as w o r n n o r m a l l y during f l i g h t No m o r e
than one additional inch of belt s h o u l d be able to be pulled out of
the retractor o n c e the lap belt is in place on the o c c u p a n t . If m o r e
than one additional inch of belt c a n be pulled out of the retractor,
the o c c u p a n t is too small for the installed restraint s y s t e m a n d the
| s e a t should not be o c c u p i e d until the o c c u p a n t is properly
restrained.

Figure 7-3. W i n g Flap S y s t e m

7-16 M a y 30/01
7-14 Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

T o o p e n t h e pilot's door from outside t h e airplane, utilize t h e re-

c e s s e d door h a n d l e n e a r the aft e d g e of t h e door by g r a s p i n g the
f o r w a r d e n d of t h e h a n d l e a n d pulling o u t b o a r d . T o o p e n or close STANDARD INTEGEATED SEATBELT/
the door f r o m inside t h e airplane, use the c o m b i n a t i o n d o o r handle SHOULDER HARNESS WITH
a n d a r m rest. T h e inside door handle h a s three positions a n d a INTERTIA REEL

p l a c a r d at its b a s e w h i c h reads O P E N , C L O S E , a n d L O C K . T h e
h a n d l e is spring l o a d e d to the C L O S E (up) position. W h e n t h e door
has b e e n pulled shut a n d l a t c h e d , lock it by rotating the door handle
f o r w a r d to t h e L O C K position (flush with t h e a r m rest). W h e n t h e
h a n d l e is rotated to t h e L O C K position, a n over-center action will
hold it in that position. All c a b i n doors s h o u l d be locked prior to
flight, a n d s h o u l d not be o p e n e d intentionally during flight.

NOTE
A c c i d e n t a l o p e n i n g of t h e c a b i n door in flight d u e to VERTICAL
i m p r o p e r closing d o e s not constitute a n e e d to land t h e (HEIGHT)
a i r p l a n e . T h e best p r o c e d u r e is to set up the airplane in a ADJUSTMENT
t r i m m e d condition at a p p r o x i m a t e l y 90 K I A S , m o m e n t a r i l y CRANK
s h o v e t h e d o o r o u t w a r d slightly, a n d forcefully close a n d
lock t h e door.

NOTE
If t h e fonward c a r g o door s h o u l d c o m e unlatched a n d o p e n
slightly in flight, it is s u g g e s t e d that a landing be m a d e at a
suitable airport to close a n d latch t h e door, unless a
p a s s e n g e r is available to close it. It cannot be r e a c h e d by SEAT BACK
t h e pilot. It s h o u l d be r e m e m b e r e d that the wing flaps will ANGLE
n o t o p e r a t e with t h e c a r g o door o p e n , e v e n very slightly, BUTTON
a n d t h e landing s h o u l d be p l a n n e d accordingly.
FORE A N D A F T
T h e d o u b l e c a r g o d o o r s c a n be o p e n e d from o u t s i d e the ADJUSTMENT BUCKLE
a i r p l a n e , only w h e n t h e f o n v a r d door inside handle is in the C L O S E LEVER P R E S S TO (NON ADJUSTABLE)
p o s i t i o n , by utilizing t h e r e c e s s e d door handle near the aft e d g e of RELEASE
t h e f o r w a r d door. D e p r e s s t h e fo'rward e n d of t h e handle to rotate it AVAILABLE MANUAL (PUSH B U T T O N )
out of its r e c e s s , a n d t h e n pull o u t b o a r d . After the f o n v a r d door is ADJUSTMENT

o p e n e d , t h e aft door m a y be o p e n e d by g r a s p i n g the red handle on

t h e fonward e d g e of t h e door a n d pulling d o w n w a r d to release the LIFT TO
PUSH BUTTON RELEASE
locking p a w l s . T o c l o s e t h e c a r g o doors f r o m inside t h e airplane, RELEASE (LATCH)
c l o s e t h e aft door first using t h e red handle to latch both locking
p a w l s , a n d t h e n close t h e f o r w a r d door. W h e n the fonward door is
c l o s e d a n d l a t c h e d , rotate t h e door handle, l a b e l e d O P E N , C L O S E ,
a n d L O C K , to the l o c k e d position. Both d o o r s must be securely
c l o s e d a n d t h e fonward door l o c k e d prior to flight, a n d t h e y m u s t not
be o p e n e d intentionally during flight. 0514T1004
Figure 7 - 4 . C r e w S e a t s , Seat Belts a n d Shoulder H a r n e s s e s

May 30/01 7-19

M a y 30/01 7-17
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H

R e m o v a l is a c c o m p l i s h e d by lifting the release m e c h a n i s m o n

the buckle or by pressing the release button on the buckle a n d pull-
ing out and up on the h a r n e s s . Spring t e n s i o n on the inertia reel w/ill
automatically stow the h a r n e s s .
A m a n u a l l y adjustable seat belt/shoulder h a r n e s s a s s e m b l y is
available for all seats.
T o use the m a n u a l l y adjustable seat belt/shoulder h a r n e s s , f a s -
ten and adjust the seat belt/shoulder h a r n e s s first. L e n g t h e n the
seat belt as required by pulling on the release strap on the belt.
S n a p the c o n n e c t i n g link firmly into the buckle, t h e n adjust to
length. A properly adjusted h a r n e s s will permit the o c c u p a n t to lean
f o r w a r d e n o u g h to sit erect, but prevent e x c e s s i v e f o n v a r d m o v e -
ment a n d contact with objects during s u d d e n d e c e l e r a t i o n . Also,
the pilot must have the f r e e d o m to reach all controls easily.
Disconnecting the m a n u a l l y adjustable seat belt/shoulder h a r n e s s
is a c c o m p l i s h e d by p u s h i n g the button o n the buckle to release the
c o n n e c t i n g link.
ENTRANCE DOORS AND CABIN WINDOWS
Entry to and exit from the airplane is a c c o m p l i s h e d t h r o u g h an
entry door on the left side of the cabin at the pilot's seat position
and through double c a r g o d o o r s on the right side of the cabin at the
center and rear seat p a s s e n g e r ' s positions (refer to Section 6 for
cabin and cabin door d i m e n s i o n s ) . T h e pilot's door i n c o r p o r a t e s a
recessed exterior door h a n d l e , a c o n v e n t i o n a l interior d o o r h a n d l e , a
key-operated door lock, a door stop m e c h a n i s m a n d a n o p e n a b l e
w i n d o w . T h e aft cargo door utilizes a locking p a w l o n the top a n d
bottom of the door near the f o n v a r d e d g e , a red h a n d l e on the
f o n v a r d edge of the door, a n d a d o o r stop m e c h a n i s m .
NOTE
T h e door latch design on this m o d e l requires that the
outside door handle on the pilot's door be e x t e n d e d out
w h e n e v e r the doors are o p e n . W h e n closing the door, do
not attempt to push the door handle in until the d o o r is fully
shut.
NOTE
A flap interrupt s w i t c h , on the upper sill of the fonward c a r g o
• door o p e n i n g , will stop flap operation regardless of flap
position any time the fonvard cargo door is u n l a t c h e d . T h e
switch is intended to prevent lowering the flaps into the
cargo door w h e n it is o p e n .
Although with flaps e x t e n d e d , the f o r w a r d c a r g o door c a n only be
o p e n e d a p p r o x i m a t e l y four inches, tb§ aft cargo door will still o p e n
fully, if required, o n c e the forward door is u n l a t c h e d .
If n e c e s s a r y , the outside door handle can be u s e d to latch the
fonward c a r g o door. Simply lift the handle out of its r e c e s s a n d
grasp the vertical tab of the c o n n e c t i n g link b e h i n d the h a n d l e . Pull
the tab o u t b o a r d until the c o n n e c t i n g link e n g a g e s a detent at its aft
end. P u s h the h a n d l e back into its recess while o b s e n / i n g the
inside h a n d l e rotating t o w a r d the locked position t h r o u g h the c a r g o
door w i n d o w . T h e inside handle must be rotated into the L O C K
position f r o m inside the airplane.
A CAUTION
IF T H E C A R G O D O O R IS C L O S E D F R O M T H E
OUTSIDE WITH PASSENGERS OCCUPYING THE
M I D D L E OR R E A R S E A T R O W S , T H E I N S I D E
DOOR HANDLE MUST BE ROTATED FULLY
FORWARD TO DISENGAGE THE OUTSIDE
CLOSING MECHANISM AND A L L O W THE DOOR
TO BE OPENED FROM THE INSIDE.
The left entry door a n d the fon^/ard c a r g o d o o r have k e y - o p e r a t e d
locks w h i c h m a y be used to secure the aircraft during p a r k i n g .
NOTE
Since the k e y - o p e r a t e d outside lock e n g a g e s the d o o r
handle only, the fonA/ard cargo door cannot be s e c u r e d for
flight using only the key lock.

7-18 M a y 30/01
7-20 M a y 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
Oil pressure signals are generated from a pressure
line/transducer c o m b i n a t i o n . A n oil pressure line is routed f r o m the
upper front of the e n g i n e c a s e to the rear engine baffle. At the
baffle, the oil pressure line is c o n n e c t e d to a transducer. This
t r a n s d u c e r p r o d u c e s an electrical signal w h i c h translates into a
p r e s s u r e r e a d i n g at the indicator.
Oil t e m p e r a t u r e signals are g e n e r a t e d f r o m a resistance-type
probe l o c a t e d in the a c c e s s o r y c a s e . As oil temperature c h a n g e s ,
the p r o b e resistance c h a n g e s . T h i s resistance is translated into oil
t e m p e r a t u r e readings on the indicator.
In a d d i t i o n , a s e p a r a t e low oil pressure indication is provided
t h r o u g h the panel a n n u n c i a t o r . This annunciator is wired to a
p r e s s u r e s w i t c h located on the rear of the engine accessory c a s e .
W h e n oil p r e s s u r e is b e l o w 20 P S I , the switch grounds and
c o m p l e t e s the a n n u n c i a t o r circuit, illuminating the red OIL P R E S S
a n n u n c i a t o r . W h e n pressure e x c e e d s 20 P S I , the g r o u n d isl
r e m o v e d a n d the O I L P R E S S a n n u n c i a t o r extinguishes. | the hole on the side of the pilot's control wheel shaft with the hole
NOTE
T h e low oil p r e s s u r e switch is also wired into the hour
( H o b b s ) meter. W h e n p r e s s u r e e x c e e d s 20 P S I , the switch
closes a n d a g r o u n d is supplied to the hour meter,
c o m p l e t i n g the hour m e t e r circuit.
T h e E G T / C H T indicator unit is located on the left side of the
i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l . M a r k i n g s for the e x h a u s t gas t e m p e r a t u r e portion
of the indicator are in 2 5 ° F i n c r e m e n t s , with no range m a r k i n g s or
red lines. M a r k i n g for the cylinder h e a d t e m p e r a t u r e portion of the
indicator a r e in 5 0 ° F i n c r e m e n t ? , with n u m b e r s at 2 0 0 ° F , 3 0 0 ° F ,
4 0 0 ° F a n d 5 0 0 ° F . N o r m a l o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e s (green arc) for
the C H T indicator are 2 0 0 ° F to 4 8 0 ° F , with red line at 4 8 0 ° F .
E G T signals are g e n e r a t e d f r o m a t h e r m o c o u p l e probe in the
e x h a u s t s y s t e m . This p r o b e allows a small a m o u n t of current to flow
t h r o u g h it, a n d as t e m p e r a t u r e a c r o s s the probe c h a n g e s , so does
current flow. T h i s c h a n g e in current flow registers on the indicator
as a c h a n g e in t e m p e r a t u r e . A l t h o u g h the E G T indicator contains no
red lines or o p e r a t i n g r a n g e m a r k s , it is essential in establishing
p e a k E G T a n d cruise E G T r e f e r e n c e points for leaning the mixture.
M a y 30/01 7-23
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
• T h e left door is e q u i p p e d with an openable w i n d o w w h i c h is held
in the closed position by a detent e q u i p p e d latch on the lower e d g e
of the w i n d o w f r a m e . T o o p e n the w i n d o w , rotate the latch u p w a r d .
T h e w i n d o w utilizes a s p n n g - l o a d e d retaining arm w h i c h will help
rotate the w i n d o w o u t w a r d a n d hold it there. An openable w i n d o w
is also installed for the nght front passenger's seat position, and
functions in the s a m e m a n n e r as the window in the entry door. If
required, either w i n d o w m a y be o p e n e d at any s p e e d up to 182
KIAS. All other cabin w i n d o w s are fixed and cannot be o p e n e d .
CONTROL LOCKS
/
A control lock is p r o v i d e d to lock the aileron and elevator control
surfaces to prevent d a m a g e to these systems by w i n d buffeting
while the airplane is p a r k e d . T h e lock consists of a s h a p e d steel rod
a n d flag. T h e flag identifies the control lock and cautions about its
removal before starting the engine. To install the control lock, align
on the side of the shaft collar on the instrument panel and insert the
rod into the a l i g n e d h o l e s . Installation of the lock will secure the
ailerons in a neutral position a n d the elevators in a slightly trailing
edge d o w n position. Proper installation of the lock will place the flag
over the ignition switch. In areas w h e r e high or gusty winds occur, a
control surface lock s h o u l d be installed over the vertical stabilizer
a n d rudder. T h e control lock and any other type of locking device
should be r e m o v e d prior to starting the engine.
ENGINE
T h e airplane is p o w e r e d by a horizontally o p p o s e d , s i x - c y l i n d e r , |
o v e r h e a d v a l v e , air c o o l e d , fuel-injected engine with a wet s u m p
lubrication s y s t e m . T h e engine is the L y c o m i n g M o d e l 10-540-
A C 1 A 5 a n d is rated at 300 horsepower at 2 7 0 0 R P M , Major
a c c e s s o r i e s include a starter a n d . b e l t driven alternator m o u n t e d on
the front of the e n g i n e , a n d dual m a g n e t o s , dual v a c u u m p u m p s ,
and a full flow oil filter m o u n t e d on the rear of the engine a c c e s s o r y
case. '
7-21
May 30/01
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION M O D E L 206H
ENGINE CONTROLS

Engine manifold pressure is set using the throttle control, a

C H T signals are g e n e r a t e d from a resistance-type p r o b e s c r e w e d
s m o o t h black knob, which is located at the center of the instrument
panel below the radios. T h e throttle control is c o n f i g u r e d so that the into the cylinder h e a d of the n u m b e r 3 (copilot side m i d d l e ) cylinder.
throttle is o p e n in the f o r w a r d position, a n d c l o s e d in the full aft T h e resistance of the probe c h a n g e s in p r o p o r t i o n to the
position. A friction lock is located at the b a s e of the throttle control t e m p e r a t u r e , a n d is registered on the indicator as a t e m p e r a t u r e .
shaft a n d is operated by rotating the k n u r l e d disk c l o c k w i s e to
increase friction or c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to d e c r e a s e it. T h e engine driven m e c h a n i c a l t a c h o m e t e r is located on the right
side of the pilot's instrument panel. T h e i n s t r u m e n t is m a r k e d in
Engine s p e e d is controlled by the propeller control. The increments of 100 R P M , a n d indicates both e n g i n e a n d propeller
propeller control is a fluted, blue k n o b l o c a t e d i m m e d i a t e l y to the s p e e d . A recording meter in the* fewer section of the dial records
right of the throttle control. This s y s t e m is d e s c r i b e d under e l a p s e d engine time in hours a n d tenths b a s e d o n a recording
"Propeller" in this section. . ,,, s p e e d of 2 3 0 0 R P M . Instrument m a r k i n g s include the n o r m a l
operating range (green arc) of 2 1 0 0 to 2 5 0 0 R P M , a n d a m a x i m u m
T h e mixture control, m o u n t e d to the right of the propeller control, (red line) of 2 7 0 0 R P M .
is a red knob with raised points a r o u n d the c i r c u m f e r e n c e a n d is
e q u i p p e d with a lock button in the e n d of the k n o b . T h e hch position T h e manifold pressure g a u g e is part of the m a n i f o l d pressure
is full fonward, a n d full aft is the idle cutoff position. 'For small gauge/fuel flow indicator located on the left side of the instrument
a d j u s t m e n t s , the control m a y be m o v e d f o r w a r d by rotating the knob panel. T h e g a u g e is direct reading a n d indicates induction air
c l o c k w i s e , and aft by rotating the k n o b c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . For rapid manifold pressure in inches of m e r c u r y . It has a n o r m a l operating
or large adjustments, the k n o b m a y be m o v e d f o r w a r d or aft by range (green arc) of 15 to 25 In. Hg. T h e fuel flow indicator is a fuel
d e p r e s s i n g the lock button in the e n d of the c o n t r o l , a n d then pressure indicator calibrated in flow rate. Fuel pressure is
positioning the control as d e s i r e d . m e a s u r e d at the flow divider valve by a p r e s s u r e t r a n s d u c e r . T h e
pressure transducer returns a v o l t a g e that varies with the p r e s s u r e ;
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS as pressure increases, voltage i n c r e a s e s . T h e indicator is m a r k e d
in gallons per hour and has a green arc from 0 to 20 gal./hr. T h e r e
Engine operation is m o n i t o r e d by the f o l l o w i n g instruments: oil is no red line or m a x i m u m fuel flow (pressure) limitation. T h e r e m a y
pressure indicator, oil t e m p e r a t u r e indicator, t a c h o m e t e r , cylinder be s o m e a t m o s p h e r i c conditions that w o u l d result in fuel flow rates
head temperature indicator ( C H T ) , e x h a u s t gas temperature that e x c e e d the m a x i m u m m a r k e d value o n the indicator (i.e., very
indicator ( E G T ) , and a manifold p r e s s u r e g a u g e / f u e l flow indicator. low density altitude a n d full throttle). If the indicator n e e d l e is sent
off-scale by these conditions, the indicator will not be d a m a g e d , a n d
T h e oil pressure/oil t e m p e r a t u r e indicator unit is located on the will return to the operating range w h e n the mixture is l e a n e d and/or
lower left side of the instrument p a n e l . M a r k i n g s for the pressure the throttle is r e d u c e d . T h e fuel flow indicator will indicate high fuel
indicator indicate a m i n i m u m idling p r e s s u r e of 2 0 PSI (red line), a flow rates w h e n the fuel injector(s) b e c o m e b l o c k e d or partially
n o r m a l operating range of 5 0 to 90 PSI (green arc), a n d a blocked.
m a x i m u m pressure of 115 PSI (red line). M a r k i n g s for the oil
t e m p e r a t u r e indicator indicate a n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g range of 100°F to NEW ENGINE BREAK-IN AND O P E R A T I O N .
2 4 5 ° F (green arc), a n d a m a x i m u m t e m p e r a t u r e of 2 4 5 ° F (red line).
I T h e engine w a s run-in at the factory a n d is ready for the full
range of use. It is, h o w e v e r , s u g g e s t e d that cruising be
a c c o m p l i s h e d at 7 5 % p o w e r as m u c h as practical until a total of 50
hours has a c c u m u l a t e d or oil c o n s u m p t i o n has stabilized. This will
l e n s u r e proper seating of the piston rings.

7-22 M a y 30/01
7-24 M a y 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
COOLING SYSTEM
R a m air for e n g i n e cooling enters ttirougfi t w o intake o p e n i n g s in
the front of the e n g i n e c o w l i n g . T h e c o o l i n g air is directed from
a b o v e t h e e n g i n e , a r o u n d the cylinders a n d other areas of the
e n g i n e b y baffling, a n d t h e n exits t h r o u g h c o w l flaps on the lower aft
e d g e of t h e c o w l i n g . T h e c o w l f l a p s are m e c h a n i c a l l y o p e r a t e d f r o m
the c a b i n by m e a n s of a cowl flap lever on the right side of the
c o n t r o l p e d e s t a l . Before starting the e n g i n e , during takeoff or high
p o w e r o p e r a t i o n , the c o w l flap lever s h o u l d be p l a c e d in the O P E N
position for m a x i m u m c o o l i n g . T h i s is a c c o m p l i s h e d by m o v i n g the
lever to the right to clear the detent, t h e n m o v i n g the lever up to the
O P E N position.
W h i l e in cruise flight, c o w l flaps s h o u l d be c l o s e d unless hot day
c o n d i t i o n s require t h e m to be a d j u s t e d to k e e p the cylinder h e a d
t e m p e r a t u r e at a p p r o x i m a t e l y two-thirds of the n o r m a l operating
r a n g e ( g r e e n a r c ) . During e x t e n d e d l e t - d o w n s , it m a y be n e c e s s a r y
to c o m p l e t e l y close the c o w l flaps by m o v i n g the c o w l flap lever to
the C L O S E D position.
D u r i n g g r o u n d o p e r a t i o n , position the aircraft into the w i n d fori
optimal engine cooling. ' (dipstick indication only). For e n g i n e oil grade a n d specifications,
A w i n t e r i z a t i o n kit is available for the airplane. Details of this kit
are p r e s e n t e d in the S u p p l e m e n t s s e c t i o n .
PROPELLER
T h e airplane h a s an all m e t a l , t h r e e - b l a d e d , constant s p e e d ,
g o v e r n o r - r e g u l a t e d propeller. Setting the g o v e r n o r with the
propeller control establishes the propeller s p e e d , a n d t h u s the
e n g i n e s p e e d to be m a i n t a i n e d . T h e g o v e r n o r controls the flow of
e n g i n e oil, b o o s t e d to high pressure by an internal p u m p , to or from
a piston in t h e propeller h u b . Oil p r e s s u r e a c t i n g on the piston twists
the b l a d e s t o w a r d high pitch (low R P M ) . W h e n oil pressure to the
piston in the propeller h u b is r e d u c e d , centrifugal force, a s s i s t e d by
a n internal s p r i n g , twists the blades t o w a r d low pitch (high R P M ) .
May 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM
T h e engine utilizes a full p r e s s u r e , wet s u m p type lubrication
s y s t e m . T h e capacity of the e n g i n e s u m p (located on the bottom of
the engine) is 11 quarts (one additional quart is contained in the
e n g i n e oil filter). Oil is d r a w n f r o m the s u m p through a filter screen
on the end of a pickup tube to the engine-driven oil p u m p . Oil from
the p u m p p a s s e s t h r o u g h a full-flow oil filter, a pressure relief v a l v e |
at the rear of the right oil gallery, and a thermostatically controlled
remote oil cooler. Oil f r o m the r e m o t e cooler is then circulated to the
left oil gallery a n d propeller governor. The engine parts are then
lubricated by oil f r o m the galleries. After lubricating the engine, the
oil returns to the s u m p by gravity. T h e filter adapter in the full flow
filter is e q u i p p e d with a b y p a s s valve w h i c h will c a u s e lubricating oil
to bypass the filter in the event the filter b e c o m e s p l u g g e d , or the oil
t e m p e r a t u r e is extremely c o l d .
A n oil dipstick/filler tube is located on the right side of the engine
c a s e . T h e dipstick a n d oil filler are accessible through a door on the
right side of the e n g i n e c o w l i n g . T h e e n g i n e , should not be o p e r a t e d
on less than 6 quarts of oil. For e x t e n d e d flight, fill to eleven quarts
refer to Section 8 of this h a n d b o o k .
IGNITION A N D STARTER SYSTEM
Engine ignition is p r o v i d e d by two engine driven m a g n e t o s , and
t w o spark plugs in each cylinder. T h e right m a g n e t o fires the lower
right a n d upper left spark plugs, a n d the left magneto fires the lower
left a n d upper right spark p l u g s . N o r m a l operation is c o n d u c t e d with
both m a g n e t o s due to the m o r e c o m p l e t e burning of the fuel/air
mixture with dual ignition.
Ignition a n d starter o p e r a t i o n is controlled by a rotary type switch
located on the left switch a n d control panel. The switch is labeled
c l o c k w i s e , O F F , R, L, B O T H , a n d S T A R T , T h e engine should be
o p e r a t e d on both m a g n e t o s ( B O T H position) except for m a g n e t o
checks.
T h e R a n d L positions are for c h e c k i n g purposes a n d e m e r g e n c y
use only. W h e n the switch is rotated to the S T A R T position, (with
the master switch in the O N position), the starter contactor is
e n e r g i z e d a n d the starter will crank the engine. W h e n the switch is
r e l e a s e d , it is spring l o a d e d to return to the B O T H position.
7-27
M a y 30/01 7-25
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H

AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM

T h e e n g i n e air induction s y s t e m receives ram air f r o m the u p p e r
engine c o m p a r t m e n t . T h e intal<e is c o v e r e d by an air filter vi^hich
r e m o v e s dust a n d o t h e r T o r e i g n matter f r o m the induction air. Airflow
passing through the filter enters an air box. T h e air box has a
spring-loaded alternate air door. If the air induction filter s h o u l d
b e c o m e b l o c k e d , suction c r e a t e d by the e n g i n e will o p e n the d o o r
and d r a w unfiltered air f r o m inside the lower c o w l area. A n o p e n
alternate air door will result in a n a p p r o x i m a t e 1 0 % p o w e r loss at
full throttle. After passing t h r o u g h the air box, induction air e n t e r s a
fuel/air control unit on top of the e n g i n e , a n d is then d u c t e d to the
engine cylinders t h r o u g h intake m a n i f o l d t u b e s .
T h e propeller control knob in the lower center of the instrument
panel is u s e d to set the g o v e r n o r a n d control e n g i n e R P M as
desired for v a r i o u s flight c o n d i t i o n s . T h e knob is labeled
P R O P E L L E R , P U S H I N C H R P M . W h e n the control k n o b is p u s h e d
in, blade pitch will d e c r e a s e , giving a higher R P M . W h e n the control
knob is pulled out, the blade pitch i n c r e a s e s , t h e r e b y d e c r e a s i n g
R P M . T h e propeller control k n o b is e q u i p p e d with a v e r n i e r feature
w h i c h allows slow or fine RPI\ a d j u s t m e n t s by rotating the knob
clockwise to increase R P M , a n d c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e to d e c r e a s e it. T o
m a k e rapid or large a d j u s t m e n t s , d e p r e s s the button on the e n d of
the control k n o b a n d reposition the control a s d e s i r e d .

EXHAUST SYSTEM
Exhaust gas f r o m e a c h cylinder p a s s e s t h r o u g h riser a s s e m b l i e s
to a muffler a n d tailpipe. O u t s i d e air is pulled a r o u n d s h r o u d s
w h i c h are constructed a r o u n d the outside of the muffler to f o r m
heating c h a m b e r s which supply heat to the c a b i n .
FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
T h e engine is e q u i p p e d with a fuel injection s y s t e m . T h e s y s t e m
is c o m p r i s e d of an engine-driven fuel p u m p , fuel/air control unit, fuel
manifold, fuel flow indicator, a n d air-bleed type injector n o z z l e s .
FUEL SYSTEM
T h e airplane fuel s y s t e m (see Figure 7-6) c o n s i s t s of t w o v e n t e d
integral fuel tanks (one tank in e a c h w i n g ) , t w o resen/oir t a n k s
( u n d e r n e a t h the cockpit floor), a n electrically-driven auxiliary fuel
p u m p , a four-position selector valve a n d fuel strainer. T h e e n g i n e -
m o u n t e d portion of the s y s t e m consists of the e n g i n e - d r i v e n fuel
p u m p , a fuel/air control unit, a flow divider, fuel distribution v a l v e
and fuel injection nozzles.
A WARNING

U N U S A B L E FUEL L E V E L S FOR THIS A I R P L A N E

Fuel is delivered by the e n g i n e - d r i v e n fuel p u m p to the fuel/air
W E R E D E T E R M I N E D IN A C C O R D A N C E WITH
control unit on top of the e n g i n e . T h e fuel/air control unit correctly
FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATIONS. FAILURE
proportions the fuel flow to the induction air flow. After p a s s i n g
T O O P E R A T E T H E A I R P L A N E IN C O M P L I A N C E
through the control unit, induction air is delivered to the cylinders
WITH FUEL LIMITATIONS SPECIFIED IN
through the intake manifold t u b e s a n d m e t e r e d fuel is delivered to a
SECTION 2 MAY FURTHER REDUCE THE
fuel manifold. T h e fuel m a n i f o l d , t h r o u g h spring t e n s i o n o n a
A M O U N T O F F U E L A V A I L A B L E IN F L I G H T .
d i a p h r a g m a n d valve, evenly distributes the fuel to an air-bleed t y p e
injector nozzle in the intake v a l v e c h a m b e r of e a c h cylinder. A fuel
line is also attached to the fuel/air control unit w h i c h runs to a fuel
pressure transducer m o u n t e d on the rear baffle, a n d is c o n n e c t e d to
a fuel flow indicator on the i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l .

7-26 Oct 5/98

7-28 Oct 5/98
 CESSNA SECTION 7
M O D E L 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
NOTE

FUEL INDICATING SYSTEM U n u s a b l e f u e l is at a m i n i m u m d u e to t h e d e s i g n of t h e f u e l

system. H o w e v e r , w i t h 1/4 t a n k o r l e s s , prolonged
Fuel quantity is m e a s u r e d by two float-type fuel quantity u n c o o r d i n a t e d flight s u c h as slips or s k i d s c a n u n c o v e r the
transmitters (one in e a c h tank) a n d indicated by an e i e c t n c a l l y | fuel tank outlets, causing fuel starvation and engine
o p e r a t e d fuel quantity indicator on the left side of the instrument s t o p p a g e . T h e r e f o r e , w i t h l o w f u e l r e s e r v e s , d o not a l l o w
p a n e l . T h e g a u g e s are m a r k e d in gallons of fuel. An empty tank is t h e a i r p l a n e t o r e m a i n in u n c o o r d i n a t e d f l i g h t for p e r i o d s in
indicated by a red line a n d the n u m b e r "0". W h e n an indicator e x c e s s of o n e m i n u t e .
s h o w s a n e m p t y tank, a p p r o x i m a t e l y 2 gallons remain in a tank as
u n u s a b l e fuel. T h e indicators s h o u l d not be relied upon for accurate
readings d u r i n g skids, slips, or u n u s u a l attitudes.
FUEL FUEL LEVEL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL USABLE
T h e fuel indicator also incorporates w a r n i n g circuits which can TANKS (QUANTITY FUEL UNUSABLE A L L FLIGHT
detect low fuel conditions a n d e r r o n e o u s transmitter m e s s a g e s .
EACH TANK) CONDITIONS
A n y t i m e fuel in the tank d r o p s b e l o w approximately 8 gallons (and
r e m a i n s below this level for m o r e t h a n 60 s e c o n d s ) , the a m b e r L O W
Two Full (46.0) 92.0 4.0 88.0
F U E L m e s s a g e will flash on the a n n u n c i a t o r panel for approximately
10 s e c o n d s a n d t h e n r e m a i n s t e a d y a m b e r . The annunciator cannot Two Reduced 69.0 4.0 65.0
be t u r n e d off by the pilot. If the left tank is low,' the m e s s a g e will (34.5)
read L L O W F U E L . If the right tank is low, the m e s s a g e will read
L O W F U E L R. If both tanks are low, the m e s s a g e will read L L O W
F U E L R. F i g u r e 7-5. F u e l Q u a n t i t y D a t a in U . S . G a l l o n s

In addition to low fuel a n n u n c i a t i o n , the warning circuitry is F U E L DISTRIBUTION

d e s i g n e d to report failures with e a c h transmitter c a u s e d by shorts or
o p e n s . If the circuitry detects any o n e of these conditions, the fuel
Fuel flows by gravity from the two w i n g t a n k s to two reservoir •
level indicator needle will go to the O F F position (below the 0 mark
t a n k s to a four position selector valve. From t h e selector valve, fuel
o n the fuel indicator), a n d the a m b e r annunciator will illuminate. I f i
flows through the auxiliary fuel p u m p , the fuel strainer, and to the
the left tank transmitter has failed, the m e s s a g e will read L L O W
e n g i n e d r i v e n f u e l p u m p . F r o m t h e e n g i n e d r i v e n f u e l p u m p , f u e l is
F U E L . If the hght tank transmitter h a s failed, the m e s s a g e will read
L O W F U E L R. If both tanks transmitters have failed, the m e s s a g e d e l i v e r e d to t h e fuel/air c o n t r o l u n i t o n t h e t o p of t h e e n g i n e . T h e
will r e a d L L O W F U E L R. f u e l / a i r c o n t r o l unit (fuel s e r v o ) m e t e r s f u e l f l o w in p r o p o r t i o n to
i n d u c t i o n air f l o w . A f t e r p a s s i n g t h r o u g h t h e c o n t r o l unit, m e t e r e d
Fuel p r e s s u r e is m e a s u r e d by a t r a n s d u c e r m o u n t e d on the rear f u e l g o e s to a f l o w d i v i d e r l o c a t e d o n t o p of t h e e n g i n e . F r o m t h e
e n g i n e baffle. This t r a n s d u c e r p r o d u c e s an electrical signal which flow divider, individual fuel lines are routed to air bleed type injector
registers on the c o c k p i t - m o u n t e d indicator as gallons-per-hour. n o z z l e s l o c a t e d in t h e i n t a k e c h a m b e r of e a c h c y l i n d e r .
N o r m a l o p e r a t i n g (green arc) range is from 0 to 20 gallons-per-hour.

M a y 30/01 7-31
Oct 5/98 7-29
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
VENTED FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS
FILLER CAR FUEL FUEL
QUANTIPr' QUANTITY VENTED AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP OPERATION
.TRANSMITTER TRANSMIT .FILLER CAP
REDUCED T h e auxiliary fuel p u m p is u s e d p n m a r i l y for priming the e n g i n e
REDUCED
CAPACITY CAPACITY before starting. Priming is a c c o m p l i s h e d t h r o u g h the fuel injection
STANDPIPE STANDPIPE system. If the auxiliary fuel p u m p s w i t c h is accidentally p l a c e d in the
O N position for p r o l o n g e d periods (with m a s t e r switch t u r n e d on a n d
LEFT RIGHT mixture rich) with the engine s t o p p e d , the e n g i n e m a y be f l o o d e d .
FUEL FUEL
TANK TANK T h e auxiliary fuel p u m p is also u s e d for v a p o r s u p p r e s s i o n in hot
weather. Normally, m o m e n t a r y use will be sufficient for v a p o r
DRAIN °=n DRAIN VENT
VENT VALVE WITH s u p p r e s s i o n ; however, c o n t i n u o u s o p e r a t i o n is permissible if
VALVE
WITH (5 TOTAL) CHECK required. T u r n i n g on the auxiliary fuel p u m p with a normally
(5 TOTAL)
CHECK VALVE operating engine p u m p will result in only a very m i n o r e n r i c h m e n t of
VALVE the mixture.

RESERVOIR It is not necessary to operate the. auxiliary fuel p u m p during

RESERVOIR WITH DRAIN normal takeoff a n d landing, since gravity a n d the e n g i n e - d r i v e n
WITH DRAIN PLUG p u m p will supply adequate fuel flow. In the e v e n t of failure of the
PLUG engine-driven fuel p u m p , use of the auxiliary fuel p u m p will provide
sufficient fuel to maintain flight at m a x i m u m c o n t i n u o u s p o w e r .
FUEL SELECTOR AUXILIARY
VALVE DRAIN FUEL VENTING -
FUEL PUMP
PLUG SWITCH
Fuel s y s t e m venting is essential to s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n . C o m p l e t e
blockage of the venting s y s t e m will result in d e c r e a s i n g fuel flow
AUXILIARY- and eventual e n g i n e s t o p p a g e . T h e fuel vent s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of an
FUEL interconnecting vent line b e t w e e n the t a n k s , and c h e c k valve
PUMP ENGINE- e q u i p p e d o v e r b o a r d vents in e a c h tank. The overboard vents
DRIVEN protrude from the bottom surfaces of the w i n g s b e h i n d the w i n g
FUEL FUEL PUMP struts, slightly below the upper attach points of the struts. T h e fuel
STRAINER filler c a p s are v a c u u m v e n t e d ; the v e n t s will o p e n a n d allow air to
\THROTTLE enter the fuel tanks in c a s e the o v e r b o a r d v e n t s b e c o m e b l o c k e d .
/CONTROL
CODE

j FUEL SUPPLY
FUEL
VENT STRAINER
DRAIN
MECHANICAL
UNKAGE
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTION
FUEL/AIR
CONTROL
UNIT TO
O MIXTURE
CONTROL

ENGINE
0785C1007

Figure 7-6. Fuel S y s t e m S c h e m a t i c

7-32 Oct 5/98

7-30 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
T h e airplane is e q u i p p e d with a 28-volt, direct current electrical
s y s t e m (Refer to Figure 7-7). T h e s t a n d a r d s y s t e m is p o w e r e d by a
belt-driven, 6 0 - a m p alternator a n d a 24-volt battery, located in t h e |
e n g i n e c o m p a r t m e n t , just f o r w a r d of the firewall on the right h a n d
side. A n optional 9 5 - a m p alternator is available with the prop de-ice
option. P o w e r is s u p p l i e d to m o s t general electrical circuits t h r o u g h
a split primary bus bar, with an essential bus w i r e d b e t w e e n the t w o
p r i m a r i e s to provide p o w e r for the m a s t e r switch, a n n u n c i a t o r l
circuits a n d interior lighting.
Each primary bus bar is also c o n n e c t e d to an avionics bus bar
via a single avionics m a s t e r s w i t c h . T h e primary buses are on
a n y t i m e the master switch is t u r n e d o n , a n d are not affected by
starter or external p o w e r u s a g e . T h e avionics buses are on w h e n
the m a s t e r switch a n d a v i o n i c s m a s t e r switch are in the O N
position.
A CAUTION
PRIOR TO TURNING T H E MASTER SWITCH ON
OR O F F , STARTING THE ENGINE OR APPLYING
AN E X T E R N A L POWER S O U R C E , THE AVIONICS
MASTER SWITCH, SHOULD B E TURNED OFF TO
P R E V E N T ANY HARMFUL TRANSIENT V O L T A G E
FROM DAMAGING THE AVIONICS EQUIPMENT.
T h e airplane uses a p o w e r distribution m o d u l e (J-Box), l o c a t e d l
o n the left f o r w a r d side of the firewall, to h o u s e all relays used
t h r o u g h o u t the airplane e l e c t r i c a l ' s y s t e m . In addition, the alternator
control unit a n d the e x t e r n a l p o w e r c o n n e c t o r are h o u s e d within the
module.
M a y 30/01 7-35
CESSNA SECTION 7
ty/IODEL 2 0 6 H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
FUEL SELECTOR VALVE
t
T h e f u e l s e l e c t o r is a f o u r - p o s i t i o n s e l e c t o r v a l v e , l a b e l e d B O T H ,
RIGHT, L E F T a n d O F F . T h e selector handle must be pushed d o w n
b e f o r e it c a n b e r o t a t e d f r o m R I G H T or L E F T to O F F .
T h e f u e l s e l e c t o r v a l v e s h o u l d b e in t h e B O T H p o s i t i o n f o r
takeoff, c l i m b , l a n d i n g , a n d m a n e u v e r s that involve p r o l o n g e d slips
or s k i d s of m o r e t h a n 3 0 s e c o n d s . O p e r a t i o n f r o m e i t h e r L E F T or
R I G H T t a n k is r e s e r v e d f o r c r u i s i n g f l i g h t .
• NOTE
W h e n t h e f u e l s e l e c t o r v a l v e h a n d l e is in t h e B O T H p o s i t i o n
in c r u i s i n g f l i g h t , u n e q u a l f u e l f l o w f r o m e a c h t a n k m a y
o c c u r if t h e w i n g s a r e n o t m a i n t a i n e d e x a c t l y l e v e l .
Resulting w i n g heaviness can be alleviated gradually by
t u r n i n g the selector v a l v e h a n d l e to the tank in the " h e a v y "
wing.
NOTE
it is n o t p r a c t i c a l t o m e a s u r e t h e t i m e r e q u i r e d t o c o n s u m e
all of t h e f u e l in o n e t a n k , a n d , a f t e r s w i t c h i n g t o t h e
opposite tank, expect an equal duration from the remaining
f u e l . T h e a i r s p a c e in b o t h f u e l t a n k s is i n t e r c o n n e c t e d b y a
I
v e n t line a n d , t h e r e f o r e , s o m e s l o s h i n g of f u e l b e t w e e n
' t a n k s c a n b e e x p e c t e d w h e n t h e t a n k s a r e n e a r l y full a n d
t h e w i n g s a r e not l e v e l .
NOTE
, U n u s a b l e f u e l is at a m i n i m u m d u e t o t h e d e s i g n of t h e f u e l
system. H o w e v e r , w i t h 1/4 t a n k o r l e s s , prolonged
u n c o o r d i n a t e d flight s u c h as slips or skids c a n u n c o v e r t h e
fuel tank outlets c a u s i n g fuel starvation and engine
s t o p p a g e . T h e r e f o r e , w i t h l o w f u e l r e s e r v e s , d o not a l l o w
t h e a i r p l a n e to r e m a i n in u n c o o r d i n a t e d f l i g h t for p e r i o d s in
e x c e s s of o n e m i n u t e .
Oct 5/98 7-33
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION M O D E L 206H

FUEL DRAIN VALVES

TO
ANNUNCIATOR
T h e f u e l s y s t e m is e q u i p p e d w i t h m u l t i p l e d r a i n v a l v e s t o p r o v i d e PANEL-"
a m e a n s for t h e e x a m i n a t i o n of f u e l in t h e s y s t e m for c o n t a m i n a t i o n
and grade. T h e system should be e x a m i n e d before each flight a n d
after e a c h r e f u e l i n g b y u s i n g t h e s a m p l e r c u p p r o v i d e d to d r a i n f u e l
f r o m e a c h w i n g t a n k s u m p a n d t h e f u e l s t r a i n e r . If a n y e v i d e n c e of
f u e l c o n t a m i n a t i o n is f o u n d , it m u s t b e e l i m i n a t e d in a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h t h e P r e f l i g h t I n s p e c t i o n c h e c k l i s t a n d t h e d i s c u s s i o n in S e c t i o n
8 o f t h i s p u b l i c a t i o n . If t a k e o f f w e i g h t l i m i t a t i o n s f o r t h e n e x t f l i g h t
p e r m i t , t h e f u e l t a n k s s h o u l d b e f i l l e d after e a c h f l i g h t t o p r e v e n t
condensation.
ALTERNATOR
BRAKE SYSTEM
T h e airplane has a single-disc, hydraulically-actuated brake on
e a c h m a i n l a n d i n g g e a r w h e e l . E a c h b r a k e is c o n n e c t e d , b y a AMMETER
h y d r a u l i c l i n e , t o a m a s t e r c y l i n d e r a t t a c h e d t o e a c h of t h e p i l o t ' s
rudder pedals. T h e brakes are operated by applying pressure to the
t o p o f e i t h e r t h e p i l o t ' s or c o p i l o t ' s r u d d e r p e d a l s . W h e n t h e a i r p l a n e
is p a r k e d , b o t h m a i n w h e e l b r a k e s m a y b e s e t b y u t i l i z i n g t h e
p a r k i n g b r a k e w h i c h is o p e r a t e d b y a h a n d l e u n d e r t h e left s i d e of
the instrument panel. To set the parking brake, apply the brakes
u s i n g t h e r u d d e r p e d a l s , p u l l t h e h a n d l e aft, a n d r o t a t e it 9 0 ° d o w n . BATTERY
STARTER

F o r m a x i m u m b r a k e life, k e e p t h e b r a k e s y s t e m properly
maintained, and minimize brake usage during taxi operations and
TO CLOCK
landings.

S o m e of t h e s y m p t o m s of i m p e n d i n g b r a k e f a i l u r e a r e : g r a d u a l
d e c r e a s e in b r a k i n g a c t i o n after b r a k e a p p l i c a t i o n , n o i s y o r d r a g g i n g
b r a k e s , soft o r s p o n g y p e d a l s , a n d e x c e s s i v e t r a v e l a n d w e a k
b r a k i n g a c t i o n . If a n y of t h e s e s y m p t o m s a p p e a r , t h e b r a k e s y s t e m
is i n n e e d of i m m e d i a t e a t t e n t i o n . If, d u r i n g t a x i o r l a n d i n g r o l l ,
BATTERY
b r a k i n g a c t i o n d e c r e a s e s , let u p o n t h e p e d a l s a n d t h e n r e a p p l y t h e POWER
b r a k e s w i t h h e a v y p r e s s u r e . If t h e b r a k e s b e c o m e s p o n g y or p e d a l DISTRIBUTION
MODULE
travel increases, p u m p i n g the pedals s h o u l d build braking pressure.
If o n e b r a k e b e c o m e s w e a k o r f a i l s , u s e t h e o t h e r b r a k e s p a r i n g l y + + - TO ALT FLD
CIRCUIT
EXTERNAL BREAKER
while u s i n g opposite rudder, as r e q u i r e d , to offset the g o o d b r a k e . POWER
Figure 7-7. Electrical S c h e m a t i c (Serials 2 0 6 0 8 0 0 1 thru 2 0 6 0 8 1 3 8 )
(Sheet 1 of 2)

7-36 M a y 30/01
7-34 Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION?
CESSNA SECTION 7
M O D E L 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

a - T O G L A R E S H I E L D LT
TO NAV/C0M2
CABIN O V E R H E A D LTS TO
TAV SPKR P W R
LTS/ C O U R T E S Y LTS •INSTRUMENTS
COM2 ^^KR B C N
PWR 12V P O W E R ^ 0 « - T 0 AVN FAN INST A N D IGNITION
RCVR
AVN FAN SWITCH
T O INSTRUMENTS T O FUEL Q — TO TRANSPONDER
NST A N D IGNITION O—TO GPS FUEL PUMP
MFD XPOND
SWITCH GPS PUMP TO A U T O PILOT(2,3)
•TO F U E L > ^ — ^ T O LANDING AUTO
FUEL PUMP O — T O HSI LAND L I G H T PILOT
PUMP GYRO TO A D F (2)
LANDING •O—TO NAV/COMM 1
BCN
•TO F L A S H I N G < ADF
BEACON
1
LAND LIGHT NAV/ AUDIOPANEL (1) . / Q — T O HSI & G Y R O (3)
.TO FLASHING COM TO FLAPS ^^GYRO
BCN BEACON FLAP
•0—TO FLAPS .
AVN
FLAP ^ BUS 2 AVIONICS
. . ( J ) . AVIONICS
MASTER
SWITCH
AVN BUS 1 MASTER O—-TO VARIOUS
SWITCH WARN ANNUNCIATORS
•TO V A R I O U S
W/ARN A N N U N C I A T O R S
|S TO GLARESHIELD
-(1)^ INTERIOR
LUU. INSTRUMENT
LTS LIGHTS
LUO
TO MASTER
ALT SWITCH
TO MASTER ^ FPtL D
n
SWITCH
AVN ^

AVN BUS 2 BUS 1 O^-TO AVIONICS FAN

O—TO NAV/COMM 2
'O—TO TURN AVN
TURN C O O R D I N A T O R FAN
>CD—TO TURN ^^^1 A U D I O P A N E L (2) COORD
TURN C O O R D I N A T O R O— TO AUTOPILOT (1)
COM2 TO NAV A N D
COORD AUTO
CONTROL WHEEL
^ TO NAV AND PILOT
•Q)—TO TRANSPONDER NAV MAP LIGHTS
CONTROL WHEEL TO GPS
NAV MAP LIGHTS XPNDER
GPS
'0—TO AUTOPILOT T O N A V / C O M 1.
'O—TO INSTRUMENT
AUTO NAV HEADSET PWR
\ LIGHTS PILOT TO STROBE C0M1
UJ S T R O B E L I G H T S
TO STROBE TO ADF
TO TAXI LIGHTS T O A D F (3)
STROBE L I G H T S ADF TAXI
% — T O TAXI LIGHTS
-TO PITOT
TAXI LEGEND
PITOT HEAT
— T O PITOT HEAT 1) B A S E
LEGEND (2) N A V
PITOT HEAT
HEAT 1) B A S E (3) N A V W I T H H S I
(2) A L L O T H E R S

Figure 7-8. Electflcal S c h e m a t i c (Serials 2 0 6 0 8 1 3 9 a n d O n ) Figure 7-7. Electrical S c h e m a t i c (Serials 2 0 6 0 8 0 0 1 thru 2 0 6 0 8 0 1 3 8 )

(Sheet 2 of 2) (Sheet 2 of 2)

May 30/01 7-39 M a y 30/01 7-37

 SECTION 7 CESSNA
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H

TO
ANNUNCIATOR PANEL
ACU
ANNUNCIATOR
PANEL-" ] LOW VOLT
A n a n n u n c i a t o r panel (with integral toggle switch) is located
^ FIELD
a b o v e the avionics stack a n d p r o v i d e s c a u t i o n ( a m b e r ) and w a r n i n g
GROUND (red) m e s s a g e s for selected p o r t i o n s of the airplane systems. T h e
a n n u n c i a t o r is designed to f l a s h m e s s a g e s for approximately 10
s e c o n d s to gain the attention of the pilot before c h a n g i n g to steady
o n . T h e a n n u n c i a t o r panel c a n n o t be t u r n e d off by the pilot.

PROP DEICE Inputs to annunciator c o m e f r o m e a c h fuel transmitter, low oil

p r e s s u r e s w i t c h , the v a c u u m t r a n s d u c e r s a n d the alternator control
unit ( A C U ) . Highly reliable individual L E D bulbs illuminate e a c h
m e s s a g e . Illumination intensity c a n be controlled by placing the
ALTERNATOR
t o g g l e switch to either the D I M or B R T p o s i t i o n .

T h e a n n u n c i a t o r panel c a n be t e s t e d by turning the Master

S w i t c h O n a n d holding the a n n u n c i a t o r panel switch in the T S T
AMMETER
position. All a m b e r and red m e s s a g e s will flash until the switch is
TO released.
INST
CIRCUIT
BREAKER NOTE

I W h e n the Master Switch is t u r n e d O N , s o m e annunciators

will flash for approximately 10 s e c o n d s before illuminating
BATTERY steadily. W h e n the a n n u n c i a t o r panel switch is toggled up
STARTER
I a n d held in the T S T p o s i t i o n , all r e m a i n i n g annunciators
will flash until the switch is r e l e a s e d .

TO CLOCK NOTE

W h e n holding the a n n u n c i a t o r panel switch in the T S T

position, with the prop d e - i c e o n , the prop de-ice
a n n u n c i a t o r will c h a n g e f r o m g r e e n t o a m b e r a n d return to
g r e e n w h e n the switch is r e l e a s e d .

BATTERY

TO ALT FLD
CIRCUIT
EXTERNAL BREAKER
POWER
Figure 7-8. Electrical S c h e m a t i c (Serials 2 0 6 0 8 1 3 9 a n d On)
(Srteet 1 of 2)

7-40 May 30/01

7-38 M a y 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
In the e v e n t a n overvoltage c o n d i t i o n o c c u r s , the alternator
control unit a u t o m a t i c a l l y trips the A L T F L D circuit breaker,
r e m o v i n g a l t e r n a t o r field current a n d s h u t t i n g d o w n the alternator.
T h e b a t t e r y will t h e n supply s y s t e m c u r r e n t as s h o w n by a
d i s c h a r g e rate o n the a m m e t e r . U n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s , depending
on electrical s y s t e m l o a d , the low v o l t a g e w a r n i n g annunciator will
illuminate w h e n s y s t e m voltage d r o p s b e l o w n o r m a l . T h e alternator
control unit m a y b e reset by resetting the circuit breaker. If the
a n n u n c i a t o r e x t i n g u i s h e s , normal alternator c h a r g i n g h a s r e s u m e d ; !
h o w e v e r , if t h e a n n u n c i a t o r illuminates a g a i n , a m a l f u n c t i o n h a s |
o c c u r r e d , a n d t h e flight should be t e r m i n a t e d as s o o n as
practicable.
NOTE
I l l u m i n a t i o n of the low voltage a n n u n c i a t o r a n d a m m e t e r
d i s c h a r g e i n d i c a t i o n s may o c c u r d u r i n g low R P M conditions
w i t h a n electrical load on the s y s t e m , s u c h a s during a low
R P M t a x i . U n d e r t h e s e conditions, the a n n u n c i a t o r will go
out at h i g h e r R P M .
C I R C U I T B R E A K E R S AND F U S E S
All circuit b r e a k e r s inside the airplane are of the "push to reset"
or " s w i t c h / b r e a k e r " t y p e . The p o w e r distribution m o d u l e (J-Box)
uses either " p u s h to reset" circuit b r e a k e r s or s p a d e type
( a u t o m o t i v e style) f u s e s . O n e glass t y p e f u s e is also u s e d to provide
p o w e r to t h e c l o c k .
O n aircraft u s i n g s p a d e type f u s e s in the p o w e r distribution
m o d u l e ( J - B o x ) , a s p a r e fuse is also i n c l u d e d . If the spare fuse is
u s e d , a r e p l a c e m e n t s p a r e shoutd be o b t a i n e d a n d reinstalled
b e f o r e the n e x t flight.
GROUND SERVICE PLUG RECEPTACLE
A g r o u n d s e r v i c e receptacle plug is integral to the power
distribution m o d u l e a n d allows the use of an e x t e r n a l p o w e r source
for cold w e a t h e r s t a r t i n g , and during lengthy m a i n t e n a n c e w o r k on
electrical a n d a v i o n i c s e q u i p m e n t . T h e r e c e p t a c l e is located on the
left side of the a i r p l a n e near the firewall. A c c e s s to the receptacle is
g a i n e d by r e m o v i n g the c o v e r plate. ,
May 3 0 / 0 1
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
MASTER SWITCH
T h e m a s t e r switch is a split r o c k e r - t y p e switch labeled M A S T E R ,
a n d is O N in the up position a n d O F F in the d o w n position. T h e
right half of the switch, l a b e l e d B A T , controls all electrical p o w e r to
the a i r p l a n e . T h e left half, l a b e l e d A L T , controls the alternator.
A CAUTION
P R I O R T O T U R N I N G T H E M A S T E R S W I T C H ON
OR O F F , STARTING T H E ENGINE OR APPLYING
AN E X T E R N A L P O W E R S O U R C E , T H E AVIONICS
M A S T E R SWITCH, S H O U L D B E T U R N E D O F F TO |
| P R E V E N T ANY H A R M F U L T R A N S I E N T V O L T A G E
F R O M DAMAGING T H E A V I O N I C S EQUIPMENT.
| N o r m a l l y , both sides of the m a s t e r switch should be u s e d
s i m u l t a n e o u s l y ; however, the B A T side of the switch could be turned
O N s e p a r a t e l y to check e q u i p m e n t while on the g r o u n d . To check or
use a v i o n i c s equipment or radios while on the ground,-the avionics
m a s t e r switch must also be t u r n e d o n . T h e A L T side of the switch,
w h e n p l a c e d in the off p o s i t i o n , r e m o v e s the alternator from the
electrical s y s t e m . With this s w i t c h in the O F F position, the entire
electrical load is placed on the battery. C o n t i n u e d operation with the
alternator switch in the O F F position will reduce battery power low
e n o u g h to o p e n the battery c o n t a c t o r a n d prevent alternator restart.
AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH
Electrical p o w e r for A v i o n i c s B u s 1 a n d Avionics Bus 2 is
s u p p l i e d t h r o u g h Primary Bus 1 a n d Primary Bus 2, respectively. A
rocker s w i t c h , located b e t w e e n the primary a n d avionics b u s e s ,
controls current flow to the a v i o n i c s b u s e s . Placing the rocker
switch in the O N position supplies p o w e r to both buses
s i m u l t a n e o u s l y . Placing the- s w i t c h in the O F F position r e m o v e s
p o w e r f r o m both buses s i m u l t a n e o u s l y . T h e switch is located on the
l o w e r left side of the instrument p a n e l .
7-43
M a y 30/01 7-41
SECTION? CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION M O D E L 206H

SECTION 7 CESSNA
NOTE AIRPLANE & S Y S T E M S DESCRIPTION . M O D E L 206H

O n s o m e aircraft certified outside t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s , the avi-

o n i c s m a s t e r sw/itch may be split. T h e y are a l i g n e d for in- T h e p o w e r distribution m o d u l e (J-Box) i n c o r p o r a t e s a circuit
which will c l o s e the battery contactor w h e n external p o w e r is a p -
d e p e n d e n t o p e r a t i o n of the b u s e s .
plied t h r o u g h t h e g r o u n d sen/ice plug receptacle with t h e m a s t e r
switch t u r n e d o n . T h i s feature is intended as a s e n / i c i n g aid w h e n
W i t h t h e s w i t c h in the off p o s i t i o n , no electrical p o w e r will be
battery p o w e r is too low to close the contactor, a n d s h o u l d not be
a p p l i e d to t h e a v i o n i c s equipment, r e g a r d l e s s of the position of the
used to avoid p e r f o r m i n g p r o p e r m a i n t e n a n c e p r o c e d u r e s o n a low
m a s t e r s w i t c h or the individual e q u i p m e n t s w i t c h e s . T h e avionics
battery.
m a s t e r s w i t c h s h o u l d be placed in t h e O F F position prior to turning
the m a s t e r s w i t c h o n or off, starting the e n g i n e , or applying an
N^TE ; •
external power source.

E a c h a v i o n i c s bus also incorporates a s e p a r a t e circuit breaker Use of the g r o u n d service pfug receptacle for s t a r t i n g an
airplane with a " d e a d " battery or c h a r g i n g a " d e a d " battery
installed b e t w e e n the primary bus a n d the a v i o n i c s m a s t e r switch. In
in the airplane is not r e c o m m e n d e d . T h e battery s h o u l d be
the e v e n t of a n electrical malfunction, t h i s b r e a k e r will trip a n d take
r e m o v e d f r o m the airplane a n d sen/iced in a c c o r d a n c e with
the e f f e c t e d a v i o n i c s bus off-line.
Maintenance Manual procedures. Failure to o b s e r v e this
precaution c o u l d result in loss of electrical p o w e r d u r i n q
AMMETER
flight.
T h e a m m e t e r / v a c u u m gauge unit is l o c a t e d o n the lower left side
NOTE
of the i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l . It indicates t h e a m o u n t of current, in
a m p e r e s , f r o m the alternator to the battery or f r o m the battery to the
If no avionics e q u i p m e n t is to be u s e d or w o r k e d o n , ' the
airplane e l e c t n c a l s y s t e m . W h e n the e n g i n e is o p e r a t i n g and the
avionics m a s t e r s w i t c h s h o u l d be turned off. If m a i n t e n a n c e
m a s t e r s w i t c h is t u r n e d o n , the a m m e t e r indicates the c h a r g i n g rate
is required o n the avionics equipment, it is a d v i s a b l e to
a p p l i e d to the battery. In the event the alternator is not functioning
I utilize a r e g u l a t e d external power source to p r e v e n t d a m a g e
or t h e electrical load e x c e e d s the o u t p u t of the alternator, the
to the avionics e q u i p m e n t by transient v o l t a g e . Do not crank
a m m e t e r indicates the battery d i s c h a r g e rate.
or start the e n g i n e with the avionics m a s t e r s w i t c h t u r n e d
on.
LOW VOLTAGE ANNUNCIATION
NOTE
I T h e low v o l t a g e w a r n i n g a n n u n c i a t o r is i n c o r p o r a t e d in the
I Just before c o n n e c t i n g a n external p o w e r s o u r c e ( g e n e r a t o r
a n n u n c i a t o r p a n e l and activates a n y t i m e v o l t a g e falls below 24.5
type or battery cart), the avionics m a s t e r s w i t c h a n d the
volts. If low v o l t a g e is d e t e c t e d , the red a n n u n c i a t i o n V O L T S will
master switch s h o u l d be t u r n e d O F F .
flash for a p p r o x i m a t e l y 10 s e c o n d s b e f o r e illuminating steadily. T h e
pilot c a n n o t turn off the annunciator.
If there is a n y q u e s t i o n as to the condition of the battery, the
following c h e c k s h o u l d b e m a d e after engine has b e e n s t a n e d a n d ^
external p o w e r s o u r c e h a s b e e n r e m o v e d .

1. Master S w i t c h - - O F F .
2. Taxi a n d L a n d i n g Light S w i t c h e s - - O N .
3. Engine R P M - - R E D U C E to idle.
4. Master S w i t c h - - O N (with taxi and landing lights t u r n e d on)

7-42 M a y 30/01
I

7-/I /t
CESSNA SECTION?
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

R e g a r d l e s s of thie light s y s t e m in question, the m o s t p r o b a b l e

c a u s e of a light failure is a b u r n e d out bulb. H o w e v e r , in t h e event
a n y of the lighting s y s t e m s fail to illuminate w h e n t u r n e d o n , c h e c k
t h e appropriate circuit b r e a k e r . If t h e circuit b r e a k e r h a s o p e n e d ,
a n d there is no o b v i o u s i n d i c a t i o n of a short circuit ( s m o k e o! o d o r ) ,
turn off the light s w i t c h of the a f f e c t e d lights, reset t h e b r e a k e r , a n d
turn the switch on a g a i n . If t h e b r e a k e r o p e n s a g a i n , d o not reset it
until m a i n t e n a n c e h a s b e e n p e r f o r m e d .
CABIN HEATING, VENTILATING AND
5. E n g i n e R P M - - I N C R E A S E to approximately 1500 R P M .
6. A m m e t e r a n d L o w V o l t a g e Annunciator - - C H E C K .
NOTE
If the a m m e t e r d o e s not s h o w a charge or the low voltage
I w a r n i n g a n n u n c i a t o r d o e s not go out, the battery s h o u l d be
r e m o v e d f r o m the a i r p l a n e a n d properly s e r v i c e d prior to
flight.

DEFROSTING SYSTEM
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
T h e t e m p e r a t u r e a n d v o l u m e of airflow into the c a b i n c a n be
r e g u l a t e d by m a n i p u l a t i o n of t h e push-pull C A B I N H T a n d C A B I N I EXTERIOR LIGHTING '
A I R controls (Refer to F i g u r e ? - 9 ) . W h e n partial c a b i n heat is
d e s i r e d , b l e n d i n g w a r m a n d c o l d air will result in i m p r o v e d Exterior lighting c o n s i s t s of navigation lights on the w i n g tips a n d
ventilation a n d h e a t distribution t h r o u g h o u t the c a b i n . A d d i t i o n a l tip of the stinger, a d u a l landing/taxi light l o c a t e d in the left wing
o u t s i d e air for s u m m e r v e n t i l a t i o n is provided t h r o u g h the heat a n d leading e d g e , a f l a s h i n g b e a c o n m o u n t e d on top of the vertical fin,
a n d a s t r o b e light on e a c h w i n g tip. In addition, t w o c o u r t e s y lights
v e n t s y s t e m by o p e r a t i o n of t h e p u s h - p u l l AUX C A B I N A I R k n o b . All
are r e c e s s e d into the l o w e r surface of e a c h w i n g to provide
t h r e e control k n o b s a r e the d o u b l e - b u t t o n type with locks to p e r m i t |
illumination for e a c h c a b i n d o o r area.
i n t e r m e d i a t e settings.

Front cabin heat a n d v e n t i l a t i n g air is supplied by outlet h o l e s T h e exterior c o u r t e s y lights are turned on by pressing the
s p a c e d a c r o s s a c a b i n m a n i f o l d just fonward of the pilot's a n d courtesy light s w i t c h l o c a t e d in the pilot's o v e r h e a d c o n s o l e .
Pressing the c o u r t e s y light switch again will extinguish the lights.
copilot's feet. Rear c a b i n heat a n d air is s u p p l i e d by t h r e e d u c t s
T h e r e m a i n i n g exterior lights are o p e r a t e d by s w i t c h / b r e a k e r s
f r o m the m a n i f o l d , o n e outlet at e a c h front d o o r p o s t a r e a at floor
located o n the lower left i n s t r u m e n t panel. To activate these lights,
level a n d o n e e x t e n d i n g u n d e r the center of the c a b i n floor to an
place switch in t h e O N p o s i t i o n . To deactivate light, place in the
outlet in the floor b e h i n d t h e pilot a n d copilot seats. T h e c a b i n floor
O F F position.
outlet is flush m o u n t e d , w i t h a removable airflow diverter.
W i n d s h i e l d defrost air is- also s u p p l i e d by a duct f r o m t h e c a b i n
NOTE
m a n i f o l d an outlet o n top ol t h e glareshield; t h e r e f o r e , the
t e m p e r a t u r e of the d e f r o s t i n g air i s t h e s a m e as h e a t e d c a b i n air. A
The s t r o b e s a n d f l a s h i n g b e a c o n should not be used w h e n
rotating control k n o b , l a b e l e d D E F R O S T , regulates the v o l u m e of air
flying t h r o u g h c l o u d s or overcast; the flashing light reflected
to t h e w i n d s h i e l d . T u r n the k n o b c l o c k w i s e to O N a n d c o u n t e r -
from w a t e r d r o p l e t s or particles in the atmosphere,
c l o c k w i s e to O F F . Earlier serial n u m b e r e d a i r p l a n e s h a v e a p u s h - j
particularty a L night, c a n produce vertigo a n d loss of
pull control to regulate t h e v o l u m e of defrost air. I
orientation.

Additional c a b i n ventilation c a n be o b t a i n e d f r o m s e p a r a t e
INTERIOR LIGHTING
a d j u s t a b l e ventilators, o n e near e a c h upper c o r n e r of t h e w i n d s h i e l d
for the pilot a n d copilot, a n d f o u r a d j u s t a b l e ventilators in t h e c a b i n
Interior lighting is c o n t r o l l e d by a c o m b i n a t i o n of o v e r h e a d flood
ceiling adjacent to the c e n t e r a n d rear seat p a s s e n g e r s .
lighting, glareshield lighting, pedestal lighting, panel lighting, radio
lighting a n d pilot control w h e e l lighting.

M a y 30/01 7-4?
May 30/01 7-45
 S E C T I O N 7. CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION M O D E L 206H
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
Flood lighting is a c c o m p l i s h e d u s i n g two lights in t h e front a n d
two dome lights in t h e rear. T h e s e lights are c o n t a i n e d in t h e ' o v e r -
EXHAUST RAM AIR INLET h e a d console. T h e t w o rear lights are turned on a n d off w i t h p u s h
MUFFLER ( E N G I N E COMPARTMENT) type switches l o c a t e d near e a c h light a n d are fixed p o s i t i o n lights
SHROUD that provide for g e n e r a l illumination in the rear cabin a r e a . . T h e t w o
C A B I N HEAT C O N T R O L front lights are individually d i m m a b l e f r o m two k n o b s l o c a t e d next to
. HEATER the lights, rotating the k n o b c l o c k w i s e for m a x i m u m b r i g h t n e s s .
VALVE C A B I N AIR C O N T R O L T h e s e two lights provide lighting for the pilot a n d front p a s s e n g e r .
DEFROSTER C O N T R O L
VENTILATING
Glareshield lighting is a c c o m p l i s h e d using a f l u o r e s c e n t light
AIR DOOR
m o l d e d into the g l a r e s h i e l d . T h i s light is controlled by r o t a t i n g t h e
G L A R E S H I E L D L T d i m m e r , l o c a t e d b e l o w the pilot's p a n e l . R o t a t i n g
FRONT CABIN the dimmer c l o c k w i s e i n c r e a s e s light intensity, a n d r o t a t i n g t h e
AIR OUTLET
dimmer c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e d e c r e a s e s light intensity.
(TYPICAL)

Pedestal lighting consists of a single, h o o d e d light l o c a t e d a b o v e

the fuel selector a n d t w o lights l o c a t e d above the t n m w h e e l s . T h e s e
lights are controlled by rotating t h e P E D E S T A L LT d i m m e r , l o c a t e d
below the pilot's p a n e l . R o t a t i n g the d i m m e r c l o c k w i s e i n c r e a s e s
light intensity, a n d rotating the d i m m e r c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e d e c r e a s e s
light intensity.

Panel lighting is a c c o m p l i s h e d u s i n g individual lights m o u n t e d in

each instrument a n d g a u g e . T h e s e lights are w i r e d in p a r a l l e l a n d
are controlled by the P A N E L L T d i m m e r , located b e l o w t h e pilot's
panel. Rotating the d i m m e r c l o c k w i s e increases light i n t e n s i t y , a n d
rotating the d i m m e r c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e d e c r e a s e s light intensity.
Back lighting intensity for the r a d i o s a n d instrument lighting for t h e
RH nav indicators, in the pilot's p a n e l , is controlled by t h e T S T
(TEST) - B R T ( D A Y ) - DIM ( N I G H T ) s w i t c h . W h e n t h e s w i t c h is in
the BRT (DAY) position, this lighting m a y be off r e g a r d l e s s of t h e
R A D I O LT d i m m e r position. S o m e earlier aircraft will a l w a y s h a v e
A D J U S T A B L E AFT this lighting controlled by the R A D I O LT dimmer.
ADJUSTABLE OVERHEAD
CENTER VENTILATORS Pilot control w h e e l lighting is a c c o m p l i s h e d by use of a r h e o s t a t
OVERHEAD (TYPICAL) 0 RAM AIR F L O W a n d light a s s e m b l y , located u n d e r n e a t h the pilot control w h e e l y o k e .
VENTILATORS VENTILATING AIR T h e light provides d o w n w a r d illumination from the b o t t o m of t h e
(TYPICAL) yoke to the pilot's lap area. R o t a t i n g the d i m m e r c l o c k w i s e (as
H E A T E D AIR
v i e w e d from below the wheel) i n c r e a s e s light intensity, a n d rotating
BLENDED AIR the d i m m e r c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e d e c r e a s e s light intensity.
MECHANICAL
CONNECTION

1285X1011

F i g u r e 7-9. C a b i n H e a t i n g , V e n t i l a t i n g , a n d Defrosting S y s t e m

7-46 May 30/01

CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
ALTIMETER
Airplane altitude is d e p i c t e d by a barometric t y p e altimeter. A
knob near the l o w e r left p o r t i o n of the indicator p r o v i d e s a d j u s t m e n t
of the instrument's b a r o m e t r i c s c a l e to the current altimeter s e t t i n g .
VACUUM SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS
T h e v a c u u m s y s t e m ( R e f e r to Figure 7-10) p r o v i d e s v a c u u m i
necessary to o p e r a t e t h e attitude indicator a n d h e a d i n g indicator.
T h e system c o n s i s t s of t w o engine-driven v a c u u m p u m p s , t w o
transducers for m e a s u r i n g v a c u u m available t h r o u g h e a c h p u m p , a
v a c u u m relief v a l v e , a v a c u u m s y s t e m air filter, v a c u u m o p e r a t e d
instruments, a v a c u u m g a u g e , a low v a c u u m w a r n i n g on the
annunciator, a n d a m a n i f o l d w i t h check valves to allow for n o r m a l
v a c u u m s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n if o n e of the v a c u u m p u m p s s h o u l d fail.
ATTITUDE INDICATOR
The attitude i n d i c a t o r is a vacuum/air-driven gyro t h a t gives a |
visual indication of flight attitude. Bank attitude is p r e s e n t e d by a
pointer at the top of t h e indicator relative to the b a n k scale w h i c h
h a s index m a r k s at 1 0 ° , 2 0 ° , 3 0 ° , 6 0 ° , and 90° either side of the
center mark. Pitch a n d roll attitudes are presented by a m i n i a t u r e
airplane s u p e r i m p o s e d o v e r a symbolic horizon a r e a d i v i d e d into
t w o sections by a w h i t e h o r i z o n bar. T h e upper "blue sky" a r e a a n d
the lower " g r o u n d " a r e a h a v e pitch reference lines useful for pitch
attitude control. A k n o b at t h e b o t t o m of the instrument is p r o v i d e d
for in-flight a d j u s t m e n t of t h e s y m b o l i c airplane to the h o r i z o n b a i f
for a more a c c u r a t e flight a t t i t u d e indication.
DIRECTIONAL INDICATOR * I
A directional i n d i c a t o r is a vacuum/air-driven gyro that d i s p l a y s l
airplane h e a d i n g o n a c o m p a s s c a r d in relation to a f i x e d s i m u l a t e d !
airplane image a n d i n d e x . T h e indicator will p r e c e s s slightly o v e r a
p e h o d of time. T h e r e f o r e , the c o m p a s s card should be set with t h e l
magnetic c o m p a s s j u s t prior to takeoff and readjusted a s r e q u i r e d !
throughout the flight. A k n o b o n the lower left e d g e of the i n s t r u m e n t
is used to adjust t h e c o m p a s s c a r d to correct for p r e c e s s i o n . A k n o b
o n the lower right e d g e of the instrument is u s e d to m o v e t h e !
heading bug. * . |
M a y 30/01 7-51
CESSNA SECTION 7
M O D E L 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS
T h e pitot-static s y s t e m s u p p l i e s d y n a m i c air pressure to the
a i r s p e e d indicator a n d static p r e s s u r e to the airspeed indicator,
vertical s p e e d indicator a n d altimeter. T h e systems are c o m p o s e d of
a h e a t e d pitot tube m o u n t e d on the lower surtace of the left w i n g ,
two external static ports on the lower left and nght sides of the
f o r w a r d fuselage, an alternate static source valve a n d the
a s s o c i a t e d plumbing n e c e s s a r y to c o n n e c t the instruments to the
sources.
T h e heated pitot s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of a heating element in the pitot
t u b e , a 10-amp s w i t c h / b r e a k e r labeled P I T O T H E A T , and a s s o c i a t e d
wiring. T h e switch/breaker is located on the lower left side of the
i n s t r u m e n t panel. W h e n the pitot heat switch is turned o n , the
e l e m e n t in the pitot t u b e is h e a t e d electrically to maintain proper
o p e r a t i o n in possible icing c o n d i t i o n s .
A static pressure alternate s o u r c e valve is installed a b o v e the
throttle, a n d can be u s e d if the external static s o u r c e is
m a l f u n c t i o n i n g . This v a l v e supplies static pressure from inside the
c a b i n instead of the external static port.
If e r r o n e o u s instrument r e a d i n g s are s u s p e c t e d due to w a t e r or
ice in the pressure lines going to the standard external static
p r e s s u r e source, the alternate static s o u r c e valve should be pulled
on.
P r e s s u r e s within the cabin will vary with o p e n heater/vents a n d
w i n d o w s . Refer to S e c t i o n 5 for the configuration applicable to the
use of the alternate static s o u r c e a n d the correction charts.
M a y 30/01 7-49
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION M O D E L 206H

A I R S P E E D INDICATOR
OVERBOARD
T h e a i r s p e e d indicator is c a l i b r a t e d in k n o t s . It incorporates an , VENT LINES .
internal, rotatabie ring w h i c h a l l o w s true a i r s p e e d to be read off the
CODE
f a c e of the dial. T h e indicator i n c o r p o r a t e s w i n d o w s at the six a n d 553 ENGINE- ^
t w e l v e o ' c l o c k positions. T h e w i n d o w at the six o'clock position I N L E T AIR DRIVEN
d i s p l a y s true a i r s p e e d , a n d the w i n d o w at the twelve o'clock T VACUUM
LOW V A C U U M
position d i s p l a y s pressure altitude o v e r l a y e d with a temperature PUMPS
VACUUM TRANSDUCERS
scale. (CONNECTED TO
ANNUNCIATOR
y. DISCHARGE
Limitation a n d range m a r k i n g s (in K I A S ) include the white arc (44 PANEL)
AIR
to 100 k n o t s ) , g r e e n arc (54 to 149 k n o t s ) , y e l l o w arc (149 to 182
knots), a n d a red line (182 k n o t s ) . MANIFOLD
VACUUM
CHECK VALVE
T o find true a i r s p e e d , first d e t e r m i n e p r e s s u r e altitude a n d SYSTEM
o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e . Using this d a t a , rotate the lower left k n o b AIR F I L T E R
until p r e s s u r e altitude aligns with o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e in the
t w e l v e o'clock w i n d o w . T r u e a i r s p e e d ( c o r r e c t e d for pressure a n d
t e m p e r a t u r e ) c a n now be read in t h e six o'clock window. For
m a x i m u m a c c u r a c y the true a i r s p e e d s h o u l d be r e a d opposite the
c a l i b r a t e d a i r s p e e d value. /

V E R T I C A L S P E E D INDICATOR

T h e vertical s p e e d indicator d e p i c t s airplane rate of climb or

d e s c e n t in feet per minute. T h e pointer is a c t u a t e d by atmospheric
p r e s s u r e c h a n g e s resulting f r o m c h a n g e s of altitude as supplied by
the static s o u r c e s .

0785C1013

Figure 7 - 1 0 . V a c u u m System S c h e m a t i c

7-50 May 30/01

M a y 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 7
CESSNA SECTION 7
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION
MODEL 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

STANDARD AVIONICS VACUUM G A U G E

Standard avionics for tfie Model 206H airplanes include t h e T h e v a c u u m g a u g e is part of the v a c u u m g a u g e / a m m e t e r u n i t |
following e q u i p m e n t : located o n t h e l o w e r left corner of t h e instrument panel. It is
calibrated in inches of m e r c u r y and indicates v a c u u m available f o r .
Nav/Com Radio o p e r a t i o n of t h e attitude a n d directional indicators. T h e d e s i r e d !
N a v / C o m R a d i o with Glide S l o p e v a c u u m r a n g e is 4.5 to 5.5 inches of mercury. Normally, a v a c u u m
Indicator H e a d reading o u t of this r a n g e m a y indicate a s y s t e m malfunction or
Indicator H e a d improper a d j u s t m e n t , a n d in this c a s e , the gyros should not b e |
Transponder • c o n s i d e r e d reliable. H o w e v e r , due to lower a t m o s p h e r i c pressures
Audio P a n e l at higher altitudes, t h e v a c u u m gauge m a y indicate as low as 4.5 in.
E m e r g e n c y L o c a t o r T r a n s m i t t e r (ELT) H g . at 15,000 feet a n d still be a d e q u a t e for n o r m a l s y s t e m f
Global P o s i t i o n i n g S y s t e m ( G P S ) operation.
Dual Axis A u t o p i l o t
LOW V A C U U M ANNUNCIATION ' ' '
For c o m p l e t e o p e r a t i n g instructions o n the s t a n d a r d a n d optional
avionics s y s t e m s , refer to t h e S u p p l e m e n t s , Section 9. | Each e n g i n e - d r i v e n v a c u u m pump is p l u m b e d to a c o m m o n t e e ,
located fonward of t h e firewall. From the t e e , a single line runs into
the cabin to o p e r a t e t h e v a r i o u s v a c u u m .system instruments. T h e
tee c o n t a i n s c h e c k v a l v e s to prevent back flow into a p u m p if it fails.
T r a n s d u c e r s a r e l o c a t e d just upstream of t h e t e e -and m e a s u r e
v a c u u m o u t p u t of e a c h p u m p .

If output of t h e left p u m p falls below 3.0 in. H g . , t h e a m b e r L V A C

m e s s a g e will flash o n t h e annunciator panel for a p p r o x i m a t e l y 10
s e c o n d s before t u r n i n g s t e a d y on. If output of the right p u m p falls
below 3.0 in. H g . , t h e a m b e r V A C R m e s s a g e will flash on the
a n n u n c i a t o r panel for a p p r o x i m a t e l y 10 s e c o n d s before turning
steady o n . If output of both p u m p s falls below 3.0 in. H g . , the a m b e r
L V A C R m e s s a g e will flash on t h e annunciator panel for
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 10 s e c o n d s before turning steady o n .

M a y 30/01 7-55 May 30/01 7-53

 SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION M O D E L 206H

CLOCK/O.A.T. INDICATOR
An integrated c l o c k / O . A . T . / v o l t m e t e r is installed in the upper left AVIONICS SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
side of the i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l as s t a n d a r d e q u i p m e n t . For a
complete d e s c r i p t i o n a n d o p e r a t i n g instructions, refer to the A v i o n i c s operations are s u p p o r t e d by the avionics cooling fan,
I S u p p l e m e n t s , S e c t i o n 9. microphone and headset installations a n d static discharge w i c k s .

STALL WARNING SYSTEM AVIONICS COOLING FAN

The airplane is e q u i p p e d w i t h a v a n e - t y p e stall w a r n i n g s y s t e m , A n avionics cooling fan is installed on the left side of the interior
in the leading e d g e of the left w i n g , w h i c h is electrically c o n n e c t e d firewall. The system utilizes a single electric fan a n d associated
to a stall w a r n i n g h o r n l o c a t e d in the headliner a b o v e the left c a b i n Iductwork to force-cool the center stack radios.
door. A 5 - a m p p u s h - t o - r e s e t circuit breaker labeled W A R N , o n the
right side of the s w i t c h a n d control p a n e l , protects the stall w a r n i n g P o w e r to the electric fan is s u p p l i e d through the A V N F A N circuit

1 breaker. T h e fan o p e r a t e s w h e n e v e r the Master and

s y s t e m . The v a n e in the w i n g s e n s e s the c h a n g e in airflow o v e r the Avionics
w i n g , a n d o p e r a t e s the w a r n i n g h o r n at airspeeds b e t w e e n 5 a n d 10 Master switches are O N .
knots above the stall in all c o n f i g u r a t i o n s .
MICROPHONE AND HEADSET INSTALLATIONS
I The airplane has a h e a t e d stall w a r n i n g s y s t e m , the v a n e a n d
sensor unit in the w i n g l e a d i n g e d g e is e q u i p p e d with a h e a t i n g S t a n d a r d equipment for the airplane includes a hand-held
element. T h e h e a t e d part of the s y s t e m is o p e r a t e d a n d p r o t e c t e d m i c r o p h o n e , an o v e r h e a d s p e a k e r , t w o r e m o t e - k e y e d microphone
by the P I T O T H E A T s w i t c h / b r e a k e r .

The stall w a r n i n g s y s t e m s h o u l d be c h e c k e d during the pre-flight

I s w i t c h e s on the control w h e e l s , a n d provisions
m i c / h e a d s e t s at each pilot a n d p a s s e n g e r station.
for. boom

inspection by m o m e n t a r i l y t u r n i n g o n the m a s t e r switch a n d T h e hand-held m i c r o p h o n e c o n t a i n s an integral push-to-talk

actuating the v a n e in the w i n g . T h e s y s t e m is operational if the s w i t c h . This microphone is p l u g g e d into the center p e d e s t a l a n d is
warning horn s o u n d s as the v a n e is p u s h e d u p w a r d . accessible to both the pilot and
front passenger. D e p r e s s i n g the
push-to-talk switch allows audio t r a n s m i s s i o n on the C o m r a d i o s .

T h e overhead s p e a k e r is l o c a t e d in the center o v e r h e a d c o n s o l e .

V o l u m e a n d output for this s p e a k e r is controlled t h r o u g h the audio
panel.

I Each control
w h e e l contains a miniature push-to-talk s w i t c h . This
switch allows the pilot or front p a s s e n g e r to transmit on the C o m
Iradios using remote mics.

Each station of the airplane is w i r e d for aviation-style h e a d s e t s .

Mic and h e a d p h o n e jacks are located on e a c h respective
a r m rest
passengers
I
a n d allow for c o m m u n i c a t i o n s b e t w e e n a n d pilot. The
system is wired so that m i c r o p h o n e s are all voice-activated.
Additional wiring provisions inside the audio panel e n s u r e that only
the pilot or front passenger c a n transmit t h r o u g h the c o m radios.
7-54 May 30/01

M a y 30/01
 CESSNA SECTION 7
M O D E L 206H AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION

NOTE

T o ensure audibility a n d clarity w h e n transmitting with the

h a n d h e l d m i c r o p h o n e , a l w a y s hold it as closely as possible
to the lips, then key the m i c r o p h o n e a n d speak directly into
• it. A v o i d covering o p e n i n g on b a c k side of m i c r o p h o n e for
o p t i m u m noise c a n c e l i n g .

STATIC DISCHARGERS

Static wicks (static d i s c h a r g e r s ) are installed at v a n o u s points

t h r o u g h o u t the airframe to r e d u c e interference from precipitation
static. Under s o m e s e v e r e static c o n d i t i o n s , loss of radio signals is
possible even with static d i s c h a r g e r s installed. W h e n e v e r p o s s i b l e ,
a v o i d k n o w n severe precipitation a r e a s to prevent loss of
d e p e n d a b l e radio signals. If a v o i d a n c e is impractical, m i n i m i z e
8 a i r s p e e d and anticipate t e m p o r a r y loss of radio signals while in
t h e s e areas.

Static dischargers lose their effectiveness with a g e , and

IE therefore, should be c h e c k e d periodically (at least a t every a n n u a l
inspection) by qualified a v i o n i c s t e c h n i c i a n s , etc.
i|
CABIN FEATURES
EMERGENCY L O C A T O R T R A N S M I T T E R (ELT)

i A remote s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r is installed on the top center

location of the copilot's i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l for control of the. E L T f r o m
the flight crew station. T h e a n n u n c i a t o r , w h i c h is in the center of
the rocker switch, i l l u m i n a t e s w h e n the ELT transmitter is
transmitting. T h e E L T e m i t s a n omni-directional signal on the
international distress f r e q u e n c i e s of 121.5 M H z and 2 4 3 . 0 M H z .
G e n e r a l aviation and c o m m e r c i a l aircraft, the FAA and C A P m o n i t o r
121.5 M H z , and 243.0 M h z is m o n i t o r e d by the military. For a,.basic
overview of the ELT, refer to the S u p p l e m e n t s , Section 9. |

M a y 30/01 7-57
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTION MODEL 206H

C A B I N FIRE EXTINGUISHER

A portable Halon 1211 (Bromochlorodifluoromethane) fire

e x t i n g u i s h e r is installed on the f l o o r b o a r d b e t w e e n the pilot's a n d
copilot's seats where it is a c c e s s i b l e in c a s e of fire. T h e
e x t i n g u i s h e r has an Underwriters L a b o r a t o r i e s classification of 5 B ; C .
T h e e x t i n g u i s h e r should be c h e c k e d p h o r to e a c h flight to e n s u r e
that its bottle pressure, as indicated by t h e g a u g e o n the bottle, is
within t h e g r e e n arc (approximately 125 psi) a n d the operating lever
lock pin is securely in place.

T o o p e r a t e the fire extinguisher:

1. L o o s e n retaining c l a m p ( s ) a n d r e m o v e extinguisher f r o m
bracket.
2. H o l d extinguisher upright, pull o p e r a t i n g lever lock pin, a n d
p r e s s lever while directing t h e d i s c h a r g e at the base of the fire
at t h e near edge. P r o g r e s s t o w a r d the b a c k of the fire by
m o v i n g t h e nozzle rapidly w i t h a s i d e to s i d e s w e e p i n g m o t i o n .

A WARNING

VENTILATE THE C A B I N PROMPTLY AFTER

S U C C E S S F U L L Y E X T I N G U I S H I N G T H E FIRE TO
REDUCE THE GASES P R O D U C E D BY THERMAL 4iaAC>
DECOMPOSITION.

3. A n t i c i p a t e approximately eight s e c o n d s of discharge duration.

Fire extinguishers should b e r e c h a r g e d by a qualified fire

e x t i n g u i s h e r a g e n c y after each u s e . S u c h a g e n c i e s are listed u n d e r
"Fire Extinguisher" in the t e l e p h o n e d i r e c t o r y . After recharging,
s e c u r e the extinguisher to its m o u n t i n g b r a c k e t ; do not allow it to lie
loose on s h e l v e s or seats.

17-58 May 30/01

 CESSNA SECTION 8
MODEL 206H HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
CESSNA SECTION 8
M O D E L 206H HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

INTRODUCTION SECTION 8
T h i s section c o n t a i n s factory r e c o m m e n d e d p r o c e d u r e s for
p r o p e r ground h a n d l i n g a n d routine care and servicing of y o u r AIRPLANE HANDLING, SERVICE
a i r p l a n e . It also identifies c e r t a i n inspection and m a i n t e n a n c e !
r e q u i r e m e n t s w h i c h m u s t be f o l l o w e d if your airplane is to retain that
& MAINTENANCE
n e w airplane p e r f o r m a n c e a n d d e p e n d a b i l i t y . It is important to f o l l o w |
a p l a n n e d s c h e d u l e of lubrication a n d preventive m a i n t e n a n c e
b a s e d o n climatic a n d flying c o n d i t i o n s e n c o u n t e r e d in y o u r l o c a l
area. • TABLE OF CONTENTS Page

K e e p in t o u c h with y o u r local C e s s n a Service Station a n d t a k e !

a d v a n t a g e of their k n o w l e d g e a n d e x p e r i e n c e . Your C e s s n a Service
Station k n o w s y o u r airplane a n d h o w to maintain it, and will r e m i n d Introduction ( 8-3
y o u w h e n lubrications a n d oil c h a n g e s are necessary, as well as
Identification Plate 8-4
o t h e r s e a s o n a l a n d periodic s e r v i c e s .
Cessna Owner Advisories 8-4
T h e airplane s h o u l d be regularly i n s p e c t e d a n d m a i n t a i n e d in United States Airplane O w n e r s 8-5
a c c o r d a n c e with i n f o r m a t i o n f o u n d in the airplane m a i n t e n a n c e International Airplane O w n e r s 8-5
m a n u a l and in c o m p a n y i s s u e d service bulletins a n d s e r v i c e !
Publications 8-5
n e w s l e t t e r s . All service bulletins p e r t a i n i n g to the aircraft by s e r i a l !
n u m b e r should be a c c o m p l i s h e d a n d the airplane should receive A i r p l a n e File 8-6
repetitive a n d r e q u i r e d i n s p e c t i o n s . C e s s n a does not c o n d o n e | Airplane Inspection Periods 8-7
modifications, whether by Supplemental Type Certificate or FAA Required Inspections 8-7
o t h e r w i s e , unless t h e s e certificates are held and/or a p p r o v e d by
Cessna Inspection Programs 8-8
C e s s n a . Other m o d i f i c a t i o n s m a y v o i d warranties on the airplane
s i n c e C e s s n a has no w a y of k n o w i n g the full effect on the overall Cessna Customer Care Program 8-8
a i r p l a n e . O p e r a t i o n of a n airplane that has been modified m a y be a Pilot C o n d u c t e d P r e v e n t i v e M a i n t e n a n c e 8-9
risk to the o c c u p a n t s , a n d o p e r a t i n g p r o c e d u r e s and p e r f o r m a n c e Alterations Or Repairs 8-9
d a t a set forth in the o p e r a t i n g h a n d b o o k may no longer be
Ground Handling 8-10
c o n s i d e r e d accurate for the m o d i f i e d airplane.
Towing 8-10
Parking 8-10
Tie-Down 8-11
Jacking 8-11
Leveling 8-12
Flyable Storage 8-12
Servicing 8-13
Oil 8-14
Oil Specification 8-14
R e c o m m e n d e d Viscosity for T e m p e r a t u r e R a n g e 8-14

M a y 30/01 8-3
Oct 5/98 8-1
SECTION 8 CESSNA
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE MODEL 206H

SECTION 8 CESSNA
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE MODEL 206H

TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

Page IDENTIFICATION PLATE
C a p a c i t y of E n g i n e S u m p 8-15 All c o r r e s p o n d e n c e r e g a r d i n g y o u r a i r p l a n e should include the
Serial N u m b e r . The Serial N u m b e r , M o d e l N u m b e r , Production
O i l a n d O i l Filter C f i a n g e 8-15 Certificate N u m b e r (PC) a n d T y p e Certificate N u m b e r (TC) can be
Fuel 8-16 I f o u n d on the Identification Plate, l o c a t e d o n the aft left tailcone. A
A p p r o v e d Fuel G r a d e s 8-16 s e c o n d a r y Identification Plate is also installed on the lower part of
the left fonward doorpost. Locateid a d j a c e n t to the s e c o n d a r y
Fuel Capacity .. 8-16
Identification Plate is the Finish a n d T r i m Plate which contains a
Fuel Additives 8-16 c o d e d e s c r i b i n g the exterior paint c o m b i n a t i o n of the airplane. T h e
Fuel Contamination 8-20 c o d e m a y be u s e d in conjunction with an a p p l i c a b l e Illustrated Parts
C a t a l o g if finish a n d trim information is n e e d e d .
Landing Gear 8-21
Cleaning And Care 8-21
CESSNA OWNER ADVISORIES
Windsfiieid And Windows 8-21
Painted Surfaces 8-22 C e s s n a O w n e r Advisories are sent to C e s s n a Aircraft FAA
Stabilizer Abrasion Boot Care 8-23 R e g i s t e r e d o w n e r s of record at no c h a r g e to inform t h e m about
m a n d a t o r y and/or beneficial aircraft s e r v i c e .requirements a n d
Propeller Care 8-23
product c h a n g e s . Copies of t h e a c t u a l bulletins are available f r o m
Engine Care 8-23 C e s s n a S e n / i c e Stations a n d C e s s n a C u s t o m e r S e r v i c e .
Interior C a r e 8-24

8-2 Oct 5/98 8-4 May 30/01

 CESSNA SECTIONS
MODEL 206H HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
T o b e c a r r i e d in t h e airplane at all t i m e s :
1. C u r r e n t Pilot's Operating H a n d b o o k a n d FAA Approved!
A i r p l a n e Flight M a n u a l .
2. W e i g h t a n d B a l a n c e , a n d a s s o c i a t e d p a p e r s (latest c o p y of the
R e p a i r a n d Alteration F o r m , F A A F o r m 3 3 7 , if applicable).
3. E q u i p m e n t List.
T o b e m a d e a v a i l a b l e u p o n request:
1. A i r p l a n e L o g B o o k .
2. Engine Log Book.
M o s t of t h e i t e m s listed are r e q u i r e d by t h e U n i t e d States Federal
A v i a t i o n R e g u l a t i o n s . Since the R e g u l a t i o n s of other nations m a y
require o t h e r d o c u m e n t s a n d d a t a , o w n e r s of airplanes not
r e g i s t e r e d in t h e U n i t e d States s h o u l d c h e c k with their o w n aviation
officials t o d e t e r m i n e their individual r e q u i r e m e n t s . , ,
C e s s n a r e c o m m e n d s that t h e s e i t e m s , plus the Pilot's Checklists,
C u s t o m e r C a r e P r o g r a m H a n d b o o k a n d C u s t o m e r C a r e C a r d , be
c a r r i e d in t h e a i r p l a n e at all times.
AIRPLANE INSPECTION PERIODS
FAA REQUIRED INSPECTIONS
A s r e q u i r e d by U.S. Federal A v i a t i o n R e g u l a t i o n s , all civil aircraft
of U.S. registry m u s t u n d e r g o a c o m p l e t e i n s p e c t i o n (annual) each
t w e l v e c a l e n d a r m o n t h s . In addition to t h e r e q u i r e d annual
i n s p e c t i o n , aircraft o p e r a t e d c o m m e r c i a l l y (for hire) m u s t have a
c o m p l e t e i n s p e c t i o n e v e r y lOO'houfs of o p e r a t i o n .
T h e F A A m a y require other i n s p e c t i o n s by t h e issuance of
ainworthiness d i r e c t i v e s applicable to the a i r p l a n e , e n g i n e , propeller
a n d c o m p o n e n t s . It is the responsibility of the o w n e r / o p e r a t o r to
e n s u r e c o m p l i a n c e with all applicable a i r w o r t h i n e s s directives, and
w h e n t h e i n s p e c t i o n s are repetitive, t o t a k e a p p r o p r i a t e steps to
prevent inadvertent noncompliance.
May 30/01
CESSNA SECTION 8
M O D E L 206H HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
UNITED S T A T E S AIRPLANE O W N E R S
If y o u r airplane is r e g i s t e r e d in the U.S., appropriate C e s s n a
O w n e r A d v i s o r i e s will be m a i l e d to y o u automatically according to
the latest aircraft registration n a m e a n d a d d r e s s which you have
p r o v i d e d to the FAA. T h e r e f o r e , it is important that you provide
correct a n d up-to-date mailing information to the FAA.
If y o u require a duplicate O w n e r A d v i s o r y to be sent to an
a d d r e s s different from the F A A aircraft registration address, please
c o m p l e t e a n d return an O w n e r A d v i s o r y Application (othenwise no
a c t i o n is required on your part).
INTERNATIONAL AIRPLANE OWNERS
T o receive C e s s n a O w n e r A d v i s o r i e s , please complete and
return a n O w n e r Advisory A p p l i c a t i o n .
Receipt of a valid O w n e r A d v i s o r y Application will establish your
C e s s n a O w n e r Advisory s e n / i c e for one year, after which you will be
sent a r e n e w a l notice. It is i m p o r t a n t that you respond promptly to
u p d a t e your a d d r e s s for this critical service.
PUBLICATIONS
V a r i o u s publications a n d flight o p e r a t i o n aids are furnished in the
airplane w h e n delivered f r o m the factory. T h e s e items are listed
below.
C u s t o m e r Care P r o g r a m H a n d b o o k
Pilot's Operating H a n d b o o k a n d FAA A p p r o v e d Airplane
Flight M a n u a l
Pilot's Checklist
P a s s e n g e r Briefing C a r d ' .
C e s s n a Sales a n d S e r v i c e Directory : :
T o obtain additional publications or o w n e r a d v i s o r / information,
y o u m a y contact C e s s n a ' s Product S u p p o r t Department at (316)
5 1 7 - 5 8 0 0 . Fax (316) 9 4 2 - 9 0 0 6 or write to T h e Cessna Aircraft
C o m p a n y , P.O. Box 7 7 0 6 , W i c h i t a , KS 6 7 2 7 7 , Dept 7 5 1 C .
8^7
M a v 30/01
SECTION 8 CESSNA
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE M O D E L 206H
T h e following additional publications, plus m a n y other supplies
I that are applicable to your airplane, a r e available f r o m your local
C e s s n a Service Station.
Information M a n u a l (contains Pilot's O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k
Information)
• Maintenance Manual, Wiring Diagram Manual and
Illustrated Parts Catalog
I Y o u r local C e s s n a Service Station h a s a C u s t o m e r C a r e Supplies
a n d Publications C a t a l o g c o v e r i n g all available i t e m s , m a n y of
| w h i c h the Service Station keeps o n h a n d . T h e S e r v i c e Station can
place an o r d e r for a n y item w h i c h is not in stock.
NOTE
A Pilot's O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k a n d F A A A p p r o v e d Airplane
Flight M a n u a l w h i c h is lost or d e s t r o y e d m a y be r e p l a c e d by
I c o n t a c t i n g y o u r local C e s s n a S e n / i c e Station. A n affidavit
c o n t a i n i n g t h e o w n e r ' s n a m e , a i r p l a n e serial n u m b e r a n d
I r e a s o n for r e p l a c e m e n t m u s t be i n c l u d e d in r e p l a c e m e n t
r e q u e s t s since tlie Pilot's O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k a n d FAA
A p p r o v e d A i r p l a n e Flight M a n u a l is identified for specific
serial n u m b e r e d airplanes o n l y .
•
AIRPLANE FILE
T h e r e are m i s c e l l a n e o u s data, i n f o r m a t i o n a n d licenses that are a
part of the airplane file. T h e f o l l o w i n g is a checklist for that file. In
a d d i t i o n , a periodic check should be m a d e of the latest Federal
Aviation R e g u l a t i o n s to ensure that all d a t a r e q u i r e m e n t s are met.
T o be d i s p l a y e d in the airplane at all t i m e s :
1. Aircraft Ainworthiness Certificate ( F A A F o r m 8 1 0 0 - 2 ) .
2. Aircraft Registration Certificate ( F A A F o r m 8 0 5 0 - 3 ) .
3. Aircraft R a d i o Station License (if a p p l i c a b l e ) .
8-6 M a y 30/01
SECTION 8 CESSNA
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE • M O D E L 206H
CESSNA INSPECTION PROGRAMS
In lieu of the 100 hour and annual inspection r e q u i r e m e n t s , an
airplane m a y be i n s p e c t e d in accordance with a P r o g r e s s i v e Care
[ i n s p e c t i o n P r o g r a m or a P h a s e C a r d I n s p e c t i o n P r o g r a m . Both
i p r o g r a m s offer s y s t e m s w h i c h allow the w o r k load to b e d i v i d e d into
smaller o p e r a t i o n s that can be a c c o m p l i s h e d in s h o r t e r time
penods.
The C e s s n a P r o g r e s s i v e Care Inspection P r o g r a m a l l o w s an
airplane to be i n s p e c t e d and maintained in four o p e r a t i o n s . The
four o p e r a t i o n s a r e r e c y c l e d each 200 hours a n d a r e r e c o r d e d in a
specially p r o v i d e d Aircraft Inspection Log as e a c h o p e r a t i o n is
conducted.
I The P h a s e C a r d Inspection Program offers a parallel s y s t e m for
high-utilization flight operations (approximately 6 0 0 flight h o u r s per
year). This s y s t e m utilizes 50 hour inten/als ( P h a s e 1 a n d P h a s e 2)
to inspect h i g h - u s a g e s y s t e m s and components.- A t 12 m o n t h s or
600 flight h o u r s , w h i c h e v e r occurs first, the a i r p l a n e u n d e r g o e s a
complete ( P h a s e 3) i n s p e c t i o n .
R e g a r d l e s s of the inspection method s e l e c t e d , t h e o w n e r should
keep in m i n d that F A R Part 43 and FAR Part 91 e s t a b l i s h e s the
requirement that properly certified agencies or personnel
accomplish all r e q u i r e d FAA inspections and most of the
m a n u f a c t u r e r r e c o m m e n d e d inspections.
CESSNA CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM ;
Specific benefits a n d provisions ot the C e s s n a W a r r a n t y plus
other important benefits for you are c o n t a i n e d in the C u s t o m e r C a r e
Program H a n d b o o k s u p p l i e d with your airplane. T h e C u s t o m e r Care
Program H a n d b o o k s h o u l d be thoroughly r e v i e w e d a n d kept in the
airplane at all t i m e s .
You will also w a n t to return to your C e s s n a S e n / i c e S t a t i o n either
at 50 h o u r s for your first Progressive C a r e O p e r a t i o n , or at 100
hours for your first 100 hour inspection d e p e n d i n g o n w h i c h
program y o u c h o o s e to establish for your a i r p l a n e . W h i l e these
important inspections will be performed for y o u by a n y C e s s n a
Sen/ice S t a t i o n , in m o s t c a s e s you will prefer to h a v e the Service
Station f r o m w h o m y o u p u r c h a s e d the airplane a c c o m p l i s h this
work.
CESSNA SECTION 8
MODEL 206H HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE

CESSNA SECTION 8
MODEL 206H HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
TIE-DOWN

P r o p e r t i e - d o w n p r o c e d u r e is t h e b e s t p r e c a u t i o n a g a i n s t d a m a g e
to the p a r k e d airplane b y gusty or strong w i n d s . T o t i e - d o w n t h e
airplane securely, p r o c e e d as follows:
1. Set the parking b r a k e a n d install t h e c o n t r o l w h e e l lock.
2 . Install a surface control lock over the fin a n d rudder.
3. T i e sufficiently strong ropes or c h a i n s (700 p o u n d s tensile
strength) to t h e w i n g , tail a n d n o s e t i e - d o w n fittings a n d
s e c u r e e a c h rope or c h a i n to a r a m p t i e - d o w n .
4 . I n s t a l l a pitot t u b e c o v e r .
JACKING
W h e n a r e q u i r e m e n t e x i s t s t o j a c k t h e e n t i r e a i r p l a n e off t h e
g r o u n d , o r w h e n w i n g j a c k p o i n t s a r e u s e d in t h e j a c k i n g o p e r a t i o n ,
r e f e r t o t h e M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for s p e c i f i c p r o c e d u r e s a n d
equipment required. " followed. Y o u r local C e s s n a Sen/ice Station s h o u l d be c o n t a c t e d f o r j
Individual main gear may be j a c k e d by using the jack pad w h i c h
is i n c o r p o r a t e d in t h e m a i n l a n d i n g g e a r s t r u t s t e p b r a c k e t . W h e n
u s i n g t h e i n d i v i d u a l g e a r s t r u t j a c k p a d , f l e x i b i l i t y of t h e g e a r s t r u t
w i l l c a u s e t h e m a i n w h e e l t o s l i d e i n b o a r d a s t h e w h e e l is r a i s e d ,
t i l t i n g t h e j a c k . T h e j a c k m u s t t h e n b e l o w e r e d for a s e c o n d j a c k i n g
operation. Do not j a c k both m a i n w h e e l s s i m u l t a n e o u s l y using the
individual main gear jack pads.
A CAUTION
PILOT CONDUCTED PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
A certified pilot w h o o w n s or operates a n a i r p l a n e not u s e d as an
air carrier is a u t h o r i z e d by FAR Part 43 to p e r f o r m limited
m a i n t e n a n c e o n his a i r p l a n e . Refer to FAR Part 4 3 for a list of the
specific m a i n t e n a n c e o p e r a t i o n s which are a l l o w e d .
NOTE
Pilots o p e r a t i n g a i r p l a n e s of other than U.S. registry s h o u l d
refer to t h e r e g u l a t i o n s of the country of certification for
information on p r e v e n t i v e maintenance that may be
p e r f o r m e d by pilots.
A M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l m u s t be obtained prior to p e r f o r m i n g any
preventive m a i n t e n a n c e to e n s u r e that proper p r o c e d u r e s are
further i n f o r m a t i o n or for required m a i n t e n a n c e w h i c h must be
a c c o m p l i s h e d by a p p r o p r i a t e l y licensed p e r s o n n e l .
ALTERATIONS OR REPAIRS
It is e s s e n t i a l that the F A A be contacted prior to any alterations
on the a i r p l a n e to e n s u r e that ainworthiness of t h e airplane is not
violated. A l t e r a t i o n s or repairs to the airplane m u s t b e a c c o m p l i s h e d
by licensed p e r s o n n e l , utilizing only FAA A p p r o v e d c o m p o n e n t s and
FAA A p p r o v e d d a t a , s u c h a s C e s s n a Service Bulletins.

DO NOT A P P L Y P R E S S U R E ON T H E E L E V A T O R
OR HORIZONTAL STABILIZER SURFACES.
W H E N PUSHING ON T H E T A I L C O N E , A L W A Y S
A P P L Y P R E S S U R E AT A B U L K H E A D TO AVOID
BUCKLING THE SKIN.

If n o s e g e a r m a i n t e n a n c e is r e q u i r e d , t h e n o s e w h e e l m a y b e
r a i s e d off t h e g r o u n d b y p r e s s i n g d o w n o n a t a i l c o n e b u l k h e a d , j u s t
f o r w a r d of t h e h o r i z o n t a l s t a b i l i z e r , a n d a l l o w i n g t h e tail to rest o n
t h e tail t i e - d o w n r i n g .

Oct 5/98 8-11 May 30/01 8-9

 SECTIONS SECTION 8 CESSNA
CESSNA
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE MODEL 206H
MODEL 206H

T o a s s i s t in r a i s i n g a n d h o l d i n g t h e n o s e w h e e l off t h e g r o u n d ,
GROUND HANDLING g r o u n d a n c h o r s s h o u l d b e u t i l i z e d at t h e tail t i e d o w n p o i n t . '

TOWING NOTE

T h e airplane is m o s t easily a n d safety m a n e u v e r e d by h a n d w i t h E n s u r e t h a t t h e n o s e w i l l b e h e l d off t h e g r o u n d u n d e r all

the t o w bar a t t a c h e d to the n o s e w h e e l (the t o w b a r is s t o w e d c o n d i t i o n s b y m e a n s of s u i t a b l e s t a n d s or s u p p o r t s u n d e r
b e h i n d the rear p a s s e n g e r s e a t s ) . W h e n towing with a v e h i c l e , d o w e i g h t s u p p o r t i n g b u l k h e a d s n e a r t h e ^ o s e of t h e a i r p l a n e .
not e x c e e d the n o s e g e a r t u r n i n g a n g l e of 35° either s i d e of c e n t e r ,
or d a m a g e to the n o s e landing g e a r will result. LEVELING

A CAUTION
REMOVE ANY INSTALLED RUDDER L O C K BEFORE
TOWING.
If the airplane is t o w e d or p u s h e d o v e r a rough s u r f a c e d u r i n g
h a n g a r i n g , w a t c h that the n o r m a l c u s h i o n i n g action of t h e n o s e strut
d o e s not cause e x c e s s i v e vertical m o v e m e n t of the t a i l ' a n d the
resulting contact w i t h low h a n g a r d o o r s or structure. A flat n o s e tire
or deflated strut will also i n c r e a s e tail height.
PARKING II
W h e n parking t h e airplane, h e a d into the w i n d a n d set the
I p a r k i n g brake. Do not set the p a r k i n g brake during c o l d w e a t h e r
w h e n a c c u m u l a t e d m o i s t u r e m a y freeze the brakes, or w h e n the
b r a k e s are o v e r h e a t e d . C l o s e the c o w l flaps, install t h e c o n t r o l
w h e e l lock a n d c h o c k the w h e e l s . In s e v e r e w e a t h e r a n d high w i n d
conditions, tie the airplane d o w n a s outlined in t h e f o l l o w i n g
paragraph.
L o n g i t u d i n a l l e v e l i n g of t h e a i r p l a n e is a c c o m p l i s h e d b y p l a c i n g a
l e v e l o n l e v e l i n g s c r e w s l o c a t e d o n t h e left s i d e of t h e t a i l c o n e .
Deflate the n o s e tire and/or lower or raise the nose strut to properly
c e n t e r t h e b u b b l e in t h e l e v e l . C o r r e s p o n d i n g p o i n t s o n b o t h u p p e r
door sills m a y b e u s e d to level t h e a i r p l a n e laterally.
FLYABLE STORAGE
A i r p l a n e s p l a c e d in n o n o p e r a t i o n a l s t o r a g e f o r a m a x i m u m of 3 0
d a y s o r t h o s e w h i c h r e c e i v e o n l y i n t e r m i t t e n t o p e r a t i o n a l u s e for t h e
first 2 5 h o u r s a r e c o n s i d e r e d in f l y a b l e s t o r a g e s t a t u s . E v e r y
s e v e n t h d a y d u r i n g these periods, the propeller s h o u l d be rotated by
h a n d t h r o u g h f i v e r e v o l u t i o n s . T h i s a c t i o n " l i m b e r s " t h e oil a n d
h e l p s p r e v e n t a n y a c c u m u l a t i o n of c o r r o s i o n o n e n g i n e c y l i n d e r
walls.

8-10 May 30/01

8-12 Oct 5/98


CESSNA SECTION 8
MODEL 206H H A N D L I N G , SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
CAPACITY O F ENGINE SUMP
T h e engine h a s a total c a p a c i t y of 11 quarts, with the oil filter
a c c o u n t i n g for a p p r o x i m a t e l y o n e quart of that total. T h e e n g i n e oil
s u m p has a c a p a c i t y of 10 q u a r t s . T h e engine must not be o p e r a t e d
o n less than 6 q u a r t s (as m e a s u r e d by the dipstick). For e x t e n d e d
flights, the e n g i n e s h o u l d b e filled t o capacity.
O I L AND O I L F I L T E R C H A N G E
After the first 25 h o u r s of o p e r a t i o n , drain the engine oil s u m p
a n d replace the filter. Refill s u m p with straight mineral oil a n d use
until a total of 5 0 h o u r s h a s a c c u m u l a t e d or oil c o n s u m p t i o n h a s
stabilized; then c h a n g e to a s h l e s s dispersant oil. Ashless dispersant
oil (and oil filter) s h o u l d b e c h a n g e d at time intervals set forth by the
engine manufacturer. , ,
NOTE
During the first 2 5 h o u r oil a n d filter c h a n g e , a g e n e r a l
inspection of the o v e r a l l e n g i n e compartment is required.
Items w h i c h a r e not n o r m a l l y checked during a preflight
inspection s h o u l d b e g i v e n s p e c i a l attention. H o s e s , metal
lines a n d fittings s h o u l d b e inspected for signs of oil a n d
fuel leaks, a n d c h e c k e d for abrasions, chafing, security,
proper routing a n d s u p p o r t , a n d evidence of deterioration.
Inspect the intake a n d e x h a u s t s y s t e m s for cracks, e v i d e n c e
of leakage, a n d s e c u r i t y of a t t a c h m e n t . Engine controls a n d
linkages s h o u l d b e c h e c k e d for freedom of m o v e m e n t
through their full r a n g e , security of attachment and e v i d e n c e
of wear. Inspect w i r i n g for security, chafing, b u r n i n g ,
defective i n s u l a t i o n , l o o s e or broken terminals,
deterioration, a n d c o r r o d e d t e r m i n a l s . Check the alternator
belt in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h M a i n t e n a n c e Manual instructions,
and retighten if n e c e s s a r y . A periodic check of these items
during s u b s e q u e n t s e r v i c i n g o p e r a t i o n s is r e c o m m e n d e d .
CESSNA
SECTION 8
MODEL 206H HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
A WARNING
F O R MAXIMUM S A F E T Y , C H E C K T H A T T H E
IGNITION S W I T C H IS O F F , T H E T H R O T T L E IS
C L O S E D , T H E M I X T U R E C O N T R O L I S IN T b E
I D L E C U T O F F P O S I T I O N , AND T H E A I R P L A N E
IS SECURED BEFORE ROTATING THE
P R O P E L L E R B Y H A N D . DO N O T S T A N D W I T H I N
THE A R C O F THE PROPELLER B L A D E S WHILE
TURNING T H E P R O P E L L E R .
After 30 d a y s , the a i r p l a n e should be f l o w n for 3 0 m i n u t e s or a
ground r u n u p s h o u l d b e miade just long e n o u g h to p r o d u c e a n oil
t e m p e r a t u r e w i t h i n t h e l o w e r green arc r a n g e . E x c e s s i v e g r o u n d
runup s h o u l d b e a v o i d e d .
E n g i n e r u n u p also h e l p s t o eliminate e x c e s s i v e a c c u m u l a t i o n s of
water in the f u e l s y s t e m a n d other air s p a c e s in t h e e n g i n e . K e e p
. fuel t a n k s full to m i n i m i z e c o n d e n s a t i o n in the t a n k s . K e e p the
battery fully c h a r g e d to p r e v e n t the electrolyte f r o m f r e e z i n g in c o l d
weather. If t h e a i r p l a n e is t o b e stored t e m p o r a r i l y , o r indefinitely,
refer to t h e M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for proper s t o r a g e p r o c e d u r e s .
SERVICING
In addition to t h e Preflight Inspection c o v e r e d in S e c t i o n 4 of this
h a n d b o o k , c o m p l e t e s e r v i c i n g , inspection a n d t e s t r e q u i r e m e n t s for
your airplane a r e d e t a i l e d in the M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l . T h e
M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l o u t l i n e s all items w h i c h require a t t e n t i o n at
specific intervals plus t h o s e items w h i c h r e q u i r e servicing,
inspection, a n d / o r t e s t i n g at s p e c i a l intervals.
•*
Since C e s s n a S e r v i c e Stations c o n d u c t all s e r v i c e , i n s p e c t i o n ,
a n d test p r o c e d u r e s in a c c o r d a n c e with a p p l i c a b l e M a i n t e n a n c e
heat M a n u a l s , it is r e c o m m e n d e d that y o u contact y o u r local C e s s n a f
Sen/ice Station concerning these requirements and begin
s c h e d u l i n g y o u r a i r p l a n e for s e r v i c e at the r e c o m m e n d e d intervals.
C e s s n a P r o g r e s s i v e C a r e e n s u r e s that t h e s e r e q u i r e m e n t s are
a c c o m p l i s h e d at the r e q u i r e d intervals to c o m p l y w i t h t h e 100 h o u r
or a n n u a l i n s p e c t i o n a s p r e v i o u s l y c o v e r e d .
May 30/01
8-13
 SECTION 8
CESSNA
HANDLING, SERVICE & M A I N T E N A N C E MODEL 206H

CESSNA
HANDUNG, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE MODEL 206H FUEL
«
A P P R O V E D F U E L G R A D E S (AND C O L O R S )
D e p e n d i n g o n v a r i o u s flight o p e r a t i o n s , your local G o v e r n m e n t
Aviation A g e n c y m a y r e q u i r e additional service, i n s p e c t i o n s , or 1 0 0 L L G r a d e Aviaiion Fuel ( B l u e ) .
t e s t s . For t h e s e r e g u l a t o r y r e q u i r e m e n t s , owners s h o u l d c h e c k w i t h 100 G r a d e Aviation Fuel ( G r e e n ) .
local aviation officials w h e r e t h e a i r p l a n e is being o p e r a t e d .
NOTE
For quick a n d r e a d y r e f e r e n c e , quantities, m a t e r i a l s and
specifications for f r e q u e n t l y u s e d s e n / i c e items are a s f o l l o w s . Isopropyl alcohol or d i e t h y l e n e glycol m o n o m e t h y l ether
( D i E G M E ) may be a d d e d to the f u e l s u p p l y in quantities not
OIL to e x c e e d 1 % (alcohol) or 0 . 1 5 % ( D i E G M E ) of total v o l u m e .
R e f e r to Fuel Additives in later p a r a g r a p h s for additional
information. _ , /
OIL S P E C I F I C A T I O N
I M I L - L - 6 0 8 2 o r S A E J 1 9 6 6 Aviation Grade Straight M i n e r a l O i l :
U s e d w h e n t h e a i r p l a n e w a s d e l i v e r e d from the factory a n d s h o u l d FUEL CAPACITY
b e used to replenish t h e s u p p l y d u r i n g the first 25 h o u r s . T h i s oil
s h o u l d be d r a i n e d a n d filter r e p l a c e d after the first 25 h o u r s of
9 2 . 0 U.S. Gallons T o t a l : 4 6 . 0 U.S. G a l l o n s per tank.
o p e r a t i o n . Refill the e n g i n e a n d c o n t i n u e to use until a total of 5 0
h o u r s has a c c u m u l a t e d o r oil c o n s u m p t i o n has stabilized. .
NOTE
I M I L - L - 2 2 8 5 1 or S A E J 1 8 9 9 A v i a t i o n G r a d e A s h l e s s D i s p e r s a n t
T o e n s u r e m a x i m u m f u e l c a p a c i t y w h e n refueling a n d
Oil: Oil c o n f o r m i n g to T e x t r o n L y c o m i n g Sen/ice Instruction N o .
m i n i m i z e cross f e e d i n g , t h e f u e l s e l e c t o r valve s h o u l d b e
1014, a n d all revisions a n d s u p p l e m e n t s thereto, m u s t b e u s e d after
p l a c e d in either the L E F T or R I G H T position a n d t h e
first 5 0 h o u r s o r oil c o n s u m p t i o n h a s stabilized.
a i r p l a n e parked in a w i n g s l e v e l , n o r m a l g r o u n d attitude.
RECOMMENDED VISCOSITY FOR TEMPERATURE RANGE R e f e r to Figure 1-1 for a d e f i n i t i o n of n o r m a l ground attitude.

Multiviscosity or straight g r a d e oil m a y be used t h r o u g h o u t the S e r v i c e the fuel s y s t e m after e a c h flight, a n d k e e p f u e l t a n k s

y e a r for engine l u b r i c a t i o n . Refer to the following t a b l e for full to minimize c o n d e n s a t i o n in t h e t a n k s .
temperature verses viscosity ranges.
F U E L ADDITIVES

Temperature MIL-L-6082 MIL-L-22851

Strict a d h e r e n c e to r e c o m m e n d e d preflight draining instructions
SAE Grade Ashless D i s p e r s a n t
as called for in Section 4 will e l i m i n a t e any free water
SAE Grade
a c c u m u l a t i o n s from the tank s u m p s . W h i l e small a m o u n t s of w a t e r
60 60 m a y still remain in solution in t h e g a s o l i n e , it will normally be
Above 27°C (80°F)
c o n s u m e d a n d go unnoticed in the o p e r a t i o n of the engine. '
50 40 or 50
Above 16°C (60°F)
40 40
-1°C (30°F) to 32°C (90°F)
-18°C (CF) t o 2 r C {70°F) 30 30, 40 or 20W-40

Below-12°C (10°F) 20 30 or 20W-30

-18°C (O-'F) to 32°C (90°F) • 20W-50 20W-50 or15W-50

8-16
All Temperatures -- 15W-50 or 20W-50 M a y 30/01

8-14 M a y 30/01
 CESSNA SECTION 8
MODEL 206H HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
CESSNA SECTION 8
MODEL 206H HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
O n e exception to this c a n b e e n c o u n t e r e d w h e n o p e r a t i n g under
. t h e c o m b i n e d effect of: (1) u s e of c e r t a i n f u e l s , with (^) high h u m i d -
ity c o n d i t i o n s on the g r o u n d (3) f o l l o w e d by flight at high altitude
2. A n alternate m e t h o d that m a y be u s e d is to premix the
a n d low t e m p e r a t u r e . U n d e r t h e s e u n u s u a l conditions, s m a l l
c o m p l e t e alcohol d o s a g e w i t h s o m e fuel in a separate clean
a m o u n t s of water in solution c a n precipitate f r o m the fuel s t r e a m
J c o n t a i n e r (approximately 2-3 gallon capacity) and then
a n d f r e e z e in sufficient q u a n t i t i e s to i n d u c e partial icing of the e n -
t r a n s f e r r i n g this mixture to the tank prior to the fuel
gine fuel s y s t e m .
operation.
W h i l e t h e s e conditions a r e q u i t e rare a n d will not normally p o s e a
D i e t h y l e n e glycol m o n o m e t h y l e t h e r ( D i E G M E ) c o m p o u n d must p r o b l e m to o w n e r s a n d o p e r a t o r s , t h e y d o exist in certain a r e a s of
be carefully m i x e d with the fuel in c o n c e n t r a t i o n s between 0.10% t h e w o r l d a n d consequently m u s t b e d e a l t w i t h , w h e n e n c o u n t e r e d .
( m i n i m u m ) a n d 0 . 1 5 % ( m a x i m u m ) of total fuel v o l u m e . Refer to
Figure 8-1 f o r a D i E G M E - t o - f u e l m i x i n g chart. T h e r e f o r e , to help alleviate t h e possibility of fuel icing occurring
u n d e r t h e s e unusual c o n d i t i o n s , it is p e r m i s s i b l e to add isopropyl
a l c o h o l o r diethylene glycol m o n o m e t h y l ether ( D i E G M E ) c o m p o u n d
A WARNING
to t h e fuel supply.
ANTI-ICING ADDITIVE IS DANGEROUS TO
T h e introduction of a l c o h o l o r D i E G M E c o m p o u n d into the fuel
HEALTH WHEN BREATHED AND/OR ABSORBED
p r o v i d e s t w o distinct effects: (1) it a b s o r b s the dissolved w a t e r f r o m
INTO THE SKIN.
the g a s o l i n e a n d (2) a l c o h o l h a s a f r e e z i n g t e m p e r a t u r e d e p r e s s a n t
effect.
A CAUTION
NOTE
M I X I N G O F D i E G M E W I T H F U E L IS E X T R E M E L Y
I M P O R T A N T . A C O N C E N T R A T I O N IN E X C E S S OF W h e n using fuel a d d i t i v e s , it m u s t b e r e m e m b e r e d that the
THAT RECOMMENDED (0.15% BY VOLUME final g o a l is to obtain a c o r r e c t fuel-to-additive ratio in the
M A X I M U M ) W I L L R E S U L T IN DETRIMENTAL t a n k , a n d not just w i t h fuel c o m i n g out of the refueling I
EFFECTS TO THE FUEL T A N K S AND SEALANT, nozzle. For e x a m p l e , a d d i n g 15 gallons of correctly
A N D D A M A G E TO 0 - R I N G S A N D S E A L S USED p r o p o r t i o n e d fuel to a t a n k w h i c h c o n t a i n s 20 gallons of
IN THE FUEL SYSTEM AND ENGINE u n t r e a t e d fuel will result in a lower-than-acceptable
C O M P O N E N T S . A C O N C E N T R A T I O N OF LESS c o n c e n t r a t i o n level to t h e 3 5 g a l l o n s of fuel which now
T H A N T H A T R E C O M M E N D E D ( 0 . 1 0 % BY T O T A L reside in the tank.
VOLUME MINIMUM) WILL RESULT IN
INEFFECTIVE TREATMENT. USE ONLY A l c o h o l , if u s e d , is to b e b l e n d e d w i t h the fuel in a concentration
BLENDING EQUIPMENT THAT IS of 1 % by v o l u m e . C o n c e n t r a t i o n s g r e a t e r than 1 % are not
R E C O M M E N D E D BY T H E M A N U F A C T U R E R TO r e c o m m e n d e d since they c a n b e d e t r i m e n t a l to fuel tank materials.
^ O B T A I N PROPER PROPORTIONING.
T h e m a n n e r in w h i c h t h e a l c o h o l is a d d e d to the fuel is
significant " b e c a u s e alcohol is m o s t effective w h e n it is c o m p l e t e l y
P r o l o n g e d s t o r a g e of the airplane will result in a water buildup in d i s s o l v e d in the fuel. T o e n s u r e p r o p e r m i x i n g , the following is
the fuel w h i c h "leeches out" the additive. A n indication of this is recommended:
w h e n an e x c e s s i v e a m o u n t of w a t e r a c c u m u l a t e s in the fuel tank
s u m p s . T h e c o n c e n t r a t i o n can be c h e c k e d using a differential 1. For best results, t h e a l c o h o l s h o u l d be added during the
r e f r a c t o m e t e r . It is imperative that the technical manual for the fueling o p e r a t i o n by p o u r i n g the alcohol directly on the
differential refractometer be f o l l o w e d explicitly w h e n checking the fuel stream issuing f r o m the f u e l i n g nozzle.
additive c o n c e n t r a t i o n .

M a y 30/01 8-17
O c t 5/98 8-19
SECTION 8 CESSNA
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE MODEL 206H SECTION 8 CESSNA
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE M O D E L 206H

FUEL CONTAMINATION

Fuel c o n t a m i n a t i o n is usually the result of f o r e i g n material

present in t h e fuel s y s t e m , a n d may consist of w a t e r , rust, s a n d , dirt,
m i c r o b e s or bacterial g r o w t h . In a d d i t i o n , a d d i t i v e s t h a t a r e not
c o m p a t i b l e with fuel or fuel system c o m p o n e n t s c a n c a u s e the fuel
to b e c o m e c o n t a m i n a t e d . '

Before e a c h flight a n d after each refueling, u s e a c l e a r s a m p l e r

cup a n d d r a i n at least a cupful of fuel f r o m e a c h fuel t a n k drain
[ l o c a t i o n a n d f r o m the fuel strainer q u i c k - d r a i n v a l v e to d e t e r m i n e if
c o n t a m i n a n t s are present, and tq e n s u r e t h e a i r p l a n e h a s b e e n
fueled with the p r o p e r grade of fuel.

I If c o n t a m i n a t i o n is d e t e c t e d , drain all f u e l d r a i n p o i n t s a g a i n ,
including the fuel reservoirs a n d the fuel s e l e c t o r q u i c k d r a i n v a l v e ,
and t h e n gently rock the wings and lower t h e tail to t h e g r o u n d to
m o v e a n y additional contaminants to the s a m p l i n g p o i n t s . T a k e
| r e p e a t e d s a m p l e s f r o m all fuel drain points until all c o n t a m i n a t i o n
has b e e n r e m o v e d . If, after repeated s a m p l i n g , e v i d e n c e of
c o n t a m i n a t i o n still exists, the airplane s h o u l d not b e f l o w n . T a n k s
should be d r a i n e d a n d s y s t e m p u r g e d by q u a l i f i e d m a i n t e n a n c e
p e r s o n n e l . All e v i d e n c e of contamination m u s t be r e m o v e d before
further flight. If the airplane has been s e r v i c e d w i t h t h e i m p r o p e r fuel
grade, defuel c o m p l e t e l y a n d refuel with t h e correct g r a d e . Do not
fly the airplane with c o n t a m i n a t e d or u n a p p r o v e d f u e l .

In a d d i t i o n , O w n e r s / O p e r a t o r s w h o are not a c q u a i n t e d w i t h a
particular fixed b a s e operator should be a s s u r e d t h a t t h e f u e l s u p p l y
has b e e n c h e c k e d for contamination a n d is p r o p e r l y f i l t e r e d before
allowing the airplane to be serviced. Fuel t a n k s s h o u l d b e kept full
between flights, p r o v i d e d weight a n d b a l a n c e c o n s i d e r a t i o n s will
permit, to r e d u c e the possibility of water c o n d e n s i n g o n t h e w a l l s of
partially filled t a n k s .

T o further r e d u c e the possibility of c o n t a m i n a t e d f u e l , routine^

m a i n t e n a n c e of t h e fuel s y s t e m should be p e r f o r m e d in a c c o r d a n c e
with the airplane M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l . O n l y t h e p r o p e r f u e l , as
r e c o m m e n d e d in this h a n d b o o k , should be u s e d , a n d f u e l a d d i t i v e s
should not be u s e d unless a p p r o v e d by C e s s n a a n d t h e F e d e r a l
Aviation A d m i n i s t r a t i o n .

8-18 Oct 5/98

8-20 May 30/01
 CESSNA
SECTION 8
MODEL 206H HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE
CESSNA SECTION 8
MODEL 206H H A N D L I N G , SERVICE & M A I N T E N A N C E

LANDING G E A R

W h e n the a i r p l a n e is p a r k e d outside in cold climates a n d it is C o n s u l t t h e f o l l o w i n g table for servicing i n f o r m a t i o n o n t h e

necessary to r e m o v e ice b e f o r e flight, care should be t a k e n to l a n d i n g gear.
protect the p a i n t e d s u r f a c e s d u r i n g ice removal with c h e m i c a l
liquids. Isopropyl a l c o h o l will satisfactorily remove ice a c c u m u l a t i o n s COMPONENT SERVICING CRITERIA
without d a m a g i n g t h e paint. H o w e v e r , keep the isopropyl alcohol
a w a y from the w i n d s h i e l d a n d c a b i n windows since it will attack the Nose Wheel (5.00-5, 6-Ply Rated Tire) 49.0 PSI
plastic and m a y c a u s e it to c r a z e . Mam Wheel (6.00-6, 6-Ply Rated Tire) 42.0 PSI
Nose Wheel (6.00-6, 6-Ply Rated Tire) 29.0 PSI
STABILIZER ABRASION BOOT C A R E Mam Wheel (8.00-6, 6-Ply Rated Tire) 35.0 PSI
Brakes MIL-H-5606
If the airplane is e q u i p p e d with stabilizer abrasion boots, k e e p Nose Gear Shock Strut MIL-H-5606; 80.0 PSI *
t h e m clean a n d f r e e f r o m oil a n d g r e a s e which can swell the rubber.
W a s h them with m i l d s o a p a n d water, using Form T e c h A C cleaner
or naphtha to r e m o v e s t u b b o r n g r e a s e . Do not scrub the boots, a n d * K e e p strut filled with M I L - H - 5 6 0 6 h y d r a u l i c fluid per
be sure to w i p e off all s o l v e n t before it dries. Boots with l o o s e n e d filling instructions placard, a n d with no l o a d o n the
e d g e s or s m a l l t e a r s s h o u l d b e repaired. Your C e s s n a Sfen/ice strut, inflate w i t h air to 80.0 P S I . Do not o v e r inflate.
Station has the p r o p e r m a t e r i a l s a n d experience to do this correctly.
CLEANING AND CARE
PROPELLER CARE
W I N D S H I E L D AND W I N D O W S
Preflight i n s p e c t i o n of propeller blades for nicks, a n d w i p i n g t h e m
occasionally with a n oily cloth to clean off grass and bug stains will
T h e plastic w i n d s h i e l d a n d w i n d o w s s h o u l d be c l e a n e d w i t h a n
a s s u r e long blade life. S m a l l nicks o n the propeller, particularly near
aircraft w i n d s h i e l d c l e a n e r . A p p l y the c l e a n e r s p a r i n g l y w i t h soft
the tips a n d o n t h e l e a d i n g e d g e s , should be d r e s s e d out as s o o n cloths, a n d rub with m o d e r a t e pressure until all dirt, oil s c u m a n d
as possible since t h e s e nicks p r o d u c e stress concentrations, a n d if b u g s t a i n s a r e r e m o v e d . A l l o w the cleaner to d r y , t h e n w i p e it off
ignored, m a y result in c r a c k s or failure of the propeller blade. Never with soft f l a n n e l cloths.
use an alkaline c l e a n e r o n the b l a d e s ; remove grease a n d dirt with
Stoddard solvent. ,
A QAUTION
ENGINE C A R E
NEVER USE GASOLINE, BENZENE, ALCOHOL,
ACETONE, FIRE EXTINGUISHER, ANTI-ICE FLUID,
T h e engine m a y be c l e a n e d , using a suitable solvent, in
L A C Q U E R THINNER OR G L A S S C L E A N E R T O C L E A N
accordance w i t h i n s t r u c t i o n s in the airplane M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l .
THE PLASTIC. T H E S E MATERIALS WILL ATTACK THE
Most efficient c l e a n i n g is d o n e using a spray type cleaner. Before
P L A S T I C A N D M A Y C A U S E IT T O C R A Z E .
spray cleaning, e n s u r e that protection is afforded for components^
w h i c h might be a d v e r s e l y a f f e c t e d by the solvent. Refer to the
If a w i n d s h i e l d c l e a n e r is not a v a i l a b l e , the plastic c a n be
Maintenance M a n u a l for p r o p e r lubrication of controls and
c l e a n e d w i t h soft cloths m o i s t e n e d with S t o d d a r d s o l v e n t to r e m o v e
c o m p o n e n t s after e n g i n e c l e a n i n g . T h e induction air filter s h o u l d be
oil a n d g r e a s e .
replaced w h e n its c o n f l i t i o n w a r r a n t s not to exceed 500 hours.

M a y 30/01 8-21
 SECTION 8
CESSNA
H A N D L I N G , SERVICE & M A I N T E N A N C E MODEL 206H
SECTION 8 CESSNA
HANDLING, SERVICE & MAINTENANCE MODEL 206H

INTERIOR CARE ,

Follow by c a r e f u l l y w a s h i n g with a mild detergent a n d plenty of
w a t e r . Rinse t h o r o u g h l y , t h e n dry with a clean moist c h a m o i s . Do
not rub the plastic w i t h a dry cloth since this builds up a n
electrostatic c h a r g e w h i c h attracts dusL W a x i n g w i t h a g o o d
c o m m e r c i a l w a x will finish the c l e a n i n g job. A thin, e v e n c o a t of
w a x , polished out by h a n d with clean soft flannel c l o t h s , will fill in
m i n o r scratches a n d h e l p p r e v e n t further scratching.
Do not use a c a n v a s c o v e r on^the windshield u n l e s s f r e e z i n g rain
o r sleet is a n t i c i p a t e d s i n c e the cover may s c r a t c h the plastic
surface.
PAINTED SURFACES
T h e painted e x t e h o r s u r f a c e s of your new Cessna have
d u r a b l e , long lasting f i n i s h .
Generally, the p a i n t e d s u r f a c e s c a n be kept bright by w a s h i n g
with water a n d m i l d s o a p , f o l l o w e d by a rinse with w a t e r a n d d r y i n g
with cloths or a c h a m o i s . H a r s h or abrasive s o a p s or d e t e r g e n t s
w h i c h cause c o r r o s i o n or s c r a t c h e s should never be u s e d . R e m o v e
s t u b b o r n oil a n d g r e a s e with a cloth moistened w i t h S t o d d a r d
solvent. T a k e s p e c i a l c a r e to m a k e sure that the exterior g r a p h i c s
a r e not t o u c h e d b y t h e solvent. For complete c a r e of exterior
I g r a p h i c s , refer to t h e M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l .
T o r e m o v e dust and loose dirt f r o m the upholstery a n d carpet,
c l e a n t h e interior regularly w i t h a v a c u u m cleaner.
Blot up any spilled liquid p r o m p t l y w i t h cleansing tissue or rags.
Don't pat the spot; press t h e blotting m a t e r i a l firmly a n d hold it for
s e v e r a l s e c o n d s . C o n t i n u e b l o t t i n g until n o m o r e liquid is t a k e n u p .
S c r a p e off sticky materials w i t h a dull knife, then spot clean the
area.
O i l y spots may be c l e a n e d w i t h h o u s e h o l d spot r e m o v e r s , u s e d
s p a r i n g l y . Before using a n y s o l v e n t , r e a d t h e instructions o n the
c o n t a i n e r a n d test it o n a n o b s c u r e place o n the fabric to be
c l e a n e d . Never saturate t h e f a b r i c w i t h a volatile solvent; it m a y
d a m a g e the padding a n d b a c k i n g m a t e r i a l s .
a
S o i l e d upholstery a n d c a r p e t m a y b e c l e a n e d w i t h f o a m t y p e
d e t e r g e n t , used according to t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s instructions. T o
m i n i m i z e wetting the fabric, k e e p t h e f o a m a s dry a s p o s s i b l e a n d
r e m o v e it with a v a c u u m c l e a n e r .
For complete information r e l a t e d to interior cleaning, refer to t h e
i M a i n t e n a n c e Manual.

T o seal a n y m i n o r s u r f a c e c h i p s or scratches a n d protect a g a i n s t

c o r r o s i o n , the a i r p l a n e s h o u l d be w a x e d regularly with a g o o d
a u t o m o t i v e w a x a p p l i e d in a c c o r d a n c e with the m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s
instructions. If the a i r p l a n e is o p e r a t e d in a s e a c o a s t or o t h e r salt
w a t e r e n v i r o n m e n t , it m u s t be w a s h e d a n d w a x e d m o r e f r e q u e n t l y to
a s s u r e a d e q u a t e p r o t e c t i o n . S p e c i a l care should be t a k e n to s e a l
a r o u n d rivet h e a d s a n d skin laps, which are the a r e a s m o s t
susceptible to c o r r o s i o n . A h e a v i e r coating of w a x o n the l e a d i n g
e d g e s of the w i n g s a n d tail a n d on the cowl nose c a p a n d propeller
s p i n n e r will help r e d u c e the a b r a s i o n encountered in t h e s e a r e a s .
Reapplication of w a x will generally be necessary after c l e a n i n g with
s o a p solution or after c h e m i c a l d e i c i n g operations.

8-24
M a y 30/01
8-22 M a y 30/01
Q> SUPPLEMENTS
SUPPLEMENTS (O
CESSNA SECTION 9
MODEL 206H SUPPLEMENTS

CESSNA SECTION 9
MODEL 206H SUPPLEMENTS

LOG OF APPROVED SUPPLEMENTS

SUPPLEMENTS
SUPP. SUPPLEMENT NAME REV EQUIPMENT INTRODUCTION
# LEVEL INSTALLED

Bendix/King KX 155A VHP K The s u p p l e m e n t s in t h i s s e c t i o n contain e x p a n d e d o p e r a t i o n a l

N A V / C O M M w i t h K l 2 0 8 or K l 2 0 9 A p r o c e d u r e s for b o t h s t a n d a r d a n d optional e q u i p m e n t installed in t h e
Indicator Head airplane. O p e r a t o r s s h o u l d refer to e a c h s u p p l e m e n t to e n s u r e that
X all limitations a n d p r o c e d u r e s appropriate for their airplane a r e
Bendix/King KT 76C Transponder observed.
with Blind Encoder
Bendix/King K M A 26 Audio Selector
X A Log Of A p p r o v e d S u p p l e m e n t s is p r o v i d e d , for c o n v e n i e n c e
only, b e g i n n i n g o n p a g e L o g - 1 a n d is a n u m e r i c a l list of all
Panel
s u p p l e m e n t s a p p l i c a b l e to t h i s airplane by n a m e , n u m b e r a n d
Pointer Model 3000-11 E m e r g e n c y revision level. T h i s log s h o u l d be u s e d as a checklist to e n s u r e alf
Locator Transmitter (ELT) applicable s u p p l e m e n t s h a v e b e e n placed in the Pilot's O p e r a t i n g
X
H a n d b o o k ( P O H ) . S u p p l e m e n t s m a y be r e m o v e d f r o m t h e P O H
Bendix/King K L N 89B Global
provided the e q u i p m e n t is not installed on the a i r p l a n e . If e q u i p m e n t
Positioning System (GPS)
X is installed on the a i r p l a n e , h o w e v e r , the s u p p l e m e n t ( s ) m u s t be
Bendix/King KR 87 Automatic retained a n d u p d a t e d a s r e v i s i o n s to each s u p p l e m e n t a r e i s s u e d .
Direction Finder (ADF)
Each individual s u p p l e m e n t c o n t a i n s its o w n L o g of Effective
7 Reserved 0
Pages. T h i s log lists t h e p a g e n u m b e r a n d effective d a t e of e v e r y
8 Reserved 0 page in t h e s u p p l e m e n t . T h e log also lists the d a t e s o n w h i c h
revisions to t h e s u p p l e m e n t o c c u r r e d . Additionally, the part n u m b e r
9 Davtron Model 803 Clock/OAT 0 X
of the s u p p l e m e n t p r o v i d e s i n f o r m a t i o n on the revision level. R e f e r
10 Bendix/King K L N 8 9 Global 0 to the f o l l o w i n g e x a m p l e :
Positioning System (GPS)

11 Reserved 0

12 Reserved ,, 0

13 Reserved 0 206H-S1-04
14 Reserved 0
• R e v i s i o n L e v e l of S u p p l e m e n t

•Supplement Number

• T y p e of A i r p l a n e S u p p l e m e n t A p p l i e s T o

M a y 30/01 9-1/(9-2 b l a n k )
Oct 5/98 LOG 1
 1 SECTION 9 CESSNA
SUPPLEMENTS MODEL 206H

LOG OF APPROVED SUPPLEMENTS

SUPP. SUPPLEMENT NAME REV EQUIPMENT

# LEVEL INSTALLED

15 Bendix/King KAP 140 Autopilot 0 x

(2-Axis)
16 Reserved 0
17 Reserved ./ 0

LOG 2 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTIONS
MODEb.206H — ......^^.^.^^^.^^^^.^^^^^^^•^^.^^ ~ SUPPLEMENTS"

LOG Op APPROVED SUPPLEMENTS

ATextron Company

Pilot's Operating Handbooic and

SUPPLEMENT NAME ?if - REV
FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual SUPP.
# LEVEL
EQUIPMENT
INSTALLED .

Bendix/King K X I S S A V M B f A •
CESSNA MODEL 206H
1 0
N A V / C O M M with Kl 2 0 8 or Kl 209A Jsl
Indicator Head A , ^ ^, ,
AIRPLANES 206H8001 AND ON 2 Bendix/King K T 7 6 0 Transponder 0 •

with Blind Encoder

SUPPLEMENT 1 3 Bendix/King K M A 2 6 Audio Selector 0
Panel
BENDIX/KING K X 155A
VHP NAV/COMM 4 Pointer Model 3 0 0 0 - 1 1 E m e r g e n c y 0
with K l 208 or K l 2 0 9 A I N D I C A T O R H E A D L o c a t o r T r a n s m i t t e r ( E L T ) , v:,„ .
5 Bendix/King K L N 8 9 8 Global 1 .
SERIAL N O . Positioning S y s t e m (GPS)
6 Bendix/King K R 8 7 Automatic 0
REGISTRATION N O .
^ — ' - ' i
Direction Finder (ADF)
7 Reserved 0
This supplement must be Inserted Into Section 9 of the Pilot's Operating H 4'
Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the VHF/NAV COMM 8 Reserved 0
with Indicator Head is installed.
9 Davtron Model 8 0 3 C l o c k / O A T 0 .

FAA APPROVAL 10 Bendix/King K L N 8 9 Global 0

FAA APPROVED UNDER FAR 21 SUBPART J Positioning S y s t e m (GPS)
The Cessna Aircraft Co
) Option Manufacturer CE-1 11 Reserved 0
Executive EnginMi 12 Canadian Supplement 0
Date: 16 Novimber 1998 13 Reserved 0

^ M e m b e r of G A M A 14 Reserved 0

COPYRIGHT ^ 1 9 9 8
5 October 1998
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
WICHITA, KANSAS, USA

206HPHUS-S1-00 S1-1
SUPPLtlvitiN I a
SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 1 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

LOG OF APPROVED SUPPLEMENTS ,

SUPPLEMENT 1
BENDIX/KING KX 155A VHP NAV/COMM with
Kl 208 or Kl 209A INDICATOR HEAD
SUPP. SUPPLEMENT NAME J E V ^ ^Ss^A^D ^'
T h e following L o g of Effective P a g e s provides t h e date of issue
15 Bendix/King K A P 140 Autopilot 0 for o r i g i n a l a n d r e v i s e d p a g e s , a s w e l l a s a l i s t i n g o f a l l p a g e s i n
the Supplement. Pages which a r e affected b y t h e current
{2-fious)
0 revision will carry t h e date of that revision
I J 6 Cargo Pack
0 Revision Level Date of I s s u e
1 7 - Propeller De-ice

( 0 (Original) O c L 5, 1 9 9 8

LOG OF EFFECTIVITY PAGES

C PAGE DATE PAGE DATE

Title (S1-1) Oct 5/98 S1-9 Oct 5/98

S1-2 Oct 5/98 S1-10 Oct 5/98
S1-3 Oct 5/98 S1-11 Oct 5/98
S1-4 Oct 5/98 S1-12 Oct 5/98
S1-5 Oct 5/98 S1-13 Oct 5/98
S1-6 Oct 5/98 S1-14 Oct 5/98
SI-7 Oct 5/98 S1-15 Oct 5/98
S1-8 Oct 5/98 S1-16 blank Oct 5/98

SERVICE BULLETIN CONFIGURATION LIST

T h e f o l l o w i n g is a list o f S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s t h a t a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o
the o p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e , a n d h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d into
t h i s s u p p l e m e n t . T h i s list c o n t a i n s o n l y t h o s e S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s

Airplane
Unit Revision Incorporated
Number Title Effectivity Incorporation In A i r p l a n e

Oct 18/99
LOG 2

S1-2 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 1 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H SUPPLEMENT 1 - FAA APPROVED

ZM2

DO I ILbD BBSb SUPPLEMENT

COMM STBY NAV STBY BENDIX/KING KX 155A VHF NAV/COMM with
PULLi PULLl,
Kl 208 or Kl 209A INDICATOR HEAD
TEST IDENT . TIMERN
I MODt
•10
O CHAN
\PULL OBS SECTION 1
/ /
13 9 GENERAL
1 5 12 6 7
T h e B e n d i x / K i n g K X 1 5 5 A V H F N a v / C o m m , s h o w n in F i g u r e 1 ,
KX 155A V H F NAV/COMM c o n s i s t s of a p a n e l - m o u n t e d r e c e i v e r - t r a n s m i t t e r a n d a K l 2 0 8 o r K l
2 0 9 A indicator.
^ TO INDICATION
T h e set includes a 760-channel V H F c o m m u n i c a t i o n s receiver-
16- ^ FROM INDICATION transmitter and a 200-channel V H F navigation receivjr. A 40-
c h a n n e l g l i d e - s l o p e r e c e i v e r is a l s o i n c l u d e d if t h e Kl 2 0 9 A
l@l FLAG INDICATION
i n d i c a t o r is u s e d . T h e c o m m u n i c a t i o n s r e c e i v e r - t r a n s m i t t e r r e c e i v e s
and transmits signals between 118.00 a n d 136.975 M H z with 25-
k H z s p a c i n g . O p t i o n a l 8 . 3 3 k H z ( 2 2 8 0 c h a n n e l ) C o m m is a v a i l a b l e .
The navigation receiver receives V O R a n d localizer signals b e t w e e n
1 0 8 . 0 0 a n d 1 1 7 . 9 5 M H z in 5 0 - k H z s t e p s . T h e g l i d e s l o p e r e c e i v e r
is a u t o m a t i c a l l y t u n e d w h e n a l o c a l i z e r f r e q u e n c y is s e l e c t e d . T h e
c i r c u i t s r e q u i r e d to i n t e r p r e t t h e V O R a n d l o c a l i z e r s i g n a l s a r e a l s o
a n i n t e g r a l p a r t of t h e N a v r e c e i v e r .

Large self-dimming gas discharge readouts display both t h e

communications and navigation operating frequencies. The KX-
155A's "flip-flop" preselect feature enables y o u to store one
Kl 2 0 9 A I N D I C A T O R
f r e q u e n c y in t h e s t a n d b y d i s p l a y w h i l e o p e r a t i n g o n a n o t h e r a n d
t h e n i n t e r c h a n g e t h e m i n s t a n t l y w i t h t h e t o u c h of a b u t t o n . B o t h t h e
active ( C O M M ) and the standby (STBY) frequencies may be
d i s p l a y e d at all t i m e s a n d a r e s t o r e d in n o n v o l a t i l e m e m o r y w i t h o u t
drain o n t h e aircraft battery. K X 1 5 5 A h a s 3 2 p r o g r a m m a b l e c o m m
channels, a stuck m i c r o p h o n e alert a n d transmitter s h u t d o w n .
Bearing T o / F r o m radial m o d e , c o u r s e deviation indicator m o d e a n d
0585C1045 an elapsed timer mode.
18 Kl 208 INDICATOR H E A D 0585C1046
0585C1047

Figure 1 . B e n d i x / K i n g K X 1 5 5 A V H F N A V / C O M M with Kl 2 0 8 or
K l 2 0 9 A I n d i c a t o r H e a d ( S h e e t 1 of 7)

Oct 5/98 S1-5 Oct 5/98 SI-3

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 1 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 1 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

T h e C o m m portion incorporates an automatic squelch. To NAV FUNCTION DISPLAYS

o v e r r i d e t h e a u t o m a t i c s q u e l c h , t h e C o m m v o l u m e c o n t r o l k n o b is
pulled out. P u s h t h e k n o b b a c k in to r e a c t i v a t e t h e a u t o m a t i c
s q u e l c h . A " T " will b e d i s p l a y e d d u r i n g transmit a n d " R " d u r i n g ID 3. E D i D 3 D '
valid signal reception. - A
- -1

T h e N a v p o r t i o n u s e s t h e p u l l o u t f e a t u r e of t h e N a v v o l u m e VOR MODE: ACTIVE/BEARING, CDI F O R M A T

c o n t r o l to r e c e i v e t h e N a v s i g n a l Ident. Pull the v o l u m e control
k n o b o u t t o h e a r t h e I d e n t s i g n a l p l u s v o i c e . P u s h t h e k n o b in t o
a t t e n u a t e t h e I d e n t s i g n a l a n d still h e a r N a v v o i c e .
IDS.EDI DSD '
A l l c o n t r o l s for t h e N a v / C o m m , e x c e p t t h o s e f o r n a v i g a t i o n
F L R E
c o u r s e s e l e c t i o n , a r e m o u n t e d o n t h e f r o n t p a n e l of t h e r e c e i v e r -
transmitter. C o n t r o l l i g h t i n g is p r o v i d e d b y N A V / C O M M i n t e r i o r VOR MODE: ACTIVE/BEARING, FLAG DISPLAY
lighting a n d the instrument panel flood lighting s y s t e m . Operation
a n d d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e a u d i o s e l e c t o r p a n e l u s e d in c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h
t h i s r a d i o is s h o w n a n d d e s c r i b e d in S u p p l e m e n t 3 in t h i s s e c t i o n . TO
ID3.ED DBD
NOTE

T h e u n i t h a s a s t u c k m i c r o p h o n e a l e r t f e a t u r e . If t h e VOR MODE: ACTIVE "BEARING T O " FUNCTION DISPLAY

' m i c r o p h o n e is k e y e d c o n t i n u o u s l y f o r g r e a t e r t h a n
33 seconds, the transmitter stops transmitting and
t h e a c t i v e C o m m f r e q u e n c y f l a s h e s to a l e r t t h e pilot TO-
of t h e s t u c k m i c c o n d i t i o n . IDS.ED

VOR MODE: ACTIVE/BEARING, FLAG DISPLAY

I I D . B D L D E ^

LOCALIZER MODE: FREQUENCY/CDI FORMAT

Figure 1. B e n d i x / K i n g K X 1 5 5 A V H F N A V / C O M M with Kl 2 0 8 or
Kl 2 0 9 A I n d i c a t o r H e a d ( S h e e t 2 o f 7)

S1-4 Oct 5/98 S1-6 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 1 - FAA A P P R O V E D
10. N A V F R E Q U E N C Y S E L E C T O R K N O B (OUTER) - Operates
in 1 M H z s t e p s . T t i e f r e q u e n c y inc/dec operates ttie
S T A N D B Y frequency display. A c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n will
increase the previous frequency while a counterclockwise
rotation will d e c r e a s e t h e p r e v i o u s f r e q u e n c y . E x c e e d i n g the
u p p e r l i m i t of t h e f r e q u e n c y b a n d w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y r e t u r n to
t h e lower limit a n d v i c e v e r s a .
1 1 . N A V F R E Q U E N C Y S E L E C T O R K N O B ( I N N E R ) - O p e r a t e s in
50 kHz steps. The N A V receiver's lower and upper frequency
limits are 108.00 M H z a n d 117.95 M H z . E x c e e d m g the upper
l i m i t o f f r e q u e n c y b a n d w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y r e t u r n to t h e l o w e r
l i m i t a n d v i c e v e r s a . A c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n w i l l i n c r e a s e (inc) t h e
p r e v i o u s f r e q u e n c y w h i l e a c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e r o t a t i o n will
d e c r e a s e (dec) the previous f r e q u e n c y . ; ^
1 2 . C H A N N E L B U T T O N - P r e s s i n g t h e C H A N b u t t o n f o r 2 or
m o r e s e c o n d s will c a u s e the unit to enter the channel program
(PG) m o d e . U p o n entering t h e c h a n n e l program m o d e , the
channel number will flash indicating that it c a n be
p r o g r a m m e d . T h e desired channel can be selected by turning
the c o m m kHz knob. T h e channel frequency can be entered
b y p u s h i n g t h e c o m m t r a n s f e r b u t t o n w h i c h will c a u s e t h e
s t a n d b y f r e q u e n c y to flash. T h e c o m m frequency knobs are
t h e n u s e d to e n t e r t h e d e s i r e d f r e q u e n c y . If d a s h e s ( l o c a t e d
b e t w e e n 1 3 6 M H z a n d 1 1 8 M H z ) a r e e n t e r e d i n s t e a d of a
f r e q u e n c y , t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g c h a n n e l is s k i p p e d in c h a n n e l
selection m o d e . Additional c h a n n e l s m a y be p r o g r a m m e d by
pressing the C O M M transfer button and using the same
p r o c e d u r e . T h e c h a n n e l i n f o r m a t i o n is s a v e d b y p u s h i n g t h e
C H A N b u t t o n w h i c h w i l l a l s o c a u s e t h e u n i t to r e t u r n t o t h e
previous frequency entry mode.
T h e c h a n n e l s e l e c t i o n m o d e ( C H ) c a n t h e n b e e n t e r e d by
momentarily pushing the C H A N button. The comm frequency
k n o b s c a n b e u s e d t o s e l e c t t h e d e s i r e d c h a n n e l . T h e u n i t will
a u t o m a t i c a l l y d e f a u l t t o t h e p r e v i o u s m o d e if n o c h a n n e l is
s e l e c t e d within 2 s e c o n d s after entering the c h a n n e l selection
m o d e . T h e u n i t is p l a c e d in t h e t r a n s m i t m o d e b y d e p r e s s i n g
a mic button.
F i g u r e 1 . B e n d i x / K i n g . K X 1 5 5 A V H F N A V / C O M M w i t h Kl 2 0 8 o r Kl
2 0 9 A I n d i c a t o r H e a d ( S h e e t 5 of 7)
Oct 5/98 S1-9
CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 1 - FAA A P P R O V E D
1. C O M M V O L U M E C O N T R O L (OFF/PULLATEST) - Rotate the
V O L k n o b clockwise from the O F F position. Pull the V O L knob
out a n d adjust for desired listening level. P u s h ' t h e V O L knob
b a c k in t o a c t u a t e t h e a u t o m a t i c s q u e l c h . T h e V O L knob may
also be pulled out to hear particularly w e a k signals.
2 . O P E R A T I N G C O M M F R E Q U E N C Y D I S P L A Y -- D i s p l a y s
C O M M ACTIVE and C O M M S T A N D B Y frequencies with a " T "
b e t w e e n t h e m t o i n d i c a t e T R A N S M I T a n d a n " R " to i n d i c a t e
R E C E I V E m o d e s of o p e r a t i o n .
3. O P E R A T I N G N A V F R E Q U E N C Y D I S P L A Y - T h e right
p o r t i o n of t h e d i s p l a y is a l l o c a t e d to N A V r e c e i v e r A C T I V E a n d
S T A N D B Y i n f o r m a t i o n . T h e f r e q u e n c y c h a n n e l i n g is s i m i l a r t o
t h e C O M M w h e n o p e r a t i n g in t h e f r e q u e n c y m o d e . T h e N A V
A C T I V E a n d S T A N D B Y f r e q u e n c i e s a r e s t o r e d in t h e m e m o r y
o n p o w e r d o w n and return on power up.
4 . N A V S T A N D B Y / O B S / B e a r i n g / R a d i a l / T i m e r D i s p l a y -- T h e r i g h t
s i d e of t h e N A V d i s p l a y is c o n t r o l l e d by the MODE
S E L E C T O R B U T T O N (see # 1 3 below). With an active V O R
f r e q u e n c y , t h i s p o r t i o n of t h e d i s p l a y s h o w s t h e S T A N D B Y
f r e q u e n c y , O B S setting for the internal C D I , the bearing to the
V O R station, radial f r o m the V O R station, or a c o u n t - u p / c o u n t -
d o w n t i m e r . W i t h a n a c t i v e l o c a l i z e r f r e q u e n c y , t h i s p o r t i o n of
the d i s p l a y s h o w s the s t a n d b y f r e q u e n c y , t h e letters " L O C " , or
count-up/count-down timer.
5. C O M M F R E Q U E N C Y T R A N S F E R B U T T O N ( < > ) -
I n t e r c h a n g e s t h e f r e q u e n c i e s in t h e U S E a n d S T A N D B Y
d i s p l a y s . T o t u n e t h e r a d i o to t h e d e s i r e d o p e r a t i n g f r e q u e n c y ,
the desired f r e q u e n c y m u s t be e n t e r e d into the s t a n d b y
display a n d then the transfer button m u s t be p u s h e d . This will
t r a d e t h e c o n t e n t s of t h e a c t i v e a n d s t a n d b y d i s p l a y s . T h e
operating frequency can also be entered by accessing the
A C T I V E E N T R Y ( d i r e c t t u n e ) m o d e w h i c h is d o n e b y p u s h i n g
t h e C O M M T R A N S F E R b u t t o n f o r 2 or m o r e s e c o n d s . In t h e
d i r e c t t u n e m o d e , o n l y t h e a c t i v e p a r t of t h e d i s p l a y i s ' v i s i b l e .
T h e d e s i r e d f r e q u e n c y can be directly e n t e r e d into the display.
P u s h t h e C O M M T R A N S F E R b u t t o n a g a i n t o r e t u r n to t h e
active/standby display.
F i g u r e 1 . B e n d i x / K i n g K X 1 5 5 A V H F N A V / C O M M w i t h Kl 2 0 8 or K l
2 0 9 A I n d i c a t o r H e a d ( S h e e t 3 of 7 )
Oct 5/98 S1-7
SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 1 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H
T h e t r a n s c e i v e r is a l w a y s t u n e d t o t h e f r e q u e n c y a p p e a r i n g in
t h e A C T I V E d i s p l a y . It i s , t h e r e f o r e , p o s s i b l e to h a v e t w o
d i f f e r e n t f r e q u e n c i e s s t o r e d in t h e A C T I V E a n d S T A N D B Y
d i s p l a y s a n d to c h a n g e b a c k a n d f o r t h b e t w e e n t h e m a t t h e
s i m p l e p u s h of t h e t r a n s f e r b u t t o n .
6. C O M M F R E Q U E N C Y S E L E C T O R K N O B (OUTER) - The
o u t e r , l a r g e r s e l e c t o r k n o b is u s e d t o c h a n g e t h e M H z p o r t i o n
of t h e f r e q u e n c y d i s p l a y . A t e i t h e r b a n d - e d g e of t h e 1 1 8 - 1 3 6
M H z f r e q u e n c y s p e c t r u m , an offscale rotation will w r a p t h e
d i s p l a y a r o u n d t o t h e o t h e r f r e q u e n c y b a n d - e d g e (i.e., 1 3 6
M H z a d v a n c e s to 118 M H z ) .
7. C O M M F R E Q U E N C Y S E L E C T O R K N O B ( I N N E R ) - This
s m a l l e r k n o b is d e s i g n e d t o c h a n g e t h e i n d i c a t e d f r e q u e n c y in
s t e p s of 5 0 - k H z w h e n it is p u s h e d i n , a n d in 2 5 - k H z s t e p s
w h e n it is p u l l e d o u L For 8.33 k H z v e r s i o n s , c h a n n e l s are
i n c r e m e n t e d in 2 5 k H z s t e p s w i t h t h e k n o b p u s h e d in a n d
8.33 kHz with the knob pulled out.
8. N A V A / O L U M E C O N T R O L ( P U L L I D E N T ) - A d j u s t s v o l u m e of
n a v i g a t i o n r e c e i v e r a u d i o . W h e n t h e k n o b is p u l l e d o u t , t h e
I d e n t s i g n a l p l u s v o i c e m a y b e h e a r d . T h e v o l u m e of
voice/ident c a n b e a d j u s t e d by turning this k n o b .
9. N A V / F R E Q U E N C Y TRANSFER BUTTON (-^r-^ ) -
Interchanges the N A V Active and S T A N D B Y frequencies.
D e p r e s s i n g t h e N A V f r e q u e n c y t r a n s f e r b u t t o n for 2 s e c o n d s
o r m o r e w i l l c a u s e t h e d i s p l a y to g o i n t o t h e A C T I V E E N T R Y
m o d e . O n l y t h e A C T I V E f r e q u e n c y w i l l b e d i s p l a y e d a n d it c a n
be directly c h a n g e d by using the N A V inc/dec knobs. The
d i s p l a y will return to the A C T I V E / S T A N D B Y m o d e w h e n t h e
N A V f r e q u e n c y t r a n s f e r b u t t o n is p u s h e d .
F i g u r e 1 . B e n d i x / K i n g K X ^ 5 ^ A V H F N A V / C O M M w i t h K l 2 0 8 or K l
2 0 9 A I n d i c a t o r H e a d ( S h e e t 4 of 7 )
S1-8 Oct 5/98
SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 1 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H
13. M O D E S E L E C T O R B U T T O N - D e p r e s s i n g t h e m o d e button
will c a u s e the N A V display to go from the A C T I V E / S T A N D B Y
f o r m a t to t h e A C T I V E / C D I ( C o u r s e D e v i a t i o n l n d i c a t o r ) ' f o r m a t .
In t h e C D I m o d e , t h e f r e q u e n c y i n c / d e c k n o b ( p u s h e d in)
c h a n n e l s t h e A C T I V E f r e q u e n c y . W h e n t h e A C T I V E w i n d o w is
t u n e d to a V O R f r e q u e n c y , t h e s t a n d b y f r e q u e n c y a r e a is
r e p l a c e d by a three digit O B S ( O m n i B e a r i n g Selector)
display. T h e desired O B S course can be selected by pulling
o u t t h e i n n e r N A V f r e q u e n c y k n o b a n d t u r n i n g it. T h i s O B S
d i s p l a y is i n d e p e n d e n t of a n y O B S c o u r s e s e l e c t e d o n a n
e x t e r n a l C D I . A n " O B S " in t h e m i d d l e of t h e N A V d i s p l a y w i l l
f l a s h w h i l e t h e i n n e r N A V f r e q u e n c y k n o b is p u l l e d o u L The
C D I is d i s p l a y e d o n t h e l i n e b e l o w t h e f r e q u e n c y / O B S . W h e n
t h e A C T I V E w i n d o w is t u n e d to a l o c a l i z e r f r e q u e n c y , t h e
s t a n d b y f r e q u e n c y a r e a is r e p l a c e d b y " L O C " . W h e n the
r e c e i v e d s i g n a l is t o o w e a k to e n s u r e a c c u r a c y t h e d i s p l a y w i l l
"FLAG".
D e p r e s s i n g the m o d e button a g a i n will c a u s e t h e N A V display
to go from the ACTIVE/CDI format to the A C T I V E / B E A R I N G
f o r m a t . In t h e B E A R I N G m o d e , t h e f r e q u e n c y i n c / d e c k n o b
channels the ACTIVE frequency window. Depressing the
f r e q u e n c y transfer button will c a u s e the A C T I V E f r e q u e n c y to
b e p l a c e d in b l i n d s t o r a g e a n d t h e S T A N D B Y f r e q u e n c y (in
b l i n d s t o r a g e ) to b e d i s p l a y e d in t h e A C T I V E w i n d o w d i s p l a y .
In b e a r i n g m o d e , t h e r i g h t h a n d w i n d o w of t h e N A V d i s p l a y
s h o w s t h e b e a r i n g T O t h e s t a t i o n . W h e n a t o o w e a k or i n v a l i d
V O R s i g n a l is r e c e i v e d t h e d i s p l a y f l a g s ( d a s h e s ) .
A n o t h e r p u s h of t h e m o d e b u t t o n w i l l c a u s e t h e N A V d i s p l a y
to go from the ACTIVE/BEARING format to the
A C T I V E / R A D I A L f o r m a t . In t h e R A D I A L m o d e , t h e f r e q u e n c y
inc/dec knobs channel the A C T I V E frequency w i n d o w and
depressing the frequency transfer button will c a u s e the
A C T I V E f r e q u e n c y to b e p l a c e d in b l i n d s t o r a g e a n d t h e
S T A N D B Y f r e q u e n c y (in b l i n d s t o r a g e ) t o b e d i s p l a y e d in t h e
A C T I V E w i n d o w d i s p l a y . In r a d i a l m o d e of o p e r a t i o n , t h e right-
h a n d w i n d o w of N A V d i s p l a y s h o w s t h e r a d i a l F R O M t h e
s t a t i o n . W h e n a t o o w e a k o r i n v a l i d V O R s i g n a l is r e c e i v e d
the display flags (dashes).
F i g u r e 1 . B e n d i x / K i n g K X 1 5 5 A V H F N A V / C O M M w i t h K l 2 0 8 or Kl
2 0 9 A I n d i c a t o r H e a d ( S h e e t 6 of 7 )
S1-10 Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 1 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 1 - FAA A P P R O V E D

6. M i c Button:
a . T o t r a n s m i t - P r e s s b u t t o n a n d s p e a k in m i c r o p h o n e .
N O T E
D u r i n g C O M M t r a n s m i s s i o n , a lighted " T " will a p p e a r
b e t w e e n the " C O M M " a n d " S T B Y " displays to indicate that
t h e t r a n s c e i v e r is o p e r a t i n g i n t h e t r a n s m i t m o d e .
b. T o R e c e i v e - R E L E A S E m i k e b u t t o n .
NAVIGATION RECEIVER OPERATION:
1. N A V F r e q u e n c y Selector K n o b s - S E L E C T desired operating
f r e q u e n c y in " S T B Y " d i s p l a y .
2. N A V T R A N S F E R B U T T O N - P R E S S to transfer desired
f r e q u e n c y from the " S T B Y " display into the " N A V " display.
3 . S p e a k e r S e l e c t o r ( o n a u d i o c o n t r o l p a n e l ) -- S E T to d e s i r e d
mode..
4. N A V Volume Control -
a. A D J U S T to desired a u d i o level.
b. P U L L o u t t o i d e n t i f y s t a t i o n .
VOR OPERATION:
C h a n n e l the N A V Receiver to the d e s i r e d V O R a n d monitor the
a u d i o to positively identify the station. T o select an O B S course,
t u r n t h e O B S k n o b to s e t t h e d e s i r e d c o u r s e u n d e r t h e l u b b e r line.
W h e n a s i g n a l is r e c e i v e d , t h e N A V f l a g w i l l p u l l o u t of v i e w a n d
s h o w a " T O " or " F R O M " f l a g a s a p p r o p r i a t e for t h e s e l e c t e d
course.
A n o t h e r p u s h of t h e m o d e b u t t o n w i l l c a u s e t h ^ u n i t t o g o i n t o
t h e T I M E R m o d e . W h e n t h e u n i t is t u r n e d o n , t h e e l a p s e d
timer (ET) begins c o u n t i n g u p w a r d s f r o m z e r o . T h e timer c a n
be s t o p p e d a n d reset to zero by p u s h i n g t h e N A V f r e q u e n c y
t r a n s f e r b u t t o n for 2 s e c o n d s o r m o r e c a u s i n g t h e E T o n t h e
display to flash. In t h i s s t a t e , t h e t i m e r c a n b e s e t a s a
c o u n t d o w n timer or t h e e l a p s e d t i m e r c a n be restarted. T h e
c o u n t d o w n t i m e r is s e t b y u s i n g t h e N A V f r e q u e n c y i n c / d e c
k n o b s to s e t t h e d e s i r e d t i m e a n d t h e n p u s h i n g t h e N A V
f r e q u e n c y t r a n s f e r b u t t o n to s t a r t t h e t i m e r . T h e l a r g e k n o b
s e l e c t s m i n u t e s , t h e s m a l l k n o b in t h e " i n " p o s i t i o n s e l e c t s 1 0
s e c o n d i n t e r v a l s , a n d t h e s m a l l k n o b in t h e " o u t " p o s i t i o n
selects individual s e c o n d s . After t h e c o u n t d o w n timer r e a c h e s
z e r o , t h e c o u n t e r w i l l b e g i n to c o u n t u p w a r d s i n d e f i n i t e l y w h i l e
f l a s h i n g f o r t h e first 1 5 s e c o n d s . W h e n t h e e l a p s e d t i m e r is
r e s e t t o z e r o it m a y b e r e s t a r t e d a g a i n b y m o m e n t a r i l y
pushing the NAV frequency transfer button.
14. V O R / L o c a l i z e r N e e d l e or CDI n e e d l e .
15. Glideslope Flag
16. T O - F R O M - N A V F L A G
17. Azimuth Card
18. O B S K n o b
19. Glideslope Needle

LOC OPERATION

L o c a l i z e r c i r c u i t r y is e n e r g i z e d w h e n t h e N A V R e c e i v e r is
c h a n n e l e d to a n I L S f r e q u e n c y . Monitor the L O C audio and
p o s i t i v e l y i d e n t i f y t h e s t a t i o n . T h e N A V f l a g w i l l b e o u t of v i e w w h e n
t h e s i g n a l is of s u f f i c i e n t s t r e n g t h t o b e u s a b l e .

F i g u r e 1 . B e n d i x / K i n g K X 1 5 5 A V H F N A V / C O M M w i t h Kl 2 0 8 o r K l
2 0 9 A I n d i c a t o r H e a d ( S h e e t 7 of 7)

Oct 5/98 S1-13 Oct 5/98 S1-11

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
SUPPLEMENT 1 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H SUPPLEMENT 1 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H

SECTION 2 GLIDESLOPE OPERATION

LIMITATIONS T h e g l i d e s l o p e r e c e i v e r is a u t o m a t i c a l l y c h a n n e l e d w h e n a
l o c a l i z e r f r e q u e n c y is s e l e c t e d . A s e p a r a t e w a r n i n g f l a g is p r o v i d e d
T h e r e is n o c h a n g e to t h e a i r p l a n e l i m i t a t i o n s w h e n t h i s a v i o n i c
to i n d i c a t e u s a b l e s i g n a l c o n d i t i o n s .
e q u i p m e n t is installed.
PILOT CONFIGURATION

SECTION 3^ This m o d e can be accessed by pressing a n d holding the N A V

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
T h e r e is no c h a n g e to t h e airplane e m e r g e n c y p r o c e d u r e s w h e n
this a v i o n i c e q u i p m e n t is installed. H o w e v e r , if t h e f r e q u e n c y
r e a d o u t s f a i l , t h e r a d i o will r e m a i n o p e r a t i o n a l o n t h e last f r e q u e n c y
selected. If e i t h e r f r e q u e n c y t r a n s f e r b u t t o n i s p r e s s e d a n d h e l d
w h i l e p o w e r is a p p l i e d t o t h e u n i t , t h e u n i t w a k e s u p w i t h 1 2 0 . 0 0
M H z in t h e C O M M use f r e q u e n c y a n d 1 1 0 . 0 0 M H z in t h e N A V
active f r e q u e n c y , w i t h both C O M M a n d N A V in t h e active entry
m o d e . T h i s w i l l a i d t h e p i l o t in b l i n d t u n i n g t h e r a d i o .
SECTION 4
M o d e B u t t o n for m o r e t h a n 2 s e c o n d s a n d t h e n p r e s s i n g t h e N a v
F r e q u e n c y T r a n s f e r B u t t o n for a n a d d i t i o n a l 2 s e c o n d s , w h i l e
c o n t i n u i n g t o h o l d t h e N A V M o d e B u t t o n . W h e n t h e Pilot C o n f i g
M o d e is e n t e r e d t h e u n i t w i l l s h o w t h e " S W R V " m n e m o n i c w h i c h i s
the unit software revision level. A d j u s t m e n t p a g e s c a n b e a c c e s s e d
by M O D E button presses.
T h e pilot m a y a d j u s t t w o p a r a m e t e r s in t h e pilot c o n f i g u r a t i o n , t h e
display m i n i m u m brightness and sidetone volume level. Minimum
B r i g h t n e s s ( B R I M ) w i l l h a v e a r a n g e of 0 - 2 5 5 . T h e d i m m e s t is 0
a n d t h e b r i g h t e s t is 2 5 5 . S i d e t o n e v o l u m e level- is a d j u s t e d w h e n
S I D E is d i s p l a y e d . V a l u e s f r o m 0 - 2 5 5 m a y b e s e l e c t e d w i t h 0 b e i n g
least v o l u m e , 2 5 5 b e i n g t h e greatest.

NORMAL P R O C E D U R E S 3?
Adjustment Mnemonic Min L e v e l Max L e v e l

COMMUNICATION RECEIVER-TRANSMITTER OPERATION: Software Revision Number SWRV — —

1. O F F / P U L L / T E S T V o l u m e Control ~ T u r n clockwise; pull out M i n i m u m Display Brightness BRIM 0 255
a n d a d j u s t t o d e s i r e d a u d i o l e v e l ; p u s h c o n t r o l b a c k in t o
activate the automatic squelch. ' Sidetone Level SIDE 0 255
2. M I C Selector Switch (on audio control panel) - S E T to C O M M
1.
3. S P E A K E R S e l e c t o r ( o n a u d i o c o n t r o l p a n e l ) ~ S E T t o d e s i r e d
mode.
4. C O M M Frequency Selector Knobs - Select desired operating
frequency.
5. C O M M Transfer Button - PRESS to transfer desired
f r e q u e n c y f r o m the S T B Y display into t h e C O M M display.

S1-12 Oct 5/98 S1-14 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 1 - FAA APPROVED

S u b s e q u e n t p r e s s e s of t h e M O D E b u t t o n sequences through
S W R V , B R I M , SIDE, a n d t h e n back to S W R V .

P r e s s i n g t h e N A V T r a n s f e r B u t t o n m o m e n t a r i l y e x i t s Pilot
c o n f i g u r a t i o n m o d e . T h e N A V r e t u r n s to its p r e - P i l o t C o n f i g s t a t e
ATextron Company
w i t h t h e n e w b r i g h t n e s s a n d s i d e t o n e l e v e l s s t o r e d in n o n v o l a t i l e
memory.
Pilot's Operating Handbook and
FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA MODEL 206H
T h e r e is n o c h a n g e t o t h e a i r p l a n e p e r f o r m a n c e w h e n t h i s
AIRPLANES 206H8001 AND ON a v i o n i c e q u i p m e n t is i n s t a l l e d . H o w e v e r , t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n of a n
externally m o u n t e d a n t e n n a , or s e v e r a l related a n t e n n a s , will result
SUPPLEMENT 2 in a m i n o r r e d u c t i o n in c r u i s e p e r f o r m a n c e .

BENDIX/KING KT 76C
T R A N S P O N D E R WITH BLIND E N C O D E R

S E R I A L NO..

REGISTRATION NO.

This supplement must be Inserted into Section 9 of the Pilot's Operating

Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the KT 760
Transponder with Blind Encoder is installed.

FAA APPROVAL
FAA APPROVED UNDER FAR 21 SUBPART J
The Cessna Aircraft Co
Delegation Option Manufacturer CE-1

^wiU/^/'mmff ExeeutivoEnjinMr
itier 1998

^ Member of G A M A

COPYRIGHT ® 1998
5 October 1998
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
WICHITA. KANSAS, USA • S2-1
206HPHUS-S2-00

Oct 5/98 S1-15/(S1-16 blank)

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 2 - FAA A P P R O V E D M O D E L 206H

SUPPLEMENT 2
BENDIX/KING KT 76C TRANSPONDER with BLIND
ENCODER
T h e f o l l o w i n g L o g of E f f e c t i v e P a g e s p r o v i d e s t h e d a t e of i s s u e
f o r o r i g i n a l a n d r e v i s e d p a g e s , a s w e l l a s a l i s t i n g o f all p a g e s in
the Supplement. Pages which are affected by the current
r e v i s i o n will c a r r y t h e d a t e of t h a t r e v i s i o n

Revision Level Date of I s s u e

0 (Original) O c L 5, 1 9 9 8

LOG OF EFFECTIVITY PAGES

PAGE DAlb PAGE DATE

Title (S2-1) Oct 5/98 S2-6 Oct 5/98

S2-2 Oct 5/98 S2-7 Oct 5/98
S2-3 Oct 5/98 S2-8 Oct 5/98
S2-4 Oct 5/98 S2-9 Oct 5/98
S2-5 Oct 5/98 S2-10 blank Oct 5/98

SERVICE BULLETIN CONFIGURATION LIST

The f o l l o w i n g is a list of S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s t h a t a r e a p p l i c a b l e to
the o p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e , a n d h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d into
this s u p p l e m e n t . T h i s list c o n t a i n s o n l y t h o s e S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s
that are currently active.

Airplane
Unit Revision incorporated '
Number Title Effectivity Incorporation In A i r p l a n e

S2-2 O c t 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 2 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 2 - FAA A P P R O V E D

SUPPLEMENT
BENDIX/KING KT 76C TRANSPONDER
with BLIND ENCODER

SECTION 1

GENERAL

5 T h e B e n d i x / K i n g T r a n s p o n d e r ( T y p e K T 7 6 0 ) , s h o w n in F i g u r e
1 , is t h e a i r b o r n e c o m p o n e n t of a n A i r T r a f f i c C o n t r o l R a d a r B e a c o n
System (ATCRBS). The transponder enables the A T C ground
c o n t r o l l e r to " s e e " a n d i d e n t i f y m o r e r e a d i l y t h e a i r c r a f t o n t h e
radarscope. The blind encoder (SSD120-20) enables the
1 . M O D E S E L E C T O R K N O B - C o n t r o l s application of power a n d transponder to automatically report aircraft altitude to A T C .
selects transponder operating m o d e as follows:
T h e B e n d i x / K i n g T r a n s p o n d e r s y s t e m c o n s i s t s of a p a n e l -
OFF - T u r n s s e t off. m o u n t e d unit a n d an e x t e r n a l l y - m o u n t e d ' a n t e n n a . T h e transponder
receives interrogating pulse signals on 1030 M H z and transmits
SBY - T u r n s set o n for s t a n d b y p o w e r a n d c o d e selection. c o d e d pulse-train reply signals o n 1090 M H z . It is c a p a b l e of
" S B Y " is a n n u n c i a t e d . replying to M o d e A a n d also to M o d e C (altitude reporting)
i n t e r r o g a t i o n s o n a s e l e c t i v e r e p l y b a s i s o n a n y of 4 0 9 6 i n f o r m a t i o n
TST - Self-test function. T i i e transmitter is d i s a b l e d . All c o d e s e l e c t i o n s . A s i d e w a l l - m o u n t e d S S D 1 2 0 - 2 0 B l i n d E n c o d e r is
display s e g m e n t s will illuminate. i n c l u d e d in t h e a v i o n i c c o n f i g u r a t i o n , t h e t r a n s p o n d e r c a n p r o v i d e
a l t i t u d e r e p o r t i n g in 1 0 0 - f o o t i n c r e m e n t s b e t w e e n - 1 0 0 0 and
ON - T u r n s s e t o n a n d e n a b l e s t r a n s p o n d e r to transmit -1- 2 0 , 0 0 0 f e e t .
M o d e A r e p l y p u l s e s . O N is a n n u n c i a t e d .
T h e K T 7 6 C features microprocessor a n d LSI (Large Scale
ALT - T u r n s set o n a n d e n a b l e s t r a n s p o n d e r to t r a n s m i t Integrated) control. M o d e and c o d e selection are performed using
either M o d e A reply pulses and M o d e C pulses t h e r o t a r y k n o b a n d n u m e r i c b u t t o n s a n d all f u n c t i o n s i n c l u d i n g t h e
selected automatically by the interrogating signal. flight level altitude are p r e s e n t e d on a g a s d i s c h a r g e display. All
A L T is a n n u n c i a t e d . display s e g m e n t s are automatically d i m m e d by a photocell type
sensor.

Figure 1. Bendix/Kipg KT 7 6 0 Transponder with Blind Encoder

(Sheet 1 of 2)

Oct 5/98 S2-5 O c t 5/98 S2-3

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 2 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 2 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

2.
A V F R p r o g r a m m i n g s e q u e n c e , d e s c r i b e d in S e c t i o n 4 , a l l o w s
t h e p i l o t to p r e p r o g r a m a n y s i n g l e c o d e s u c h a s " 1 2 0 0 " i n t o t h e K T
7 6 0 . Pressing the V F R button instantly returns the KT 7 6 0 to the
p r e p r o g r a m m e d c o d e without having to manually enter " 1 2 0 0 " .
Ail Bendij</King T r a n s p o n d e r operating controls are located on
t h e f r o n t p a n e l of t h e u n i t . F u n c t i o n s of t h e o p e r a t i n g c o n t r o l s a r e
d e s c r i b e d in F i g u r e 1 .
A L T I T U D E D I S P L A Y - D i s p l a y s t h e p r e s s u r e a l t i t u d e o n t h e left
s i d e of t h e d i s p l a y . T h e d i s p l a y is in h u n d r e d s of f e e t . " F L " is
a n n u n c i a t e d t o i n d i c a t e F l i g h t L e v e l a l t i t u d e . F l i g h t L e v e l is a
t e r m t o i n d i c a t e t h a t t h e a l t i t u d e is not t r u e a l t i t u d e , b u t
b a r o m e t r i c a l t i t u d e w h i c h is not c o r r e c t e d f o r l o c a l p r e s s u r e . F o r
E x a m p l e , " F L - 0 4 0 " c o r r e s p o n d s to a n a l t i t u d e o f 4 0 0 0 f e e t ,
m e a n i n g s e a l e v e l p r e s s u r e of 2 9 . 9 2 i n c h e s of m e r c u r y .
T h e F l i g h t L e v e l a l t i t u d e is o n l y d i s p l a y e d w h e n t h e a l t i t u d e
r e p o r t i n g is e n a b l e d , i.e. in A l t i t u d e m o d e . If a n i n v a l i d c o d e
f r o m t h e a l t i m e t e r is d e t e c t e d d a s h e s w i l l a p p e a r _ i n t h e
a l t i t u d e w i n d o w . A l t i t u d e r e p o r t i n g is d i s a b l e d if t h e a l t i t u d e
w i n d o w is b l a n k or h a s d a s h e s .

3. M O D E A N N U N C I A T O R S - D i s p l a y s t h e o p e r a t i n g m o d e of t h e
transponder.

4 . R E P L Y I N D I C A T O R (R) - " R " is i l l u m i n a t e d m o m e n t a r i l y w h e n

t h e t r a n s p o n d e r is r e p l y i n g to a v a l i d i n t e r r o g a t i o n a n d d u r i n g
t h e 18 ± 2 s e c o n d s f o l l o w i n g t h e i n i t i a t i o n of a n I d e n t

5 . N U M E R I C K E Y S 0-7 - S e l e c t s t r a n s p o n d e r r e p l y ( S Q U A W K )
code. T h e n e w c o d e w i l l b e t r a n s m i t t e d after a 5 - s e c o n d
delay.

6 . I D E N T B U T T O N (IDT) - W h e n d e p r e s s e d , s e l e c t s s p e c i a l
i d e n t i f i e r p u l s e to b e t r a n s m i t t e d w i t h t r a n s p o n d e r r e p l y t o
e f f e c t i m m e d i a t e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e o n t h e g r o u n d
controller's display. ("R" will illuminate steadily for
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 18 s e c o n d s . B u t t o n i l l u m i n a t i o n is c o n t r o l l e d b y
t h e avionic light d i m m i n g rheostat.

7. V F R C O D E B U T T O N (VFR) - Pressing t h e V F R Button will

c a u s e a p r e - p r o g r a m m e d r e p l y c o d e to s u p e r s e d e w h a t e v e r
r e p l y c o d e w a s p r e v i o u s l y in u s e . B u t t o n i l l u m i n a t i o n is
controlled by the RADIO LT d i m m i n g rheostat

8. C L E A R B U T T O N (CLR) ~ Pressing the C L R button will delete

t h e last c o d e d i g i t e n t e r e d .

Figure 1. Bendix/King KT 7 6 0 Transponder with Blind Encoder

( S h e e t 2 of 2)

S2-4 Oct 5/98 S2-6 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 2 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 2 - FAA A P P R O V E D

TO PROGRAM VFR CODE: SECTION 2

1. M o d e Selector Knob - S B Y .
LIMITATIONS
2. Numeric Keys 0-7 ~ S E L E C T desired V F R code.
T h e r e is n o c h a n g e t o t h e a i r p l a n e l i m i t a t i o n s w h e n t h i s a v i o n i c
3. IDT Button ~ P R E S S A N D H O L D .
e q u i p m e n t is i n s t a l l e d .
a . V F R C o d e B u t t o n ~ P R E S S ( w h i l e still h o l d i n g I D T b u t t o n )
to place n e w V F R c o d e in nonvolatile m e m o r y for
s u b s e q u e n t call u p .
SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE TO TRANSMIT AN EMERGENCY SIGNAL:

1. M o d e Selector K n o b ~ A L T .
T h e r e is n o c h a n g e to t h e a i r p l a n e p e r f o r m a n c e w h e n this
2. Numeric Keys 0-7 - S E L E C T 7 7 0 0 operating code.
avionic e q u i p m e n t is installed. H o w e v e r , t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n of a n
e x t e r n a l l y - m o u n t e d a n t e n n a , or r e l a t e d e x t e r n a l a n t e n n a s , w i l l r e s u l t
TO TRANSMIT A SIGNAL REPRESENTING LOSS OF ALL
i n a m i n o r r e d u c t i o n in c r u i s e p e r f o r m a n c e .
C O M M U N I C A T I O N S ( W H E N IN A C O N T R O L L E D
ENVIRONMENT):

1. M o d e Selector Knob ~ A L T .
2. Numeric Keys 0-7 ~ S E L E C T 7 6 0 0 operating code.

SECTION 4
NORMAL P R O C E D U R E S
BEFORE TAKEOFF:

1. M o d e Selector K n o b - S B Y .

T O T R A N S M I T M O D E A C O D E S IN FLIGHT:

1. N u m e r i c Keys 0-7 ~ S E L E C T a s s i g n e d c o d e . .

Oct 5/98 S2-9/(S2-10 Blank) Oct 5/98 S2-7

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
SUPPLEMENT 2 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H

2 . M o d e S e l e c t o r K n o b -- O N .

NOTES

• During normal operation with M o d e Selector Knob

in O N p o s i t i o n , r e p l y i n d i c a t o r f l a s h e s , i n d i c a t i n g
transponder replies to interrogations.

• M o d e A r e p l i e s a r e t r a n s m i t t e d in A L T a l s o ;
however, M o d e C replies are suppressed w h e n the
M o d e S e l e c t o r K n o b is p o s i t i o n e d t o O N .

3. I D T B u t t o n -- D E P R E S S momentarily w h e n instructed by
g r o u n d c o n t r o l l e r to " s q u a w k I D E N T " ( " R " w i l l i l l u m i n a t e
steadily indicating IDENT operation).

T O T R A N S M I T M O D E C C O D E S IN F L I G H T :

1. N u m e r i c Keys 0-7 ~ S E L E C T a s s i g n e d c o d e .
2. M o d e Selector K n o b ~ A L T .

NOTES

• W h e n directed by g r o u n d controller to "stop

altitude s q u a w k " , turn M o d e Selector K n o b to O N
for M o d e A o p e r a t i o n o n l y .

• A l t i t u d e t r a n s m i t t e d b y t h e t r a n s p o n d e r for a l t i t u d e
s q u a w k a n d d i s p l a y e d o n t h e K T 7 6 C p a n e l is
pressure altitude (referenced to 2 9 . 9 2 " ) and
c o n v e r s i o n to i n d i c a t e d a l t i t u d e is d o n e in t h e
ATC computers.

TO SELF-TEST TRANSPONDER OPERATION:

1 . M o d e S e l e c t o r K n o b ~ T S T C h e c k all d i s p l a y s .
2. M o d e Selector K n o b - S E L E C T desired function.

S2-8 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 3 - FAA APPROVED

SUPPLEMENT
BENDIX/KING KMA 26 AUDIO SELECTOR PANEL
ATextron Company

SECTION 1
GENERAL Pilot's Operating Handbook and
FAA Approved Airplane Fiiglit Manual
T h e B e n d i x / K i n g K M A 2 6 A u d i o S e l e c t o r P a n e l is a c o m b i n a t i o n

CESSNA MODEL 206H

audio amplifier, a n audio distribution panel intercom, a n d a marker
b e a c o n receiver. T h e a u d i o a m p l i f i e r is f o r a m p l i f i c a t i o n o f t h e
a u d i o signals for t h e speaker s y s t e m . All receiver audio distribution
f u n c t i o n s a r e c o n t r o l l e d b y t w o r o w s of p u s h b u t t o n s . A rotary
s e l e c t o r s w i t c h o n t h e r i g h t s i d e of t h e c o n s o l e c o n n e c t s t h e
AIRPLANES 206H8001 AND ON
m i c r o p h o n e to either E M G , C o m 1 , C o m 2 , C o m 3 or PA ( U n u s e d
position). All o p e r a t i n g controls are s h o w n a n d d e s c r i b e d in Figure SUPPLEMENTS
1.
BENDIX/KING K M A 26
AUDIO S E L E C T O R P A N E L
A crystal-controlled superheterodyne marker b e a c o n receiver
with 3-light presentation is i n c o r p o r a t e d within t h e unit. Dimming
circuitry for the marker lamps automatically adjusts brightness
a p p r o p r i a t e t o t h e c o c k p i t a m b i e n t l i g h t l e v e l . Hi a n d L o s e n s i t i v i t y SERIAL NO..

a n d l a m p test functions a r e also provided.

REGISTRATION NO.

L i g h t d i m m i n g f o r t h e a u d i o c o n t r o l p a n e l is m a n u a l l y c o n t r o l l e d
by t h e R A D I O light rheostat knob. This supplement must be inserted into Section 9 of the Pilot's Operating
Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the KMA 26 Audio
Selector Panel is installed.
MARKER FACILITIES
MARKER IDENTIFYING T O N E LIGHT* FAA APPROVAL
FAA APPROVED UNDER FAR 21 SUBPART J
The Cessna Aircraft Co
Inner, Continuous 6 dots/sec (3000 Hz) White D ^ a t i o n option Manubcturer CE-1
Airway &
Fan
Date: 16 No^mber 1998
Middle Alternate dots a n d dashes ( 1 3 0 0 Hz) Amber

2 dashes/sec ( 4 0 0 Hz) Blue Q Member of GAMA

Outer

* W h e n t h e i d e n t i f y i n g t o n e is k e y e d , t h e COPYRIGHT ®1998
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
5 October 1998
respective indicating light will blink WICHITA, KANSAS, USA S3-1
accordingly.
206HPHUS-S3-00

Oct 5/98 S3-3

 CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H SUPPLEMENT 3 - FAA APPROVED M O D E L 206H
SUPPLEMENT 3 - FAA APPROVED

SUPPLEMENTS
11 10
BENDIX/KING KMA 26 AUDIO S E L E C T O R PANEL
T h e f o l l o w i n g L o g of E f f e c t i v e P a g e s p r o v i d e s t h e d a t e of i s s u e
f o r o r i g i n a l a n d r e v i s e d p a g e s , a s w e l l a s a l i s t i n g of a l l p a g e s i n
the S u p p l e m e n t . Pages w h i c h are affected by t h e current
r e v i s i o n w i l l c a r r y t h e d a t e of t h a t r e v i s i o n

Revision Level D a t e of I s s u e

0 (Original) O c L 5, 1998

LOG O F EFFECTIVITY PAGES

PAGE DAlb PAGE DATE 1 . CREW INTERCOM VOLUME (VOL CREW) KNOB and INTERCOM VOX
SENSITIVITY SET (INTERCOM PUSH VOX) SWITCH -- Inside knob
adjusts Pilot and Copilot intercom volume. Intercom operation is voice
Title (S3-1) Oct 5/98 S3-5 Oct 5/98 activated (VOX), where intercom becomes active automatically when a
S3-2 Oct 5/98 S3-6 Oct 5/98 crew member or passenger begins to speak. Set the intercom VOX
S3-3 Oct 5/98 S3-7 Oct 5/98 squelch by momentarily pressing and releasing the left inner knob
when no one is speaking.
S3-4 Oct 5/98 S3-8 Oct 5/98

2. PASSENGER INTERCOM VOLUME (VOL PASS) KNOB - Adjusts

passenger intercom volume.
S E R V I C E BULLETIN CONFIGURATION LIST 3. SPEAKER SELECT (PUSH SPKR) SWITCH - With the Speaker Select
Switch pushed in, both headphone and cabin speaker audio will be
The f o l l o w i n g is a list of S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s t h a t a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o heard. Headphone audio is active full-time. Headphone audio cannot
the o p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e , a n d h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o be deselected.
this s u p p l e m e n t T h i s list c o n t a i n s o n l y t h o s e S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s
4 . AUDIO SELECT BUTTONS ~ Push button audio selection is available
that are currently active.
for three Communications receivers ("COM 1", "COM 2 " , and "COM
3 " ) , two Navigation receivers ("NAV 1 " and "NAV 2 " ) , the internal
Marker Beacon receiver ("MKR"), one DME, one ADF, and one
additional auxiliary receiver ("AUX"). The " A U X " position could be
Airplane
used, for example, for a second DME or ADF. When a receiver's
Unit Revision Incorporated audio is selected, the green annunciator illuminates at the bottom of
Number Title Effectivity Incorporation In A i r p l a n e the button. Push the button again to deselect the receiver's audio.

F i g u r e 1 . B e n d i x / K i n g K M A 2 6 A u d i o S e l e c t o r P a n e l ( S h e e t 1 of 3)

S3-4 O c t 5/98
S3-2 Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 3 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H SUPPLEMENT 3 - FAA APPROVED

5. MICROPHONE SELECTOR SWITCH (MIC) - Used to select the

desired transmitter for the cockpit microphones. T h e " C I " , " C 2 " , and
SECTION 2 " C 3 " positions are for transmitting on the C o m 1 , Cohn 2, and C o m 3
communications transceivers, respectively. The " E M G " (emergency)
LIMITATIONS position is used to bypass the KMA 26's audio amplifier and directly
connects Com 1 to the pilot's microphone and headphones. This
provides a fail-safe method of communication should the unit fail. The
T h e r e is n o c h a n g e t o t h e a i r p l a n e l i m i t a t i o n s w h e n t h i s a v i o n i c
" P A " position may be selected when the aircraft is configured with a
e q u i p m e n t is i n s t a l l e d . passenger address capability. The "Auto C o m " feature always
provides automatic headphone audio selection to match the Com
SECTIONS transmitter in use. To add speaker audio, simply push the Speaker
Select Switch (inner right knob) to the " i n " position. Pulling the switch
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES _ to the "out" position removes speaker audio.

6. MONITOR SELECT (MONI) BUTTON - When activated, if Com 1 is

In t h e e v e n t o f a n a u d i o a m p l i f i e r f a i l u r e in t h e K M A 2 6 , a s
e v i d e n c e d b y t h e i n a b i l i t y t o t r a n s m i t i n C O M 1 , 2 or 3.
1. M I C Selector Switch - E M G .
NOTE
selected on the Microphone Selector Switch then Com 2 audio is
automatically routed to the speaker. Or if Com 2 is selected on the
Microphone Selector Switch, then Com 1 is routed to the speaker.
Pressing the " M O N I " button again will disable the feature. Initially
when " M O N I " is selected the green annunciators in the button flash for
approximately 5 seconds, then remains steady while the Com
annunciation returns to its previous state.

This action bypasses the K M A 2 6 audio amplifier and 7. INTERCOM MODE SELECT SWITCH - Has three modes " A L L " ,
"CREW", AND "PILOT" which are selected with the toggle switch on
connects the pilot's mic/head set directly to C O M 1 .
the lower left side on the faceplate. In'the " A L L " position the pilot,
copilot, and passengers are all on the same intercom "loop" and
SECTION 4 everyone hears the radios. In the "CREW" positfon the pilot and
copilot are on one intercom loop and can hear the radios while the
NORMAL P R O C E D U R E S passengers have their own dedicated intercom and do not hear the
radios. In the "PILOT" mode the pilot hears the radios but is isolated
AUDIO CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION: from the intercom while the copilot and passengers are on the same
Intercom loop and do not hear the radios.
1. M I C Selector S w i t c h - - T u r n to desired transmitter.
When either the " A L L " or "CREW" intercom modes are selected, the
pilot's and copilot's intercom volume is controlled by rotating the Crew
2. S P E A K E R a n d Audio Select Button(s) -- S E L E C T desired Intercom Volume Knob (left inner knob) while the passenger's volume
receiver(s). is controlled by rotating the Passenger Intercom Volume Knob (left
outer knob). When the "PILOT" intercom mode is selected, the
copilot's and passenger's volume is controlled with the Passenger
NOTES Intercom Volume Knob. Remember, the volume knobs on the KMA 26
control intercom volume only, not the receiver's volume.
R o t a t i o n of t h e M I C s e l e c t o r s w i t c h s e l e c t s t h e C o m a u d i o
automatically.

F i g u r e 1 . B e n d i x / K i n g K M A 2 6 A u d i o S e l e c t o r P a n e l ( S h e e t 2 of 3)

S3-7 Oct 5/98 S3-5

Oct 5/98
SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 3 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 3 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

8. MARKER BEACON ANNUNCIATOR LIGHTS -- The three-light marker

beacon receiver built into the KMA 26 gives a visual and aural signal MARKER BEACON RECEIVER OPERATION:
when the ship's antenna passes over a 75 MHz beacon. The blue,
amber, and white lights on the faceplate, as well as the audio tones, 1 . T E S T P o s i t i o n ~ H O L D t o g g l e d o w n m o m e n t a r i l y t o v e r i f y all
identify the beacon type.
lights a r e operational.
INNER, AIRWAY and FAN ~ Light illuminates white to indicate passage
of ILS Inner, ainway or fan marker beacons. 2 . S E N S S e l e c t i o n s ~ S e l e c t HI s e n s i t i v i t y f o r a i r w a y f l y i n g o r L O
for I L S / L O C a p p r o a c h e s .
OUTER - Light illuminates blue to indicate passage of outer marker
beacon.

MIDDLE ~ Light illuminates amber to indicate passage of

marker beacon.
middle SECTIONS
PERFORMANCE
9. MARKER MUTE BUTTON - Mutes currently active marker beacon
audio.
T h e r e is n o c h a n g e t o t h e a i r p l a n e p e r f o r m a n c e w h e n t h i s
10. MARKER BEACON SENSITIVITY LAMP AND TEST SWITCH - T h e a v i o n i c e q u i p m e n t is i n s t a l l e d . H o w e v e r , t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n of a n
" M K R " Audio Select button must be pushed so that the green externally m o u n t e d a n t e n n a or related external a n t e n n a s , will result
annunciator is illuminated for the marker beacon to receive to provide in a m i n o r r e d u c t i o n in c r u i s e p e r f o r m a n c e .
an audio signal at beacon passage. When this switch is on "HI SENS"
(upper) position, the high sensitivity is selected which permits you to
hear the outer marker tone about a mile out. At this point you may
select the the "LO SENS" (middle) position to temporarily silence the
tone. It will start to sound again when you are closer to the marker,
giving you a more precise indication of its location.

11. PHOTOCELL FOR AUTOMATIC DIMMING OF MARKER BEACON

LIGHTS AND SELECT BUTTON - The photocell in the faceplate
automatically dims the marker lights as well as the green annunciators
in the Speaker Audio Select Buttons for night operation.

F i g u r e 1 . B e n d i x / K i n g K M A 2 6 A u d i o S e l e c t o r P a n e l ( S h e e t 3 of 3)

S3-6 Oct 5/98 S3-8 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H SUPPLEMENT 4 - FAA APPROVED

SUPPLEMENT
POINTER MODEL 3000-11 OR 4000-11 ATextron Company
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT)
Pilot's Operating Handbook and
SECTION 1
FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
GENERAL
CESSNA MODEL 206H
This s u p p l e m e n t p r o v i d e s i n f o r m a t i o n w h i c h m u s t b e o b s e r v e d
w h e n o p e r a t i n g t h e Pointer M o d e l 3 0 0 0 - 1 1 or 4 0 0 0 - 1 1 E m e r g e n c y l AIRPLANES 20608001 AND ON
Locator T r a n s m i t t e r .

T h e Pointer M o d e l 3 0 0 0 - 1 1 E L T (which i n c o r p o r a t e s t h e E n g l i s h l
SUPPLEMENT 4
placard) or 4 0 0 0 - 1 1 E L T ( w h i c h i n c o r p o r a t e s t h e bilingual p l a c a r d ) !
P O I N T E R M O D E L 3000-11 O R M O D E L 4000-11
consists of a s e l f - c o n t a i n e d d u a l - f r e q u e n c y solid-state t r a n s m i t t e r
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER
p o w e r e d by a battery p a c k c o n s i s t i n g of five alkaline " C " cell
batteries a n d is a u t o m a t i c a l l y a c t i v a t e d by a d e c e l e r a t i o n s e n s i n g
inertia " G " s w i t c h , w h i c h is d e s i g n e d to activate w h e n t h e unit
SERIAL NO.
s e n s e s longitudinal inertia f o r c e s a s required in T S 0 - C 9 1 A . A l s o , a
r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r is installed o n the top right h a n d side of REGISTRATION NO.
t h e copilot's i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l f o r c o n t r o l of t h e E L T f r o m t h e flight
c r e w station. T h e a n n u n c i a t o r , w h i c h is in t h e center of t h e rocker
s w i t c h , illuminates w h e n t h e E L T transmitter is t r a n s m i t t i n g . T h e T h i s s u p p l e m e n t m u s t b e I n s e r t e d into S e c t i o n 9 o f t h e Pilot's Operating
E L T emits an o m n i - d i r e c t i o n a l s i g n a l on t h e international distress H a n d b o o k a n d F A A A p p r o v e d A i r p l a n e Flight M a n u a l w h e n t h e P o i n t e r M o d e l
f r e q u e n c i e s of 1 2 1 . 5 M H z a n d 2 4 3 . 0 M H z . G e n e r a l a v i a t i o n a n d 3000-11 or M o d e l 4 0 0 0 - 1 1 E m e r g e n c y Locator T r a n s m i t t e r is installed.
c o m m e r c i a l aircraft, t h e F A A a n d C A P monitor 121.5 M H z , a n d
2 4 3 . 0 M H z is m o n i t o r e d b y t h e military. FAA A P P R O V A L
PAA APPROVED UNDER FAR 21 SUBPART J
Tfu) Cessna Aircraft Co
T h e E L T is c o n t a i n e d in a h i g h i m p a c t , fire retardant, g l a s s filled lation Option Manufacturer CE-I
L e x a n c a s e with c a r r y i n g h a n d l e a n d is m o u n t e d b e h i n d the aft
Executive Engineer
c a b i n partition wall o n t h e right side of the tailcone. T o g a i n a c c e s s
to the unit, r e m o v e t h e aft c a b i n partition. T h e E L T is o p e r a t e d by a
control panel a t t h e f o r w a r d e n d of the unit or by t h e r e m o t e
^ Member of GAMA
s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r l o c a t e d o n t h e t o p right h a n d portion of the
copilot's instrument p a n e l (see F i g u r e 1).
COPYRIGHT © 1998
CESSNA AIRCRAFT C O M P A N Y
5 October 1998
WICHITA, KANSAS, USA Revision 1 - 30 May 2001
206HPHUS-S4-01
84-1

M a y 30/01 S4-3
SECTION 9 - S U P P L E M E N T S CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
SUPPLEMENT 4 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 4 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

In a c c o r d a n c e with F A A r e g u l a t i o n s , t h e E L T ' s battery p a c k m u s t

SUPPLEMENT 4 b e r e p l a c e d after 2 y e a r s shelf o r s e r v i c e life o r for a n y of t h e
f o l l o w i n g reasons:
POINTER MODEL 3000-11 OR MODEL 4000-11 a. After t h e transmitter h a s b e e n u s e d in a n e m e r g e n c y situation
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) (including a n y inadvertent a c t i v a t i o n of u n k n o w n d u r a t i o n ) .
b. After the transmitter h a s b e e n o p e r a t e d f o r m o r e t h a n o n e
The f o l l o w i n g L o g of Effective P a g e s provides t h e d a t e of i s s u e
c u m u l a t i v e hour ( e . g . t i m e a c c u m u l a t e d in several t e s t s a n d
for original a n d r e v i s e d p a g e s , a s well a s a listing of all p a g e s in
inadvertent activation of k n o w n d u r a t i o n ) .
the S u p p l e m e n t . P a g e s w h i c h a r e affected b y t h e c u r r e n t
c. O n o r before battery r e p l a c e m e n t d a t e . Battery r e p l a c e m e n t
revision will c a r r y t h e d a t e of that revision
d a t e is m a r k e d o n t h e b a t t e r y p a c k a n d the label o n t h e
FAA APPROVAL transmitter.
Revision Level D a t e of I s s u e
« A APPROVED UNDER MR 21 SUBBWtrj • /
Oakgadan Opibn MMiMon DCM-K»U»«C
0 (Original) O c L 5, 1 9 9 8
1 May 30, 2001
ON
Date: 20 June 2001
LOG OF EFFECTIVITY P A G E S A

PAGE DATE PAGE DATE

U
T
0
• E
L
"T"
T
RESET
Title (S4-1) May 30/01 S4-7 May 30/01
S4-2 May 30/01 S4-8 May 30/01
S4-3 May 30/01 S4-9 May 30/01
S4-4 May 30/01 S 4 - 1 0 blank May 30/01
F i g u r e 1 . Pointer M o d e l 3 0 0 0 - 1 1 E m e r g e n c y Locator T r a n s m i t t e r .
S4-5 May 30/01 r
S4-6 - May 30/01

1. R E M O T E CABLE JACK ~ Connects to E L T r e m o t e

SERVICE BULLETIN CONFIGURATION LIST s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r located o n t h e copilot's i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l .
2. A N T E N N A RECEPTACLE - Connects to antenna mounted o n
The f o l l o w i n g is a list of S e n / i c e Bulletins that a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o
t o p of tailcone.
the o p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e , a n d h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d into
3. T R A N S M I T T E R A N N U N C I A T O R L I G H T - Illuminates r e d t o
this supplement T h i s list c o n t a i n s only t h o s e S e r v i c e Bulletins
indicate the transmitter is t r a n s m i t t i n g a distress s i g n a l .
that are currently active.
4 . M A S T E R F U N C T I O N S E L E C T O R S W I T C H (3-position t o g g l e
Airplane switch):
Unit Revision Incorporated AUTO ~ A r m s transmitter f o r a u t o m a t i c activation if " G " ,
Number Title Effectivity Incorporation In A i r p l a n e switch s e n s e s a p r e d e t e r m i n e d d e c e l e r a t i o n l e v e l .
ON ~ Activates t r a n s m i t t e r instantly. U s e d f o r test
p u r p o s e s a n d if " G " s w i t c h is inoperative. T h e O N
position b y p a s s e s t h e a u t o m a t i c activation s w i t c h .
(The red a n n u n c i a t o r in t h e center of t h e r e m o t e
s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r s h o u l d illuminate).

S4-2 May 30/01 S4-4 May 30/01

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 4 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 4 - FAA A P P R O V E D

SECTION 3 O F F / R E S E T -- Deactivates transmitter during handling,

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES f o l l o w i n g r e s c u e a n d to reset the a u t o m a t i c
activation f u n c t i o n . ( T h e red a n n u n c i a t o r in
B e f o r e p e r f o r m i n g a forced l a n d i n g , e s p e c i a l l y in remote a n d the c e n t e r of the r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r
m o u n t a i n o u s a r e a s , activate tfie E L T t r a n s m i t t e r by positioning the should extinguish).
r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r to the O N p o s i t i o n . T h e annunciator in 5. R E M O T E S W I T C H / A N N U N C I A T O R (3-position rocker s w i t c h ) :
c e n t e r of t h e r o c k e r switch s h o u l d b e i l l u m i n a t e d . ON ~ R e m o t e l y a c t i v a t e s the transmitter for t e s t or
I m m e d i a t e l y after a forced l a n d i n g w h e r e e m e r g e n c y assistance emergency situations. R e d a n n u n c i a t o r in
is r e q u i r e d , t h e E L T should be utilized a s f o l l o w s : c e n t e r of r o c k e r s w i t c h illuminates to indicate
that t h e t r a n s m i t t e r is transmitting a d i s t r e s s
NOTE signal.
AUTO - A r m s t r a n s m i t t e r for a u t o m a t i c activation if " G "
T h e E L T r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r s y s t e m c o u l d be switch s e n s e s a predetermined deceleration
i n o p e r a t i v e if d a m a g e d d u r i n g a f o r c e d l a n d i n g . If level.
i n o p e r a t i v e , the inertia " G " s w i t c h will activate RESET" Deactivates and rearms transmitter after
a u t o m a t i c a l l y . However, to t u r n t h e E L T O F F a n d a u t o m a t i c activation by the " G " s w i t c h . Red
O N a g a i n requires m a n u a l s w i t c h i n g of t h e m a s t e r a n n u n c i a t o r in c e n t e r of rocker switch s h o u l d
f u n c t i o n s e l e c t o r switch w h i c h is l o c a t e d o n the E L T extinguish.
unit.

1. E N S U R E E L T A C T I V A T I O N :
a. P o s i t i o n r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r to t h e O N position even ON
if a n n u n c i a t o r light is a l r e a d y o n .
poinief/ SENTRYii
A
b. If a i r p l a n e radio is o p e r a b l e a n d c a n b e safely used (no E
U
t h r e a t of fire or explosion), t u r n O N a n d select 121.5 M H z . fflfi'Jti CRNBB
I tl T n L
If t h e E L T c a n be heard t r a n s m i t t i n g , it is w o r k i n g properly. 0 T
- c. E n s u r e t h a t a n t e n n a is clear of o b s t r u c t i o n s . RESET

NOTE

W h e n t h e E L T is activated, a d e c r e a s i n g t o n e will " .

be h e a r d b e f o r e the typical w a r b l i n g t o n e b e g i n s . Figure 2. Pointer M o d e l 4 0 0 0 - 1 1 E m e r g e n c y Locator T r a n s m i t t e r .

2. P R I O R T O S I G H T I N G R E S C U E A I R C R A F T -- Consen/e
a i r p l a n e battery. Do not activate radio t r a n s c e i v e r .
3. A F T E R S I G H T I N G R E S C U E A I R C R A F T - Position remote 1. R E M O T E CABLE JACK - Connects to ELT remote
s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r to the R E S E T p o s i t i o n a n d release to the switch/annunciator l o c a t e d o n t h e copilot's instrument p a n e l .
A U T O p o s i t i o n to prevent radio i n t e r f e r e n c e . A t t e m p t contact 2. A N T E N N A R E C E P T A C L E - C o n n e c t s to a n t e n n a m o u n t e d o n
w i t h r e s c u e aircraft with t h e radio t r a n s c e i v e r set to a top of tailcone.
f r e q u e n c y of 121.5 M H z . If no c o n t a c t is e s t a b l i s h e d , return 3. T R A N S M I T T E R A N N U N C I A T O R L I G H T - Illuminates r e d to
t h e r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r to the O N position immediately. indicate the transmitter is t r a n s m i t t i n g a distress s i g n a l .
4. F O L L O W I N G . R E S C U E -- Position r e m o t e switch/annunciator
t o the A U T O position, terminating e m e r g e n c y t r a n s m i s s i o n s .

May 30/01 S4-7 M a y 30/01 S4-5

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
SUPPLEMENT 4 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H SUPPLEMENT 4 - FAA APPROVED M O D E L 206H

4 . M A S T E R F U N C T I O N S E L E C T O R S W I T C H (3-position t o g g l e SECTION 4
switch): NORMAL P R O C E D U R E S
ON - Activates t r a n s m i t t e r instantly. U s e d for test
p u r p o s e s a n d if " G " s w i t c h is inoperative. T h e
O N position b y p a s s e s t h e a u t o m a t i c activation A s l o n g a s t h e r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r is in t h e A U T O position
s w i t c h . ( T h e r e d a n n u n c i a t o r in t h e center of a n d t h e E L T m a s t e r f u n c t i o n selector switch r e m a i n s in t h e A U T O
the remote switch/annunciator should position, t h e E L T a u t o m a t i c a l l y activates w h e n t h e unit s e n s e s
illuminate). longitudinal inertia f o r c e s as required in T S 0 - C 9 1 A .
AUTO ~ A r m s transmitter f o r a u t o m a t i c activation if " G "
switch s e n s e s a p r e d e t e r m i n e d deceleration F o l l o w i n g a lightning strike, or an e x c e p t i o n a l l y h a r d l a n d i n g , t h e
level. ELT m a y a c t i v a t e a l t h o u g h no e m e r g e n c y e x i s t s . If t h e r e m o t e
O F F / R E S E T - Deactivates transmitter during handling, switch/annunciator illuminates, the ELT has inadvertently activated
following r e s c u e a n d to reset t h e automatic itself. A n o t h e r w a y t o c h e c k is t o select 1 2 1 . 5 M H z o n t h e radio
activation f u n c t i o n . ( T h e r e d a n n u n c i a t o r in the transceiver a n d listen f o r a n e m e r g e n c y t o n e t r a n s m i s s i o n . If t h e
center of the r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r s h o u l d remote s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r is illuminated or a n e m e r g e n c y t o n e is
; : extinguish). heard, p o s i t i o n t h e r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r in t h e R E S E T position
and r e l e a s e t o t h e A U T O position.
5. R E M O T E S W I T C H / A N N U N C I A T O R (3-position rocker switch):
ON ~ R e m o t e l y activates t h e t r a n s m i t t e r for test or T h e E L T m u s t b e s e r v i c e d in a c c o r d a n c e with F A R Part 9 1 . 2 0 7 .
emergency situations. R e d a n n u n c i a t o r in
center of rocker s w i t c h i l l u m i n a t e s to indicate INSPECTION/TEST .
that t h e t r a n s m i t t e r is t r a n s m i t t i n g a distress
signal. 1. T h e e m e r g e n c y l o c a t o r transmitter s h o u l d b e t e s t e d e v e r y 100
AUTO ~ A r m s transmitter f o r a u t o m a t i c activation if " G " hours.
switch s e n s e s a p r e d e t e r m i n e d deceleration
level. NOTE
RESET — Deactivates and rearms transmitter after
a u t o m a t i c activation b y t h e " G " s w i t c h . Red T e s t s h o u l d o n l y be c o n d u c t e d within t h e first 5
a n n u n c i a t o r in c e n t e r of rocker s w i t c h s h o u l d m i n u t e s of e a c h tiour.
extinguish.
2. Disconnect antenna cable from ELT.
SECTION 2 3. T u r n airplane battery switch a n d avionics p o w e r s w i t c h e s O N .
LIMITATIONS 4. T u r n a i r p l a n e t r a n s c e i v e r O N a n d set f r e q u e n c y to 1 2 1 . 5 M H z .
5. Place r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r in t h e O N p o s i t i o n . The
Refer t o S e c t i o n 2 of the Pilot's O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k ( P O H ) . a n n u n c i a t o r s h o u l d illuminate. Permit o n l y t h r e e e m e r g e n c y
tone transmissions, then immediately reposition the remote
s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r to t h e R E S E T position a n d r e l e a s e t o t h e '
A U T O position.
6. P l a c e t h e E L T m a s t e r function s e l e c t o r s w i t c h in t h e O N
p o s i t i o n . Verify t h a t t h e transmitter a n n u n c i a t o r light o n the
ELT a n d the remote switch/annunciator o n the instrument
p a n e l are i l l u m i n a t e d .

S4-6 M a y 30/01 S4-8 May 30/01

 CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H SUPPLEMENT 4 - FAA A P P R O V E D

7. P l a c e t h e E L T m a s t e r function s e l e c t o r ' s w i t c h in the

O F F / R E S E T position.
8. R e p o s i t i o n E L T m a s t e r function selector s w i t c h t o A U T O .
ATextron Company 9. R e c o n n e c t a n t e n n a c a b l e to ELT.

Pilot's Operating Handbook and A WARNING

FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual A T E S T WITH T H E ANTENNA CONNECTED

S H O U L D B E A P P R O V E D AND C O N F I R M E D B Y
THE N E A R E S T CONTROL TOWER.
CESSNA MODEL 206H NOTE

AIRPLANES 206H8001 AND ON W i t h o u t its a n t e n n a c o n n e c t e d , the E L T will p r o d u c e

sufficient s i g n a l to r e a c h the airplane t r a n s c e i v e r ,
SUPPLEMENT 4 y e t it will n o t d i s t u r b other c o m m u n i c a t i o n s o r
d a m a g e o u t p u t circuitry.
P O I N T E R M O D E L 3000-11
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER After a c c u m u l a t e d t e s t or operation time e q u a l s 1 hour,
battery p a c k r e p l a c e m e n t is required.

IN-FLIGHT MONITORING AND R E P O R T I N G

SERIAL NO.

REGISTRATION NO. Pilot's a r e e n c o u r a g e d to monitor 121.5 M H z a n d / o r 2 4 3 . 0 M H z

while in flight to a s s i s t in identifying p o s s i b l e e m e r g e n c y E L T
transmissions. On r e c e i v i n g a signal, report the following
This supplement must be Inserted into Section 9 of the Pilot's Operating information to t h e n e a r e s t air traffic control facility:
Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the Pointer Model
3000-11 Emergency Locator Transmitter Is installed. 1. Y o u r p o s i t i o n at t h e t i m e the signal w a s first h e a r d .
2. Y o u r position at t h e t i m e the signal w a s last h e a r d .
FAA APPROVAL 3. Your position at m a x i m u m signal s t r e n g t h .
FAA APPROVED UNDER FAR 21 SUBPART J 4. Y o u r flight altitude a n d f r e q u e n c y on w h i c h t h e e m e r g e n c y
The Cessna Aircraft Co signal w a s h e a r d - 121.5 M H z or 2 4 3 . 0 M H z . If p o s s i b l e ,
latioii Option Manufacturer CE-1
positions s h o u l d b e g i v e n relative to a n a v i g a t i o n a i d . If the
' Executive Enflineet aircraft h a s h o m i n g e q u i p m e n t , provide t h e b e a r i n g to t h e
Date: 16 Nljvember 1998 e m e r g e n c y s i g n a l w i t h e a c h reported position.

^ M e m b e r of G A M A
SECTION 5
COPYRIGHT ® 1998 5 October 1998 PERFORMANCE
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
WICHITA, KANSAS, USA S4-1 T h e r e is n o c h a n g e in airplane p e r f o r m a n c e w h e n t h e E L T is
206HPHUS-S4-00 installed.

May 30/01 54-9/(4-10 blank)

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 4 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

SUPPLEMENT 4
POINTER MODEL 3000-11 EMERGENCY LOCATOR
TRANSMITTER (ELT)
T h e f o l l o w i n g L o g of E f f e c t i v e P a g e s p r o v i d e s t h e d a t e of i s s u e
for o r i g i n a l a n d r e v i s e d p a g e s , a s w e l l a s a l i s t i n g o f a l l p a g e s in
the S u p p l e m e n t . Pages w h i c h are affected by the current
revision will carry t h e date of that revision

Revision Level D a t e of I s s u e

0 (Original) O c L 5, 1 9 9 8

LOG OF EFFECTIVITY PAGES

PAGE DATE PAGE DATE

Title (S4-1) Oct 5/98 S4-7 - O c t 5/98

S4-2 Oct 5/98 S4-8 O c t 5/98
S4-3 Oct 5/98
S4-4 Oct 5/98
S4-5 Oct 5/98
S4-6 Oct 5/98

SERVICE BULLETIN CONFIGURATION LIST

The f o l l o w i n g is a list of S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s t h a t a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o
the o p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e , a n d h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o
this s u p p l e m e n t . T h i s list c o n t a i n s o n l y t h o s e S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s
that are currently active.

Airplane
Unit Revision Incorporated '
Number Title Effectivity Incorporation In A i r p l a n e

S4-2 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 4 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 4 - FAA A P P R O V E D

OFF/RESET-Deactivates transmitter during handling,

following rescue a n d to reset the automatic
a c t i v a t i o n f u n c t i o n . ( T h e r e d a n n u n c i a t o r in t h e
SUPPLEMENT
c e n t e r of t h e r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r s h o u l d
extinguish). POINTER MODEL 3000-11 EMERGENCY LOCATOR
5. R E M O T E S W I T C H / A N N U N C I A T O R (3-position rocker switch): TRANSMITTER (ELT)
ON ~ R e m o t e l y a c t i v a t e s t h e t r a n s m i t t e r for t e s t o r
emergency situations. Red annunciator in
c e n t e r of r o c k e r s w i t c h i l l u m i n a t e s t o i n d i c a t e
SECTION 1
t h a t t h e t r a n s m i t t e r is t r a n s m i t t i n g a d i s t r e s s
signal. GENERAL
AUTO - A r m s t r a n s m i t t e r f o r a u t o m a t i c a c t i v a t i o n if " G "
switch senses a predetermined deceleration This supplement provides information w h i c h must be observed
level. w h e n operating the Pointer M o d e l 3 0 0 0 - 1 1 E m e r g e n c y Locator
RESET - Deactivates and rearms transmitter after Transmitter.
automatic activation by the " G " switch. Red
a n n u n c i a t o r in c e n t e r of r o c k e r s w i t c h s h o u l d T h e Pointer M o d e l 3 0 0 0 - 1 1 E L T consists of a self-contained
extinguish. dual-frequency solid-state transmitter p o w e r e d by a battery pack
c o n s i s t i n g of f i v e a l k a l i n e " C " c e l l b a t t e r i e s a n d is a u t o m a t i c a l l y
SECTION 2 a c t i v a t e d b y a d e c e l e r a t i o n - s e n s i n g i n e r t i a l " G " s w i t c h , w h i c h is
LIMITATIONS d e s i g n e d to activate w h e n the unit s e n s e s longitudinal inertia forces
a s r e q u i r e d in T S 0 - C 9 1 A . A l s o , a r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r is
R e f e r to S e c t i o n 2 of t h e P i l o t ' s O p e r a t i n g H a n d b o o k ( P O H ) . i n s t a l l e d o n t h e t o p r i g h t h a n d s i d e of t h e c o p i l o t ' s i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l
f o r c o n t r o l of t h e E L T f r o m t h e f l i g h t c r e w s t a t i o n . T h e a n n u n c i a t o r ,
SECTIONS w h i c h is in t h e c e n t e r of t h e r o c k e r s w i t c h , i l l u m i n a t e s w h e n t h e E L T
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES t r a n s m i t t e r is t r a n s m i t t i n g . T h e E L T e m i t s a n o m n i - d i r e c t i o n a l s i g n a l
o n t h e i n t e r n a t i o n a l d i s t r e s s f r e q u e n c i e s of 1 2 1 . 5 M H z a n d 2 4 3 . 0
B e f o r e p e r f o r m i n g a f o r c e d l a n d i n g , e s p e c i a l l y in r e m o t e a n d M H z . General aviation and c o m m e r c i a l aircraft, t h e FAA a n d C A P
m o u n t a i n o u s areas, activate the E L T transmitter by positioning the m o n i t o r 1 2 1 . 5 M H z , a n d 2 4 3 . 0 M H z is m o n i t o r e d b y t h e m i l i t a r y .
r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r t o t h e O N p o s i t i o n . T h e a n n u n c i a t o r in
c e n t e r of t h e r o c k e r s w i t c h s h o u l d b e i l l u m i n a t e d . T h e E L T is c o n t a i n e d in a h i g h i m p a c t , f i r e r e t a r d a n t , g l a s s f i l l e d
L e x a n c a s e w i t h c a r r y i n g h a n d l e a n d is m o u n t e d b e h i n d t h e aft
I m m e d i a t e l y after a f o r c e d l a n d i n g w h e r e e m e r g e n c y assistance c a b i n p a r t i t i o n w a l l o n t h e r i g h t s i d e of t h e t a i l c o n e . T o g a i n a c c e s s
is r e q u i r e d , t h e E L T s h o u l d b e u t i l i z e d a s f o l l o w s : t o t h e u n i t , r e m o v e t h e aft c a b i n p a r t i t i o n . T h e E L T is o p e r a t e d by a
c o n t r o l p a n e l at t h e f o r w a r d e n d of t h e u n i t o r b y t h e r e m o t e
NOTE
s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r l o c a t e d o n t h e t o p r i g h t h a n d p o r t i o n of t h e
c o p i l o t ' s i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l ( s e e F i g u r e 1).
The E L T remote switch/annunciator system could be
i n o p e r a t i v e if d a m a g e d d u r i n g a f o r c e d l a n d i n g . If
inoperative, the inertia " G " switch will activate
automatically. H o w e v e r , to t u r n t h e E L T O F F a n d
O N a g a i n r e q a i r e s m a n u a l s w i t c h i n g of t h e m a s t e r
function selector s w i t c h w h i c h is located on the E L T
unit.

Oct 5/98 S4-5 O c t 5/98 S4-3

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 4 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 4 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

In a c c o r d a n c e w i t h F A A r e g u l a t i o n s , t h e E L T ' s b a t t e r y p a c k m u s t
b e r e p l a c e d after 2 y e a r s s h e l f o r s e r v i c e life or f o r a n y of t h e 1. E N S U R E E L T A C T I V A T I O N :
following reasons: a. Position remote switch/annunciator to the O N position even
if a n n u n c i a t o r l i g h t is a l r e a d y o n .
a. A f t e r t h e t r a n s m i t t e r h a s b e e n u s e d in a n e m e r g e n c y s i t u a t i o n
b. If a i r p l a n e r a d i o is o p e r a b l e a n d c a n b e s a f e l y u s e d (no
( i n c l u d i n g a n y i n a d v e r t e n t a c t i v a t i o n of u n k n o w n d u r a t i o n ) .
t h r e a t of f i r e o r e x p l o s i o n ) , t u r n O N a n d s e l e c t 1 2 1 . 5 M H z .
b. A f t e r t h e t r a n s m i t t e r h a s b e e n o p e r a t e d for m o r e t h a n o n e If t h e E L T c a n b e h e a r d t r a n s m i t t i n g , it is w o r k i n g p r o p e r l y .
c u m u l a t i v e hour (e.g. t i m e a c c u m u l a t e d in several tests a n d
c. E n s u r e t h a t a n t e n n a is c l e a r of o b s t r u c t i o n s .
i n a d v e r t e n t a c t i v a t i o n of k n o w n d u r a t i o n ) .
c. O n o r b e f o r e b a t t e r y r e p l a c e m e n t d a t e . B a t t e r y r e p l a c e m e n t
NOTE "
d a t e is m a r k e d o n t h e b a t t e r y p a c k a n d t h e l a b e l o n t h e
transmitter.
W h e n t h e E L T is a c t i v a t e d , a d e c r e a s i n g t o n e w i l l
be heard before the typical warbling tone begins.

2. P R I O R T O S I G H T I N G R E S C U E A I R C R A F T - Conserve
^ EMERGENCY
ON a i r p l a n e b a t t e r y . D o not a c t i v a t e r a d i o t r a n s c e i v e r .
)jf~Tlf LOCATOR 3. A F T E R S I G H T I N G R E S C U E A I R C R A F T ~ P o s i t i o n r e m o t e
pOintSr A

•
TRANSMnrER
TEMPE, f
E s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r t o t h e R E S E T p o s i t i o n a n d r e l e a s eJ o t h e
POIMTER, INC
U
L A U T O position to prevent radio interference. A t t e m p t contact
T
0 T w i t h r e s c u e a i r c r a f t w i t h t h e r a d i o t r a n s c e i v e r s e t to a
RESET f r e q u e n c y of 1 2 1 . 5 M H z . If n o c o n t a c t is e s t a b l i s h e d , r e t u r n
the remote switch/annunciator to the O N position immediately.
2 5 4. F O L L O W I N G R E S C U E - Position remote switch/annunciator
to the A U T O position, terminating e m e r g e n c y t r a n s m i s s i o n s .
Figure 1. E m e r g e n c y Locator Transmitter (ELT).
SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
1. R E M O T E CABLE JACK - Connects to ELT remote
switch/annunciator located on the copilot's instrument panel.
A s l o n g a s t h e r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r is in t h e A U T O p o s i t i o n
2 . A N T E N N A R E C E P T A C L E - C o n n e c t s to a n t e n n a m o u n t e d o n
a n d t h e E L T m a s t e r f u n c t i o n s e l e c t o r s w i t c h r e m a i n s in t h e A U T O
t o p of t a i l c o n e .
position, the E L T automatically activates w h e n the unit senses
3. T R A N S M I T T E R A N N U N C I A T O R L I G H T - I l l u m i n a t e s r e d t o
l o n g i t u d i n a l i n e r t i a f o r c e s a s r e q u i r e d in T S 0 - C 9 1 A .
i n d i c a t e t h e t r a n s m i t t e r is t r a n s m i t t i n g a d i s t r e s s s i g n a l .
4. M A S T E R F U N C T I O N S E L E C T O R S W I T C H (3-position toggle
F o l l o w i n g a l i g h t n i n g s t r i k e , or a n e x c e p t i o n a l l y h a r d l a n d i n g , t h e
switch):
ELT may activate although no e m e r g e n c y exists. If t h e r e m o t e ,
AUTO- A r m s t r a n s m i t t e r for a u t o m a t i c a c t i v a t i o n if " G "
switch/annunciator illuminates, the E L T has inadvertently activated
switch senses a predetermined deceleration level.
itself. A n o t h e r w a y to c h e c k is to s e l e c t 1 2 1 . 5 M H z o n t h e r a d i o
ON ~ Activates transmitter instantly. U s e d for t e s t
t r a n s c e i v e r a n d l i s t e n for a n e m e r g e n c y t o n e t r a n s m i s s i o n . If t h e
p u r p o s e s a n d if " G " s w i t c h is i n o p e r a t i v e . T h e O N
r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r is i l l u m i n a t e d or a n e m e r g e n c y t o n e is
position bypasses the automatic activation switch.
h e a r d , p o s i t i o n t h e r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r in t h e R E S E T p o s i t i o n
( T h e r e d a n n u n c i a t o r in t h e c e n t e r of t h e r e m o t e
and release to the A U T O position.
switch/annunciator should illuminate).

S4-4 Oct 5/98 S4-6 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 4 - FAA A P P R O V E D

T h e E L T m u s t b e s e r v i c e d in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h F A R P a r t 9 1 . 2 0 7 .

INSPECTION/TEST

ATextran Company 1. T h e e m e r g e n c y locator transmitter s h o u l d b e tested every 100

hours.

Pilot's Operating Handbook and NOTE

FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
Test should only be conducted within t h e first 5
m i n u t e s of e a c h h o u r .
CESSNA MODEL 206H
2. Disconnect antenna cable from ELT.
3. T u r n airplane battery switch a n d avionics p o w e r switches O N .
AIRPLANES 206H8001 AND ON 4. T u r n a i r p l a n e t r a n s c e i v e r O N a n d s e t f r e q u e n c y to 1 2 1 . 5 M H z .
5. P l a c e r e m o t e s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r in t h e O N p o s i t i o n . The
annunciator should illuminate. Permit o n l y t h r e e emergency
SUPPLEMENTS tone transmissions, then immediately reposition the remote
s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r to t h e R E S E T p o s i t i o n a n d r e l e a s e t o t h e
BENDIX/KING KLN 89B (IFR)
A U T O position.
G L O B A L POSITIONING S Y S T E M
6. Place the E L T master function selector s w i t c h in the O N
position. Verify that t h e transmitter a n n u n c i a t o r light o n the
E L T a n d the remote s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r on the instrument
SERIAL NO.
panel are illuminated.
REGISTRATION NO. 7. P l a c e t h e E L T m a s t e r f u n c t i o n s e l e c t o r s w i t c h in t h e
O F F / R E S E T position.
This supplement must be inserted into Section 9 of the Pilot's Operating 8. Reposition E L T master function selector s w i t c h to A U T O .
Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the KLN 89B Global 9. R e c o n n e c t a n t e n n a c a b l e to E L T .
Positioning System is installed.
A WARNING
FAA APPROVAL
F M APPROVED UNDER FAR 21 SUBPART J A T E S T WITH T H E A N T E N N A CONNECTED
The Cessna Aircraft Co
gation Option Manufacturer CE-1 SHOULD B E APPROVED AND CONFIRMED BY
THE NEAREST CONTROL TOWER.
Executive Engineer
lber1998
NOTE *

Q M e m b e r of GAMA
W i t h o u t its a n t e n n a c o n n e c t e d , t h e E L T w i l l p r o d u c e

COPYRIGHT ^^33a
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
5 October 1998 s u f f i c i e n t s i g n a l to r e a c h t h e a i r p l a n e t r a n s c e i v e r ,
y e t it w i l l n o t d i s t u r b o t h e r c o m m u n i c a t i o n s or
WICHITA, KANSAS, USA
d a m a g e output circuitry.
206HPHUS-SS-00 S5-1

Oct 5/98 S4-7

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 4 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

IN-FLIGHT MONITORING AND REPORTING

SUPPLEMENT 5
P i l o t ' s a r e e n c o u r a g e d to m o n i t o r 1 2 1 . 5 M H z a n d / o r 2 4 3 . 0 M H z
w h i l e in f l i g h t t o a s s i s t in i d e n t i f y i n g p o s s i b l e e m e r g e n c y E L T BENDIX/KING KLN 89B GLOBAL POSITIONING
transmissions. On receiving a signal, report the following
i n f o r m a t i o n t o t h e n e a r e s t air traffic c o n t r o l f a c i l i t y :
SYSTEM (IFR)
T h e f o l l o w i n g L o g of E f f e c t i v e P a g e s p r o v i d e s t h e d a t e of i s s u e
1. Y o u r p o s i t i o n at t h e t i m e t h e s i g n a l w a s f i r s t h e a r d .
f o r o r i g i n a l a n d r e v i s e d p a g e s , a s w e l l a s a l i s t i n g o f all p a g e s in
2. Y o u r p o s i t i o n at t h e t i m e t h e s i g n a l w a s last h e a r d .
the Supplement. Pages which are affected by the current
3. Y o u r p o s i t i o n at m a x i m u m s i g n a l s t r e n g t h .
r e v i s i o n w i l l c a r r y t h e d a t e of t h a t r e v i s i o n
4. Your flight altitude and frequency on w h i c h the e m e r g e n c y
s i g n a l w a s h e a r d - 1 2 1 . 5 M H z or 2 4 3 . 0 M H z . If p o s s i b l e , Revision Level D a t e of I s s u e
p o s i t i o n s s h o u l d b e g i v e n r e l a t i v e t o a n a v i g a t i o n a i d . If t h e
a i r c r a f t h a s h o m i n g e q u i p m e n t , p r o v i d e t h e b e a r i n g to t h e 0 (Original) O c L 5, 1 9 9 7
e m e r g e n c y signal with each reported position.

LOG O F EFFECTIVITY PAGES

SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE
PAGE DATE PAGE - DATE

T h e r e is n o c h a n g e in a i r p l a n e p e r f o r m a n c e w h e n t h e E L T is Title (S5-1) Oct 5/98 S5-10 Oct 5/98-

installed. S5-2 Oct 5/98 S5-11 Oct 5/98
S5-3 Oct 5/98 S5-12 Oct 5/98
S5-4 Oct 5/98 S5-13 Oct 5/98
S5-5 Oct 5/98 S5-14 Oct 5/98
S5-6 Oct 5/98 S5-15 Oct 5/98
S5-7 Oct 5/98 S5-16 Oct 5/98
S5-8 Oct 5/98 S5-17 Oct 5/98
S5-9 Oct 5/98 S5-18 Oct 5/98

S4-8 Oct 5/98 S5-2 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D

The database card is a n electronic memory containing

information on airports, navaids, intersections, SID's, STAR'S, SUPPLEMENT 5 ,
i n s t r u m e n t a p p r o a c h e s , s p e c i a l u s e a i r s p a c e , a n d o t h e r i t e m s of
i n t e r e s t to t h e pilot.
BENDIX/KING KLN 89B GLOBAL POSITIONING
Every 28 days, Bendix/King receives n e w database information SYSTEM (IFR)
f r o m J e p p e s e n S a n d e r s o n for t h e N o r t h A m e r i c a n d a t a b a s e r e g i o n .
T h i s i n f o r m a t i o n is p r o c e s s e d a n d d o w n l o a d e d o n t o t h e d a t a b a s e
cards. Bendix/King makes these database card updates available SERVICE BULLETIN CONFIGURATION LIST
to K L N 8 9 B G P S users.
The f o l l o w i n g is a list of S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s t h a t a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o
the o p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e , a n d h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o
A CAUTION
this s u p p l e m e n t T h i s list c o n t a i n s o n l y t h o s e S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s
THE D A T A B A S E MUST B E UPDATED ONLY that are currently active.
WHILE T H E A I R C R A F T IS ON T H E GROUND.
THE KLN 89B DOES NOT PERFORM ANY Airplane Unit Revision Incorporated
NAVIGATION FUNCTION W H I L E T H E D A T A B A S E Number Title Effectivity Incorporation In Airplane
IS B E I N G U P D A T E D .

NOTE

A c u r r e n t d a t a b a s e is r e q u i r e d b y r e g u l a t i o n in o r d e r to
use the KLN 89B GPS system for nonprecision
approaches.

P r o v i d e d t h e K L N 8 9 B n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m is r e c e i v i n g a d e q u a t e
u s a b l e s i g n a l s , it h a s b e e n d e m o n s t r a t e d c a p a b l e of a n d h a s b e e n
s h o w n t o m e e t t h e a c c u r a c y s p e c i f i c a t i o n s of: VFR/IFR en route
o c e a n i c a n d remote, en route d o m e s t i c , t e r m i n a l , a n d instrument
approach (GPS, Loran-C, VOR, V O R - D M E , T A C A N , NDB, NDB-
D M E , R N A V ) operation within the U.S. National Airspace S y s t e m ,
North Atlantic M i n i m u m Navigation Performance Specifications
( M N P S ) Airspace a n d latitudes b o u n d e d by 7 4 ° North a n d 6 0 °
S o u t h u s i n g t h e W G S - 8 4 (or N A D 8 3 ) c o o r d i n a t e r e f e r e n c e d a t u m in
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e c r i t e r i a of A C 2 0 - 1 3 8 , A C 9 1 - 4 9 , a n d A C 1 2 0 -
33. N a v i g a t i o n d a t a is b a s e d u p o n u s e of o n l y t h e g l o b a l
positioning system (GPS) operated by the United States.

Oct 5/98 S5-5 Oct 5/98 S5-3

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

SUPPLEMENT NOTE

A i r c r a f t u s i n g G P S f c o c e a n i c IFR o p e r a t i o n s m a y u s e t h e
K L N 8 9 8 to r e p l a c e o n e of t h e o t h e r a p p r o v e d m e a n s of
BENDIX/KING KLN 89B long range navigation. A single K L N 8 9 8 G P S installation
m a y also be used on short oceanic routes which require
GPS NAVIGATION SYSTEM (IFR) o n l y o n e m e a n s of l o n g - r a n g e n a v i g a t i o n .

SECTION 1 NOTE

GENERAL F A A a p p r o v a l of t h e K L N 8 9 B d o e s not necessarily

c o n s t i t u t e a p p r o v a l for u s e in f o r e i g n a i r s p a c e .

A WARNING
THE KLN 89B IS NOT AUTHORIZED FOR
INSTRUMENT APPROACHES UNLESS THE"
OPERATIONAL REVISION STATUS IS
U P G R A D E D TO " O R S 02" OR LATER, A S R E A D
ON T H E POWER-ON P A G E , AND T H E HOST
S O F T W A R E IS U P G R A D E D T O " H O S T 00880-
0004" O R L A T E R , A S R E A D ON T H E K L N 8 9 8
OTH 6 P A G E .

T h e K L N 8 9 B G P S ( G l o b a l P o s i t i o n i n g S y s t e m ) is a t h r e e -
d i m e n s i o n a l precision navigation system based on 2 4 earth orbiting
s a t e l l i t e s . R e c e i v e r A u t o n o m o u s I n t e g r i t y M o n i t o r i n g ( R A I M ) is a
f u n c t i o n that e v e r y IFR-certified G P S receiver m u s t c o n t i n u o u s l y
p e r f o r m to a s s u r e p o s i t i o n a c c u r a c y . R A I M is a v a i l a b l e w h e n 5 o r
m o r e o f t h e s e s a t e l l i t e s a r e in v i e w , or 4 s a t e l l i t e s a r e in v i e w a n d a
barometrically corrected altitude input f r o m the airplane's altimeter
is m a d e . A n n u n c i a t i o n is p r o v i d e d if t h e r e a r e n o t e n o u g h s a t e l l i t e s
in v i e w t o a s s u r e p o s i t i o n i n t e g r i t y .

O p e r a t i o n a l g u i d a n c e for t h e K L N 8 9 8 G P S N a v i g a t i o n S y s t e m is
p r o v i d e d with t h e B e n d i x / K i n g K L N 8 9 B Pilot's G u i d e (supplied with
the airplane). T h i s Pilot's Guide should be thoroughly studied a n d
V F R o p e r a t i o n s c o n d u c t e d so that you are totally familiar with the
G P S s y s t e m of n a v i g a t i o n b e f o r e a c t u a l l y u s i n g t h i s e q u i p m e n t in
IFR c o n d i t i o n s . *

S5-4 Oct 5/98 S5-6 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D

6. N A V / G P S S W I T C H - T o g g l e s f r o m N a v 1 to G P S a n d vice
v e r s a t o c o n t r o l t h e t y p e of n a v i g a t i o n d a t a t o b e d i s p l a y e d o n
the CDI (Course Deviation Indicator). T h e No. 1 CDI Omni
Bearing Selector ( O B S ) provides a n a l o g c o u r s e input to the
KLN 89B in OBS mode when the NAV/GPS
s w i t c h / a n n u n c i a t o r is in G P S . W h e n t h e N A V / G P S s w i t c h
a n n u n c i a t i o n is in N A V , G P S c o u r s e s e l e c t i o n in O B S m o d e is
d i g i t a l t h r o u g h t h e u s e of t h e c o n t r o l s a n d d i s p l a y at t h e K L N
89B.

NOTE

M a n u a l C D I c o u r s e c e n t e r i n g in O B S m o d e u s i n g t h e
control knob can be difficult, especially at long
distances. Centering the C o u r s e Deviation Indicator
(CDI) n e e d l e c a n best be a c c o m p l i s h e d by pressing t h e
Direct-To button and then manually setting the No. 1
C D I c o u r s e t o t h e c o u r s e v a l u e p r e s c r i b e d in t h e K L N
89B displayed message.

NOTE
T h e H e a d i n g I n d i c a t o r (HI) h e a d i n g ( H D G ) b u g m u s t
a l s o b e s e t to p r o v i d e p r o p e r c o u r s e d a t u m to t h e
a u t o p i l o t if c o u p l e d t o t h e K L N 8 9 B in L E G o r O B S .
( W h e n t h e o p t i o n a l H S I is i n s t a l l e d , t h e H S I c o u r s e
pointer provides course d a t u m to the autopilot.)
7. N A V I G A T I O N S O U R C E (NAV) A N N U N C I A T O R - T h e N A V
a n n u n c i a t o r will i l l u m i n a t e s t e a d y to i n f o r m t h e pilot t h a t N A V
1 i n f o r m a t i o n is b e i n g d i s p l a y e d o n t h e N A V 1 C D I .
8. N A V I G A T I O N S O U R C E ( G P S ) A N N U N C I A T O R ~ The G P S
a n n u n c i a t o r will i l l u m i n a t e s t e a d y to i n f o r m t h e pilot t h a t G P S
i n f o r m a t i o n is b e i n g d i s p l a y e d o n t h e N A V 1 C D I .
1 . G P S M E S S A G E ( M S G ) A N N U N C I A T O R L I G H T - M S G will
b e g i n f l a s h i n g w h e n e v e r t h e m e s s a g e p r o m p t (a l a r g e " M " o n
t h e left s i d e of t h e s c r e e n ) o n t h e K L N 8 9 B G P S u n i t b e g i n s
f l a s h i n g t o alert t h e pilot t h a t a m e s s a g e is w a i t i n g . P r e s s t h e
M e s s a g e ( M S G ) k e y o n t h e G P S t o d i s p l a y t h e m e s s a g e . If a
m e s s a g e condition exists w h i c h requires a specific action by
t h e p i l o t , t h e m e s s a g e a n n u n c i a t o r w i l l r e m a i n o n b u t w i l l not
flash.
2. G P S W A Y P O I N T ( W P T ) A N N U N C I A T O R LIGHT - GPS
W A Y P O I N T a n n u n c i a t o r will b e g i n t o f l a s h a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 6
s e c o n d s p r i o r to r e a c h i n g a D i r e c t - T o w a y p o i n t . A l s o , w h e n
t u r n a n t i c i p a t i o n is e n a b l e d in t h e K L N 8 9 B G P S u n i t , t h e
a n n u n c i a t o r will b e g i n to f l a s h 2 0 s e c o n d s p r i o r t o t h e
b e g i n n i n g of t u r n a n t i c i p a t i o n , t h e n i l l u m i n a t e s t e a d y at t h e
v e r y b e g i n n i n g of t u r n a n t i c i p a t i o n .

F i g u r e 1 . G P S A n n u n c i a t o r / S w i t c h ( S h e e t 1 of 3)
F i g u r e 1 . G P S A n n u n c i a t o r / S w i t c h ( S h e e t 3 of 3)

Oct 5/98 S5-9 Oct 5/98 S5-7

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

A WARNING
SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
TURN ANTICIPATION IS AUTOMATICALLY
DISABLED FOR F A F WAYPOINTS AND T H O S E
1 . T h e K L N 8 9 8 G P S P i l o t ' s G u i d e , P/N 0 0 6 - 0 8 7 8 6 - 0 0 0 0 , d a t e d
USED EXCLUSIVELY IN SID/STARS WHERE
M a y , 1 9 9 5 (or later a p p l i c a b l e r e v i s i o n ) m u s t b e a v a i l a b l e t o t h e
O V E R F L I G H T IS R E Q U I R E D . FOR WAYPOINTS
f l i g h t c r e w w h e n e v e r I F R G P S n a v i g a t i o n is u s e d . The
SHARED BETWEEN SID/STARS AND
O p e r a t i o n a l R e v i s i o n S t a t u s ( O R S ) of t h e P i l o t ' s G u i d e m u s t
PUBLISHED EN ROUTE S E G M E N T S (REQUIRING
m a t c h t h e O R S level a n n u n c i a t e d o n t h e Self Test p a g e .
OVERFLIGHT IN THE SID/STARS), PROPER
S E L E C T I O N ON THE P R E S E N T E D WAYPOINT
2 . IFR N a v i g a t i o n is r e s t r i c t e d a s f o l l o w s :
P A G E IS N E C E S S A R Y T O PROVIDE A D E Q U A T E
R O U T E P R O T E C T I O N ON T H E S I D / S T A R S .
a. T h e s y s t e m m u s t u t i l i z e O R S l e v e l 0 1 or later F A A approved
revision.
3. G P S A P P R O A C H ( G P S , A P R ) S W I T C H - Pressing the G P S
A P P R O A C H s w i t c h m a n u a l l y selects or d i s a r m s the a p p r o a c h
b. T h e d a t a o n t h e s e l f t e s t p a g e m u s t b e v e r i f i e d p r i o r t o u s e .
A R M m o d e a n d a l s o c a n c e l s t h e a p p r o a c h A C T V m o d e after
being automatically e n g a g e d by the K L N 8 9 B G P S system.
c. I F R e n r o u t e a n d t e r m i n a l n a v i g a t i o n is p r o h i b i t e d u n l e s s t h e
The white background c o l o r of t h e G P S APPROACH
p i l o t v e r i f i e s t h e c u r r e n c y of t h e d a t a b a s e o r v e r i f i e s e a c h
a n n u n c i a t o r m a k e s it v i s i b l e i n d a y l i g h t .
s e l e c t e d w a y p o i n t for a c c u r a c y b y r e f e r e n c e t o c u r r e n t
approved data.
4. A R M ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT - ARM annunciator will
illuminate w h e n the K L N 8 9 8 G P S system automatically
d . T h e s y s t e m m u s t u t i l i z e O R S L e v e l 0 2 or later F A A a p p r o v e d
s e l e c t s t h e a p p r o a c h A R M m o d e or w h e n t h e a p p r o a c h A R M
revision to c o n d u c t nonprecision instrument a p p r o a c h e s . In
m o d e is m a n u a l l y s e l e c t e d . T h e a p p r o a c h A R M m o d e will b e
addition, the software level status f o u n d o n page O T H 6 must
a u t o m a t i c a l l y s e l e c t e d w h e n t h e a i r p l a n e is w i t h i n 3 0 N M of a n
be " H O S T 0 0 8 8 0 - 0 0 0 4 " or later. I n s t r u m e n t a p p r o a c h e s m u s t
a i r p o r t , a n d a n a p p r o a c h is l o a d e d in t h e f l i g h t p l a n for t h a t
b e a c c o m p l i s h e d in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h a p p r o v e d i n s t r u m e n t
airport. T h e approach A R M mode can manually be selected
a p p r o a c h procedures that are retrieved from the K L N 8 9 8
at a g r e a t e r d i s t a n c e t h a n 3 0 N M f r o m t h e a i r p o r t b y p r e s s i n g
database. T h e K L N 8 9 8 database must incorporate the
the G P S A P P R O A C H switch; however, this will not c h a n g e the
current update cycle.
C D I s c a l e until t h e a i r p l a n e r e a c h e s t h e 3 0 N M p o i n t The
approach A R M m o d e can also be disarmed by pressing the
1) T h e K L N 8 9 8 Q u i c k R e f e r e n c e , P/N 0 0 6 - 0 8 7 8 7 - 0 0 0 0 ,
GPS A P P R O A C H switch.
d a t e d 5 / 9 5 (or later a p p l i c a b l e to r e v i s i o n ) m u s t b e
available to the flight crew during instrument approach
5. A C T I V E (ACTV) A N N U N C I A T O R L I G H T - A C T V annunciator
operations.
will illuminate w h e n t h e K L N 8 9 8 G P S s y s t e m automatically
e n g a g e s the a p p r o a c h A C T V m o d e (the A C T V m o d e c a n only
2) I n s t r u m e n t a p p r o a c h e s m u s t b e c o n d u c t e d in t h e a p p r o a c h
b e e n g a g e d b y t h e K L N 8 9 8 G P S s y s t e m w h i c h is a u t o m a t i c . )
m o d e a n d R A I M m u s t b e a v a i l a b l e at t h e F i n a l A p p r o a c h
To cancel the approach A C T V mode, press the GPS Fix.
A P P R O A C H s w i t c h ; t h i s will c h a n g e t h e m o d e t o t h e a p p r o a c h
A R M mode a n d illuminate the A R M annunciator.

F i g u r e 1 . G P S A n n u n c i a t o r / S w i t c h ( S h e e t 2 of 3)

S5-8 Oct 5/98 S5-10 O c t 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA APPROVED

A WARNING 3) A P R A C T V m o d e must be annunciated at the Final

A p p r o a c h Fix. ,
TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF TURN
ANTICIPATION CAUSING POTENTIALLY
4 ) A c c o m p l i s h m e n t of I L S , L O C , L O C - B C , LDA, SDF, and
MISLEADING NAVIGATION WHEN THE
A M L S a p p r o a c h e s are not a u t h o r i z e d .
A I R C R A F T I S NOT ON C O U R S E , V E R I F Y T H E CDI
C O U R S E AND CDI N E E D L E P R E S E N T A T I O N IS
5) W h e n a n a l t e r n a t e a i r p o r t is r e q u i r e d b y t h e a p p l i c a b l e
P R O P E R PRIOR TO T A K E O F F AND DO NOT
o p e r a t i n g r u l e s , it m u s t b e s e r v e d b y a n a p p r o a c h b a s e d o n
SWITCH FROM O B S TO L E G WITH G R E A T E R
o t h e r t h a n G P S or L o r a n - C n a v i g a t i o n .
T H A N 1 NM C R O S S T R A C K E R R O R (XTK).

' 6) T h e K L N 8 9 B c a n o n l y b e u s e d f o r a p p r o a c h g u i d a n c e if
IF MISLEADING DATA IS SUSPECTED, A
t h e r e f e r e n c e c o o r d i n a t e d a t u m s y s t e m for t h e i n s t r u m e n t
DIRECT-TO OPERATION TO YOUR DESIRED
a p p r o a c h is W G S - 8 4 o r N A D - 8 3 . (All a p p r o a c h e s in t h e
WAYPOINT WILL C L E A R ANY PREVIOUS O B S
K L N 8 9 B database use the W G S - 8 4 or the NAD-83
C O U R S E , AND C A N C E L TURN ANTICIPATION. geodetic datum).

, v.. NOTE
e. T h e aircraft m u s t have other a p p r o v e d navigation e q u i p m e n t
a p p r o p r i a t e t o t h e r o u t e of f l i g h t i n s t a l l e d a n d o p e r a H o n a l .
A f t e r t h e a b o v e D i r e c t - T o o p e r a t i o n , f u r t h e r r e o r i e n t a t i o n to
the nearest leg of t h e active flight plan may be
a c c o m p l i s h e d by pressing the Direct-To button followed by
pressing the Clear button and finally the Enter Button.

R e f e r t o t h e P i l o t ' s G u i d e s e c t i o n 4 . 2 . 2 f o r a n e x p l a n a t i o n of
turn anticipation, a n d A p p e n d i x A - Navigation T e r m s for the
d e f i n i t i o n of c r o s s tracl< e r r o r ( X T K ) .

AUTOPILOT COUPLED OPERATION

T h e K L N 8 9 B m a y b e c o u p l e d t o t h e K A P 1 4 0 a u t o p i l o t by first
selecting G P S on the NAV/GPS switch. M a n u a l s e l e c t i o n of t h e
d e s i r e d t r a c k o n t h e p i l o t ' s HI h e a d i n g b u g is r e q u i r e d t o p r o v i d e
c o u r s e d a t u m to t h e K A P 1 4 0 a u t o p i l o t . (Frequent course datum
c h a n g e s m a y b e n e c e s s a r y , s u c h a s in t h e c a s e of f l y i n g a D M E
arc.) T h e autopilot approach m o d e (APR) should be used w h e n
conducting a coupled GPS approach.

NOTE

S e l e c t H D G m o d e for D M E a r c i n t e r c e p t s . N A V or A P R
coupled D M E a r c i n t e r c e p t s c a n r e s u l t in excessive
overshoots (aggravated by high ground speeds and/or
intercepts from inside the arc).

Oct 5/98 S5-13 Oct 5/98 S5-11

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D M O D E L 206H

SECTION 3 A P P R O A C H M O D E SEQUENCING A N D RAIM PREDICTION

t
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
A WARNING
T h e r e are no c h a n g e s to the basic airplane ennergency
p r o c e d u r e s w h e n t h e K L N 8 9 B G P S is i n s t a l l e d . FAMILIARITY WITH T H E E N R O U T E O P E R A T I O N
O F T H E KLN 89B D O E S NOT CONSTITUTE
1 . If t h e K L N 8 9 8 G P S infornnation is n o t a v a i l a b l e o r i n v a l i d , u t i l i z e P R O F I C I E N C Y IN A P P R O A C H O P E R A T I O N S . DO
r e m a i n i n g o p e r a t i o n a l n a v i g a t i o n equipGfient a s r e q u i r e d . NOT ATTEMPT A P P R O A C H O P E R A T I O N S IN
IMC (INSTRUMENT METEOROLOGICAL
CONDITIONS) PRIOR TO ATTAINING
2 . If a " R A I M N O T A V A I L A B L E " m e s s a g e is d i s p l a y e d w h i l e
P R O F I C I E N C Y IN T H E U S E O F T H E K L N 8 9 8 .
conducting an instrument approach, terminate the approach.
E x e c u t e a m i s s e d a p p r o a c h if r e q u i r e d .
NOTE
3. If a " R A I M N O T A V A I L A B L E " m e s s a g e is d i s p l a y e d i n t h e e n
r o u t e or t e r m i n a l p h a s e of f l i g h t , c o n t i n u e t o n a v i g a t e u s i n g t h e .The s p e c i a l u s e a i r s p a c e a l e r t w i l l a u t o m a t i c a l l y b e
K L N 8 9 8 o r r e v e r t t o a n a l t e r n a t e m e a n s of navigation d i s a b l e d p r i o r to f l y i n g a n i n s t r u m e n t a p p r o a c h t o
a p p r o p r i a t e t o t h e r o u t e a n d p h a s e of f l i g h t . W h e n c o n t i n u i n g t o r e d u c e the potential for m e s s a g e c o n g e s t i o n .
u s e t h e K L N 8 9 8 for n a v i g a t i o n , p o s i t i o n m u s t b e v e r i f i e d e v e r y
1 5 m i n u t e s u s i n g a n o t h e r IFR a p p r o v e d n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m . 1. P r i o r t o a r r i v a l , s e l e c t a S T A R if a p p r o p r i a t e f r o m t h e A P T 7
page. S e l e c t a n a p p r o a c h a n d a n initial a p p r o a c h fix ( l A F )
4 . R e f e r to t h e K L N 8 9 8 P i l o t ' s G u i d e , A p p e n d i c e s 8 a n d C , for from the A P T 8 page.
a p p r o p r i a t e p i l o t a c t i o n s t o b e a c c o m p l i s h e d in r e s p o n s e to
annunciated messages. NOTE

Using the outer knob, select the A C T (Active Flight Plan

W a y p o i n t s ) p a g e s . P u l l t h e i n n e r k n o b o u t a n d s c r o l l to
SECTION 4 t h e d e s t i n a t i o n a i r p o r t , t h e n p u s h t h e i n n e r k n o b in a n d
NORMAL PROCEDURES s e l e c t t h e A C T 7 or A C T 8 p a g e .

OPERATION T o d e l e t e or r e p l a c e a S I D , S T A R or a p p r o a c h , s e l e c t
F P L 0 p a g e . P l a c e t h e c u r s o r o v e r t h e n a m e of t h e
N o r m a l operating p r o c e d u r e s are outlined in the K L N 8 9 8 G P S p r o c e d u r e , p r e s s E N T t o c h a n g e it, o r C L R t h e n E N T to
P i l o t ' s G u i d e , P/N 0 0 6 - 0 8 7 8 6 - 0 0 0 0 , d a t e d M a y , 1 9 9 5 , (or later yr. d e l e t e it. .
a p p l i c a b l e r e v i s i o n ) . A K L N 8 9 8 Q u i c k R e f e r e n c e , P/N 0 0 6 - 0 8 7 8 7 -
0 0 0 0 , d a t e d M a y , 1 9 9 5 (or later a p p l i c a b l e r e v i s i o n ) c o n t a i n i n g a n
a p p r o a c h s e q u e n c e , operating tips a n d a p p r o a c h related m e s s a g e s
is i n t e n d e d a s w e l l for c o c k p i t u s e b y t h e pilot f a m i l i a r w i t h K L N 8 9 8
operations when conducting instrument approaches.

S5-12 Oct 5/98 S5-14 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D

c. A f t e r c l i m b i n g in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e p u b l i s h e d m i s s e d
a p p r o a c h p r o c e d u r e , p r e s s t h e D i r e c t T o b u t t o n , v e r i f y or 2 . E n r o u t e , c h e c k f o r R A I M a v a i l a b i l i t y at t h e d e s t i n a t i o n a i r p o r t
c h a n g e the d e s i r e d h o l d i n g fix a n d press E N T . ETA on the OTH 3 page.

GENERAL NOTES NOTE

• The database must be up to date for instrument approach R A I M m u s t b e a v a i l a b l e a t t h e F A F in o r d e r to fly a n

operation.
• O n l y o n e a p p r o a c h c a n b e in t h e f l i g h t p l a n at a t i m e .
• C h e c k i n g R A I M prediction for y o u r a p p r o a c h w h i l e en route using
t h e O T H 3 p a g e is r e c o m m e n d e d . A self c h e c k o c c u r s
a u t o m a t i c a l l y w i t h i n 2 n m of t h e F A F . A P R A C T V is i n h i b i t e d
without RAIM.
• Data cannot be altered, a d d e d to or deleted from the approach
p r o c e d u r e s c o n t a i n e d in t h e d a t a b a s e . ( D M E a r c i n t e r c e p t s m a y
b e r e l o c a t e d a l o n g t h e a r c t h r o u g h t h e N A V 4 or t h e F P L 0
pages).
instrument a p p r o a c h . Be p r e p a r e d to terminate the
a p p r o a c h u p o n loss of R A I M .
3. At or w i t h i n 3 0 n m f r o m t h e airport:
a . V e r i f y a u t o m a t i c a n n u n c i a t i o n of A P R A R M .
b. N o t e a u t o m a t i c C D I n e e d l e s c a l i n g c h a n g e f r o m + 5.0 n m
to + 1.0 n m o v e r t h e n e x t 3 0 s e c o n d s .
c. U p d a t e t h e K L N 8 9 B a l t i m e t e r b a r e s e t t i n g a s r e q u i r e d .
d . I n t e r n a l l y t h e K L N 8 9 B w i l l t r a n s i t i o n f r o m e n r o u t e to
terminal integrity monitoring.
4. S e l e c t N A V 4 p a g e to f l y t h e a p p r o a c h p r o c e d u r e .

• S o m e a p p r o a c h waypoints do not appear on the approach a . If r e c e i v i n g r a d a r v e c t o r s , or n e e d to f l y a p r o c e d u r e t u r n o r

p l a t e s ( i n c l u d i n g in s o m e i n s t a n c e s t h e F A F ) . h o l d i n g p a t t e r n , fly in O B S u n t i l i n b o u n d to t h e F A F .

• W a y p o i n t s u f f i x e s in t h e f l i g h t p l a n : NOTE
i - lAF
• • f - FAF . . . . . .-...->..• w
O B S n a v i g a t i o n is T O - F R O M (like a V O R ) without
m - MAP waypoint sequencing.
h -- m i s s e d a p p r o a c h h o l d i n g fix.

• T h e D M E arc lAF (arc intercept w a y p o i n t ) will be on your present A WARNING

p o s i t i o n r a d i a l off t h e a r c V O R w h e n y o u l o a d t h e l A F i n t o t h e flight TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF TURN
p l a n , or t h e b e g i n n i n g of t h e a r c if c u r r e n t l y o n a radial b e y o n d the ANTICIPATION CAUSING POTENTIALLY
arc limit. T o adjust the arc intercept to b e c o m p a t i b l e w i t h a MISLEADING NAVIGATION WHEN THE
c u r r e n t r a d a r v e c t o r , b r i n g u p t h e a r c l A F w a y p o i n t in t h e N A V 4 AIRCRAFT IS NOT ON COURSE, DO NOT
p a g e s c a n n i n g field or u n d e r t h e c u r s o r o n the F P L 0 p a g e , press SWITCH F R O M O B S T O L E G WITH G R E A T E R
C L R , then E N T . Fly t h e a r c in L E G . A d j u s t t h e h e a d i n g b u g (if T H A N 1 NM C R O S S T R A C K E R R O R ( X T K ) .
a u t o p i l o t c o u p l e d ) a n d C D I c o u r s e w i t h r e f e r e n c e to t h e d e s i r e d
t r a c k v a l u e o n t h e N A V 4 p a g e (it w i l l f l a s h to r e m i n d y o u ) . b. N o P T r o u t e s i n c l u d i n g D M E a r c ' s a r e f l o w n in L E G . L E G
L e f t / r i g h t C D I n e e d l e i n f o r m a t i o n is r e l a t i v e t o t h e a r c . D i s p l a y e d is m a n d a t o r / f r o m t h e F A F t o t h e M A P .
d i s t a n c e is n o t a l o n g t h e a r c b u t d i r e c t t o t h e a c t i v e w a y p o i n t . ( T h e
D M E a r c r a d i a l is als® d i s p l a y e d i n t h e l o w e r r i g h t c o r n e r of the
NAV 4 page.)

Oct 5/98 S5-17 Oct 5/98 S5-15

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H
S U P P L E M E N T 5 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

NOTE
• T h e D M E arc lAF identifier m a y be unfamiliar. E x a m p l e : D 0 9 8 G
w h e r e 0 9 8 s t a n d s f o r t h e 0 9 8 ° r a d i a l off t h e r e f e r e n c e d V O R , Select H D G m o d e for D M E arc intercepts. N A V or A P R
a n d G is t h e s e v e n t h letter in t h e a l p h a b e t i n d i c a t i n g a 7 D M E c o u p l e d D M E arc intercepts c a n result in excessive
arc. overshoots (aggravated by high ground speeds and/or
intercepts from inside the arc).
• A P R A R M t o A P R A C T V is a u t o m a t i c p r o v i d e d t h a t :
A WARNING
a. Y o u a r e in A P R A R M ( n o r m a l l y a u t o m a t i c ) .
FLYING FINAL OUTBOUND FROM AN O F F -
b. Y o u a r e in L E G m o d e .
AIRPORT VORTAC ON AN OVERLAY
c. T h e F A F is t h e a c t i v e w a y p o i n t .
APPROACH; B E W A R E O F THE DME DISTANCE
d. W i t h i n 2 n m of t h e F A F .
INCREASING ON FINAL APPROACH, AND T H E
e. O u t s i d e of t h e F A F .
GPS DISTANCE-TO-WAYPOINT DECREASING,
f. Inbound to the FAF.
AND NOT MATCHING T H E N U M B E R S ON T H E
g. R A I M is a v a i l a b l e .
APPROACH PLATE.

• Direct-To operation between the FAF a n d M A P cancels APR

5. At or before 2 n m f r o m the F A F i n b o u n d :
A C T V . F l y t h e m i s s e d a p p r o a c h in A P R A R M .

• F l a g g e d navigation inside t h e F A F m a y u s u a l l y b e restored (not a- S e l e c t t h e F A F a s t h e a c t i v e w a v p o i n t . if n o t a c c o m p l i s h e d

guaranteed) by pressing the GPS APR button changing from already,
A C T V t o A R M . Fly t h e m i s s e d a p p r o a c h . b. S e l e c t L E G o p e r a t i o n .

• T h e instrument approach using the K L N 8 9 B m a y be essentially 6. A p p r o a c h i n g t h e F A F i n b o u n d ( w i t h i n 2 n m ) :

a u t o m a t i c starting 3 0 n m out (with a m a n u a l b a r e setting update)
o r it m a y r e q u i r e j u d i c i o u s s e l e c t i o n of t h e O B S a n d L E G m o d e s .
• A P R A R M m a y b e c a n c e l e d at a n y t i m e b y p r e s s i n g t h e G P S A P R
b u t t o n . (A s u b s e q u e n t p r e s s w i l l r e s e l e c t it.)
a. V e r i f y A P R A C T V .
b. N o t e a u t o m a t i c C D I n e e d l e s c a l i n g c h a n g e f r o m ± 1 . 0 n m
t o ± 0.3 n m o v e r t h e 2 n m i n b o u n d to t h e F A F .
c. I n t e r n a l l y t h e K L N 8 9 B w i l l t r a n s i t i o n f r o m t e r m i n a l t o
a p p r o a c h integrity monitoring.

7. C r o s s i n g t h e F A F a n d A P R A C T V is n o t a n n u n c i a t e d :
SECTIONS
PERFORMANCE a. D o not d e s c e n d .

T h e r e is n o c h a n g e t o t h e a i r p l a n e p e r f o r m a n c e w h e n t h i s a v i o n i c s b. E x e c u t e t h e m i s s e d a p p r o a c h .
e q u i p m e n t is i n s t a l l e d . H o w e v e r , i n s t a l l a t i o n of a n e x t e r n a l l y -
8. M i s s e d A p p r o a c h :
m o u n t e d a n t e n n a or r e l a t e d e x t e r n a l a n t e n n a s , w i l l r e s u l t in a m i n o r
r e d u c t i o n in c r u i s e p e r f o r m a n c e .
a. C l i m b .
b. N a v i g a t e t o t h e MAP (in A P R A R M if A P R ACTV is not
available).
NOTE

T h e r e is n o a u t o m a t i c L E G s e q u e n c i n g at t h e M A P .

S5-18 Oct 5/98

S5-16 Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 6 - FAA A P P R O V E D

SUPPLEMENT
BENDIX/KING KR 87 AUTOMATIC DIRECTION
FINDER (ADF)
SECTION 1 ATextron Company

GENERAL
Pilot's Operating Handbook and
T h e B e n d i x / K i n g D i g i t a l A D F is a p a n e l - m o u n t e d , d i g i t a l l y t u n e d
a u t o m a t i c d i r e c t i o n f i n d e r . It is d e s i g n e d t o p r o v i d e c o n t i n u o u s 1 - FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
k H z d i g i t a l t u n i n g in t h e f r e q u e n c y r a n g e of 2 0 0 - k H z to 1 7 9 9 - k H z
a n d e l i m i n a t e s t h e n e e d for m e c h a n i c a l b a n d s w i t c h i n g . The
s y s t e m is c o m p r i s e d of a r e c e i v e r , a b u i l t - i n t i m e r , a Kl 2 2 7 b e a r i n g CESSNA MODEL 206H
indicator, a n d a K A - 4 4 B c o m b i n e d loop a n d sense antenna.
O p e r a t i n g c o n t r o l s a n d d i s p l a y s for t h e B e n d i x / K i n g D i g i t a l A D F a r e AIRPLANES 206H8001 AND ON
s h o w n a n d d e s c r i b e d in F i g u r e 1 . T h e a u d i o s y s t e m u s e d i n
c o n j u n c t i o n w i t h t h i s r a d i o f o r s p e a k e r - p h o n e s e l e c t i o n is s h o w n a n d
SUPPLEMENT 6
d e s c r i b e d in S u p p l e m e n t 3 of t h i s h a n d b o o k .
BENDIX/KING KR87
T h e B e n d i x / K i n g Digital A D F c a n b e u s e d for position plotting AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER (ADF)
a n d h o m i n g p r o c e d u r e s , a n d for a u r a l r e c e p t i o n of a m p l i t u d e -
modulated (AM) signals.

T h e "flip-flop" frequency display allows switching between pre- SERIAL N O .

selected " S T A N D B Y " and " A C T I V E " frequencies by pressing the
frequency transfer button. Both pre-selected frequencies are stored REGISTRATION NO.

in a n o n - v o l a t i l e m e m o r y c i r c u i t ( n o b a t t e r y p o w e r r e q u i r e d ) a n d
displayed in l a r g e , e a s y - t o - r e a d , s e l f - d i m m i n g gas discharge This supplement must be inserted into Section 9 of the Pilot's Operating
n u m e r i c s . T h e a c t i v e f r e q u e n c y is c o n t i n u o u s l y d i s p l a y e d in t h e left Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the Automatic
w i n d o w , w h i l e t h e r i g h t w i n d o w will d i s p l a y e i t h e r t h e s t a n d b y Direction Finder is installed.
f r e q u e n c y or t h e s e l e c t e d r e a d o u t f r o m t h e b u i l t - i n e l e c t r o n i c t i m e r . .
FAA APPF^OVAL
PAA APPROVED UNDEfR FAR 21 SUBPART J
T h e built-in timer has two separate a n d i n d e p e n d e n t timing Tfie Cessna Aircraft Co
f u n c t i o n s . A n a u t o m a t i c f l i g h t t i m e r t h a t s t a r t s w h e n e v e r t h e u n i t is legation Option Manufacturer CE-1
t u r n e d o n . This timer functions up to 59 hours a n d 59 minutes. A n
e l a p s e d t i m e r w h i c h w i l l c o u n t u p o r d o w n for u p t o 5 9 m i n u t e s a n d imuu/'4^'>mm9f Execirtlvo Enjineer
59 s e c o n d s . W h e n a preset time interval has b e e n p r o g r a m m e d
a n d t h e c o u n t d o w n r e a c h e s : 0 0 , t h e d i s p l a y w i l l f l a s h for 15 jf^ M e m b e r of G A M A
seconds. S i n c e both the flight timer a n d elapsed timer operate
i n d e p e n d e n t l y , it is p o s s i b l e t o m o n i t o r e i t h e r o n e w i t h o u t d i s r u p t i n g COPYRIGHT ®1998 5 October 1998
the other. T h e pushbutton controls a n d the bearing indicators are CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
WICHITA, KANSAS, USA
i n t e r n a l l y l i g h t e d . InterTsity is c o n t r o l l e d b y t h e R A D I O light d i m m i n g
206HPHUS-S5-00
rheostat. S6-1

Oct 5/98 S6-3

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 6 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 6 - FAA A P P R O V E D M O D E L 206H

SUPPLEMENT 6
BENDIX/KING KR 87 AUTOMATIC DIRECTION
FINDER (ADF)
T h e f o l l o w i n g L o g of E f f e c t i v e P a g e s p r o v i d e s t h e d a t e of i s s u e
f o r o r i g i n a l a n d r e v i s e d p a g e s , a s w e l l a s a l i s t i n g of all p a g e s in
the Supplement. Pages which are affected by the current
r e v i s i o n w i l l c a r r y t h e d a t e of t h a t r e v i s i o n

Revision Level Date of I s s u e

0 (Original) O c L 5, 1 9 9 8

LOG OF EFFECTIVITY P A G E S

PAGE DATE PAGE DATE

Title (S6-1) Oct 5/98 S6-7 Oct 5/98

S6-2 Oct 5/98 S6-8 Oct 5/98
S6-3 Oct 5/98 S6-9 Oct 5/98
S6-4 Oct 5/98 S6-10 Oct 5/98
S6-5 Oct 5/98 S6-11 Oct 5/98
S6-6 Oct 5/98 S6-12 Oct 5/98

SERVICE BULLETIN CONFIGURATION LIST

The f o l l o w i n g is a list of S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s t h a t a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o
the o p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e , a n d h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d into
this s u p p l e m e n t T h i s list c o n t a i n s o n l y t h o s e S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s
that are currently active.

Airplane Unit Revision Incorporated

Number Title Effectivity Incorporation In Airplane

S6-2 Oct 5/98 S6-4 Oct 5/98

 SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 6 - FAA APPROVED
MODEL 206H
10. F R E Q U E N C Y T R A N S F E R B U T T O N (FRQ) - The FRQ
transfer button w h e n pressed e x c h a n g e s the active a n d
standby frequencies. The new frequency becomes active and
t h e f o r m e r active f r e q u e n c y g o e s into s t a n d b y .
1 1 . B F O (Beat Frequency Oscillator) B U T T O N - T h e B F O button
s e l e c t s t h e B F O m o d e w h e n in t h e d e p r e s s e d p o s i t i o n . ( S e e
note under item 3).
12. A D F B U T T O N - T h e A D F button selects either the A N T m o d e
o r t h e A D F m o d e . T h e A N T m o d e is s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e A D F
b u t t o n in t h e o u t p o s i t i o n . T h e A D F m o d e is s e l e c t e d w i t h t h e
A D F b u t t o n in t h e d e p r e s s e d p o s i t i o n .
1 3 . L U B B E R L I N E - I n d i c a t e s r e l a t i v e or m a g n e t i c h e a d i n g of t h e
a i r c r a f t . T h e h e a d i n g m u s t b e m a n u a l l y i n p u t b y t h e pilot w i t h
the heading (HDG) knob.
14. C O M P A S S C A R D - Manually rotatabie card that indicates
r e l a t i v e o r m a g n e t i c h e a d i n g of a i r c r a f t , a s s e l e c t e d b y H D G
knob.
1 5 . B E A R I N G P O I N T E R - I n d i c a t e s r e l a t i v e or m a g n e t i c b e a r i n g
t o s t a t i o n a s s e l e c t e d b y H D G k n o b . If t h e r e l a t i v e h e a d i n g of
N o r t h ( N ) is m a n u a l l y s e l e c t e d u n d e r t h e l u b b e r l i n e b y t h e
pilot, t h e n t h e b e a r i n g p o i n t e r i n d i c a t e s t h e r e l a t i v e b e a r i n g t o
the station. If t h e a i r c r a f t ' s m a g n e t i c h e a d i n g is s e l e c t e d
u n d e r t h e lubber line by t h e pilot, t h e n the b e a r i n g pointer
indicates the magnetic bearing to the station.
1 6 . H E A D I N G K N O B ( H D G ) - R o t a t e s c a r d t o set in r e l a t i v e
m a g n e t i c h e a d i n g of a i r c r a f t .
F i g u r e 1 . K R 8 7 A u i o m a t i c D i r e c t i o n F i n d e r ( A D F ) ( S h e e t 4 of 4)
O c t 5/98 S6-7
CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 6 - FAA A P P R O V E D
1. A N T / A D F M O D E A N N U N C I A T O R - A n t e n n a ( A N T ) is
s e l e c t e d b y t h e " o u t " p o s i t i o n of t h e A D F b u t t o n . T h i s m o d e
i m p r o v e s t h e a u d i o r e c e p t i o n a n d is u s u a l l y u s e d for s t a t i o n
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . T h e b e a r i n g p o i n t e r is d e a c t i v a t e d a n d w i l l p a r k
in t h e 9 0 ° r e l a t i v e p o s i t i o n . A u t o m a t i c D i r e c t i o n F i n d e r ( A D F )
m o d e is s e l e c t e d b y t h e d e p r e s s e d p o s i t i o n of t h e A D F b u t t o n .
This m o d e activates the bearing pointer. T h e bearing pointer
w i l l p o i n t in t h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e s t a t i o n r e l a t i v e to t h e a i r c r a f t
heading.
2. IN-USE F R E Q U E N C Y DISPLAY - T h e frequency J o which the
A D F is t u n e d is d i s p l a y e d h e r e . T h e a c t i v e A D F f r e q u e n c y c a n
b e c h a n g e d d i r e c t l y w h e n e i t h e r o f t h e t i m e r f u n c t i o n s is
selected.
3. B F O (Beat F r e q u e n c y Oscillator) A N N U N C I A T O R - T h e B F O
m o d e , a c t i v a t e d a n d a n n u n c i a t e d w h e n t h e " B F O " b u t t o n is
d e p r e s s e d , permits the carrier w a v e a n d associated morse
c o d e identifier b r o a d c a s t o n the carrier w a v e to be h e a r d .
NOTE
C W signals (Morse Code) are u n m o d u l a t e d a n d no audio
w i l l b e h e a r d w i t h o u t u s e of B F O . T h i s t y p e of s i g n a l is n o t
u s e d in t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s air n a v i g a t i o n . It is u s e d in s o m e
foreign countries and marine beacons.
4. S T A N D B Y F R E Q U E N C Y / F L I G H T T I M E OR E L A P S E D T I M E
A N N U N C I A T I O N - W h e n F R Q is d i s p l a y e d t h e S T A N D B Y
f r e q u e n c y is d i s p l a y e d in t h e r i g h t h a n d d i s p l a y . The
S T A N D B Y f r e q u e n c y is s e l e c t e d u s i n g t h e f r e q u e n c y s e l e c t
or knobs. T h e s e l e c t e d S T A N D B Y f r e q u e n c y is p u t i n t o t h e
A C T I V E frequency w i n d o w s by pressing the frequency transfer
b u t t o n . E i t h e r t h e s t a n d b y f r e q u e n c y , t h e f l i g h t t i m e r , or t h e
e l a p s e d t i m e is d i s p l a y e d in t h i s p o s i t i o n . T h e f l i g h t t i m e r a n d
elapsed timer are displayed replacing the s t a n d b y f r e q u e n c y
w h i c h g o e s into " b l i n d " m e m o r y to b e c a l l e d b a c k at a n y t i m e
b y d e p r e s s i n g t h e F R Q b u t t o n . F l i g h t t i m e or e l a p s e d t i m e a r e
displayed and annunciated alternatively by depressing the
FLT/ET button.
F i g u r e 1 . K R 8 7 A u t o m a t i c D i r e c t i o n F i n d e r ( A D F ) ( S h e e t 2 of 4 )
Oct 5/98 S6-5
SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 6 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 6 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

SECTION 2
5. F L I G H T T I M E R A N D E L A P S E D T I M E R M O D E A N N U N C I A -
T I O N ~ Either t h e e l a p s e d t i m e (ET) or flight t i m e (FLT) m o d e
LIMITATIONS
is a n n u n c i a t e d h e r e .
. T h e r e is n o c h a n g e t o a i r p l a n e l i m i t a t i o n s w h e n t h e K R 8 7 A D F
is i n s t a l l e d .
6. F R E Q U E N C Y SELECT KNOBS ~ Selects the standby
f r e q u e n c y w h e n F R Q is d i s p l a y e d a n d d i r e c t l y s e l e c t s t h e
a c t i v e f r e q u e n c y w h e n e v e r e i t h e r of t h e t i m e f u n c t i o n s is
selected. T h e frequency selector knobs m a y be rotated either SECTION 3^
c l o c k w i s e o r c o u n t e r c l o c k w i s e . T h e s m a l l k n o b is p u l l e d o u t t o EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
t u n e t h e 1's. T h e s m a l l k n o b is p u s h e d in t o t u n e t h e 1 0 ' s .
T h e outer k n o b t u n e s the 1 0 0 ' s with rollover into t h e 1 0 0 0 ' s
up to 1799. T h e s e knobs are also used to set the desired
T h e r e a r e n o c h a n g e s to t h e b a s i c airplane emergency
t i m e w h e n t h e e l a p s e d t i m e r is u s e d in t h e c o u n t d o w n m o d e .
p r o c e d u r e s w h e n t h e K R 8 7 A D F is i n s t a l l e d .

7. O N / O F F / V O L U M E CONTROL SWITCH (ON/OFFA/OL) ~

Controls primary power and audio output level. Clockwise
rotation from O F F position applies primary power 4 o the
SECTION 4
receiver; further clockwise rotation increases audio level. NORMAL PROCEDURES
A u d i o m u t i n g c a u s e s t h e a u d i o o u t p u t to b e m u t e d u n l e s s t h e
r e c e i v e r is l o c k e d o n a v a l i d s t a t i o n .
TO O P E R A T E A S AN AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER:

8. S E T / R E S E T E L A P S E D T I M E R B U T T O N ( S E T / R S T ) - T h e
1. O F F A / O L Control ~ O N .
s e f r e s e t button w h e n pressed resets the elapsed timer
2 . F r e q u e n c y S e l e c t o r K n o b s ~ S E L E C T d e s i r e d f r e q u e n c y in
w h e t h e r it is b e i n g d i s p l a y e d o r not.
the standby frequency display.
3. F R Q B u t t o n ~ P R E S S to m o v e t h e d e s i r e d f r e q u e n c y f r o m t h e
9. F L I G H T TIMER/ELAPSED TIMER MODE SELECTOR
s t a n d b y to t h e a c t i v e p o s i t i o n .
B U T T O N ( F L T / E T ) - T h e Flight T i m e r / E l a p s e d T i m e m o d e
4 . A D F S e l e c t o r S w i t c h (on a u d i o c o n t r o l p a n e l ) - S E L E C T a s
selector button w h e n pressed alternatively selects either Flight
desired.
T i m e r m o d e or E l a p s e d T i m e r m o d e .
5. O F F / V O L C o n t r o l ~ S E T to d e s i r e d v o l u m e l e v e l a n d i d e n t i f y
t h a t d e s i r e d s t a t i o n is b e i n g r e c e i v e d .
6. A D F B u t t o n - S E L E C T A D F m o d e a n d n o t e r e l a t i v e b e a r i n g
on indicator.

A D F T E S T ( P R E - F L I G H T or IN-FLIGHT):

1. A D F B u t t o n - S E L E C T A N T m o d e a n d n o t e p o i n t e r m o v e s to
9 0 ° position.
2. A D F B u t t o n - S E L E C T A D F m o d e a n d n o t e t h e p o i n t e r m o v e s
without hesitation to the station bearing. Excessive pointer
F i g u r e 1 . K R 8 7 A u t o m a t i c D i r e c t i o n F i n d e r ( A D F ) ( S h e e t 3 of 4 )
s l u g g i s h n e s s , w a v e r i n g or r e v e r s a l s i n d i c a t e a s i g n a l t h a t is
t o o w e a k or a s y s t e m m a l f u n c t i o n .

S6-6 Oct 5/98 S6-8 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 6 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 6 - FAA A P P R O V E D

ADF OPERATION NOTES: TO O P E R A T E BFO:

E R R O N E O U S ADF BEARING DUE TO RADIO FREQUENCY O F F / V O L Control - O N .

PHENOMENA: B F O Button - P R E S S on.
A D F S e l e c t o r B u t t o n s (on a u d i o c o n t r o l p a n e l ) - SET to
In t h e U . S . , t h e F C C , w h i c h a s s i g n s A M r a d i o f r e q u e n c i e s , desired mode.
o c c a s i o n a l l y will assign t h e s a m e f r e q u e n c y to m o r e t h a n o n e V O L C o n t r o l - A D J U S T to d e s i r e d l i s t e n i n g l e v e l .
s t a t i o n in a n a r e a . C e r t a i n c o n d i t i o n s , s u c h a s N i g h t E f f e c t , m a y
c a u s e s i g n a l s f r o m s u c h stations to overlap. This s h o u l d be taken NOTE
i n t o c o n s i d e r a t i o n w h e n u s i n g A M b r o a d c a s t s t a t i o n for n a v i g a t i o n .
A 1 0 0 0 - H z t o n e a n d M o r s e C o d e i d e n t i f i e r is h e a r d i n
S u n s p o t s a n d a t m o s p h e r i c p h e n o m e n a m a y occasionally distort t h e a u d i o o u t p u t w h e n a C W s i g n a l is r e c e i v e d .
reception s o that signals f r o m two stations o n the s a m e f r e q u e n c y
will overlap. For t h i s r e a s o n , it is a l w a y s w i s e t o m a k e p o s i t i v e TO O P E R A T E FLIGHT TIMER:
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of t h e s t a t i o n b e i n g t u n e d , b y s w i t c h i n g t h e f u n c t i o n
s e l e c t o r t o A N T a n d l i s t e n i n g for s t a t i o n c a l l l e t t e r s . 1. O F F A / O L Control - O N .
2. F L T / E T M o d e B u t t o n - P R E S S ( o n c e o r t w i c e ) u n t i l F L T is
ELECTRICAL STORMS: annunciated. T i m e r w i l l a l r e a d y b e c o u n t i n g s i n c e it is
activated by turning the unit o n .
In t h e v i c i n i t y o f e l e c t r i c a l s t o r m s , a n A D F i n d i c a t o r p o i n t e r t e n d s 3. O F F A / O L C o n t r o l - O F F a n d t h e n O N if it is d e s i r e d t o r e s e t
t o s w i n g f r o m t h e s t a t i o n t u n e d t o w a r d t h e c e n t e r of t h e s t o r m . the flight timer.

NIGHT EFFECT: TO O P E R A T E A S A COMMUNICATIONS R E C E I V E R ONLY:

T h i s is a d i s t u r b a n c e p a r t i c u l a r l y s t r o n g j u s t a f t e r s u n s e t a n d j u s t 1. O F F / V O L Control - O N .
a f t e r d a w n . A n A D F i n d i c a t o r p o i n t e r m a y s w i n g e r r a t i c a l l y at t h e s e 2. A D F Button - S E L E C T A N T m o d e .
t i m e s . If p o s s i b l e , t u n e to t h e m o s t p o w e r f u l s t a t i o n at t h e l o w e s t 3. F r e q u e n c y S e l e c t o r K n o b s - S E L E C T d e s i r e d f r e q u e n c y in
f r e q u e n c y . If t h i s is n o t p o s s i b l e , t a k e t h e a v e r a g e of p o i n t e r the standby frequency display.
oscillations to determine relative station b e a r i n g . 4 . F R Q B u t t o n - P R E S S to m o v e t h e d e s i r e d f r e q u e n c y f r o m t h e
s t a n d b y to the active position.
MOUNTAIN E F F E C T : 5 . A D F S e l e c t o r B u t t o n s (on a u d i o c o n t r o l p a n e l ) ~ S E T to
desired mode.
R a d i o w a v e s r e f l e c t i n g f r o m t h e s u r f a c e of m o u n t a i n s m a y c a u s e 6. V O L C o n t r o l - A D J U S T to d e s i r e d l i s t e n i n g l e v e l .
t h e pointer to fluctuate or s h o w a n e r r o n e o u s b e a r i n g . T h i s s h o u l d
be t a k e n into a c c o u n t w h e n taking b e a r i n g s over m o u n t a i n o u s
terrain.

COASTAL REFRACTION:

R a d i o w a v e s m a y be refracted w h e n p a s s i n g f r o m land to s e a or
w h e n m o v i n g parallel to t h e coastline. T h i s also s h o u l d be taken
into a c c o u n t . •

Oct 5/98 S6-11 Oct 5/98 S6-9

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 6 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 6 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

TO O P E R A T E E L A P S E D TIME TIMER-COUNT UP MODE:

1. O F F A / O L Control - O N . SECTION 5
2 . F L T / E T M o d e B u t t o n - P R E S S ( o n c e o r t w i c e ) u n t i l E T is PERFORMANCE
annunciated.
3 . S E T / R S T B u t t o n -- P R E S S m o m e n t a r i l y to r e s e t e l a p s e d t i m e r
to z e r o . T h e r e is n o c h a n g e to t h e a i r p l a n e p e r f o r m a n c e w h e n t h i s
NOTE a v i o n i c e q u i p m e n t is i n s t a l l e d . H o w e v e r , t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n of a n
e x t e r n a l l y m o u n t e d a n t e n n a or r e l a t e d e x t e r n a l a n t e n n a s , w i l l r e s u l t
T h e S t a n d b y F r e q u e n c y w h i c h is in m e m o r y w h i l e F l i g h t in a m i n o r r e d u c t i o n in c r u i s e p e r f o r m a n c e .
T i m e or E l a p s e d T i m e m o d e s a r e b e i n g d i s p l a y e d m a y
b e c a l l e d bacl^ by pressing the F R Q b u t t o n , t h e n
transferred to active use by pressing the F R Q button
again.

TO O P E R A T E E L A P S E D TIME TIMER-COUNT DOWN MODE:

1. O F F A / O L Control - - O N .
2. F L T / E T M o d e B u t t o n - P R E S S ( o n c e or t w i c e ) u n t i l E T is
annunciated.
3. S E T / R S T B u t t o n - P R E S S u n t i l t h e E T a n n u n c i a t i o n b e g i n s t o
flash.
4 . F R E Q U E N C Y S E L E C T O R K N O B S - S E T d e s i r e d t i m e in t h e
e l a p s e d t i m e d i s p l a y . T h e s m a l l k n o b is p u l l e d o u t t o t u n e t h e
1's. T h e s m a l l k n o b is p u s h e d in to t u n e t h e 1 0 ' s . T h e o u t e r
k n o b t u n e s m i n u t e s u p to 5 9 m i n u t e s .

NOTE

S e l e c t o r k n o b s r e m a i n in t h e t i m e s e t m o d e f o r 1 5
s e c o n d s after t h e last e n t r y or u n t i l t h e S E T / R S T ,
F L T / E T or F R Q b u t t o n is p r e s s e d .

5. S E T / R S T B u t t o n ~ P R E S S to start c o u n t d o w n . W h e n the
t i m e r r e a c h e s 0 , it w i l l s t a r t t o c o u n t u p a s d i s p l a y f l a s h e s for
15 seconds.

NOTE

W h i l e F L T or E T are d i s p l a y e d , the active f r e q u e n c y o n

t h e left s i d e of t h e w i n d o w m a y b e c h a n g e d , b y u s i n g
the f r e q u e n c y selector k n o b s , without any effect o n t h e
s t o r e d s t a n d b y f r e q u e n c y or the other m o d e s .

S6-10 Oct 5/98 S6-12 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H SUPPLEMENT 9 - FAA APPROVED

SUPPLEMENT
DIGITAL CLOCK/O.A.T.
ATextron Company

SECTION 1 Pilot's Operating Handbook and

GENERAL FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual

CESSNA MODEL 206H

T h e D a v t r o n M o d e l 8 0 3 d i g i t a l c l o c k c o m b i n e s t h e f e a t u r e s of a
clock, outside air t e m p e r a t u r e g a u g e (O.A.T.) a n d voltmeter in a
s i n g l e u n i t . T h e u n i t is d e s i g n e d f o r e a s e of o p e r a t i o n w i t h a t h r e e
b u t t o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m . T h e u p p e r b u t t o n is u s e d t o c o n t r o l
AIRPLANES 206H8001 AND ON
sequencing between temperature a n d voltage. T h e lower two
buttons control reading a n d t i m i n g functions related to t h e digital
clock. T e m p e r a t u r e a n d voltage functions are displayed in the upper SUPPLEMENT 9
portion of t h e unit's L C D w i n d o w , a n d clock/timing functions a r e
DAVTRON MODEL 803
d i s p l a y e d in t h e lower portion of t h e unit's L C D w i n d o w .
C L O C K / O.A.T.
T h e d i g i t a l d i s p l a y f e a t u r e s a n i n t e r n a l l i g h t ( b a c k light) t o
e n s u r e g o o d v i s i b i l i t y u n d e r l o w c a b i n l i g h t i n g c o n d i t i o n s a n d at
night. T h e intensity of t h e b a c k light is controlled by t h e P A N E L L T SERIAL N O .
r h e o s t a t . In a d d i t i o n , t h e d i s p l a y i n c o r p o r a t e s a t e s t f u n c t i o n w h i c h
REGISTRATION NO.
a l l o w s c h e c k i n g that all e l e m e n t s of t h e display a r e o p e r a t i n g .

This supplement must be inserted into Section 9 of the Pilot's Operating

SECTION 2 Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the Clock/O.A.T.
gauge is installed.
LIMITATIONS
FAA APPROVAL
T h e r e is n o c h a n g e to t h e airplane limitations w h e n t h e digital FAA APPROVED UNDER FAR 21 SUBPART J
C l o c k / O . A . T . is i n s t a l l e d . The Cessna Aircraft C o
1 Option Manufacturer CE-1

Executive Enginetf

- SECTION 3 Date: 16 November 1998

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES Q M e m b e r of G A M A

T h e r e is no c h a n g e to t h e airplane e m e r g e n c y procedures w h e n COPYRIGHT ®1998

CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
5 October 1998
the digital clock/O.A.T.,is installed. WICHITA, KANSAS, USA S9-1
206HPHUS-S9-00

Oct 5/98 S9-3

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 9 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 9 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

SUPPLEMENT 9 UPPER
BUTTON

DAVTRON MODEL 803 CLOCK/O.A.T.

T h e f o l l o w i n g L o g of E f f e c t i v e P a g e s p r o v i d e s t h e d a t e of i s s u e
f o r o r i g i n a l a n d r e v i s e d p a g e s , a s w e l l a s a l i s t i n g of all p a g e s in
UPPER LCD
the S u p p l e m e n t . Pages w h i c h are affected by the current WINDOW
r e v i s i o n w i l l c a r r y t h e d a t e of t h a t r e v i s i o n
L O W E R LC
Revision Level D a t e of I s s u e WINDOW

0 (Original) O c L 5, 1 9 9 8

LOG OF EFFECTIVITY PAGES

PAGE DATE PAGE DATE SELEC

CONTROL
BUTTON
BUTTON

Title (S9-1) Oct 5/98 S9-5 Oct 5/98

Figure 1 . Davtron M o d e l 8 0 3 Digital Clock
S9-2 Oct 5/98 S9-6 Oct 5/98
S9-3 Oct 5/98
S9-4 Oct 5/98
SECTION 4
SERVICE BULLETIN CONFIGURATION LIST NORMAL PROCEDURES
The f o l l o w i n g is a list of S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s t h a t a r e a p p l i c a b l e to T E S T MODE
the o p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e , a n d h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o
this s u p p l e m e n t . T h i s list c o n t a i n s o n l y t h o s e S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s T h e u n i t m a y b e t e s t e d b y h o l d i n g t h e S E L E C T b u t t o n d o w n for
that are currently active. t h r e e s e c o n d s . P r o p e r o p e r a t i o n is i n d i c a t e d b y t h e d i s p l a y 8 8 : 8 8
a n d a c t i v a t i o n of all f o u r a n n u n c i a t o r s .

O.A.T. / V O L T M E T E R O P E R A T I O N

Airplane T h e u p p e r p o r t i o n of t h e L C D w i n d o w is d e d i c a t e d t o O . A . T . a n d
Unit Revision Incorporated v o l t m e t e r o p e r a t i o n s . T h e v o l t m e t e r r e a d i n g is p r e s e l e c t e d u p o n '
Number Title Effectivity Incorporation In A i r p l a n e s t a r t u p a n d is i n d i c a t e d b y a n " E " f o l l o w i n g t h e d i s p l a y r e a d i n g .
P u s h i n g the upper button will s e q u e n c e t h e w i n d o w f r o m v o l t a g e to
Fahrenheit ("F") to centigrade ( " C " ) , a n d back again to voltage.

S9-2 Oct 5/98 S9-4 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 9 - FAA APPROVED

CLOCK OPERATIONS

Pilot's Operating Handbook and
FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
CESSNA MODEL 206H
AIRPLANES 206H8001 AND ON
SUPPLEMENT 10
B E N D I X / K I N G K L N 89 G L O B A L .
POSITIONING S Y S T E M (GPS)
T h e l o w e r p o r t i o n of t h e L C D w i n d o w is d e d i c a t e p l t o c l o c k a n d
t i m i ng operations. Pushing the S E L E C T button will sequence the
w i n d o w f r o m universal time (UT) to local t i m e (LT) to flight time (FT)
to e l a p s e d t i m e (ET), a n d back again to universal time. Pushing the
ATextron Company C O N T R O L button allows for timing f u n c t i o n s within the four
S E L E C T m e n u s . Setting procedures are as follows:
SETTING UNIVERSAL TIME
U s e t h e S E L E C T b u t t o n to s e l e c t u n i v e r s a l t i m e (UT).
Simultaneously press both the S E L E C T and the C O N T R O L buttons
to e n t e r t h e s e t m o d e . T h e t e n s of h o u r s d i g i t w i l l s t a r t f l a s h i n g . T h e
C O N T R O L b u t t o n h a s full c o n t r o l of t h e f l a s h i n g d i g i t , a n d e a c h
b u t t o n p u s h i n c r e m e n t s t h e d i g i t O n c e t h e t e n s of h o u r s is set t h e
S E L E C T b u t t o n s e l e c t s t h e n e x t d i g i t t o b e s e t . A f t e r t h e last d i g i t
h a s b e e n s e l e c t e d a n d set w i t h t h e C O N T R O L b u t t o n , a f i n a l p u s h
of t h e S E L E C T b u t t o n e x i t s t h e s e t m o d e . T h e l i g h t e d a n n u n c i a t o r
w i l l r e s u m e its n o r m a l f l a s h i n g , i n d i c a t i n g t h e c l o c k is r u n n i n g in
"
universal time mode.
SETTING LOCAL TIME

U s e t h e S E L E C T b u t t o n to s e l e c t l o c a l t i m e ( L T ) . S i m u l t a n e o u s l y
SERIAL N O .
p r e s s b o t h t h e S E L E C T a n d t h e C O N T R O L b u t t o n s to e n t e r t h e s e t
REGISTRATION NO. m o d e . T h e t e n s of h o u r s d i g i t w i l l start f l a s h i n g . T h e s e t o p e r a t i o n is
t h e s a m e a s for U T , e x c e p t t h a t m i n u t e s a r e a l r e a d y s y n c h r o n i z e d
w i t h t h e U T c l o c k a n d c a n n o t b e s e t in l o c a l t i m e .
This supplement must be inserted into Section 9 of the Pilot's Operating
Handbool< and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the KLN 89 Global FLIGHT TIME RESET
Positioning System is installed.
U s e t h e S E L E C T b u t t o n to s e l e c t f l i g h t t i m e ( F T ) . H o l d t h e
FAA APPROVAL C O N T R O L b u t t o n d o w n for 3 s e c o n d s , or u n t i l 9 9 : 5 9 a p p e a r s o n
PAA APPROVED UNDER FAR 21 SUBPART J t h e d i s p l a y . F l i g h t t i m e w i l l b e z e r o e d u p o n r e l e a s e of t h e
The Cessna Aircraft Co
Djiegation Option ManufaeturwCE-1 C O N T R O L button.

' Executive Engineer SETTING FLIGHT TIME FLASHING ALARM

Date: 16 November 1998
Use the SELECT button to select flight time (FT).
Simultaneously press both the S E L E C T and the C O N T R O L ' b u t t o n s
^ Member of GAMA to e n t e r t h e s e t m o d e . T h e t e n s of h o u r s d i g i t w i l l s t a r t f l a s h i n g . T h e
s e t o p e r a t i o n is t h e s a m e a s f o r U T . W h e n a c t u a l f l i g h t t i m e e q u a l s
COPYRIGHT ®199S
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
5 October 1998 the a l a r m t i m e , the display will flash. P r e s s i n g either the S E L E C T or
C O N T R O L b u t t o n will t u r n t h e f l a s h i n g off a n d z e r o t h e a l a r m t i m e .
WICHrTA, KANSAS, USA S10-1
F l i g h t t i m e is u n c h a n g e d a n d c o n t i n u e s c o u n t i n g .
206HPHUS-S10-00

Oct 5/98 S9-5

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 9 - FAA APPROVED MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 10 - F A A A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

SETTING ELAPSED TIME C O U N T UP SUPPLEMENT 10

U s e t h e S E L E C T button to select e l a p s e d time (ET). Press the
C O N T R O L button a n d elapsed t i m e will start c o u n t i n g . E l a p s e d time BENDIX/KING KLN 89
c o u n t s u p t o 5 9 m i n u t e s , 5 9 s e c o n d s , a n d t h e n s w i t c h e s to h o u r s GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS)
a n d m i n u t e s . It c o n t i n u e s c o u n t i n g u p to 9 9 h o u r s a n d 5 9 m i n u t e s .
Pressing the C O N T R O L button again resets elapsed t i m e to zero. T h e f o l l o w i n g L o g of E f f e c t i v e P a g e s p r o v i d e s t h e d a t e of i s s u e
f o r o r i g i n a l a n d r e v i s e d p a g e s , a s w e l l a s a l i s t i n g of a l l p a g e s in
SETTING ELAPSED TIME C O U N T DOWN the Supplement. Pages which are affected by the current
r e v i s i o n w i l l c a r r y t h e d a t e of t h a t r e v i s i o n
Use the S E L E C T b u t t o n to s e l e c t Elapsed Time (ET).
Simultaneously press both the S E L E C T a n d the C O N T R O L buttons Revision Level Date of I s s u e
to e n t e r t h e s e t m o d e . T h e t e n s of h o u r s d i g i t w i l l start f l a s h i n g . T h e
set o p e r a t i o n is t h e s a m e a s f o r U T , a n d a c o u n t d o w n t i m e c a n b e 0 (Original) O c t . 5, 1 9 9 8
set f r o m a m a x i m u m of 5 9 m i n u t e s a n d 5 9 s e c o n d s . O n c e t h e last
LOG OF EFFECTIVITY PAGES
d i g i t is s e t , p r e s s i n g t h e S E L E C T b u t t o n e x i t s t h e set m o d e a n d t h e
c l o c k is r e a d y t o s t a r t t h e c o u n t d o w n . P r e s s i n g t h e C O N T R O L
b u t t o n n o w w i l l start t h e c o u n t d o w n . W h e n c o u n t d o w n r e a c h e s z e r o ,
the d i s p l a y will f l a s h . Pressing either the S E L E C T or C O N T R O L PAGE DATE PAGE DATE
button will reset the alarm. After reaching zero, the e l a p s e d time
c o u n t e r will count up. Title ( S I 0 - 1 ) Oct 5/98
S10-2 Oct 5/98
S10-3 Oct 5/98
BUTTON SELECT DISABLE
SI0-4 Oct 5/98
W h e n t h e r e is n o a i r p l a n e p o w e r a p p l i e d to the unit, the
C O N T R O L and S E L E C T buttons are disabled.
SERVICE BULLETIN CONFIGURATION LIST
SECTION 5 The f o l l o w i n g is a list of S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s t h a t a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o
PERFORMANCE the o p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e , a n d h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o
this s u p p l e m e n t . T h i s list c o n t a i n s o n l y t h o s e S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s
T h e r e is n o c h a n g e to t h e a i r p l a n e p e r f o r m a n c e w h e n t h i s that are currently active.
e q u i p m e n t is i n s t a l l e d . H o w e v e r , i n s t a l l a t i o n of this O A T p r o b e will
r e s u l t i n a m i n o r r e d u c t i o n in c r u i s e p e r f o r m a n c e .

Airplane
Unit Revision Incorporated
Number Title Effectivity Incorporation In A i r p l a n e

S9-6 Oct 5/98 S10-2 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 10 - FAA A P P R O V E D

SUPPLEMENT
Cessna
ATextron Connpany
BENDIX/KING KLN 89 GLOBAL
POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS)
Pilot's Operating Handbook and
SECTION 1
FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual
GENERAL
CESSNA MODEL 206H T h e B e n d i x / K i n g K L N 8 9 is a n a v i g a t i o n s y s t e m b a s e d o n t h e
G l o b a l P o s i t i o n i n g S a t e l l i t e n e t w o r k . It c o n t a i n s a d a t a b a s e c a r t r i d g e
AIRPLANES 206H8001 AND ON which may be updated by subscription. Complete descriptive
m a t e r i a l o n t h e K L N 8 9 m a y b e f o u n d in t h e B e n d i x / K i n g K L N 8 9
Pilot's G u i d e s u p p l i e d with the u n i t T h i s pilot g u i d e must be
a v a i l a b l e d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n of t h e K L N 8 9 u n i t
SUPPLEMENT 15
BENDIX/KING K A P 140 SECTION 2
2 AXIS AUTOPILOT LIMITATIONS

SERIAL N O . U s e of t h e K L N 8 9 is l i m i t e d t o V F R o p e r a t i o n s o n l y . T h e
f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n m u s t b e p r e s e n t e d in t h e f o r m of p l a c a r d s
REGISTRATION NO. w h e n t h e a i r p l a n e is e q u i p p e d w i t h a K L N 8 9 u n i t :

This supplement must be Inserted Into Section 9 of the Pilot's Operating 1. O n the instrument panel near the K L N 8 9 unit:
Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the KAP 140 2 Axis
Autopilot System is installed.
GPS NOT APPROVED
FAA APPROVAL F O R IFR N A V I G A T I O N
PAA APPROVSD UNDER FAR 21 SUBPARTJ
The Cessna Aircraft Co
ation Option ManubcturerCE>1

Executive Engineer
Date: 16 November 1998
SECTIONS
^ M e m b e r of G A M A
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
COPYRIGHT ® 1998 5 October 1998
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
WICHITA, KANSAS, USA T h e r e is n o c h a n g e t o t h e a i r p l a n e e m e r g e n c y p r o c e d u r e s w h e n
206HPHUS-S15-00
t h e K L N 8 9 G P S is i n s t a l l e d .
S I 5-1

Oct 5/98 S I 0-3

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 10 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

SECTION 4
SUPPLEMENT 15
NORMAL PROCEDURES
BENDIX/KING KAP 140 2 AXIS AUTOPILOT
T h e r e is n o c h a n g e t o b a s i c a i r p l a n e normal operating
procedures with the K L N 89 G P S installed. T h e f o l l o w i n g L o g of E f f e c t i v e P a g e s p r o v i d e s t h e d a t e of i s s u e
f o r o r i g i n a l a n d r e v i s e d p a g e s , a s w e l l a s a l i s t i n g of all p a g e s in
the Supplement. Pages which are affected by the current
r e v i s i o n w i l l c a r r y t h e d a t e of t h a t r e v i s i o n
SECTION 5
PERFORMANCE Revision Level D a t e of I s s u e

0 (Original) OcL 5,'l 998

T h e r e is n o c h a n g e t o t h e a i r p l a n e p e r f o r m a n c e w h e n t h e K L N
8 9 G P S is i n s t a l l e d . H o w e v e r , i n s t a l l a t i o n of a n e x t e r n a l l y - m o u n t e d
a n t e n n a o r r e l a t e d e x t e r n a l a n t e n n a s will r e s u l t i n a m i n o r r e d u c t i o n LOG OF EFFECTIVITY PAGES
in c r u i s e p e r f o r m a n c e .

PAGE DATE PAGE DATE

Title (S15-1) Oct 5/98 S15-15 Oct 5/98

S I 5-2 Oct 5/98 - S15-16 Ocf5/98
S I 5-3 Oct 5/98 S15-17 Oct 5/98
S 1 5 - 4 (blank) Oct 5/98 S15-18 Oct 5/98
S I 5-5 Oct 5/98 S15-19 Oct 5/98
S I 5-6 Oct 5/98 S I 5-20 Oct 5/98
S15-7 Oct 5/98 S I 5-21 Oct 5/98
S I 5-8 Oct 5/98 S I 5-22 Oct 5/98
S15-9 Oct 5/98 S I 5-23 Oct 5/98
S15-10 Oct 5/98 , SI5-24 Oct 5/98
S15-11 Oct 5/98 S I 5-25 Oct 5/98
S15-12 Oct 5/98 S I 5-26 Oct 5/98
S I 5-13 Oct 5/98 S I 5-27 Oct 5/98
S15-14 Oct 5/98 S I 5-28 Oct 5/98

S10-4 Oct 5/98 S I 5-2 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D

SUPPLEMENT SUPPLEMENT 15 .
BENDIX/KING KAP 140 2 AXIS AUTOPILOT
BENDIX/KING KAP 140 2 AXIS AUTOPILOT

SECTION 1 SERVICE BULLETIN CONFIGURATION LIST

GENERAL The f o l l o w i n g is a list of S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s t h a t a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o
the o p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e , a n d h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o
this s u p p l e m e n t . T h i s list c o n t a i n s o n l y t h o s e S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s
T h e K A P 140 2 A x i s Autopilot p r o v i d e s the pilot with t h e following that are currently active.
features: Vertical S p e e d m o d e (VS); Altitude hold (ALT); W i n g Level
( R O L ) ; H e a d i n g s e l e c t ( H D G ) ; A p p r o a c h ( A P R ) ; I L S c o u p l i n g to /
Localizer (LOC) and Glideslope (GS); and backcourse (REV) modes Airplane Unit Revision Incorporated
of o p e r a t i o n . Number Title Effectivity Incorporation In Airplane

T h e K A P 140 2 Axis Autopilot has an electric trim system w h i c h

provides autotrim during autopilot operation and m a n u a l electric trim
( M E T ) f o r t h e p i l o t w h e n t h e a u t o p i l o t is n o t e n g a g e d . T h e e l e c t r i c
t r i m s y s t e m is d e s i g n e d t o b e f a i l s a f e f o r a n y s i n g l e i n f l i g h t t r i m
malfunction. Trim faults are visually and aurally annunciated.

A l o c k o u t d e v i c e p r e v e n t s a u t o p i l o t o r M E T e n g a g e m e n t until t h e
system has s u c c e s s f u l l y p a s s e d p r e f l i g h t self test. Automatic
p r e f l i g h t s e l f - t e s t b e g i n s w i t h initial p o w e r a p p l i c a t i o n t o t h e
autopilot.

T h e f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s will c a u s e t h e A u t o p i l o t to d i s e n g a g e :

A. Electrical Power failure.

B. I n t e r n a l A u t o p i l o t S y s t e m f a i l u r e .

O c t 5/98 S15-5 Oct 5/98 S15-3/(S15-4 Blank)

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D M O D E L 206H

C . P i t c h a c c e l e r a t i o n s in e x c e s s of + 1 . 4 g o r l e s s than-^ + 0 . 6 g
only w h e n produced by a failure c a u s i n g servo r u n a w a y . T h e
pilot cannot m a n e u v e r t h e aircraft a n d trip t h e m o n i t o r .

D. T u r n c o o r d i n a t o r f a i l u r e ( f l a g g e d g y r o ) .

E. I n t e r n a l A u t o p i l o t c o m p u t e r f a i l u r e ( m o n i t o r w i l l i l l u m i n a t e
e i t h e r t h e R ( R O L L ) or P ( P I T C H ) a x i s a n n u n c i a t i o n ) .

A c t i v a t i o n of A / P D I S C / T R I M I N T c o n t r o l w h e e l s w i t c h w i l l a l s o
disconnect the autopilot.

The AVIONICS M A S T E R switch supplies power to the avionics

b u s b a r of t h e r a d i o c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s a n d t h e a u t o p i l o t c i r c u i t
breaker. The AVIONICS M A S T E R switch also serves as an
e m e r g e n c y A P / M E T shutoff.

T h e following circuit breakers are used to protect t h e K A P 140

2-Axis Autopilot:

LABEL FUNCTIONS

AUTO Pull-off c i r c u i t b r e a k e r s u p p l i e s p o w e r t o t h e K C
PILOT 1 4 0 C o m p u t e r a n d t h e a u t o p i l o t p i t c h , roll a n d
pitch trim servos.

WARN S u p p l i e s s e p a r a t e p o w e r for a u t o p i l o t a l e r t i n g
(PITCH T R I M ) on the s h i p ' s a n n u n c i a t o r p a n e l .

S I 5-6 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D

4. HEADING (HDG) M O D E S E L E C T O R BUTTON - When

p u s h e d , will select the H e a d i n g m o d e , w h i c h c o m m a n d s the
a i r p l a n e t o t u r n to a n d m a i n t a i n t h e h e a d i n g s e l e c t e d b y t h e
h e a d i n g b u g on the Directional G y r o . A new h e a d i n g m a y be
s e l e c t e d at a n y t i m e a n d w i l l r e s u l t in t h e a i r p l a n e t u r n i n g to
the n e w heading. T h e button c a n also be used to toggle
' between H D G and R O L m o d e s . This button can also be used
t o e n g a g e t h e a u t o p i l o t in H D G m o d e .

5. N A V I G A T I O N (NAV) M O D E S E L E C T O R B U T T O N - When
p u s h e d , w i l l s e l e c t t h e N a v i g a t i o n m o d e . T h i s mode provides
a u t o m a t i c b e a m c a p t u r e a n d t r a c k i n g o f V O R , L O C , or G P S
signals as selected for presentation o n the #1 C D I . NAV
m o d e is r e c o m m e n d e d for e n r o u t e n a v i g a t i o n t r a c k i n g .

6 . A P P R O A C H ( A P R ) M O D E S E L E C T O R B U T T O N -- W h e n
p u s h e d , will select the A p p r o a c h m o d e . T h i s m o d e provides
a u t o m a t i c b e a m c a p t u r e a n d t r a c k i n g of V O R , G P S , L O C a n d
G l i d e s l o p e (GS) o n an ILS, as s e l e c t e d for presentation o n # 1
CDI. A P R m o d e t r a c k i n g s e n s i t i v i t y is r e c o m m e n d e d for
instrument approaches.

7. B A C K C O U R S E A P P R O A C H (REV) M O D E B U T T O N - This
b u t t o n is a c t i v e o n l y w h e n t h e c o u p l e d n a v i g a t i o n r e c e i v e r is
t u n e d to a L O C / I L S f r e q u e n c y . W h e n p u s h e d will select the
Back C o u r s e approach m o d e . T h i s m o d e functions identically
to t h e a p p r o a c h m o d e e x c e p t t h a t t h e a u t o p i l o t r e s p o n s e t o
L O C s i g n a l s is r e v e r s e d . G l i d e s l o p e is l o c k e d o u t w i t h R E V
mode.

8. A L T I T U D E H O L D (ALT) M O D E S E L E C T B U T T O N - W h e n
p u s h e d , will select the altitude h o l d m o d e . This mode
p r o v i d e s c a p t u r e a n d t r a c k i n g of t h e s e l e c t e d a l t i t u d e . The
s e l e c t e d a l t i t u d e is t h e a i r p l a n e a l t i t u d e at t h e m o m e n t t h e A L T
b u t t o n is p r e s s e d . If t h e A L T b u t t o n is p r e s s e d w i t h a n
e s t a b l i s h e d V S r a t e p r e s e n t , t h e r e will b e a b o u t a 1 0 % (of V S
rate) o v e r s h o o t . T h e airplane will return positively to the
selected altitude. T h i s button m a y be used to e n g a g e the
autopilot in the A L T m o d e .
• • • • ' / ^ •••-••„ - ^ •

F i g u r e 1 . Bendix/l<^ing 2 - A x i s K A P 1 4 0 A u t o p i l o t , O p e r a t i n g
Figure 1. Bendix/King 2-Axis K A P 140 Autopilot Schematic
C o n t r o l s a n d I n d i c a t o r s ( S h e e t 3 of 5)
( S h e e t 1 of 5)

O c t 5/98 S I 5-9 Oct 5/98 S I 5-7

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 15 - F A A A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D M O D E L 206H

16
9. V E R T I C A L S P E E D ( U P / D N ) M O D E B U T T O N S ~ T h e a c t i o n of
these buttons d e p e n d s o n t h e vertical m o d e present' w h e n
p r e s s e d . If V S m o d e is a c t i v e ( A P p l u s a n y l a t e r a l m o d e ) a n d
BENDIX t h e U P b u t t o n is p r e s s e d , t h e a u t o p i l o t w i l l m o d i f y t h e
KING H>B P.LJ pI 500 d i s p l a y e d V S c o m m a n d ( F P M ) in t h e u p d i r e c t i o n .
m o m e n t a r y cycles o n either t h e U P or D N b u t t o n will
Single
KAP 140 T FPM
increment the V S c o m m a n d b y 100 F P M per c y c l e . When
P R e i t h e r b u t t o n is c o n t i n u o u s l y h e l d i n , it w i l l m o d i f y t h e v e r t i c a l
fAPlX (HDGI INAVI IAPRI IREVI [ALTI
speed c o m m a n d by 3 0 0 f p m per s e c o n d .

If A L T m o d e is a c t i v e , p r e s s i n g t h e U P / D N b u t t o n s w i l l m o d i f y
t h e c a p t u r e d a l t i t u d e b y 2 0 feet p e r c y c l e , o r if h e l d
c o n t i n u o u s l y will c o m m a n d t h e airplane u p or d o w n at t h e rate
1 i 3 4
of 5 0 0 F P M , s y n c h r o n i z i n g t h e A L T r e f e r e n c e t o t h e a c t u a l
airplane altitude upon button release.

1. PITCH AXIS (P) ANNUNCIATOR - When illuminated, 10. A U T O P I L O T C I R C U I T B R E A K E R - A 5-amp pull-off circuit
indicates failure of pitch axis a n d will either d i s e n g a g e t h e breaker s u p p l y i n g 2 8 V D C to t h e K A P 1 4 0 s y s t e m .
autopilot or not allow e n g a g e m e n t of t h e pitch axis. In
turbulent air, will illuminate during abnormal 1 1 . W A R N C/B ~ Power to t h e autopilot disconnect h o r n a n d t h e
vertical/accelerations. ship's annunciator panel (PITCH TRIM).

2. A U T O P I L O T E N G A G E / D I S E N G A G E ( A P ) BUTTON - When
12. A U T O P I L O T D I S C O N N E C T (A/P D I S C / T R I M INT) S W I T C H -
p u s h e d , e n g a g e s a u t o p i l o t if all p r e f l i g h t s e l f - t e s t c o n d i t i o n s
W h e n d e p r e s s e d will d i s e n g a g e t h e autopilot a n d interrupt
a r e m e t . T h e a u t o p i l o t w i l l e n g a g e i n t h e b a s i c roll ( R O L )
m a n u a l electric trim ( M E T ) power. A n autopilot d i s c o n n e c t will
m o d e w h i c h f u n c t i o n s a s a w i n g leveler a n d t h e pitcfi axis
vertical speed (VS) m o d e . T h e c o m m a n d e d vertical s p e e d will be annunciated by a continuous 2 second tone accompanied
b e d i s p l a y e d i n t h e u p p e r r i g h t c o r n e r of a u t o p i l o t d i s p l a y by a flashing " A P " displayed o n the autopilot computer.
a r e a . T h e c a p t u r e d V S will be t h e vertical s p e e d present at
t h e m o m e n t t h e A P b u t t o n is p r e s s e d . T h e b u t t o n m a y a l s o 13. M A N U A L E L E C T R I C T R I M ( M E T ) S W I T C H E S ~ W h e n both
be used to d i s e n g a g e t h e autopilot. s w i t c h e s a r e p r e s s e d in t h e s a m e d i r e c t i o n , will a c t i v a t e p i t c h
trim in t h e selected direction. If o n l y o n e s w i t c h i s m o v e d , t h e
3. R O L L A X I S ( R ) A N N U N C I A T O R ~ W h e n i l l u m i n a t e d , i n d i c a t e s
trim s y s t e m will not operate. If o n l y t h e right h a l f of t h e M E T
f a i l u r e o f t h e roll a x i s a n d d i s e n g a g e s t h e a u t o p i l o t .
switch assembly is h e l d , simulating a stuck s w i t c h , for 3
s e c o n d s , t h e trim monitoring s y s t e m will detect a s w i t c h failure
resulting in a y annunciation o n the autopilot display a n d the
d i s a b l i n g o f t h e e l e c t r i c t r i m s y s t e m . If t h e s t u c k s w i t c h is
c o r r e c t e d , t h e f a u l t will c l e a r . U s e of m a n u a l e l e c t r i c trim
d u r i n g a u t o p i l o t o p e r a t i o n will d i s e n g a g e t h e a u t o p i l o t .

F i g u r e 1 . B e n d i x / K i n g 2-AJ<:is K A P 1 4 0 A u t o p i l o t , O p e r a t i n g Figure 1 . Bendix/King 2-Axis K A P 140 Autopilot, O p e r a t i n g

C o n t r o l s a n d I n d i c a t o r s ( S h e e t 2 o f 5) C o n t r o l s a n d I n d i c a t o r s ( S h e e t 4 of 5 )

S I 5-8 Oct 5/98 S15-10 Oct 5/98

CESSNA CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D
S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D

SECTION 3 14. O M N I B E A R I N G S E L E C T (OBS) K N O B - Selects the desired

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES course to be tracked by the autopilot. (Note:, T h e H D G b u g
must also be positioned to the proper c o u r s e to capture a n d
T h e four step procedure listed u n d e r p a r a g r a p h A should be
t r a c k t h e s e l e c t e d r a d i a l or d e s i r e d t r a c k ) .
a m o n g t h e basic airplane e m e r g e n c y p r o c e d u r e s that are c o m m i t t e d
to m e m o r y . It is i m p o r t a n t t h a t t h e p i l o t b e p r o f i c i e n t in
15. H E A D I N G S E L E C T K N O B ( H D G ) - Positions t h e heading b u g
a c c o m p l i s h i n g ail f o u r s t e p s w i t h o u t r e f e r e n c e to t h i s m a n u a l .
o n t h e c o m p a s s c a r d . N o t e t h a t t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e h e a d i n g
1 . In c a s e o f A u t o p i l o t , A u t o p i l o t T r i m , o r M a n u a l E l e c t r i c Trim bug also provides c o u r s e d a t u m to the autopilot w h e n tracking
malfunction (accomplish Items A and B simultaneously): in N A V , A P R , or R E V ( B C ) m o d e s . T h i s is in a d d i t i o n t o its
m o r e i n t u i t i v e u s e in t h e H D G m o d e .
A. Airplane Control Wheel - GRASP FIRMLY and regain
aircraft control.
16. PITCH T R I M (PT) A n n u n c i a t o r - Indicates the direction of
B. A / P D I S C / T R I M I N T Switch - PRESS and HOLD r e q u i r e d p i t c h t r i m . T h e a n n u n c i a t i o n w i l l f l a s h if a u t o t r i m h a s
throughout recovery.
not s a t i s f i e d t h e r e q u e s t for t r i m f o r a p e r i o d of 1 0 s e c o n d s . A
C. A I R C R A F T - R E - T R I M M a n u a l l y as N e e d e d . solid P w i t h o u t a n a r r o w h e a d is a n i n d i c a t i o n of a p i t c h t r i m
D. A U T O P I L O T C i r c u i t B r e a k e r - PULL. fault. R e f e r to t h e E M E R G E N C Y P R O C E D U R E S for p r o p e r
r e s p o n s e to a pitch trim f a u l t
NOTE

T h e A v i o n i c s Master Switch may be used as an alternate 17. PITCH T R I M Annunciation -- I l l u m i n a t e s w h e n e v e r the

m e a n s of r e m o v i n g all e l e c t r i c p o w e r f r o m t h e a u t o p i l o t a n d a u t o m a t e d p r e f l i g h t s e l f t e s t d e t e c t s a p i t c h t r i m f a u l t or t h e
electric trim systems. If n e c e s s a r y p e r f o r m s t e p s 1A c o n t i n u o u s m o n i t o r i n g s y s t e m d e t e c t s a p i t c h t r i m f a u l t in
through 1 0 above, then turn the A v i o n i c s Master Switch f l i g h t . R e f e r t o t h e E M E R G E N C Y P R O C E D U R E S for p r o p e r
O F F before locating and pulling the Autopilot Circuit response to a pitch trim fault.
Breaker. Turn the A v i o n i c s Master Switch on as soon as
p o s s i b l e t o r e s t o r e p o w e r t o all o t h e r a v i o n i c s e q u i p m e n t .
Primary attitude, airspeed, directional c o m p a s s , and altitude
i n s t r u m e n t s will r e m a i n o p e r a t i o n a l a t all t i m e s .

A WARNING

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RE-ENGAGE THE

AUTOPILOT FOLLOWING AN AUTOPILOT,
AUTOTRIM, OR MANUAL ELECTRIC TRIM
MALFUNCTION UNTIL T H E C A U S E F O R T H E
MALFUNCTION HAS B E E N C O R R E C T E D .

M a x i m u m Altitude losses due to autopilot m a l f u n c t i o n :

CONFIGURATION ALT. LOSS Figure 1. Bendix/King 2-Axis K A P 140 Autopilot, Operating

C o n t r o l s a n d I n d i c a t o r s ( S h e e t 5 of 5 )
Cruise, Climb, Descent 5 5 0 ft.
Maneuvering • 1 0 0 fL
Approach 5 0 ft.

Oct 5/98 Oct 5/98 S15-11

S15-13
SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 15 - F A A A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - F A A A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

SECTION 2 AMPLIFIED E M E R G E N C Y PROCEDURES

LIMITATIONS T h e f o l l o w i n g p a r a g r a p h s are presented to s u p p l y aciditional

T h e following autopilot limitations must be a d h e r e d to:
1. T h e entire preflight test procedure outlined under Section 4 ,
p a r a g r a p h A of this s u p p l e m e n t , including steps 1 t h r o u g h 7,
m u s t b e s u c c e s s f u l l y c o m p l e t e d p r i o r t o e a c h f l i g h t . U s e of
t h e a u t o p i l o t o r m a n u a l e l e c t r i c t r i m s y s t e m is p r o h i b i t e d p r i o r
to c o m p l e t i o n of t h e s e tests.
2 . D u r i n g a u t o p i l o t o p e r a t i o n , a pilot w i t h s e a t belt f a s t e n e d m u s t
b e s e a t e d a t t h e left p i l o t p o s i t i o n .
3. T h e autopilot m u s t be O F F during takeoff a n d landing.
4 . T h e s y s t e m is a p p r o v e d for Category 1 operation
(Approach m o d e selected).
5 . A u t o p i l o t m a x i m u m a i r s p e e d l i m i t a t i o n -- 1 6 0 K I A S .
A u t o p i l o t m i n i m u m a i r s p e e d l i m i t a t i o n -- 9 0 K I A S .
6. M a x i m u m flap extension - 10°.
7. M a x i m u m fuel i m b a l a n c e with autopilot e n g a g e d - 100 lbs.
8. T h e autopilot m u s t be d i s e n g a g e d below 2 0 0 feet A G L d u r i n g
a p p r o a c h o p e r a t i o n s a n d b e l o w 8 0 0 f e e t A G L for all o t h e r
p h a s e s of f l i g h t .
9 . O v e r r i d i n g t h e a u t o p i l o t t o c h a n g e p i t c h or roll a t t i t u d e is
p r o h i b i t e d . ( D i s e n g a g e with A / P D I S C / T R I M INT or A P select
button.)
10. T h e A U T O PILOT circuit breaker must be pulled following a n y
i n f l i g h t i l l u m i n a t i o n of t h e r e d " P I T C H T R I M " w a r n i n g light, b u t
o n l y a f t e r first c o m p l e t i n g t h e E m e r g e n c y P r o c e d u r e s ( S e c t i o n
3 , p a r a g r a p h 1.). T h e manual electric trim and autopilot
autotrim s y s t e m s will be disabled with the A U T O P I L O T circuit
breaker pulled.
i n f o r m a t i o n f o r t h e p u r p o s e o f p r o v i d i n g t h e pilot w i t h a m o r e
c o m p l e t e u n d e r s t a n d i n g of t h e r e c o m m e n d e d c o u r s e of a c t i o n f o r
ah emergency situation.
1 . A n a u t o p i l o t o r a u t o t r i m m a l f u n c t i o n o c c u r s w h e n t h e r e is a n
u n c o m m a n d e d d e v i a t i o n in t h e a i r p l a n e f l i g h t p a t h o r w h e n
t h e r e is a b n o r m a l c o n t r o l w h e e l o r t n m w h e e l m o t i o n . In s o m e
c a s e s , a n d e s p e c i a l l y for a u t o p i l o t t r i m , t h e r e m a y b e little to
no airplane m o t i o n , yet the red P I T C H T R I M annunciator
(ship's annunciator panel) m a y illuminate and an alert t o n e
may sound.
T h e p r i m a r y c o n c e r n in r e a c t i n g t o a n a u t o p i l o t or a u t o p i l o t
t r i m m a l f u n c t i o n , o r t o a n a u t o m a t i c d i s c o n n e c t of t h e
a u t o p i l o t , is in m a i n t a i n i n g c o n t r o l of t h e a i r p l a n e . I m m e d i a t e l y
only grasp the control wheel and press and hold down the A/P
DISC/TRIM INT switch througfiout the recovery. Manipulate
t h e c o n t r o l s a s r e q u i r e d t o s a f e l y m a i n t a i n o p e r a t i o n of t h e
a i r p l a n e w i t h i n all of its o p e r a t i n g l i m i t a t i o n s . Elevator trim
s h o u l d b e u s e d m a n u a l l y a s n e e d e d to r e l i e v e c o n t r o l f o r c e s .
L o c a t e a n d pull t h e A U T O P I L O T c i r c u i t b r e a k e r o n t h e
r i g h t h a n d c i r c u i t b r e a k e r p a n e l to c o m p l e t e l y d i s a b l e t h e
autopilot system.
2. A m a n u a l electric trim malfunction m a y be recognized by
i l l u m i n a t i o n of t h e r e d P I T C H T R I M a n n u n c i a t o r , a c c o m p a n i e d
b y a n a l e r t t o n e , or b y u n u s u a l t r i m w h e e l m o t i o n s w i t h t h e
a u t o p i l o t O F F , w i t h o u t pilot a c t u a t i o n of t h e m a n u a l e l e c t r i c
trim switches. A s w i t h a n a u t o p i l o t m a l f u n c t i o n , t h e first
c o n c e r n f o l l o w i n g a m a n u a l e l e c t r i c t r i m m a l f u n c t i o n is
m a i n t a i n i n g c o n t r o l of t h e a i r p l a n e . G r a s p t h e c o n t r o l w h e e l
firmly a n d press and hold d o w n the A/P DISC/TRIM INT
switch. Locate a n d pull the A U T O P I L O T circuit breaker o n
the right hand breaker panel.

S I 5-12 Oct 5/98 S I 5-14 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - F A A A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - F A A A P P R O V E D

3 . F l a s h i n g G S - I n d i c a t i o n of a f l a g g e d g l i d e s l o p e . (GS will
r e a r m a u t o m a t i c a l l y if a v a l i d G S s i g n a l is r e c e i v e d . )
NOTE
T o continue tracking the localizer, observe the appropriate
m i n i m u m s f o r a n o n p r e c i s i o n a p p r o a c h . ( P r e s s A L T t w i c e in
r a p i d s u c c e s s i o n to t e r m i n a t e t h e f l a s h i n g . C o n t r o l t h e p i t c h
a x i s in t h e d e f a u l t V S m o d e . )
NOTE
A t t h e o n s e t of m o d e a n n u n c i a t o r f l a s h i n g , t h e a u t o p i l o t h a s
a l r e a d y r e v e r t e d to a d e f a u l t m o d e of o p e r a t i o n , i.e., R O L
a n d o r V S m o d e . A n i m m e d i a t e a t t e m p t t o r e e n g a g e t o lost
m o d e m a y b e m a d e if t h e o f f e n d i n g n a v i g a t i o n , g l i d e s l o p e
or c o m p a s s f l a g h a s c l e a r e d .
EXCEPTION «
T h e H D G a n n u n c i a t i o n will flash for 5 s e c o n d s upon
s e l e c t i o n of N A V , A P R , or R E V m o d e s t o r e m i n d t h e p i l o t to
s e t t h e H D G b u g for u s e a s c o u r s e d a t u m .
3 . N o t e t h a t t h e e m e r g e n c y p r o c e d u r e f o r a n y m a l f u n c t i o n is
essentially the sa m e : immediately grasp thp control wheel
a n d regain airplane control while pressing and holding the A / P
DISC/TRIM INT switch d o w n , a n d retrim the airplane as
needed. After t h e s e s t e p s h a v e b e e n a c c o m p l i s h e d s e c u r e
the autopilot electric trim system by pulling the autopilot
( A U T O PILOT) circuit breaker. A s with any other airplane
e m e r g e n c y p r o c e d u r e , it is i m p o r t a n t t h a t t h e 4 s t e p s of t h e
e m e r g e n c y procedure located on P a g e 13 be committed to
memory.
4 . T h e A V I O N I C S M A S T E R s w i t c h m a y b e u s e d to r e m o v e all
electric power from the Autopilot a n d Electric Trim systems
w h i l e t h e c i r c u i t b r e a k e r is l o c a t e d a n d p u l l e d . Return the
A V I O N I C S M A S T E R s w i t c h to t h e O N p o s i t i o n a s s o o n a s
p o s s i b l e . W i t h t h e A V I O N I C S M A S T E R s w i t c h off, all a v i o n i c s
a n d autopilot equipment will be inoperable.
5 . It is i m p o r t a n t t h a t all p o r t i o n s of t h e a u t o p i l o t a n d e l e c t r i c t r i m
s y s t e m a r e p r e f l i g h t t e s t e d p r i o r t o e a c h f l i g h t in a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h t h e p r o c e d u r e s p u b l i s h e d h e r e i n in o r d e r t o a s s u r e t h e i r
integrity a n d continued safe operation d u r i n g flight.

E f f e c t s of i n s t r u m e n t l o s s e s u p o n a u t o p i l o t o p e r a t i o n : A WARNING

DO NOT R E S E T AUTOPILOT CIRCUIT B R E A K E R

1 . L o s s of t h e a r t i f i c i a l h o r i z o n - no effect on the autopilot.
FOLLOWING AN AUTOPILOT/AUTOTRIM OR
, MANUAL E L E C T R I C TRIM MALFUNCTION UNTIL
2. L o s s o f t h e t u r n c o o r d i n a t o r - a u t o p i l o t i n o p e r a t i v e . THE CAUSE FOR THE MALFUNCTION HAS B E E N
CORRECTED.
3. L o s s of t h e D G ( D i r e c t i o n a l G y r o ) - T h e d i r e c t i o n a l g y r o d o e s P
n o t p r o v i d e a n y s y s t e m v a l i d f l a g . If t h e D G f a i l s t o f u n c t i o n A flashing T auto trim a n n u n c i a t i o n on the face of the autopilot
p r o p e r l y t h e a u t o p i l o t h e a d i n g a n d n a v i g a t i o n m o d e will n o t i n d i c a t e s a f a i l u r e of t h e a u t o t r i m f u n c t i o n t o r e l i e v e p i t c h s e r v o
f u n c t i o n c o r r e c t l y . U n d e r t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s , t h e o n l y u s a b l e lat- l o a d i n g in a t i m e l y m a n n e r . T h i s c o n d i t i o n s h o u l d b e t e m p o r a r y .
e r a l m o d e is R O L .
1. F L A S H I N G T A N N U N C I A T I O N - O B S E R V E aircraft pitch
b e h a v i o r . If p i t c h b e h a v i o r is s a t i s f a c t o r y , w a i t 5 - 1 0 . s e c o n d s
for the annunciation to s t o p .

Oct 5/98 S15-17 Oct 5/98 S15-15

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

2 . If a n n u n c i a t i o n c o n t i n u e s , A i r p l a n e C o n t r o l W h e e l - G R A S P SECTION 4
F I R M L Y , d i s e n g a g e t h e a u t o p i l o t a n d c h e c k for a n o u t of p i t c h NORMAL PROCEDURES
trim condition. Manually retrim as required.

3. A U T O P I L O T O P E R A T I O N - C O N T I N U E if s a t i s f i e d t h a t t h e A. P R E F L I G H T (PERFORM PRIOR T O EACH FLIGHT):

o u t of t r i m i n d i c a t i o n w a s t e m p o r a r y . D I S C O N T I N U E if
e v i d e n c e i n d i c a t e s a f a i l u r e of t h e a u t o t r i m f u n c t i o n . 1. A V I O N I C S M A S T E R - ON.

A r e d P o r R o n t h e f a c e of t h e a u t o p i l o t c o m p u t e r .
1 . A r e d P is a n i n d i c a t i o n t h a t t h e p i t c h a x i s of t h e a u t o p i l o t h a s
b e e n disabled a n d cannot be e n g a g e d . DO N O T E N G A G E
INTO A R O L L AXIS O N L Y S Y S T E M .
NOTE
If t h e r e d P l a m p w a s t h e r e s u l t of s o m e a b n o r m a l
accelerations on the airplane, the annunciation should be
extinguished within approximately one minute and normal
u s e of t h e autopilot will b e reestablished.
2 . P O W E R A P P L I C A T I O N A N D S E L F T E S T - A s e l f t e s t is
p e r f o r m e d u p o n p o w e r application to the c o m p u t e r . This test
is a s e q u e n c e o f i n t e r n a l c h e c k s t h a t v a l i d a t e p r o p e r s y s t e m
operation- prior to allowing n o r m a l s y s t e m o p e r a t i o n . The
s e q u e n c e is i n d i c a t e d b y " P F T " w i t h a n i n c r e a s i n g n u m b e r f o r
the sequence steps. S u c c e s s f u l c o m p l e t i o n of s e l f t e s t is
i d e n t i f i e d b y all d i s p l a y s e g m e n t s b e i n g i l l u m i n a t e d ( D i s p l a y
Test), external "Pitch T r i m " (A/C S y s t e m A n n u n c i a t o r Panel)
being illuminated, a n d the disiconnect tone s o u n d i n g .
,^
-
NOTE

2 . A r e d R i s a n i n d i c a t i o n t h a t t h e roll a x i s of t h e a u t o p i l o t h a s U p o n a p p l y i n g p o w e r to t h e a u t o p i l o t , t h e r e d P w a r n i n g on
been disabled a n d cannot be engaged. T h e autopilot cannot t h e f a c e of t h e a u t o p i l o t m a y i l l u m i n a t e i n d i c a t i n g t h a t ' the
be reengaged. pitch axis cannot be e n g a g e d . This condition should be
temporary, lasting approximately 3 0 s e c o n d s . The P will
F l a s h i n g m o d e a n n u n c i a t i o n in t h e d i s p l a y of t h e a u t o p i l o t c o m p u t e r . extinguish a n d normal operation will be available.

1. Flashing H D G - Indicates a failed heading. PRESS HDG

A WARNING
button to t e r m i n a t e flashing. R O L will be d i s p l a y e d .
IF P I T C H TRIM L I G H T S T A Y S O N , T H E N T H E
2 . F l a s h i n g N A V , A P R or R E V - U s u a l l y a n i n d i c a t i o n of a A U T O T R I M DID N O T P A S S P R E F L I G H T T E S T .
flagged navigation source. P R E S S the NAV, A P R or R E V THE AUTOPILOT CIRCUIT B R E A K E R MUST B E
button to t e r m i n a t e flashing. R O L will be d i s p l a y e d . (Select a P U L L E D . MANUAL E L E C T R I C TRIM AND AUTO-
valid navigation source.) PILOT A R E INOPERATIVE. , .

NOTE
3. M A N U A L E L E C T R I C T R I M - T E S T a s f o l l o w s : Press both
A f l a s h i n g N A V , A P R or R E V a n n u n c i a t i o n can also be h a l v e s of t h e s p l i t M a n u a l E l e c t r i c T r i m ( M E T ) s w i t c h e s t o t h e '
nose d o w n position, verify that the trim wheel a n d the trim tab
c a u s e d by a failed heading valid input.
p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t o r a r e m o v i n g in t h e d o w n d i r e c t i o n . Repeat
test for the nose up direction.

S15-16 Oct 5/98 S15-18 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D

P r e s s M E T for n o s e u p t r i m , p r e s s a n d h o l d t h e AP
A WARNING D I S C / T R I M INT s w i t c h , verify that b o t h t h e trim w h e e l and
i n d i c a t o r a r e not m o v i n g , r e l e a s e t h e A / P D I S C / T R I M INT
WHEN OPERATING AT OR NEAR THE BEST
s w i t c h w h i l e still h o l d i n g M E T t r i m u p , t h e t r i m w h e e l and
RATE OF CLIMB AIRSPEED, AT CLIMB POWER
i n d i c a t o r s h o u l d c o n t i n u e t o m o v e in t h e n o s e u p d i r e c t i o n .
S E T T I N G S , AND USING V E R T I C A L S P E E D (VS)
M O D E , C O N T I N U E D O P E R A T I O N IN V E R T I C A L
S P E E D M O D E C A N R E S U L T IN A N A I R P L A N E 4. A U T O P I L O T - E N G A G E by pressing A P button.
STALL. IF N E C E S S A R Y , DISCONNECT THE
AUTOPILOT AND R E T U R N T H E A I R P L A N E TO A 5 . F L I G H T C O N T R O L S - M O V E f o r e , aft, left a n d r i g h t t o v e r i f y
STABILIZED CLIMB PRIOR TO RE-ENGAGMENT. the autopilot can be o v e r p o w e r e d .

6. A / P D I S C / T R I M INT Switch ~ PRESS. Verify that the

A WARNING
autopilot disconnects.
W H E N O P E R A T I N G A T O R N E A R T H E MAXIMUM
A U T O P I L O T S P E E D , IT W I L L B E N E C E S S A R Y T O 7 . T R I M ~ S E T t o t a k e off p o s i t i o n m a n u a l l y .
R E D U C E P O W E R IN O R D E R T O M A I N T A I N T H E
D E S I R E D R A T E O F D E S C E N T AND NOT E X C E E D A WARNING
T H E MAXIMUM A U T O P I L O T S P E E D .
T H E P I L O T IN C O M M A N D M U S T C O N T I N U O U S L Y
MONITOR THE AUTOPILOT WHEN IT IS
A WARNING
ENGAGED, AND BE PREPARED TO
DO NOT HELP T H E AUTOPILOT OR HAND-FLY DISCONNECT THE AUTOPILOT AND. TAKE
THE AIRPLANE WITH THE AUTOPILOT IMMEDIATE C O R R E C T I V E ACTION ~ INCLUDING
E N G A G E D A S THE AUTOPILOT WILL RUN THE MANUAL C O N T R O L O F T H E A I R P L A N E AND/OR
PITCH TRIM T O O P P O S E C O N T R O L W H E E L PERFORMANCE OF EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
MOVEMENT. A MISTRIM O F T H E A I R P L A N E , - IF A U T O P I L O T O P E R A T I O N IS NOT AS
WITH ACCOMPANYING LARGE ELEVATOR E X P E C T E D O R IF A I R P L A N E C O N T R O L IS N O T
C O N T R O L F O R C E S , MAY R E S U L T IF T H E PILOT MAINTAINED.
MANIPULATES THE CONTROL WHEEL
MANUALLY WHILE THE AUTOPILOT IS
ENGAGED. A WARNING
DURING ALL AUTOPILOT COUPLED OPER-
A T I O N S , T H E P I L O T IN C O M M A N D M U S T U S E
PROPER AUTOPILOT COMMANDS AND U S E THE
P R O P E R ENGINE POWER TO E N S U R E THAT
T H E A I R P L A N E I S M A I N T A I N E D B E T W E E N 9Q
A N D 160 K I A S , A N D D O E S NOT E X C E E D O T H E R
B A S I C A I R P L A N E O P E R A T I N G LIMITATIONS.

Oct 5/98 S I 5-21 Oct 5/98 S15-19

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - F A A A P P R O V E D M O D E L 206H

NOTE 3. C L I M B O R D E S C E N T :

Autopilot tracking performance will be d e g r a d e d in t u r b u - a. Using Vertical T r i m :

lence.
1) V E R T I C A L S P E E D C o n t r o l ~ P R E S S e i t h e r t h e U P o r D N
1. B E F O R E T A K E O F F : button to select aircraft vertical s p e e d within t h e c o m m a n d
l i m i t s of ± 2 0 0 0 f t . / m i n .
a. A / P D I S C / T R I M INT Switch - PRESS.
2) V E R T I C A L S P E E D C o n t r o l - R E L E A S E w h e n desired
2. A F T E R T A K E O F F : v e r t i c a l s p e e d is d i s p l a y e d . T h e a u t o p i l o t w i l l m a i n t a i n t h e
displayed vertical speed.
a . E l e v a t o r T r i m - V E R I F Y o r S E T t o p l a c e t h e a i r p l a n e in a
t r i m m e d condition prior to Autopilot e n g a g e m e n t . NOTE

NOTE Avoid selecting a climb rate that either c a n n o t be

m a i n t a i n e d o r is o n t h e p e r f o r m a n c e l i m i t of t h e a i r p l a n e f o r
E n g a g i n g t h e autopilot into a mistrim condition m a y cause its p o w e r a n d w e i g h t c o n f i g u r a t i o n .
unwanted attitude changes and a "TRIM FAIL"
annunciation. 4. A L T I T U D E ( A L T ) H O L D :

b. A i r s p e e d a n d R a t e o f C l i m b ~ S T A B I L I Z E D . a. A L T H o l d S e l e c t o r B u t t o n - P R E S S . Note A L T hold
annunciator ON. Autopilot will maintain t h e s e l e c t e d
NOTE altitude.

A v o i d autopilot e n g a g e m e n t into a c i i m b condition that " NOTE

e i t h e r c a n n o t b e m a i n t a i n e d , or is o n t h e p e r f o r m a n c e l i m i t s
of t h e a i r p l a n e f o r its p o w e r a n d w e i g h t c o n f i g u r a t i o n .
c. A P B u t t o n - P R E S S . N o t e R O L a n d V S a n n u n c i a t o r o n . If
n o o t h e r m o d e s a r e s e l e c t e d t h e a u t o p i l o t w i l l o p e r a t e in
the R O L and VS modes.
It is r e c o m m e n d e d b y t h e F A A ( A C 0 0 - 2 4 B ) t o u s e b a s i c
" P I T C H A T T I T U D E H O L D " m o d e d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n in s e v e r e
turbulence. However, since this autopilot does n o t use the
a t t i t u d e g y r o a s a p i t c h r e f e r e n c e , it is r e c o m m e n d e d t h a t
the autopilot be disconnected a n d that the airplane be flown
b y h a n d in s e v e r e t u r b u l e n c e .

S I 5-20 Oct 5/98 S I 5-22 Oct 5/98

CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - F A A A P P R O V E D

7. A P P R O A C H (APR) COUPLING: (To enable glideslope b. C h a n g i n g a l t i t u d e s :

coupling on a n ILS a n d more precise tracking on instrument
approaches). 1) U s i n g Vertical Speed (Recommended for altitude
c h a n g e s l e s s t h a n 1 0 0 ft.)
a . O B S K n o b -- S E L E C T d e s i r e d a p p r o a c h c o u r s e . (For a
l o c a l i z e r , s e t it t o s e r v e a s a m e m o r y a i d . ) a) V E R T I C A L S P E E D Control - P R E S S and H O L D
either t h e U P or D N b u t t o n . Vertical S p e e d will s e e k
b. A P R M o d e S e l e c t o r Button -- P R E S S . Note APRARM a r a t e of c h a n g e o f a b o u t 5 0 0 f p m .
annunciated.
b) V E R T I C A L S P E E D Control ~ RELE_ASE when
c. H e a d i n g S e l e c t o r K n o b - ROTATE B U G to agree with d e s i r e d a l t i t u d e is r e a c h e d . The autopilot will
desired approach. maintain the desired altitude.

N O T E N O T E

W h e n A P R is selected, t h e autopilot will flash H D G for 5
s e c o n d s t o r e m i n d t h e pilot t o reset t h e H D G b u g t o t h e
a p p r o a c h c o u r s e . If H D G m o d e w a s in u s e a t t h e t i m e of
A P R button s e l e c t i o n , a 4 5 ° intercept a n g l e ' will t h e n b e
automatically established b a s e d o n t h e position of t h e b u g .
A s a n alternative, press either t h e U P or D N button with a
s u c c e s s i o n of quick m o m e n t a r y presses p r o g r a m m i n g either
a n i n c r e a s e o r d e c r e a s e in t h e a l t i t u d e p r e f e r e n c e at t h e
r a t e o f 2 0 f e e t e a c h t i m e t h e b u t t o n is d e p r e s s e d .

N O T E 5. H E A D I N G H O L D : ; , .

All a n g l e intercepts c o m p a t i b l e with radar vectors m a y b e a. H e a d i n g Selector K n o b ~ S E T B U G to d e s i r e d h e a d i n g .

accomplished by selecting R O L m o d e PRIOR to pressing
t h e A P R b u t t o n . T h e H D G b u g m u s t still b e p o s i t i o n e d t o b. H D G M o d e S e l e c t o r B u t t o n ~ P R E S S . N o t e H D G m o d e
a g r e e with t h e desired a p p r o a c h c o u r s e to provide course a n n u n c i a t o r O N . Autopilot will a u t o m a t i c a l l y turn t h e
d a t u m to the autopilot w h e n using a D G . aircraft to t h e selected heading.

1) If t h e D - B a r is g r e a t e r t h a n 2 t o 3 d o t s : t h e a u t o p i l o t w i l l N O T E •'.
a n n u n c i a t e A P R A R M ; w h e n t h e c o m p u t e d capture point
is r e a c h e d t h e A R M a n n u n c i a t o r w i l l g o o u t a n d t h e Aircraft heading may change in ROL mode d u e to
selected c o u r s e will be a u t o m a t i c a l l y c a p t u r e d a n d turbulence.
tracked.
c. H e a d i n g S e l e c t o r K n o b ~ M O V E B U G t o t h e d e s i r e d
2 ) If t h e D - B a r is l e s s t h a n 2 t o 3 d o t s : t h e H D G m o d e w i l l h e a d i n g . Autopilot will automatically turn t h e aircraft to t h e
disengage upon selecting APR mode; the A P R new selected heading.
annunciator will illuminate and the capture/track
s e q u e n c e will automatically b e g i n .

d. Airspeed ~ M A I N T A I N 100 KIAS minimum during coupled

autopilot approaches (recommended).

Oct 5/98 S I 5-25 Oct 5/98 S I 5-23

SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

6. N A V C O U P L I N G : 8. B A C K C O U R S E ( R E V ) A P P R O A C H C O U P L I N G (i.e., r e v e r s e
localizer): '
a. O B S Knob - S E L E C T desired course.
b. N A V M o d e S e l e c t o r B u t t o n - P R E S S . Note NAVARM a. O B S K n o b - S E L E C T the localizer course to the front
annunciated. c o u r s e i n b o u n d (as a m e m o r y a i d ) .

c. H e a d i n g S e l e c t o r K n o b - R O T A T E B U G t o a g r e e w i t h O B S b. R E V M o d e S e l e c t o r B u t t o n ~ PRESS.
course.
c. H e a d i n g S e l e c t o r K n o b - R O T A T E B U G t o t h e h e a d i n g
N O T E c o r r e s p o n d i n g to t h e l o c a l i z e r f r o n t c o u r s e i n b o u n d .

W h e n N A V is s e l e c t e d , t h e a u t o p i l o t w i l l f l a s h H D G for 5
s e c o n d s to r e m i n d t h e p i l o t to r e s e t t h e H D G b u g to t h e
O B S c o u r s e . IF H D G m o d e w a s i n u s e at t h e t i m e of N A V
button selection, a 4 5 ° intercept a n g l e will t h e n be
automatically e s t a b l i s h e d b a s e d o n t h e position of the b u g .
N O T E
All angle intercepts compatible with radar vectors m a y be
accomplished by selecting R O L m o d e PRIOR to pressing
N O T E
W h e n R E V is s e l e c t e d , t h e a u t o p i l o t w i l l f l a s h H D G f o r 5
s e c o n d s to r e m i n d t h e pilot t o r e s e t t h e H D G b u g t o t h e
l o c a l i z e r F R O N T C O U R S E I N B O U N D h e a d i n g . If h e a d i n g
m o d e w a s in u s e at t h e t i m e of R E V b u t t o n s e l e c t i o n , a 4 5 °
intercept angle will then be automatically e sta b l i sh e d b a s e d
- .
o n t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e b u g .
N O T E

t h e N A V b u t t o n . T h e H D G b u g m u s t still b e p o s i t i o n e d t o
a g r e e w i t h t h e O B S c o u r s e t o p r o v i d e c o u r s e d a t u m to t h e All a n g l e intercepts c o m p a t i b l e with radar v e c t o r s m a y be
autopilot w h e n using a DG (Directional Gyro). a c c o m p l i s h e d by selecting R O L m o d e P R I O R to p r e s s i n g
t h e R E V b u t t o n . T h e H D G b u g m u s t still b e p o s i t i o n e d t o
1) If t h e D - B a r is g r e a t e r t h a n 2 t o 3 d o t s , t h e a u t o p i l o t the localizer F R O N T C O U R S E INBOUND heading to
will annunciate NAVARM. When the computed p r o v i d e c o u r s e d a t u m to t h e a u t o p i l o t w h e n u s i n g a D G .
c a p t u r e p o i n t is r e a c h e d t h e A R I V I a n n u n c i a t o r w i l l g o
out a n d the selected c o u r s e will be automatically 1) If t h e D-Bar is g r e a t e r t h a n 2 t o 3 d o t s : t h e a u t o p i l o t w i l l
captured and tracked. annunciate R E V A R M ; when the computed capture point
is r e a c h e d t h e A R M a n n u n c i a t o r w i l l g o o u t a n d t h e
2) If t h e D - B a r is l e s s t h a n 2 t o 3 d o t s , t h e H D G m o d e selected back course will be automatically c a p t u r e d a n d
will d i s e n g a g e u p o n selecting N A V m o d e . T h e N A V tracked.
annunciator will then illuminate a n d t h e capture/track
s e q u e n c e will a u t o m a t i c a l l y b e g i n . 2) If t h e D - B a r is l e s s t h a n 2 to 3 d o t s : t h e H D G m o d e w i l l
disengage upon selecting R E V mode; the R E V
annunciator will illuminate and the capture/track
s e q u e n c e will automatically b e g i n .

d. Airspeed - M A I N T A I N 100 KIAS m i n i m u m d u r i n g autopilot

coupled approaches (recommended).

S I 5-24 Oct 5/98 S I 5-26 Oct 5/98

 CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
MODEL 206H S U P P L E M E N T 15 - FAA A P P R O V E D

9. G L I D E S L O P E COUPLING

a. A P R M o d e ~ E N G A G E D , N o t e G S A R I M annunciated.

N O T E

Glideslope coupling is inhibited w h e n operating in N A V or

REV modes. With N A V 1 selected to a valid ILS, glideslope
ATaxt-on Company
a r m e d a n d coupling occurs automatically in t h e A P R mode
w h e n tracking a localizer.
Pilot's Operating Handbook and
FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual b. A t G l i d e s l o p e c e n t e r i n g ~ n o t e A R M a n n u n c i a t o r g o e s o u t .

/ N O T E

CESSfSIA MODEL 206H Autopilot c a n capture glideslope from above or below the
beam.
AIRPLANES 20608001 AND ON
c. Airspeed ~ M A I N T A I N 100 KIAS minimum during
SUPPLEMENT 16 autopilot c o u p l e d a p p r o a c h e s ( r e c o m m e n d e d ) .

C A R G O P A C K
10. MISSED APPROACH

a. A / P D I S C / T R I M INTER Switch - P R E S S to d i s e n g a g e A P .

b. M I S S E D A P P R O A C H - E X E C U T E .
SERIAL NO.
r -—
c. If a u t o p i l o t is d e s i r e d :
REGISTRATION NO.

1) E l e v a t o r T r i m - V E R I F Y o r S E T .
This supplement must be inserted into Section 9 of the Pilot's Operating
Handbook and FAA Approved Airplane Flight Manual when the Cargo Pack is 2) A i r s p e e d a n d R a t e of C l i m b ~ S T A B I L I Z E D .
installed.
N O T E

FAA APPROVAL
PAA A P P R O V S D UNDER FAR 21 SUBPART J
A v o i d autopilot e n g a g e m e n t into a c i i m b condition that
Tf»s Cessna Aircraft Co either c a n n o t b e m a i n t a i n e d , o r is o n t h e p e r f o r m a n c e limits
Oe!ag.-JtkKt Option Manufacturer CS-1
of t h e a i r p l a n e f o r its p o w e r a n d w e i g h t c o n f i g u r a t i o n .
A 4 # ? ^ E x . o « . - v . E n „ n « r
3) A P B u t t o n - P R E S S . Note R O L a n d V S annunciators
on. If n o o t h e r m o d e s a r e s e l e c t e d t h e a u t o p i l o t w i l l
Date: October 20, 1999
operate in t h e R O L a n d V S m o d e s .
^ Member o f G A M A
COPYRIGHT ®loa3
CESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY
V/iCHItA, KAMSAS, USA 18 October 1999
206HPHUS-S16-00
SI 6-1

Oct 5/98 S I 5-27

 S U P P L E M E N T 16 - F A A A P P R O V t D
SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS CESSNA
SUPPLEMENT 1 5 - F A A APPROVED MODEL 206H

SUPPLEMENT 16
NOTE

If t r a c k i n g t h e I L S c o u r s e o u t b o u n d a s p a r t of t h e m i s s e d
CARGO PACK
a p p r o a c h p r o c e d u r e is d e s i r e d , u s e t h e N A V m o d e to T h e f o l l o w i n g L o g of E f f e c t i v e P a g e s p r o v i d e s t h e d a t e of i s s u e
prevent inadvertent G S coupling.
for o r i g i n a l a n d r e v i s e d p a g e s , a s w e l l a s a l i s t i n g of all p a g e s i n
the Supplement. Pages w h i c h are affected by the current
11. BEFORE LANDING
revision will c a r r y the date of that revision

a. A / P D I S C / T R I M I N T Switch ~ P R E S S to d i s e n g a g e A P . Revision Level Date of Issue

0 (Original) O c L 18, 1999

L O G O F EFFECTIVITY P A G E S ,
SECTIONS
PERFORMANCE
PAGE DATE PAGE DATE

T h e r e is n o c h a n g e t o t h e a i r p l a n e p e r f o r m a n c e w h e n t h e K A P
1 4 0 2 A x i s A u t o p i l o t is i n s t a l l e d . Title ( S I 6 - 1 ) Oct 18/99
S16-2 Oct 18/99
S16-3 Oct 18/99
S16-4 Oct 18/99

SERVICE BULLETIN CONFIGURATION LIST

The f o l l o w i n g is a list of S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s t h a t a r e a p p l i c a b l e t o
the o p e r a t i o n of t h e a i r p l a n e , a n d h a v e b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o
this s u p p l e m e n t . T h i s list c o n t a i n s o n l y t h o s e S e r v i c e B u l l e t i n s
that are currently active.

Airplane
Unit Revision Incorporated
Number Title Effectivity incorporation In A i r p l a n e

Oct 18/99
S I 6-2
S I 5-28 Oct 5/98
CESSNA SECTION 9 - SUPPLEMENTS
M O D E L 206H S U P P L E M E N T 16 - FAA A P P R O V E D

SUPPLEMENT
CARGO PACK

SECTION 1
GENERAL
T h e cargo pack provides additional cargo and b a g g a g e space.
T h e b a s i c s h e l l of t h e c a r g o p a c k , i n c l u d i n g t h e l o a d i n g d o o r , is
fabricated from fiberglass. Corrugated aluminum f o r m s the inner
f l o o r o f t h e p a c k . A l o a d i n g d o o r i s l o c a t e d o n t h e left s i d e of t h e
p a c k , a n d is h i n g e d a t t h e b o t t o m . It is s e c u r e d in t h e c l o s e d
position by two quick-release fasteners, and has a key-operated
lock.

T h e v o l u m e of t h e c a r g o p a c k i s 1 6 c u b i c f e e L D i m e n s i o n s of
t h e p a c k a n d its l o a d i n g d o o r o p e n i n g a r e c o n t a i n e d i n S e c t i o n 6 of
t h e b a s i c h a n d b o o k . T h e p a c k is d e s i g n e d t o a c c o m m o d a t e t h r e e
" t w o - s u i t e r s " , plus other s m a l l m i s c e l l a n e o u s articles.

T h e p a c k is a t t a c h e d t o t h e b o t t o m of t h e f u s e l a g e w i t h s c r e w s
a n d , a f t e r t h e initial i n s t a l l a t i o n , c a n r e a d i l y b e r e m o v e d o r i n s t a l l e d .
C o m p l e t e instructions for installation of the cargo pack, a n d required
m o d i f i c a t i o n s t o t h e n o s e g e a r a c c e s s p a n e l s a n d f u e l punnp v e n t
l i n e a r e c o n t a i n e d in t h e A c c e s s o r y K i t a n d S e r v i c e M a n u a l .

SECTION 2
LIMITATIONS
T h e f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n m u s t b e p r e s e n t e d in t h e f o r m of a
p l a c a r d , l o c a t e d o n t h e i n s i d e of t h e c a r g o p a c k d o o r :

REFER TO WEIGHT & BALANCE DATA FOR

BAGGAGE/CARGP LOADING. NEVER EXCEED 300
LBS. CARGO WEIGHT.
i s . r c - N U i N d - ourrL.tziyiczri l o ' .. ,
S U P P L E M E N T 16 - FAA A P P R O V E D MODEL 206H

SECTION 3
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
r
T h e r e is n o c h a n g e to t h e a i r p l a n e e m e r g e n c y p r o c e d u r e s when
t h e c a r g o p a c k is i n s t a l l e d .

SECTiON4 '
NORMAL PROCE.0URES
C o n s i d e r a t i o n s h o u l d b e g i v e n t o l o a d i n g of t h e c a r g o p a c k a n d
t h e n e c e s s a r y w e i g h t a n d b a l a n c e c o m p u t a t i o n s o u t l i n e d in S e c t i o n
6 of t h e b a s i c h a n d b o o k . A l l o t h e r n o r m a l p r o c e d u r e s s p e c i f i e d i n
t h e b a s i c h a n d b o o k a r e a p p l i c a b l e w h e n t h e c a r g o p a c k is i n s t a l l e d .

SECTIONS
PERFORMANCE
T h e c i i m b p e r f o r m a n c e of t h e a i r p l a n e e q u i p p e d w i t h t h e c a r g o
p a c k is a p p r o x i m a t e l y 4 0 f p m l e s s t h a n s h o w n i n t h e c l i m b
p e r i o r m a n c e c h a r t s in S e c t i o n 5 of t h e b a s i c h a n d b o o k . T h e c - u i s e
s p e e d s are a p p r o x i m a t e l y 5 K T A S l o w e r t h a n s h o w n i n .the c r u i s e
c h a r t s in S e c t i o n 5 of t h e b a s i c h a n d b o o k .

DEMONSTRATED OPERATING TEMPERATURE

S a t i s f a c t o r y e n g i n e c o o l i n g h a s b e e n d e m o n s t r a t e d for t h i s
a i r p l a n e w i t h a n o u t s i d e air t e m p e r a t u r e 2 3 ° C a b o v e s t a n d a r d . T h i s
is not t o b e c o n s i d e r e d a s a n o p e r a t i n g l i m i t a t i o n . R e f e r e n c e s h o u l d
b e m a d e t o S e c t i o n 2 of t h e b a s i c h a n d b o o k for e n g i n e opei'.ax:ng
limitations. •

S I 6-4 Oct 18/99